Skip to main content

Full text of "A short view of the chronology of the Old Testament : and of the harmony of the four evangelists"

See other formats

1 JL* 


s> v, ^ 



3 .XIV 3 

3, X3 3 

> 3m 3 : 


!3> :>£» J> 3 JJ 

i mm 

o 3>^ 3} 
^ 3> > >: 

£ 33 3 >^ 
3 33 3 3 J 
X » >.OjE 
3 £3 ) .> J>: 
3 33 >3 3 

333 »2> 





O F T H E 



Old Testament, 

AND O F ' T H E 



Four Evangelists. 

By WILLIAM Will S TO N; M. A. 
Profeflbr of the Mathematicks in the 
Univerfity of Cambridge. 


Printed at the U n i v e r s i t y-P r e s s, for B. Tooke 
at t\&Middle-Temple-GateyFleetfireet)London> 1702. 


Right Reverend Father in God? 
JOHN, LordBifliopofiV^iD/^ 

My Lord, 

"^ ~JL T HE N I ferioufy confider with what dili- 
y V/ gence and fuccefs Criticks have examirCd 
the Ancient Trofane Hiftories ; and how 
nicely Chronologers have fiated and adyufted the exact 
Times of the fever al famous Actions therein related-, 
I cannot but lament the hard fate of thofe nobler Me- 
moirs which the good Providence of God has preferv'd 
to us relating to thejewifh and Chriftian Church. For 
give me leave to fay, that the lefs confider able Exploits 
of an Alexander or a Cae far have commonly been more 
fully underftoodi and better fated than the infinitely 
more important Actions of our Bleffed Lord himfelf de- 
livered to us by the four Holy Evangelifts, For altho* 
the Sacred Hiftorians under a feeming carelefnefs and 
inaccuracy have really been more exact in their accounts 
than any of thofe we callTrofane, as will hereafter ap- 
pear - 3 yet neither have the Chriftian Criticks and Com- 
mentators had the like fuccefs in the Examination and 
Explication; nor the Chronologers in the determina- 
tion of the Times and Order of the fever al Hiftories. 
As to the Occa/wns of this uncertainty and confufton 
in moft of thofe who have formerly treated of the Chro- 
nology of the Old Teltament, and of the Harmony of 
the Four Evangelifts* Ijhall not here pretend to ajfign 
any of them : But that in fact the Obfervation is true, 
will not be doubted by thofe who have confulted the 

A. 2 various 

The Epiftle Dedicatory. 

various Opinions of the Jewijh and Chriftian Writers 
on thefe Subjects. Thus* for inflame, till that Great 
Man AB. V flier publiftid his Annals and Chronology, 
it was reckoned a high piece of prefumption to pretend 
to affign the Year of the World; nay not over eafy to 
determin the bare Century when the Chriftian JEra. 
began. Thus till the laft Age the Birth of s>ur Saviour 
was fuppos'd to have but a flingle Week preceded the 
beginning of that Vulgar ./Era - 3 tho* y tis evident from 
authentick Hiftories that Herod the Great, in whoje 
Reign he was Born , had then been dead above three 
compleat years. So that this moft remarkable Epocha 
from the Birth of Chrift, which has fo long been the 
only Meafure and Standard of the Accounts of Time over 
^//Chriftendom, certainly takes its date between three 
and four years after he was born . Thus alfo even at this 
day the remarkable Periods and c Diftinc~lions of our 
Saviour's Life and Miniftry j Such as the ExacJ time 
of his Birth j of the beginning of his T reaching \ of 
his Baptifm ; of his Election, and MhTion oft he twelve 
Apoftles^ and of his Transfiguration j nay the Dura- 
tion of his Miniftry it f elf, with its folemn 'Period at 
his Taffton and Death, are Jo far from being agreed 
on among the Learned, that 'tis generally fupposd ex- 
treamly difficult , if not abfolutely impojftble to arrive 
at any clear fdtisfac~tio?i about them. And this to the 
great dijhonourof the Sacred Hiftorians ; the ftumbling 
and fall of the Scepticks and Unbelievers -, and the 
mighty discouragement of the Virtuous andlDiligent in 
their careful Enquiries into the Hiflory of our Blejfed 
Sa viour j which yet are exceeding necejfary to the right 
tinder [landing of the Prophetick Books oftheOld, and ■ 
the Hiftorical of the New Teftament. And truly fuch 
have been the Wide miflakes both of Ancient and Modern 


The Ejpiftle Dedicatory. 

Harmonizers of the E vangelifs, that till the noble At- 
tempt of Bijhop Richard Ton, which we meet with in 
A. B. UiherV Annals, there was fmall hopes of any fa- 
iisfa&ion as to the true Times or Or o'er of the fever al 
Branches of our Saviour's Hi/lory. Neither do I bioiv 
that any thing cmftderable has been fine e advanced to- 
the more "c cur ate adjuftment of 'the Four Evan- 
geltfls in then ft veral accounts of our Lord and Savi- 
our. 1 do wot e take notice of Mr. Le ClcrcV Har- 
mony ho 1 den in tl\ nfrom Bijhop Richardibn V 
Foundation s B< ■■ xufehe fo widely errs where he offers 
to coiictt him : ittho', on other accounts. He may de- 
ferve more confederation j yet as a Chronologer, or one 
who fhould ajjijl us in the more accurately fating the 
Times of our. Saviour's A ffs y and the applying them to 
the true: Tears, and Months of the ChriftianyEra, He 
is of little or no ufe at all to m : as will be made apjpear 
in its proper plf r ieiLajter. 

As to the prefent Attempt, My Lord, I Jh all venture 
to fay thus much -, That as I have fat is fed my felf in 
the general St ate of the Chronology both of the Old and 
New Teftament) fo far as it is contained in the fol- 
lowing Tages ; fo I think I have done that which has 
not hitherto been thought pojfible, I mean have adjufted 
the fever al Accounts fo agreeably to all the Notes and 
Characters of Time thereto relating, that Jam not aware 
of any authentick Evidence that is to be oppofedto them. 
Ana J I am per fwaded that the prefent Series both of the 
Chronology and Harmony is not any where to be confi- 
derably altered, unlefsfome certain AJfert ion of either 
a Sacred or Trofane Hiftorian be, without fufficicnt 
reafon, fetafide to make way 'for it. 'Tis true, that as I 
have made nfe of fever a I of the beft Authors upon oc- 
cafion, fo I have bet n forced not feldom to take [an un- 

The Epiftle Dedicatory. 

trodden path, and to rely on my 'ownTkought sand Ob- 
servations. But this however I .way venture to affirm, 
That where I recede from common Opinions, vulgar Tra- 
ditions, and the Sentiments of former Commentators, I 
ft 'ill, for a compenfation, endeavour So keep cloferto the 
Letter of the Scripture: 1 follow the exafi eft Rules as 
to its Numbers andThrafes: andladlow theTeftimo- 
nies of all Authentick Hiftorians, not only 1 oft he Sacred, 
but of all fuch alfo as may be certainly Jepende m 
among the 'Profane : fuch as the Mathematical' Canon 
for the OldTeftamentj and Ariftobulus, Philo Jud 
Jofephus, Dio, Suetonius, Tacitus, and Eufebius for 
the New. And I cannot but own my fat is fact ion, that 
upon a review of my pre fent Scheme 1 do not find t 
fion to confront any Authentick Trofane Hiftorian i 
the contrary Teftimony of a Sacred one: nor indeed m 
obliged above once to fuperfede the certain Evidence of 
any one Ancient Writer, who is generally eft e em' d wor- 
thy of credit s and in that fingle inftance y tis becaufe the 
Evidence is unqneftionable on the other fide. Neither 
do I think IJhall be often accused of interpreting or cri- 
ticizing away the plain and obvious fenfe of fome of the 
Sacred Writers, for fear they Jhould other wife be at va- 
riance with the reft of them : which has been but too 
frequent a fault in thofe who have hitherto attempted 
to reconcile the feeming Contradictions oft he Holy Scrip- 
tures. Let but the Reader bring fuch a pious, teachable, 
and virtuous difpofttion of Soul as is fut able to a modeft 
Inquirer into ^Divine Truths -, together with fuch a free . 
and unprejudiced Mind, as is def irons of knowing rather 
what the Sacred Writers themfelves, than what any of 
their Expofitors have ajferted in thefe Matters, and I 
ffiall not fear the accuracy of his Examination as to the 
fever al new Aft ert ions which are advanced in the fol- 

The Epiftle Dedicatory. 

lowing Tapers. I thmk I have generally light on what 
is true, f olid, and I fat <is factory : If not, Ifhall, I hope, 
always be ready to exchange it, on better information, 
for what has greater Evidence to recommend it to the 
IVorld under thofe Characters. . 

My Lord, *Did not I know TourLardftiip to be a fa- 
vourer ofallcaref d and generous Inquiries into the Sacred 
Writings, where they proceed from a hearty Veneration 
of thofe Infpired Volumes, and are intended for the clear- 
ing and illufirating the great Truths therein contained} 
{as I am fur e the following Tapers are 3) Ifhouldnot 
take the boldnefs of addrejfing them thus to Tour Lor d- 
lhip. But fine e I venture again to appear in publick-, The 
Relation to Tour Lordfhip / have been feveral Tears ho- 
noured withal ; the Favours Tou have already beftow'd 
upon me - } the hearty ExpreJJions of Tour confirmed good 
opinion of and kindnefs for me ; together with Tour con- 
ft ant readinefs to encourage, afjift, and patronize not only 
This, butallfuch other Attempts alfo as may be for the 
promotion of Learning and Religion $ to fay nothing of 
Tour Lordfhip\r concern for the Reputation andTrefer- 
v at ion of this Church ; Tour known Trudence and Con- 
duct in the Management of Affairs j Tour Affability and 
Obliging Reception of all Addrejfers ; and Tour uncom- 
mon Condefcenfwn,andcharitableAJfiflance to the Lame, 
the Sick,and theAfflicJed i The foregoing Confiderations, 
I fay, Oblige me to prefix no other than Tour Lord(hip y s 
Name to thefe Tapers, even when the Statutes of that 
Honourablelmploymentlam call' d to in the Univerfity do 
not permit me to continue under Tour Lordfhip\f immedi- 
ate Tatronage any longer. IJhall conclude this myAddrefs 
to Tour Lordfhip with my hearty Wifhes, that Divines 
would learn not altogether to depend on the Authority of 
fallible Men in their Enquiries into Sacred Matters, but 



The Epiftle. Dedicatory]. 

clofiy and impartially to Search the Scriptures them* 
J elves : where they may be ft difcerrs that which is of the 
higheft importance for all to know, what is pure and un- 
dii^uis'd Religion in general* as weU as what is pure 
and undifguis'd Chriitianity inpartu:iilar : and whence 
a rational and unbiafis'd Enquirer, whether he live in 
Italy or in England > whether he was born at Rome or at 
Geneva, would J doubt not, if freed 'frowithe Trepoffeffi- 
ons of Education, and the Authority of "Parties and Sy^ 
ft ems, be able to f rid out the main fir ekes of thr Revealed., • 
f Fill of God both as to the jDocJrines andlDuties of Ctli s- 
ftianity i and that with greater Advantage to himfelf 
and Charity to others, than is ordinarily found in thojc 
who have taken up their Notions in Religion upon Truft 
from others. And I have long thought this to be the only 
proper method of preventing or curingthofie fatal Errors, 
Herefies, andT>iverfities of Opinions which havefio long 
been the difhonour and the hindrance of Chrifiianity ; 
and one fad occafwn of the Infidelity, Immorality, and . 
Trofanenefs of the prefent Age. And herein I am con- 
fident Tour Lordfhip will fully agree with the Ttefires 
and Sentiments of 

Your Lordihip's Obedient and Obliged Servant, 

Will. Whiston- 

ThePlaces of our Saviour's abode till Chap.V. §. 3d. of the 
Harmony Epitomiz,'4 , having been either wholly omitted , 
or generally miftaken, are thus to be reflor'd. 

Chap. §. 
IV. 1, 2, 2. Cbrijl in Judxa. 
V. 1, 2. Cbrijl in Samaria. 

Chap. §. 
II. 4, 5-. Cbrifi hi Judxa. 
6. Cbrift in Egypt. 
7, 8. Cbrifi in Judxa & Galilee 
III.. 1,2,5,4. Cbrifi in Judsea. 

j , ', 6. Cbrifi beyond Jordan. 

1 6, 7. Cbrift in Galilee. 

Alfo Page f 2 2. /^474f, read 4746 
3* 53 

Short View of the CHRONOLOGY 


Of the HARMONY of the 



I. The Obvious or Literal fenfe of Scripture is 
the true and real one, where no evident Rea- 
(on can be given to the contrary. 

II. Of two or more fenfes of any Text, equally 
finable to the Original, that is ever to be pre- 
ferr'd which agrees with the reft of the Holy 
Scripture, and with the Teftimonies of An- 
cient Authors. 

III. Every Writer is to be fiippos'd to ufe the 
common ftile , year, an4 computation of the 

A Age 

Age and Nation in which he lives 5 unlefs there 
be particular evidence to the contrary. 

IV. If moft of the great difficulties in Scripture 
which have long appear'd infuperable do at 
length prove to be no real difficulties at all, 
'tis reafonable to expecl:, that the remaining 
difficulties may*likewife upon farther inquiries 
be found capable of as clear folutions hereafter. 

V. In the moft ancient ages of the World, when 
the long lives of Men fhew'dthem to be gene- 
rally more ftrong , healthy and vigorous, the 
time of Mens ability for Procreation muft be 
fuppos'd to begin full as foon, and to conti- 
nue proportionably full as long as in thefe lat- 
ter ages - y when the fhortnefs of Mens lives ar- 
gues their conftitutions to be much more weak 
and infirm. Thus if from 14 to (Jo be the 
time for Procreation in Males now, when the 
years of Mens lives are generally about 80 at 
the moft; from the fame 14 to 600 at leaft, 
will be the time for Procreation, when Mens 
lives were about 800 years: and fo proportio- 
nably in other cafes. 

yi. The Hebrew Text of the Old Teftament, 
being the Original it (elf, is as reafbnably to 
be allow'd our rnoft authentic Guide in the 


Chronology of the Old Teflament; as the 
Greek Text of the New Teflament, being ge- 
nerally the Original it felf, is allow'd to be 
our moll: authentic Guide in the Harmony of 
the Four Evangelifts. Neither is it more rea- 
{enable to prefer the LXXII's Tranflation of 
the one, than the Vulgar Latin Tranflation 
of the other to the Original Hebrew and Greek 
Copies of the Sacred Scriptures. 

Hypotheses or Observations. 

I. The whole Conduct of the Divine Providence in 
the feveral methods of Revelation is twofold, and 
at once carries on two very different defigns, *om. 
the Inftru&ion of the Meek, Teachable, Diligent, 
and Virtuous > and the Concealment of fuch In- 
ftru&ion from the Proud, Obftinate, Slothful and 
Profane : or m other words, it aims as well at the 
Humbling and fall of the Bad and Vicious, as 
the Improvement and Edification of the Good and 

II. It ought not therefore to feem ftrange if that 
Book which contains the ReveaPd Will of God 
be fo fram'd in purfuance of the beforemention'd 
deiignsj as to have diverfe feeming contradictions 
in it for the perplexing the Ungodly , and the 
exercife of the Pious •, tho* no real ones for the fe~ 
curing the divine Veracity therein. 

A i Thesis 


H e s e two Hypothefes will appear foftrange, and yet are, 
I think , fo certainly true in themfelves, fo necejfary to 
the underftanding of the reafons of the many difficulties in 
the Sacred Writings ; and perhaps fo exactly agreeable to the 
Divine Goo dnefs alfo , if rightly underftood, that they well de- 
ferve a farther conlideration. I mall in this place therefore at- 
tempt thefe two things, (i ) To prove that the defign of Divine 
Revelation is as well the {tumbling and fall of the Ungodly, 
as the Improvement and Salvation of the Pious : and this from 
the plain and repeated aflertions of the Sacred Writers them- 
felves. ( 2 ) To fliew how this conduft is agreeable not only 
to the Divine Juftice, but to the Divine Goodnefs alfo. The 
firft branch is, I think, evident from the texts following, 
which I fhall barely repeat, and leave to the judgment of the 
impartial Reader.> io. Go and tell this People, Hear ye indeed, but underftand not ; 
and fee ye indeed, but perceive not. Make the heart of this Peo- 
ple fat, and make their ears heavy, and ftmt their eyes: left they 
fee with their eyes, and hear with their ears, and underftand with 
their heart, and convert and be healed. 
Dan.xij. 10. Many flail be purify' d, made white, and try d: but the wic- 
ked fhall do wickedly : and none of the wicked fliall underftand y 
but the wife Jh all underftand. 
Matt.xi. 2j-,i6. jff t fo at t i me Jefus anfwerd and /aid, I thanks thee, O Fa- 
Lukexij. zi. t y Y ^ L orc l f Heaven and Earth, becaufe thou haft hid thefe 
things from the Wife and Prudent , and haft reveal d them unto 
Babes. Even fo, Father ; for Jo it feemed good in thy fight. 
Matk-xiij. io. The Difciples came and faid unto Jefus, Why fpeaizeft thou to 
l f • them in Parables ? He anfwered and faid unto them , Becauft 

tt is given unto you to know the Myfteries of the Kingdom of 
Heaven, but to them it is not given. For whofoever hath, to him 
JJjall be given, and he fall have more abundance •' but whofoever 
hath not, from him pall be taken away, even that he hath. Tlxre- 
Jore fpeal^ I to them in Parables : becaufe they feeing fee not , and 
hearing they hear not, neither do they underftand. And in them 
is fuljtlled the Prophecy of EJaias, which faith, By hearing ye pall 
hear, and ft) all not underftand; and feeing ye ft] all fee , and (hall 


. __— — -^_____________ . _ 

not perceive. For this peoples heart is -waxed grofs, and. their ears 
are dull. of hearing, and their eyes they have do fed; left at any 
time they fl.wuld fee with their eyes, and hear with their ears, and 
fhould underftand with their heart, andfliould be converted, and 
I Jhottld heal them. 

And when he was alone , they that were about him with the Mar.iv. \ o, i r , 
twelve, asked him of the parable. And he faid unto them, Vnto »*•• 
you it is given to know the myflery of the Kingdom of God : but Lu '" e vlij * x ° 
unto them that are without, all thefe things are done in Para- 
bles: that feeing they may fee , and not perceive.; and hearing 
they may hear, and not underftand', left at any time they fiottld 
be converted, and their fins fould be forgiven them. 

If any man will do the will of God, he floall know of the Do- j0h.vij.T7. 
Brine s whether it be of God 3 or whether I fpea\_of my felf. 

Jefus faid, For Judgment am J come into this world: that chap. ix. 20. 
they which fee not , might fee ; and that they which fee might be 
made blind. 

Tho' Jefus had done fo many works before them, yet believed Chap, xij.37-- 
they not on him : That the faying of Efai as the Prophet might be 4°- 
fulfilled, which he fpake , Lord, who hath believed our report ? s f e Aft.xxvuj. 
and to whom hath the arm of the Lord been reveal' df. Therefore % *' 
they could not believe , becaufe that Efaias faid again , He hath 
blinded their eyes, and hardened their heart ; that they ftoould not 
fee with their eyes, nor underftand with their heart, and be con- 
verted, and I fhould heal them. 

What then? Iftrael hath not obtained that which he feeketh for ; R om . x i.7,&c- 
but the election hath obtained it, and the reft were blinded: ac- 
cording as it is written, God hath given them the fpirit of flum- 
ber; eyes that they fould not fee, and ears that they ftoould not 
hear unto this day, &c. 

With all deceivablenefs of unrighteoufnefs in them that peri/h ; 2 Theft ij. 1 a*--, 
becaufe they received not the love of the truth, . that they might be 1 1 . 1 2. 
faved. And for this caufe God ft ■ all fend them ftrong deluftons, 
that they fhould believe a lie. That they all might be damned, 
who believed not the truth, but had pleafure in unrighteoufnefs. 

The 2d Inquiry is, how fuch a Conduct is agreeable to the 

Divine Juftice and Goodnefs? Which will be difpatch'd by 

fhewing Firft, that Mens own wickednefs is the proper <xca- 

A 3 ficn 

fion and meritorious caufe of this Severity of the Divine Provi- 
dence towards them. And Secondly, that this Conduct is the 
moft merciful and gracious treatment they are capable of; and 
Juch as will render them lefs miferable for ever. As to the 
Firfi point. ; that fuch an evil temper of mind as unfits Men 
for receiving Benefit by Divine Revelation is wilful, and Mens 
own fault ; is evident, and agreed on by all : and fo I need 
not infill on the proof of it. And that accordingly it de- 
fences fuch a concealment of divine Truths from them, yea 
and much higher inftances of God's anger and vengeance, 
no Chriftian Man can doubt. The great difficulty therefore 
is in the fecond place, How to fuppofe it confident with the 
Divine Goodnefs, not only to conceal his Truths from the 
Ungodly, but alfo to put great difficulties and feeminj? con- 
tradictions into thofe Writings, which are the only Authen- 
tic Records of his reveal'd Will : and upon the Belief where- 
of, and obedience whereto the Salvation of Men was intirely 
to depend. But now, if it can be prov'd that thofe ill-dif- 
pos'd Perfons, who are not perfuaded by the great and gene- 
ral defign of Scripture to promote Holinefs in the World, in 
concurrence with the evident external demonftrations that it 
comes from God, notwithstanding the difficulties therein con- 
tain'd, would not be any more perfuaded altho' thofe difficul- 
ties were remov'd ; the prefent doubt will immediately vanifh : 
and it will appear that this method of God in the Revelati- 
on of his Will, is fo far from being inconfiflent with his Good- 
nefs, that as far as we can conceive, it is the befl he could 
poifibly have taken, andmoftfor the intereft and advantage of 
all Mankind. For befides, that the Faith and Obedience of 
the Good are hereby more exercis'd and improv'd , and fo 
made capable of greater Reward ; the Unbelief and Dif- 
obediencc of the Wicked are alfo in part extenuated, andren- 
dred lefs inexcufable; and confequently their future punim- 
ment proportionablylefs forever. Now that this fup- 
pofition it felf is very probable at leait, if not certain, do's 
appear from our Savior's own affcrtion, by the mouth of the 
Patriarch Abraham, concerning the Brethren of Dives. That 
miferable Wretch, in the place of Torment, when he could 



not prevail for the leaft eafe or refrefhment for himfclf, be^s 
at leaft of Abraham t\\zt he would fend Lazarus to his Father 's Luk.xvi. 17, 
houfe, to tefltfy to his five Brethren the certainty and greatnefs of &c * 
thepunimmentsof the Impenitent in the other World. Sure- 
ly believing, that tho' they had hitherto difregarded not on- 
ly the Voice of Confcience, and the Law of Nature, but the 
exprefs Revelation by Mofes and the Prophets ; yet if one were 
fent unto them from the dead, they would repent, and hearken 
to fo much more aftonifhing and unexceptionable Admoniti- 
ons. But obferve the Patriarch's anfwer ; If they hear not 
Mofes and the Prophets, neither will they be perfuaded tho* one 
rofe from the dead. And certainly, by a parity of-Reafon, 
if Men be of fuch wicked and obftinate difpofitions, as to 
reject the ftrongeft evidence for the Divine Authority of the 
Sacred Scriptures, under pretenfe of difficulties in fmaller mat- 
ters therein contain'd, becaufe their main defign is directly con- 
trary to their own ungodly Courfes; that fame contrariety 
would alfo occafion their Infidelity and Impenitence, tho' 
the difficulties themfelves wereremov'd. For if themoftfur- 
prizing evidence in the World, the warning of one fent from 
the dead, would not conquer the wicked perverfenefs of Un- 
believers, as our Saviour exprefly allures us it would not ; how 
can it be imagin'd that the removal of a few difficulties, which 
are but the pretenfes for, not the true caufes of their unbe- 
lief, mould be able to effect it ? No, If they hear not Mofes 
and the Prophets, Chrift and his Apoftles fpeaking to them in 
the Books of the Old and New Teftament, as we now have 
them : neither would they any more be per funded or ■ drawn to 
repentance by them; tho' the fame Books were intangled with 
no fuch difficulties, and thereby rendred more unexception- 

III. The Sacred Hiftorians date the Reign of every 
King from the jirfl exercife of his Supreme Power, 
tho' it happen'd in the lifetime of his PredecefTor, 
contrary to the Cuftom of Profane Writers j as 
we fhall fee in the Chronology. 

IV. The 

IV. The Sacred Hiftonans exactly diftinguifh be- 
tween the imperfect Reign of a King which was 
generally before^ and his compleat Reign which was 
generally after his obtaining the Royal City. In the 
former cafe thePhrafes are,Such an one barely reign- 
ed,or reign'd ovcrIfrael y or over Judah. In the latter 
cafe either the Royal City is nam'd, and the Phrafe is, 
Such an one Reign'd in Jernfalem-, in Tirzah or 
inSamaria - 3 or heReign'd over all Ifrael, or over all 
Judah, as will hereafter appear in the Chronology. 

V. The fame interruptions of Governments Inter- 
regna) and double Epochal of Reigns, are fome- 
times to be expected in the Annals of the Kings 
of Ifrael and Judah, that appear in the An- 
nals of other Nations. Thus in 'Ptolom/s Canon 
of the Affyrian Monarchy, we find two Interreg- 
na. And in Jofe/jhus's Hiftory of Herod 'the Great, 
we find a double Epocha of his Reign. Thus e- 
ven in our own Hiftory of King Charles II. his Fa- 
ther's Death, and his own Return twelve years af- 
terwards, are fufrkient foundations for a double 
Epocha of his Reign alfo. If therefore we ob- 
ferve the like examples in the Sacred Annals of the 
Kingdoms of Ifrael and Judah, they ought to be 
no more furprizing to us than the other. 

VI. Even numbers of Years in the Chronology of 
Scripture are us'd with great exadtnefs, and com- 
prehend no more than fix Months on either fide j 
/'. e. they imply the fpace mention'd, to be nearer 
to that number than to the next, either over or 
under j according to the mo ft natural and ftri£b 
fignification of the words themfelves. Thus 40 
Years for inftance, in the Sacred Stile of Chrono- 

logy, denote only the fpace between 35^ on the* u. 
one fide, and 40 I on the other. fchitn/S, 

Corollary. Where therefore the Particle about is added, and 
not elfewhere, the numbers may be extended fomewhat farther. 
Thus *<*< about 30 years of Age will fairly extend from 29 on Luk.iii. 23. 
one fide, to 3 1 on the other. But, confideringtheexatlnefsoftloe 
Sacred Accounts, ought not, without particular evidence, to be 
extended any farther* 

VII. This exa£tnefs of numbers in the Chronology 
of Scripture, or in thofe places whence the Ac- 
counts of the Times are to be deriv'd, do's by no 
means hinder, but that the common liberty which 
all other Writers take of ufing large and. round 
numbers without fuch accuracy may be allow'd the 
Sacred ones alfo, upon other occafions, where a 
greater exacinefs was no way neceflary to the mat- 
ter in hand. Thus 400 years, a large and round Gen. xv. n 
number, may occasionally be us'd, tho' it appear 

by the Chronology, deliver'd in other places more 
exactly, to be 40 f, and this without any prejudice 
to the accuracy of the Sacred Accounts of ancient 

VIII. The gradual decreaie of the length of Mens 
Lives did not flop, and the Age of Man was not 
redue'd to the prefent ftandard of 70 or 80 years, 
till the daies of King T)avid. This is evident 
from the following Table of the Ages of all the. 
Perfons which are mention'd in, or can be collecl:- 
ed from the Scripture, flnce the Flood, till the 
Death of David. 

B Scm 


Gen.xi. io,n. 
14, if. 

16, 17. 

20. 21. 

22, 23. 
24, 25". 


Chap. xxv. 7. 

xxi. 1. 

xxxv. 28. 

xxv. 17. 

xLvii. 28. 

l. 26. 

Exod. vi. 16. 


Jobi.i— 4, with 
XLii. 16. 

Deut.xxxiv. 7. 

Jof.xxiv. 29. 

iSam. iv. if. 

2Sam.xix. 32. 
Chap. v. 4. 
See UJfer.Chxo- 
nol. Sac. c. 8. 
& 1 2.8c Anna!. 
A.M. iffi. 


Salah — 


Thaleg — 

Rett - 

Seruq — 

9 Abraham 
\ Sarah — 

C Ifaac — 

£ Ifmael 

2. Levi — 

-^ iJp/row about 
CJob about 
r* Amram 
\segub about 
«^j£^r about 
yPallu about 
\Jfocebeda about 
Miriam about 
Aaron - 

Mofes — 

Co>vr£ about — 
Dathan about 
Abiram about 
C" Jofhua 
\ Rahab about 

i?<»ox about 
5" 0^<?</ about 

!*/< _ 

J# about 
BarxMlai above 
David _ 






I2 r 


n f 






1 1 

Coroil. i . The 90th Pfalm, where the lives of the Ifrnchtesjeem 
to be fiated at 70 or 80 years, if it was compos' d by Mofes, 
as the Title informs us, had regard only to the Jhortning the lives 
of the Murmurers in the Wildernefs by a Divine Judgment ; Numb.xiv.20, 
(when all thofe were to perifij in the fpace of 40 years, who were --3/-. 
grown 2Wen at the Exodus out of Et r ypt) without any refpetl to 
the common period of Human Life at that time. Barzillai in 
the daies of David, is the firfi mention din Scripture, who was zSam.xix. ?<% 
reckon d fo old, as not likely to live long at 80 years of Age ; 
and David himfelf is the firfi, that is jaid tohavedy'd, and that 
in a good old age , and full of daies, fo foon as 70 years ; Chap.v.^with 
which are the particular numbers mention d in that Pfalm, and;* Chron. xxix. 
the Standard of Human Life in all fucceeding Ages. 2 ^* 

Coroil. 2. Job was nearly contemporary with Jacob'/ imme~ 
diate Sons, the twelve Patriarchs, or at lea fi the Generation fol- 
lowing ; about the former part of the Ifraelites abode in the Land 
of Egypt. Job liv'd 140 years after the conclufion of his JobxLii. \6. 
Afflitlions ; and yet at the beginning of them many of his Child- cha P- '• 4> f- 
yen were grown up- So that 180 years are as little as we can a- *$' 
fcribe to him : which great longevity, tho' we fuppofe his life 
to be confiderably longer than the general fiandard, on account of 
a peculiar Blefjing, and as an extraordinary Reward of his Vir- 
tue and Patience, as we ought to do y will yet certainly oblige us 
to place him no lower than is here done. And that he cannot be 
placed higher, the Names and Families of his Friends do abun- 
dantly affure us. His Friends are fiyl'd Eliphaz the Temanite, Job ii. n. and 
Bildad the Shuite, Zophar the Naamathite, and Elihu theSon^^ 11 ' 1 - 
of Barachiel the Buzite, of the Kindred of Ram. From which 
Notations One thus gathers the Age in which Job liv'd. "Eli-Gen.xxxvi.'u. 
<c phaz the Temanite, feems to proceed from Teman theGrand- 
"fonofEfou. And Bildad the Shuite, is probably of the J^_ Chap. xxv. 2. 
"mily of Shuah, one of the Sons 0/ Abraham ^Keturah. -^^chap.xxii.20, 
t( Hhhu was the Son of Barachiel the Buzite, of the Kindred of 21. 
" Ram. Now Buz was the Son of Nzhor, Abraham'/ Brother; 
"and Ram was probably the fame with Aram, the Son of Ke- 
"muel, who was Brother to Buz. Thus he; to which he adds Jobxui. u. 
" in confirmation, that the fame fort of Coin which was current Gen.xxxiii.19, 

B z "in 

A Jhort nt&w) of the Chronology 

in Job'j time, is us'd too by Jacob, not pajl $2 years before 
his defcent into Egypt. 


I. T^HE fureft and moil ufeful guide of ancient 
Chronology, where the Sacred Hiftorians 
are lilent? is Ttolemy's Mathematical Canon. 

The Reafons of the preference of this Canon before anyo- 
ther of the ancient Accounts, are thefe : 

1. The Author of it was the raoft learned Aftronomer of 
all the Ancients; and has all along apply'd his Accounts to 
the uncontefted l/£ra of Nabonajfar, and confirm'd them by 
the Ecltpfes, mention'd by fhe mod ancient Aftronomers. be- 
fore him, (the fureft x&cW&<« and Characteriftics of Chrono- 
logy in the World.) 'Tis therefore evident on its own ac- 
count, that its authority is better eftablifh'd than the autho- 
rity of any other Monument of profane Hiftory befides. 

1. This Mathematical Canon is particularly accommodated 
to the continuation of the Sacred Chronology of the Old Te- 
stament, and its connection with that of the New ; and in gene- 
ral, to the comparifon of the Sacred with the Profane Accounts 
of ancient Times; becaufe it begins a confiderable time be- 
fore the Old Teftament Hiftory ends, and reaches beyond the* 
times of the New Teftament alfo. It contains an intire Se- 
ries of Reigns; and fo an uninterrupted Chronology from its 
beginning till its conclufion : and this particularly thro' the 
whole Interval between the Old and New Teftament Hifto- 
ries, which otherwife were chiefly liable to Difputation. Be- 
iides, it contains the Kings of thofe four Monarchies, and no 
others; which the Old Teftament Hiftory is chiefly concern'd 
■ withal, and which are fo famous in the Prophecies both of the 
i Old and New Teftament. It alfo gives a much more exact 
and certain account of thofe Affytian and Babylonian Kings 
I mention'd in Scripture, than is any where elfe to be met with 
/ in 

of the Old Teflament. 1 3 

W Pro lane Antiquity. And in particular, by cornparifon of 
this Canon.with Xenophon, and with the Sacred Writers, we 
have an exact account of the fpace during the 70 years Cap- 
tivity of the Jews under Nebuchddncz&ar, and his Succeffors 
in Babylon-, and of the time of its folution under Cyrus, King 
of Perjia afterwards: which otherwife, we had been but very 
imperfectly acquainted withal till this very day. 

3. This Canon do's exactly agree in every thing: with the 
t Chronology of the Old Teftament; confirms the fulfilling of 
ancient Prophecies; and particularly, that famous one of the 
70 Weeks in Daniel ; fixes the years of Artaxerxes and Tibe- 
rias, on which it chiefly depends; and for its exact corre- 
fpondence with the Sacred and Infallible, juftly deferves the 
firft place among the profane Hiftorians. 

4. This Canon do's alike exactly agree in every thing with 
the accounts of thofe profane Hiftorians, who wrote the Hi- 
ftories^Df their own Times. This certainly is the fureft Tefi 
imaginable of the truth of the Canon before us ; that when- 
ever it differs from any Hiftorian, it do's it only then when 
the Hiftorian wrote of foregoing Ages, wherein he might ea- 
fily be miftaken. But whoever writes the Hi ftory of his own 
Age, and fo had opportunity of knowing certainly the Truth 
©f what is related, alwaies agrees with this Canon. This ad- 
mirable obfervation, which is owing to the moft Learned, the 
prefent Lord Bifhop of Worcefter, is of very great ufe in the 
cafe before us. For whereas hitherto , we have alwaies been 
in perplexity which of the ancient Hiftorians we were to ad- 
here to, in their feveral contradictory accounts of thefe times, we 
are now fecure, and have this Authentic Record ever to rely 
upon in ancient Chronology. Which Mathematical Canon 

f Canon itaque Nabonaflarxus, ab Aftronomis primum ufurpatus, &ccc- 
leftibus characteribus fancitus, maximam tandem Audtoritatem apud Hiftori- 
cos non immerito oltinuit. Cujus quidem tanta eft cum facris literis con- 
gruent^, ut fine illo vix eflet ullus ab Hiftoria Sacra ad exoticam tranfitus. 
Neque iatis notus eflet primus ille Cyri Annus, quo foluta eft feptuagenaria 
Judaeomm G ptivit. s. Sane Canon ifte multis ct>mpaginibus cum facroTex- 
tu aptifl'ime connectitur. Marfhami Chronicon, p. foj, fc6. 

B 3 therefore 

14 A Jhort view of the chronology 

therefore fliall be Reprinted at the end of this Book, and fhair 
never be receded from in this whole Chronology, or the en- 
fuing Harmony ; that fo there may be no more occafion for 
that complaint, which has been fometimes made, * that many 
upon trifling Conjectures 6f their own, and in order to maintain 
their fever al H ypothe/cs, have ventur'd to recede from this fureft 
Rule and Standard of ancient Hiftory. As if they imagin'd 
the difficulties of the Sacred Chronology ;were not to be af- 
foil'd in confidence with it. 

Scholium. It will not be here improper to confider the nature 

and method of this Canon beforehand, that fo we may be the 

better prepar'd to underftand, and make ufe of it hereafter ; 

which I fliall do in the words of a learned Friend, to whom 

I am particularly obliged for his care and pains in the review 

Mr. Alljn, Fcl- f t h c prefent Chronology. "This Canon computes the be- 

1<n Ti ° f mq^ " § mn ^ n S °^ an y °f tne y ears °^ eacn King's Reign , from 

Chrofology. " the firft Da y of the firft Month ( caird Thoth "> °' ^ Na ~ 

vid.Lloyd Ser. c 'bonajfarean year, which falls out in that refpeclive year of 

Chronolog. « hi s Reign. And tho' any King fhould die immediately af- 

and f£°in1L " tcr the firft of Thoth > Y et a11 the reft of that year till the next 

volum.6eogr!^ && of Thoth is attributed to his Reign in the Canon. And 

Grsec. minor. " if any King, whofe Reign was lefs than a year, had never 

/.Si. "a firft of Thoth within the compafs of his Reign,, that King 

" v/as omitted in the Canon, and his Reign added to the Reign 

"of his PredecefTors. Now the JVabonaffarean year was juft 

" 565 daies long, without the intercalation of a day every 

" fourth year. So that after every four years, the firft of Thoth 

" would run back in the Julian year in fuch a manner as that 

*' i^6iJVabonoJfarean years fhould be equal to 1 460 Julian ones t 

" The firft of Tlwth in that time coming to its old place in 

" the Julian year. According to which obfervations I fliall 

fet down, together with the Canoa of Kings, the day of the 

Julian year on which each of their firft Thothsfell, thro' the 

whole Series of that Chronology. 

* Chronographi Chriftiani, futilibus conje&uns nimiumindulgentcs 3 miris 
modis Canonem hunc caftigarunt, vel potius conturbarunt. MarJJmm. p. fo6. 

of the Old Te (lament. 1 5 

II. That Jewifh year by which the Sacred Writers 
reckon the feveral Intervals fince the Deluge, or at 
lcaft fince the Exodus out of Egypt •> was either the 
true Solar year, or a Lunar one fo adjufted by 
proper Intercalations to the Solar, as to be in a 
manner equivalent to it. 
This is evident, becaufe their year by the exprefs Law, of 

God was to be commenfuiate to their Seafons, and to begin 

alwaies a few weeks before Barly Harveft. And the Lord Exod.xii. 1,2. 

/pake unto Mofes and Aaron in the land of -Egypt, faying, This Exod.xiii.4. 

month fof A bib"] /ball be unto you the beginning of months ; it am j xx »V I f- 

si 11 1 1 £ n 1 r 1 J S ^aJL-L an d XXXIV. 1 8 

Jball be the fir/I month of the year unto you. And this by and Deutj xvi 
the confent of all has been the conftant computation of the t . 
Jews ever fince Mofes to this very day. Whether the Jews 
us'd the Lunar year before the Babylonifl Captivity, as they 
have done fince, tho' it wants notits probabilities, yetisit by 
no means certain ; and in my prefentdefignisof fo fmallcon- 
fequence either way, that I mail not fpend any time here in the 
inquiry about it. The Julian year, tho' beginning ftill about 
three Months before it, is yet fo near to the JewifJo year (whe- 
ther it were Solar or Lunar) with which we are concern'd, 
that it will fupply its place well enough in the following Chro- 

Scholium. It is here to be obferv'd, that I fay this is the year 
Jince the Deluge only; for I fhall have occafion to prove here- 
after, if ever the New Theory come to another Edition, 
that the year before the Deluge was of a fliorter 
duration, and contain'd but 360 Antediluvian daies ; as 
appears particularly from the Mofaic account of that year where- Gen.vii u za 
in the Waters were upon the Earth. It is alfo to be obferv'd, andxii, 3,4. 
that I am not abfoluteiy pofitive in this proportion, as to 
the Interval between the Deluge and the Exodus out of Egypt. 
For tho' the natural year was then of the fame duration with 
that ever fince ; yet becaufe it will be prov'd by our great 
Chronologer in his Dijfertation concerning Daniel's weeks, Bp. f wwceft- 
which the Learned World has fo long expeded, that the mod er. 
ancient Civil Year, of which any footfteps remain in Hi ltory, 


k; A Jhort view of the Chronology 

for a long time after the Flood was no other than that of 560 
daies alfo : It may poffibly be fuppos'd that the Poftdiluvi- 
an Patriarchs before the Exodus us'd the fame year; and that 
Mofes alfo refers to the fame in 'the Hiftory of thofe 
times, till the Divine Law interpos'd, and alter'd the accounts 
upon their deliverancG out of Egypt. Thefe fuppofitions I fay, 
are poifible, and not at all abfurd ; and fo make it neceffary 
to fpeak with caution in the prefent cafe. In the meantime, 
becaufe we have no pofitive Evidence of the ufe of a diffe- 
rent year fince the Flood, before and after the Exodus, in the 
ftile of Mofes ; and becaufe, if the Patriarchsdidufe the year 
of 360 daies, yet the Sacred Hiftorian might reduce thofe 
years to that natural one which was us'd afterward, and give 
us the whole period fince the Flood in the fame method of 
computation; becaufe laftly, all Chronologers have hitherto 
fuppos'd the year in M&fes, before and after the Exodus to be 
the fame : I therefore (hall not venture without more .exprefs 
evidence, to difturb the fetl'd Accounts of thefe times, but 
mail fuppofe the year fince the Deluge, in the Sacred Wri- 
tings, to be conftantly the fame, and therefore equivalent to 
the Julian year, by which I all along ftate the Chronology 
-of the Sacred Scriptures. 

III. The year ordain'd by Jeroboam when he drew 

off the ten Tribes to Idolatry, and fb us'd in part 

of the Annals of the Kingdom of Ifrael, was a 

Month fliorter than that of Judah, containing but 

eleven Months only. And this year continued till 

the Revolution by Jehu, but no longer. 

This AfTertion will be thought by many, as ftrange and 

paradoxical, as it is new and Jingular. But to obviate Mens 

prejudices in this, and fuch like cafes, I muft beg leave to fay 

that a common Opinion without a folid Foundation, is of no great 

value in thefe matters. If upon a diligent inquiry into the 

Annals of the Kingdoms of Ifrael and Judah, and a careful 

adjuftmentof both accounts, the propofition appears to be well 

grounded, as I hope to fhew that it is; I think the novelty 

of it ought to be no objection againft it ; and that it ought 


of the Old Teftament. j 7 

not to be rejected merely becaufe it is not to be met with 

in Commentators. Every body knows what great variety of 

years there has been in ancient times. Our Julian year is 365 \ 

days : the Solar 3 65 . $ h 49'. JVabonaJfar's 3 6 $. the mod a*ncient of 

all 3^0. the Arabian Lunar year 354. 8\ 48'. The year of V id. Herodot. 

fome Cities mention'd by Herodotus 360 and 390 alternately. 1 i.e. 32. 

The ancient Roman year before Nnma PompiliKS, according c r ■ . 

to the beft Authors, of only ten Months! To fay nothing die N ata U. c. 

of fome other very ancient Computations, where ftill ferver 20. 

Months, nay fometimes a Jingle one feems to have had the de- Langiumde 

nomination of zyear given to it. At the fame time itcannot ap- , Anms thrift:. 

pear a ftrange fuppohtion, that Jeroboam, when he began a 

feparate Polity, contrary to the Law of God, fhould make 

an alteration in the Accounts of Time; efpecially where fuch 

an alteration by changing the feafons of all the jewift Feajis, 

or Public Worfhip, did not a little contribute to the change of 

the Wbrfljip it felf alfo. Now that he not only might, but really 

did alter the year , and that in the proportion above-mention'd, 

will appear by the following considerations. 

1, By this change he would not introduce a new thing, (I 
mean a moveable year, whofe head would wander thro' all 
the feafons,) but only reftore the ancient way of reckoning, 
and imitate all the neighbour Nations round about. There 
is very good reafon to doubt, whether in the days of Jero- 
boam, almoft any other Nation but the Jews, who were there- 
in guided by Divine Revelation, knew and made ufe of a fixt 
Solar year, or its equivalent. 'Tis rather very probable by the 
old Teftimonies, as well as by the difcovery of the true length 
of the Solar year long afterwards, that the general Computa- 
tion of the World was 360 days, and no other; which was 
certainly a vagrant year, and within the duration of the life 
of one Man, in the fpace of 70 years, its head run backward 
to the fame place it had before. Since therefore a vagrant year 
was fo common in the World, it may eafily be fuppos'd that 
Jeroboam might appoint one of this fort to the People of IfraeL 
2. That Jeroboam not only might but really did takeaway 
a month from the year, is evident by the Records of Ifrael 
and Judah, compar'd together all along in the Interval before 

C us; 

i 8 A Jhort wienu of the Chronology 

us ; whilft eleven years in the Annals of Judah conftantly 
correfpond to twelve years in the Annals of Ifrael. Thus 
fromthe beginning of Rehoboam, till the common (laughter of 
j&azjah zn&Jehoram by Jehtt, is accounted in the Jewifk An- 
nals but 90 years, and about fix months, whereas the fame interval 
isintheAnnalsof//?7*e/p7 years, and about feven months,as will 
appear in the Chronology, and is according to the proportion of 
eleven to twelve affign'd in the prefentpropofition. Thusal- 
fo in the adjufting of the particular Reigns of each King of 
Ifrael and Jttdah during this interval, which are otherwife in- 
explicable., all is eafy upon this fuppofition ; and every Text 
of Scripture thereto relating falls in of its own accord : as 
will appear in the Table of this period hereafter. And the fe 
are to me little lefs than demonflrations of the truth of the 
Hypothecs before us. But that the force of this reafoningmay 
be the better perceiv'd, let us fuppofe that an inquifitive Per- 
fon, who knew nothing of the difference between the Julian 
and Saracen years, in the midft of his Travels, light upon a 
celebrated Hiftory of the Emperors of the Eaft at Conftanti- 
aople, and of the Saracen SuccefTors to Mahomet in Arabia^ 
.carefully, and without the leaft variation extracted from the 
Authentic Records of each Empire, and containing the feve- 
ral Reigns, particularly adjufted and interwoven together. 
Now 'tis plain that this Perfon, while he imagin'd the Epo- 
cha's and years of both Empires to be the very fame , he 
-would undoubtedly be furpriz'd and puzzl'd at every thing; 
and perhaps upon the fuppos'd difagreement of the Accounts, 
would be ready to condemn the Hiftorian, as an ignorant and 
fabulous Writer. But then , if he once got a hint of the 
different Epochas of the years of Chrifr, and of the Hegyra 
of Mahomet, and of the different years made ufe of in the 
fcveral Empires; and if hereupon he a frefh con fider'd the Ac- 
counts, and compar'd them over again ; he would certainly 
conclude t.hat the Hiftorian was an exacl and faithful one; 
and be convinc'd that the defect of his obferving the diver- 
fity of the Epocha's and years of the two Empires was 
the alone caufe of his difficulties. He would,, as he went 
on, be flill more and more fatisfy'd in the proportion of the 


of the Old Teftarneut. 

feveral years ; and conclude for certain, that the Grecian Em- 
pire reckon'd by Julian ot Solar years, from the Birth of 
Chrift; and the Saracens by Lunar years, from die Flight 
of Mahomet ; and that thence fuch feemingly different numbers 
were all along deriv'd into* the Hiftory before him. And 
this I take to be ;uft the cafe before us, and as there the exact 
agreement of every thing alter the Inquirer once had an inti- 
mation of the difference beioremention'd, would by degrees 
render him fecure of their Truth ; fo here the intire accord 
of the Annals of the two Kingdoms of Jfrael and Judah, up- 
on the fuppofition that the year of the former, was a month 
fhorter than that of the latter, ought to render it at leaft high- 
ly probable, that this fuppofition it felf is true alfo : which 
will be ftill farther confirm'd by the next Argument. 

3. The contrary fuppofition, which has hitherto prevail'd, 
forces us on very great Abfurdities; namely, that the fix firft ^ d - u $ v ' 
Kings oflfrael, after the divifion of the'Kingdoms (not account- rono ' 
ing Zimri for one, who Reign'd but feven days) did every 
one Reign even numbers of years, with about a fortnight q- 
ver, continually \ and that alfo that fortnight is in everyone 
of them reckon'd a whole year in the Sacred Hiftory. Thus 
Jeroboam muft Reign but 2 1 years and about fifteen days, tho' 
the Scripture fays he Reign'd 12. Thus Nadab mult Reign 
but one year and about fifteen days, tho' the Scripture ftys 
he Reign'd two years, and the like o£ : Baafba> Elah, Omri. arid 
-^/?^fucceffively. Now that fo many Kings, one immediate- 
ly after another, fhould die juft after even years were over, 
all in the firft month of their Reigns, is it felf fo ftrange, and 
I believe fo unparalleFd in any Hiftory, that I account ltal- 
moft incredible in the prefent cafe. But that befides thisftrange 
ccrrefpondence of Accidents, a part of one Jingle mo, ?tb ihould 
every where be ftil'd a year alfo, is in it felf fo inaccurate, 
fo abhorrent from the Cuftom of all Hiftorians, much more 
from the exa&nefs of the Sacred ones, that 'tis by no means 
to be believ'd • efpecially fince there is no manner of cccafion 
for any fuch Suppofitions, if we dobut allow for that diffe- 
rence of the years in the different Kingdoms of IJrach.a6.Jn- 
dah.> which is averted in this Proposition, as will eppear in the 
Chronology. C 2 4. This 


A Jhort <vie<w of the Chronology 

4. This is confirm'd alfo from that paflage in the Hiftory 
of Jeroboam^ that he chang'd the Feaft of Tabernacles from 
iKingsxij.3*, the feventh to the eighth month; even the month that he de- 
53- vis' d of his own heart. The meaning of which alteration may 

fcem to have been this, that fince the feventh month,, that of 
Tifriy was the moft famous month, for the Jeivifb Feafts andSo- 
lemnities in the honour of the true God, of the whole year, 
as well as the firfi month in their civil Computations : (For 
therein was the Feaft of Trumpets on the firft or New-years- 
day ; the great day of Expiation on the tenth, and the Feaft of 
Tabernacles from the fifteenth to the twenty fecond.) Therefore 
to take as.much as poffible, fuch things out of the Thoughts 
of the Jfraelites, he abolifh'd and eras'd that whole month 
for the future, and conftituted the next month Marhefvan, to 
fupply its place ; and appointed it the beginning of his new 
year, and the principal feafbn for his new Idolatrous Solemni- 
ties alfo. And thus, As Alttharram, after the heart of Maho- 
met, became the -firft and moft Superftitious month of the va- 
grant Arabic year. So did Aiarhefvan, the month that Jero- 
boam devis'd of his own hearty become in the fame manner 
tihe firft and the moft Idolatrous month in the like vagrant 
year of the Israelites ; till the Revolution by Jehtt, put a fi- 
nal Period thereto afterwards, 

IV. Thofe apparent inconfiftencies which arife only 
from the Hiftorical Books, which were written af- 
ter the Captivity ; I mean the two Books of Chra- 
nicies, Ezra, and Nehemiah, arenottobeefteem- 
ed real difficulties, originally belonging to the 
Chronology of the Old Teftament, but the bare 
miftakes of our prefent Copies. 

This Propofition depends on an Obfervation very obvious 
to make, w*. That thefe Books have a great many more mi- 
ftakes in Names and Numbers than any, nay than all the other 
Books of the Old Teftament; and that confequently, thofe 
apparent Inconfiftencies which arife from them alone, are not 


of the Old Tejiament. zi 

gencrafly to be accounted for, as the reft; but rauft be own- 
ed to be the plain Over- fights of the Tranferibers of them. To 
clear this Propofition, I fhall firfi demonftrate its truth, by a 
plain and nunerous Induction of Particulars. And fecondly, I 
fhall attempt fome account of the occasions of it, or how it 
has come to pafs that thefe, and only thefe Books of Scripture 
have fo many miftaken Names and Numbers in them. Now 
as to the firfi point, I muft premife this, that Tranferibers are 
much more liable to mi (lakes in Names and Numbers than in 
other things, becaufe thefe do not generally affect the cohe- 
rence of the difcourfe, which is the great means of prevent- 
ing or correcting Errors. The Tranferibers therefore are both 
very eafily miftaken, and alfo have no fuch hints and means of 
difcovering and correcting their Miftakes afterwards, as they 
have in other cafes. This being premis'd, I come to give an 
Induction of particular Miftakes in the Names and Numbers 
of the prefent Copies of thefe Books,, which a comparifon 
with other Books of Scripture, the plain reafon of things, or 
ancient Verfions and Teftimonies difcover to us. As to the 
miftaken Names, I fhall only inftance in the firft Chapter of 
the firft Book of Chronicles ; it being endlefs to go* thro' all 
the examples of this kind; and as to the other Miftakes, re- 
lating chiefly to Numbers, I fhall inftance in fome of the 
principal, and leave the reft to the Reader's own obfervation. 
And in the whole, I fhall barely fet down the miftaken places, 
with the parallel ones, which correct them; or the evident 
Reafons to prove they are Miftakes, without any farther In^ 
ferences or Reflections* 

€ 5 I'Chron, 


A Jhort <vienjo of the Chronology 

i Chron. i. 

j 7. Meftech. 
30. Hadad. 
l6. Zephi. 

— She phi. 
50. Hadad. 

— Pai. 

1 Chron. i. 1 7- The fons of Shem, Vz,, 

andHul, andGether, and Me- 
iij. 22. . The fons of Shemaiah, Hat- 
tujh, and Igeal, and Bariah, 
and Neariah, andShaphat. fix. 

vj. f4--6o. Now thefe are their dwelling 
places throughout their cajllesin 
their coafis of the fons of Aaron, 
of the families of the Kohathites : 
fox theirs was the lot. 

And they gave them Hebron 
in the land of Judah, and the 
fuburbs thereof round about it. 
But the f elds of the city, and 
the villages thereof they gave to 
Caleb the fon of Jephunneh. 

And to the fons of Aaron 
they gave the cities of Judah, 
namely, Hebron the city of re- 
fuge, and Libnah with her fub- 
urbs, and Jartir, and Ejhte- 
moa, with their fab ;rbs, 

And Htlen with her fuburbs-, 

Gen. jo. 

28. MaJJj. 
Chap. 25. i^.Hadar. 
36. 11. Zepho. 
22. He man. 

2 3 . Alvan. 

— Shepho. 

26. Hcmdan. 

27. Akan. 

3 p. Hadar. 

— Pau. 

The fons of Aram, Vz,, and 
Hul, and Gether, and Mafb. 
Gen. 10. 23. 

One of the Sons ofShemaiah 
is here omitted ; for there are 
but five, recounted, and yet 
fumm'd up fix. 

Here are but eleven Cities 
reckon'd up, and yet the fum 
is thirteen; two of the names, 
which were Gibeon and Juttah 
being omitted by the Tranfcri- 
ber, who a!fo has fufftciently 
p?rplex'd the whole Period, as 
we learn from the parallel place 
in the Book of Joflma, Chap. 
21. 9—19. whence this feems 
to have been taken. 

D C . 

of the Old Tejfament. 


Debir 'with her juburbs, 

And Ajhan with her fuburbs, 
and Beth-Jhemejh with her fub- 

And out of the tribe of Ben- 
jamin ; Giba with her fuburbs, 
and Alemeth with her juburbs, 
and Anathoth with her fuburbs. 
All their cities throughout their 
families were thirteen cities. 

And unto the fons of Kohath, 
which were left of the fami- 
ly of that tribe , were ci- 
ties given out of the half tribe, 
namely out of the half tribe of 
Adanaffeh, by lot, ten cities. 
i Chron.vj.6i. 

The fons of Iz,rahiah ', Mi- 
chael, and Obadiah, and foel, 
Ifhtah, five. vij. 3. 

In two Chapters imme- 
diately fucceeding, we have 
the very fame Genealogy of 
King Saul's Family twice re- 
peated ; only in the latter 
the name of Ahaz,, is omit- 
ted in the Original, and fo for- 
ced to be fupply'd by our Tran- 
slators, viij. 3 3-38. ix 29—44. 

Of the fons of Hebron ; Je- 
riah the firfi, Amariah the fe- 
cond, Jehaz^iel the third, and 

Here are^#Citiesgiven out 
of the half tribe of ManafTeh ; 
whereas in truth there were 
four given out of Ephraim, 
four out of Dan, and but tw» 
out of the half tribe of Ma- 
naffeh , ten in all ; as we learn 
from the particular and exact 
account in Jo/bua Chap, a 1 . 
zo-26". whence this muft cer- 
tainly have been taken. 

Here the number in general 
is five, tho* the particulars a- 
mount to no more than four, 
one name being loft in the 

Of the fons, yeriah, Ama- 
riah the fecond, Jahaz,iel the 
third , Jekar, earn the font 1 7. 


A Jhort vienv of the Chronology 

iChron. xwyjekameam the fourth. 

xxv. 3. The fons of "Jeduthun ; Ge- 

daliah, and Zeri, and Jeftai- 
ah t Hafiabiah, andMattithiah, 

xxij. 14- Now behold in my trouble, 

[or of my poverty] I have pre- 
pared for the houfe of the Lord 
an hundred thoufand talents of 
gold, and a thoufand thoufand ta 
ients of filver. 

1 Chron. 24. 2$. Where, be- 
fides the repetition of the 
fame Catalogue in two fuccef- 
five Chapters, as before, the 
Father's name Hebron, and the 
Order of Jenah, who ought 
to have been ftil'd the firfi, 
are both omitted in the Ori- 
ginal; and are only fupply'd 
in the Engltfl) Tranflation. 
Nay, the Verfes before, and 
after this, on a comparifon 
with the foregoing Chapter, 
will appear to be bare Repeti- 
tions,and thofe fufficiently con- 
fus'd alfo. 

Here the fum contains one 
morethan the particulars. The 
name Shtmei being omitted, as 
appears by the 1 yth Verfe fol- 

A ftrange fum ! and this not 
all that was provided for the 
Temple by David and Solomon 
both ; but by the former on- 
ly. Nay, and this in his dif- 
ficulties of affairs, or of his Po- 
verty, as being but a fmall mat- 
ter of what he intended, in 
cafe his affairs had been more 
profperous, andhimfelf in bet- 
ter Circumftances. The Sum 
in our Engli/Jj Money amounts 
to above feven hundred milli- 
ons of Pounds, fterling ; that 
is, to near as much as the fo- 
lid content of the whole Tem- 
ple and Porch withal], had it 

of the Old Teflament. 


Ezraij. Now the fe are the chil- 
dren of the province that went up 
out of the captivity, ofthoje which 
had been carried mv ay, whom Ne- 
buchadnezzar the king of Ba- 
bylon had carried aivay unto Ba- 
bylon , and came again un- 
to Jerufalem and Judah, eve- 
ryone unto his* city; 

Which came with Zerubbabel : 
ycfjjua, Nehemiah, Seraiah, 
Reelaiah, Mordecai , Bil/han, 
Mifpar, Bigvai, Rehum, Ba- 
anah. The number of the men 
of the people of Ifrael. 

been all Silver: nay to more 

Gold and Silver than the whole 

Earth had upon it, till the late 

difcovery of the Mines of A- 

merica. 'Tis in Jofephus but 

the tenth part of this mm, and J ofep Antl * 

in the Syrtac, no more than a 

thoufandTalents of each kind. I 

need fay no more to mew the 

groffnefs of the Tranfcriber's 

miftake in this place. 

Nehemiah vij. My God put 
into my heart to gather together 
the nobles, and the rulers, and 
the people, that they might be 
reckoned by genealogy : and I 
found a regifler of the genealogy 
of them ivhich came up at the 
firfi, and found written there- 

Thefe are the children of the 
province that went up out of the 
captivity, of thofe that had been 
carried away, whom Nebuchad- • 
nezzar the king of Babylon had 
carried away, and came again 
to Jerufalem s and to Judah, 
every one unto his city; 

Who came with Zerubbabel : 
Jcfljua, Nehemiah, Azariah, 
Raamiah, Nahamani, Aforde- 
cai, Bilfoan, Mifpereth, Bigvai, 
Nehum, Baanah ; the number, 
I fay, of the men of the people 
of Ifrael) was this; 




A Jhort view of the Chronology 


The Children of Parojft 

of Shephatiah 
of Arah — 

2I ?i 


of Pahath Moab 2812 

of Elam — 12.54 

of Zattu — 945 

of Zaccai — 760 

of Bani — 642 

of Bebai — 623 

of Azgad — 1222 

of Adomkam - 66d 

of Bigvai — 205-6 

of ^<//» — 45-4 

of -4ttr - 98 

of Bezai — 32} 

of jforaA — 1 1 r 

of Hafhum — 222 

of Gi^^r — 95- 

of Bethlehem — 123 

The Men of Netophah - 5-6 

of Anathoth -. 128 

The Children of Azmavtth — 42 

of Kirjatharim,&.c. 743 

of Rama, 8cc. — 621 

The Men of Michmai - 122 

of .Bef£<?/ 8c c. — 223 

The Children of Nebo - 5-2 

of Magbijh .- i^o" 

of £/#;# — 125-4 

of Harim — 320 

of Lod, Sec. - 725- 

of Jericho — 345- 

'of Senaah — 3630 

Tne Priefts 

The Children of Jedaiah - 973 

of Immer — 105-2 

of Pafhur — .1247 

of Harim — 1017 

The Levites 

The Children of Jefiua, &c, 
The Singers 
The Children of Afaph - I2 .& 
The Porters 

The Children of Shallum, &c. 1 3 9 

The Kethinims and Solomon's fervantj 



N E H E M I A H. 

The Children of Parofh — 2171 
of Shephatiah -- 374 
of -<4/v^ — 6f 2 
of Bah nth Moab 2818 
of Ii»w — 125-4 
of Z««« — 845* 
of Zaccai — 760 
of Binnui — 648 
of JBe^i — 628 

of Azgad - 2322 
of Adonikam — 667 
of Bigvai — 2067 
of Adiry -_ 6j j 
of Ater -_ 98 

of Hnjloum — 328 
of Bezai — 324 
of Hariph .- 112 
of Gibeon •- 95- 
The Men of Bethlehem 7 

and Netophah $ - x 88 

of Anathoth - 128 

of Beth-Az.mai>eth 42 

of Kirjatfyearim, 6cc. 743 

of Rama, 8cc. 621 

of Michmas — 122 

of £«/?e/, Sec. 123 

of .Nefo — 5-2 

The Children of Z/«w. — 125-4 

of Harim — 320 

of Jericho .- 345* 

of ZW, &c. -- 721 

of Senaah •- 3930 

The Pf iefts 

The Children of Jedaiah - 973 

of lmmer — 105-2 

of Pa/bur — 1247 

of Harim — 10I7 

The Levites 

The Children of Jejhua, &c. ~ 74 
The Singers 

The Children of ^/*^> - 148 
The Porters 

The Children of Shallum, &c. 138 

The Netbimms and Stlomoyfs fervants 



of the Old Teflameut. 


Uncertain multitude — tfj-i 

The whole Congregation together was 


Whereas the particulars amount to no 

more than 29818 

Deficient therefore in the particulars 


Uncertain multitude - $^ x 

The whole Congregation together was 


Whereas the particulars amount to no 

more than 31089 

Deficient therefore in the particulars 


That thefe are the very fame Catalogue, is abundantly e- 
vident by the very fame beginning, -the fame order or feries 
of Families, moft of the fame numbers in the particulars 5 
and chiefly by the very fame Sum of the whole Congregati- 
on in both the Copies. Yet how widely different each of 
them are from truth, and from one another, the numbers a- 
bove compar'd together, and the general Sums compar'd with 
the particulars do abundantly declare ; and need not be farther 
infifted on here. This laft is fy full and complicated an in- 
fiance of abundance of miftakes of Tranfcribers in thefe Hi- 
ftorical Books, written after the Captivity, that I fhall fearch 
for no more ; but proceed to the ftcmd point I propos'd to 
confider, swe. What have been the Occaiions of fo many mi- 
stakes in thefe Books, or, How it has come to pafs that the 
Hiftorical Books after the Captivity, and no others, havefo 
many miftaken Names and Numbers in them. Now I think 
in this cafe, the Reafon is pretty Obvious. All the former 
Sacred Books were not only written and publifh'd, but tran- 
fcrib'd and fpread abroad, while there was a fuccellion of 
Prophets a^mong the Jews; who had all along fufhcient Au- 
thority to review them, and to correct the miftakes of Tran- 
fcribers. Thus for inftance, Ez,ra, Nehemiah, Haggai, Ze- 
chariah and Malachi, were able after the Captivity to review 
the Holy Books ; to corred the miftakes in any Copies ; and 
upon any Doubts, to determin the true Readings. Where- 
by the intire number of the Copies of the former Scriptures 
might be pure and uncorrupt, and fo the true Readings a great 
while convey'd down to Pofterky. But who muft correct 
the laft Prophets, and Sacred Writers? Their own Autograph* 
were, no doubt, every one true and exact. But they were no 
more than (ingle Copies ; and all the following ones muft come 

D z from 

2 3 A Jhort view of the Chronology 

from therri, with the miftakes of every Tranfcriber afterwards. 
Becaufe no body durft pretend to correct a miftake, tho' it 
were never fo plain, for fear of the Curfe to thofe who added 
Deut.iv.2.and/o, or took^ aw ay from the word of God. The different cafe 
xij. 32. of the old Books, and of thefe laft, is juft like that of anyo- 
ther Author, as Horace and Cicero, for inftance : the one of 
which, athoufand years ago had all his Copies every where 
review'd and corrected by the Autographon it felt ; and the 
other had only then its Autographon in the World. For cer- 
tainly, by that time the Copies of each of them became e- 
qually numerous ; thofe of the former deriv'd down by the 
means of a great multitude of exad ones' fo lately corrected, 
would be much freer from Errors and Miftakes than thofe of 
the other, where ftill the Errors of every flngle Copy after 
the Autographon was gone, would fpreadthemfelves to all thofe 
that were Tranfcrib'd from it. Suppofe all the other Copies 
of this fingle Autographon deriv'd from one, and that this one 
had only ten Errors in it ; thefe ten will propagate themfelves 
to all the future Copies without poffibility of correction. 
And if every Copyer ftill commitsas many Miftakes afterward, 
the Errors will in time become very numerous : while the 
.many Perfect Copies of the other will both prevent the ne- 
ceffity of many more for a long time; and the difference of 
the miftakes in the different Copies taken from the feveral ex- 
act ones, will help to correct each other continually : which 
feems to me to be the very cafe before us, and to afford a ve- 
ry probable account why the ancient Books of the Old Te- 
ftament have {o few, and thofe after the Captivity fo many 
Errors and Miftakes in their Copies, which remain at this 

Co roll. Since there are fo many miftakes in Numbers in thefe 
Books, 'tis no -wonder that fome of them have caus'd difficulties 
in Chronology. Before we come therefore to the feveral Periods 
of the Old Teftament Series of Times, it is proper to corretl thofe 
apparent inconfiftencits of this kind , which are. owing to the mi- 
ftakes of Tranfcribers in the Books before us : that Jo we may not 
afterward be difturbed by them* Thus Baaiha King of Ifrael is 


of the Old Tejlamcnt. z? 

faid to come up againft Judah in the thirty fixth year of* tne*Chron.xvrj.i. 
reign of Afa :* whereas 'tis- certain that Baallia dy'd in the 16th i Kingsxv. 33' 
year of Afa, ten years before. Thus alfo Ahaziah is [aid to be 
fourty two years old when he began his reign, uppn his Fa- 2Chron.xxij.2r. 
ther's death: whereas 'tis evident but two verfes before, that Chap.xxj. ult. 
his Father was no more than 40 when he dfd ; and no body will 
imagin the Son two years elder than the Father. But befldes the 
plain reafon of things, the Book^ of Kings in the Hebrew, as 2Kingsviij.26. 
well as this Book^in the Syriac Per (ton from the Hebrew, con- 
fpire to afure us that Ahaziah was but 22 years old at his Fa- 
ther s Death, and the beginning of his own Reign. Thus alfo 
Jehoiachin is faid to have been but eight years old when he be- 2Chron.xxxvj , 
gan to reign, in the prefent Copies of the Chronicles; where- 9. 
as the Boo\of Kings affures us heivas eighteen : and this latter 2 King, xxiv, 
muft certainly be in the right ; for it appears that at this time, 8- 
heisaccus'd of doing evil in the fight of the Lord; and that in v. 9. 
three months time afterward, upon his going into Captivity, he v,l S- 
had more Wives than one ; which are certain demonfirations that 
the number in the Chronicles is corrupted in our prefent Copies. 
Thus alfo even in the Boolzfof Kings, we find one miflake in our a Kings i. 17. ■ 
prefent Copies, which I Jhall take leave to correct upon this occa- 
fion. Jehoram, King of Ifrael, is faid to begin hisreign in the 
fecond year of Jehoram, the fon of Jehofaphat, king of Ju- 
dah . Whereas 'tis evident by the Chronology, that Jehoram,. King of 
Ifrael, began to reign long before Jehoram, King of Judah, e- 
ven in the eighteenth year of his Father Jehofaphat. And the 
reafon why 1 venture to call this a miftake in our prefent Copies, 
even in a Book^ which generally has come very exalt and uncor- $ 

rupt to our hands- 3 is riot only becaufe the fame Bool^ in another 
place afcrtbes the beginning of Jehoram of IfraelV Reign, to the 2 K_i nes iji, E4 , 
eighteenth of Jehofaphat; but alfo becaufe the LXXII in one of 
their befi Copies do fo, even in the place before us ; and thereby 
give us jufi occajion to conclude, that fo it was alfo in that He- 
brew Copy from which they made their Tranflation. Thefe diffi- 
culties therefore are not to be accounted for, as if they were 
really truths ; but corrected, as the evident miftahes of Tranfcri- 
bers only. 

D z V. Th? 

3 o A Jhort view of the Chronology 

V. The intirefum of years from the Creation till the 
Chriilian zyEra> is not concern'd in the greateft 
number of the Chronological difficulties of the 
Old Teftament. 

'Tis evident that moit of the difputes about the Chro- 
nology ofe the Old Teftament, arife from the particulars of 
three of its moft famous Periods, viz,, i. From the Ingrefs 
to the Exodus out of zsEgypt. z. From the Exodus to the 
foundation of Solomon's Temple. 3. From the foundation of 
the Temple till the Captivity. And itmuftbeown'd that the 
difficulties under thefe Periods have been fo many, andfocon- 
fiderable ; that if the intire fum of years were alone to be 
drawn from their Solution, we muft have rernain'd very un- 
certain as to the exact number of years thro' the Hiftory of 
the Old Teftament. But in this cafe it has pleas'd the Di- 
vine Providence moft feafonabiy and happily to prevent the 
ill confequences of any miftalves, *nd to fecure the intire fums 
to us by exprefs and exad numbers ,• even where feveral of the 
lefTer fubdivifions will ftill be liable to Doubts and Exceptions ; 
and this by three exprefs Texts of Scripture accommodated to 
thefe three Intervals refpe&ively. Thus the firfi of thefe Pe- 
riods, from Abrahams departure out of HaraniAl the Exodus 
out of Egypt, is punctually 430 years in the Text following. 
V ■ d ii so Now the fojourning of the [children oflfrael, -who dwelt in E- 
ii.gypt, was 430 years. And it came to pa/sat the end of the 430 
years, even the /elf fame day it came to pafs that all the Hofls 
ef the Lord went out from the land of Egypt. Thus the fecond 
Period, from the Exodus till the foundation of Solomon's Tem- 
*Kingvj. 1. pie, is exactly 480 years current, in the Text following. It 
came to pafs in the q.$oth year after the children of Ifr'ael came 
out of the land of £gypt, in the fourth year of Solomon s reign 
over Ifrael, in the month Zif, which is the fecond month, that 
he began to build the houfe of the Lord. Thus alfo the main 
part of the third Period, from the beginningof the Idolatry of 
Jeroboam, till the laft Captivity of the Relics of the ten Tribes 
ID the z\d year of Nebuchadnezzar, is exprcfly 390 years in 


of the Old Teflament. 

that Hiflorical Prophecy of Ez,el^iel following. Lie thou upon Ezek. iv. 4, f 
thy left fide, and lay the iniquity of the houfe of Ifrael upon it ; 
according to the number of the days that thou fijalt lie upon it > 
thou /halt bear their iniquity. For I have laid upon thee the 
years of their iniquity, according to the number of the days, 390 
days ; fo JJjalt thou bear the iniquity of the houfe of Ifrael. And 
accordingly thefe remarkable Texts of Scripture are to be e- 
fceem'd the great Meafures and Standards of the Chronology 
of tkefe Periods. 

VI. Abraham was born when his Father Terah was 
130 years of age. 

This appears from the plain words of Adofes, and is con^ 
firm'd by the fuffrage of Sr. Stephen. The former declaring, 
that when Terah dy'd in Flaran he was Z05 years old ; and 
that Abraham departing thence immediately thereupon, was 
75 years old alfo; whence by fubtracting 75 from 105, we 
have the age of Terah, at the birth of Abraham, 150. The 
latter teeming us againft the only poffible evalion,z'/.c.that7>r^^ , s 
death might have happen'd after Abrahams departure out of 
Haran, tho' by a prolepjis it be recorded before it ; by aifu- 
ring us that Abrahams departure was not till his Father was 
dead. The words of them both are thefe. The days of Terah Gzn.ii.uli. 
were 205 years, and Terah dy'd in Haran ; and the Lord faid™ 1 ^ 1 xi J- '-4- 
unto Abraham, Get thee out of thy countrey, &c. So Abraham 
departedy as the Lord had fpoken unto him', and Lot went with 
him z and Abraham was 7 5 years old when he departed out of 
Haran. Thus Alofes. St. Stephens words are the fc,Then came Aft. vij.4. . 
Abraham out of the land of the Chaldeans, and dwelt in Charran ; 
and from thence, when his Father was dead, he removed him in- 
to this land wherein ye now dwell. This reafoning is fo plain 
and evident at. firft fight, that one may juftly wonder how a- 
ny Difpute could ever.arife about it. But becaufe this is one 
of the moll material points thatisftill in queftion with many 
excellent Chronologers ; and becaufe two famous Objections 
are rais'd againft it : I lhall here confider them both particu- 
larly. The firft is this. Tisfaid before by Mofes, that Te- G ™- xj. 26 
rah lived, 'jo years, and begat Abraham, Nahor and Haran . 
Whence it has been commonly imagin'd that Abraham was 


^2. A Jhort view of the Chronology 

the firft-born of thofe three Sons of Terah, and born when 
Terah was 70 years old. Now in anfwer to this I lliall firft 
(hew from an exactly parallel inftance, that the priority of A- 
braham's name do's not imply that he was the eldeft Son. I 
mail fecondly ihew, that not Abraham, but Haran was the eldeft 
Brother; and fo born when Terah was 70 years old. And 
laflly I (hall (hew for what reafons Abraham is here firft nam- 
ed, tho' he were not the eldeft Son. 1. As it is here faid 
that Terah was 70 years old, and begat Abraham, Nahor and 
Haran : So is it faid by the fame Author before the Deluge, 
'Gen.v.ult. tnat Noah was 500 years old, and begat Sem, Ham and Ja- 
phet. If therefore it may appear, that in this other cafe, Sem, 
who is firft mention'd., was not the eldeft of the three Sons 
of Noah ; it will be highly probable, that neither in the pre- 
fent cafe do's the priority of his name oblige us to efteem 
Abraham the eldeft of the three Sons of Terah. Now that 
Sem was not the eldeft of the three Sons of Noah, but Ja- 
phet, is not only Jomewhat probable by the order of each of 
Gen.x. their pofterity in Genejis, and the Chronicles, where Japhet is 

1 Chr. j. fet the lirft ; and by the beft rendring of the Hebrew 

Gcn.x. 21. words concerning them in Genejis , where 'Japhet is 
ftil'd the eldeft Brother; but evident by the exprefs Chrono- 
logy of Mofes before and after the Deluge, compar'd together : 
which ought to determin us in the prefect cafe. Noahwasjuft 
500 years old whec the eldeft of his three Childreo were 
born, as we are afllir'd by that Text we are now upon. But 
Gen.>j. 10. Sem was not born till Noahwas 502 yearsold. Fortwo years 
with vij. it ajFter the Flood, when Noah was 602 years old, Sem was but 
vhj. 1.3. 'a bare 100, viz,, at the birth of his Son Arphaxad: as is plain 
from a comparifon of the Texts hereto relating. So that fince 
Japhet, who is laft -mention'd., and not Sem, who is firft, 
was certainly the eldeft of the three Sons of Noah ; 'tis e- 
vident, that in this exactly parallel place, not Abraham who is 
firft mention'd, but Haran who is loft, may probably enough 
be the eldeft of the three Sons of Terah. I mall now (hew 
ftecovdly, that Haran, who is laft nam'd, not only probably 
might be, but artainly was elder than Abraham , and in all 
probability, than Nahor alfo. Haran was undoubtedly the Fa- 

of the Old Teflameut. 3 3 

ther-in-Law of JSfahor; and, as is generally believ'd, of Abra- Gen. xj. z§. 
ham alfo. For Sarai is fuppos'd to be the fame with Ifcah, 
the Daughter of Haran (and how ihe could otherwife be ftil'd 
Abraham s fifler, the daughter [or grand-daughter] of his father, Chzp.xx. n. 
is hard to conceive.) The firfi of which Obfervations makes 
it probable that Haran was elder than Nahor, to whom he gave 
his Daughter in Marriage ; and the latter y if it be allow'd, 
makes it certain that Haran was elder than Abraham -, fince 
his Daughter Sarah, Abraham's Wife, was but ten years youn- Chap. xvij. 17: 
ger than her Husband. But befides, Haran was certainly el- 
der than Abraham, which is the main point we are concern'd . 
to prove, becaufe Lot, the Soa of Haran, appears to have 
been nearly as old as Abraham. For about the fame time that 
Abraham begat Ifaac, at the age of 100, (which, confider- 
ing the length of Human Life then, was but the beginning 
of old Age) Lot , the Son of Haran, is ftil'd Old by his 
Daughters alfo ; [Our father is old, and there is not a man /'»chap. xix. \\l 
the earth to come in unto us, after the ?nanner of all the earth ; 
fay they one to another.] And to this agrees verjr well alfo 
the time of Harass death, which happen'din'LVof the CW- chap. xj. i& 
dees, before the removal of his Father and Brethren from 
thence, and therefore before Abraham was 7 5 years of age. 
Now he that confiders that we have no inftances of any body 
dying young, till long after this time, will hence alfo very vid. #y^k 
eafily conclude that not Abraham, but Haran was the eldeft VHI.prius. 
of the three Sons of Terah, and born when his Father was 
no more than 70 years old. I fhall now, thirdly, fhew why 
Abraham, a younger Son is nam'd flrft in the Text before us. 
Now the reafons of this Precedence, I take to be the very 
fame as of the like Precedence of Sem in the parallel place, and 
to be thefe two. 1. Tie dignity of his Perfon. 2. The 
continuation of the Chronology by him afterwards. 1 . The 
dignity of the Perfon of Abraham, the Friend of God, and 
Father of the Faithful: and the dignity of Sem, the Progeni- 
tor of Abraham, the Father of all the children of Ebtr, and of, 
the Holy Seed and Church of God, are fufficient reafons for 
that priority of Order, in which they are nam'd. Thus Ifaac Chap.xxv. 9. 
and IJJjmael, the Sons of Abraham, Jacob and Efau, the Sons chap.xxviij./. 

E of 


A Jhort <view of the Chronology 

Micah vj. 4. of Jfaac, Mofes, Aaron and Aliriam, the Children of Am- 
ram, are fo far from being constantly nam'd in Scripture ac- 
cording to the order of their Birth, that they are gene- 
rally fet in a quite contrary method, and only in the order 
of their refpe&ive Dignity. 2. The continuation of the 
Chronological Series of years by Abraham, and not by Na- 
hor or Haran here, as well as the like continuation of the 
Chronological Series before the Flood by Sem, and not by 
Japhet afterwards, is another, and perhaps the more proper oc- 
casion of their being named firffc in thefe places. And indeed 
'tis very obfervable in both thefe parallel cafes,. that the Sacred 
Hiftorian feems on purpofe to give us a hint of the alteration of 
the Chronological Series at each of thefe Epochal, that we might 
in each Text look for a new Period of Time afterwards. Thus 
Gen. v. from Adam to Noah, the Chronology is all along deriv'd 
down by the year of each Patriarch when he begat his Son : 
to which is conflantly added, how many years that Patriarch 
liv*d afterwards ; and then after all, the whole number of the 
y. M>/« years of the life of fuch Patriarch is fumm'd up together, e.g. A- 
dam livd 130 years, and begat Seth. And the days of Adam 
after he had begotten Seth, -were 800 years, and he begat fons 
and daughters. And all the days that Adam lived were 930 
years, and he died. This is the conftant method of the firfi 
Period 'of the Sacred Chronology, till the days of Noah. But 
then to direct our Inquiries elfewhere for its continuation, 
the method is alter'd ; and inftead of telling us in what year 
of his age Noah begat Sem, inftead of recounting how many 
years Noah liv'd afterwards, and then of fumming up all his 
years together, as was conftantly done before, the Sacred Hi- 
ftorian only tells us the name of that Son of Noah, by which 
the Chronology would afterward be continu'd ; and of the 
other Sons who furviv'd the Deluge, with the year of Noahs 
life, when the eldeft of them was born, without any regard 
V. 3*- to the feniority of Birth in the placing of them. Noah was 
500 years old, and Noah begat Sem, Ham and Japhet* Where- 
by we are plainly referr'd to another place for the continua- 
tion of the Chronology, which is here broken off abruptly, 
Which Obfervation falls true accordingly afterward 5 for when 


of the Old Teflament. 3 5 

the Chronology for another Period was to be continu'd after 
the Flood, and that by Genealogies, as before , yet 'tis not 
dated from the year wherein Noah begat Sem, but the two 
years after the flood when Sem begat Arphaxad. In like man- Gen.xj. i* 
ner, the Genealogy after the Flood, by which the Chronolo- 
gy is deduc'd, contains the age of each Patriarch when he 
begat his Son, and the number of years each Patriarch fur- 
viv'd afterward, without the fum of all the years together; 
and this in a conftant Series from Sem till Terah, the Father 
of Abraham, e. g. Sem was 100 years old and begat Arphax- y. ie, 1 1. 
ad, and Sem lived after he begat Arphax ad 500 years, and be- 
gat forts and daughters. And this is the conftant method of 
the fecond Period of the Sacred Chronology till the days of 
Terah. But then to give us a hint, as before, of a new E- 
pocha, and a new method ibr the continuation of the Chro- 
nology; the Sacred Hiftory inftead of telling us the year in 
which Terah begat Abraham, and inftead of recounting how 
many years he liv'd afterwards, as was done all along this Pe- 
riod hitherto , it only tells us that Terah had three Children 
after he was 70 years of age , and names him firft by 
whom the Chronology was to be continu'd. Terah lived 70 Vt ltf . 
years, and begat Abraham, Nahor and Haran. Whereby we 
are again plainly referr'd to another place for the continuation 
of the Chronology, which here, as well as in the cafe of Noah 
and his Sons, is alfo broken offabruptly. And this Obfervation 
falls true accordingly afterward. For when the Chronology for 
another Period was to be continu'd, and connected with the fore- 
going, it is not done, as hitherto, by the age ofTerah when he 
begat Abraham, but by his age when he dy'd, or by the whole 
fum of his years together; ( a thing on purpofe omitted ever fihee 
the Deluge to this time) andfo connects the 205 years of Terah 
when he dy'd, with the 7 5 years of the age of Abraham at the fame 
time, when he departed out of Haran : that thence we might at 
once collect what age Terah was of when he begat Abraham, 
and whence the next Chronological Period was to commence. 
All which correfponding Circumftances in thefe two parallel 
cafes are very obfervable, and do mutually give light to each 
other, and to the Chronology of thefe ancient times, 

E z The 

3 6 A Jhort view of the Chronology 

The other Objection againft our affixing the birth of A- 
braham to the i^oth year of Terah, is taken from the im- 
probability of Terah's having a Son fo. late, as 130 years of 
age 1 efpecially fince fo fmall a time afterward, as the Promife of 
1 faac •) Abraham zndSarah appear fo much furpriz'd at the thoughts 
of their having IfTue at the ages the one of 100 years, and the 

£en.xvij. 17- other of <?o. Then Abraham fell upon his face and laughed, 
and [aid in his hearty pall a child be bom unto him that is an 
hundred years old ? and pall Sarah that is ninety years old bear . ? 

Chap.xviij.ia. Therefore Sarah laughed within her felf, faying, afterlamwax- 
ed old pall I have pleafure, my lord being old alfo ? Abraham 

Rom.iv. 19. confidered not his own body, noiv dead, neither yet the deadnefs 

Jkb. xj. 12. of Sarah's womb. Therefore [prang there even of one, and him 
as good as dead, fa many as the- fiars of the sky in multitude. 
Now as to this Objection, it cannot be of very great force 
in the cafe of Terah; for fince he liv'd 205 years, it can ne- 
ver be unfutable to fuppofehim to beget a Son at 130. 'Tisno 
more ftrange than that Men now* who can hardly expect to 
reach 8o 3 beget Children at 50, than which, nothing is more 
common. Befides, after this we find fo many inftances of 
Mens begetting Children at as great, or greater an age than 
that of Abraham at the birth of Ifaac, as wholly take away 
the force of this Objection. To fay nothing yet of Abra- 
ham himfelf, who tho 5 he was fo furpriz'd at the Promife 
of Jfaac, had notwithftanding, feveral Children by Keturah 
long afterward : 'tis evident that the lives of Men for many 
Generations after Abraham, were long enough to admit of 
their having Iffue at 100 years old, as the Table of the ages 

Mppotk. VIII. of the Poftdiluvians will evidently mew. Particularly, 
Jacob was 104 years old at the birth of Benjamin, and fe- 

UJfer. Chronol- vera j Q £ the Progenitors of David appear to have had Chil- 

&?i. ^ X ° '^ ren £° mQ a ^tth before, and fome a little after the fame age, 
and this at a ftill much longer diftance from the days of A- 
braham. So that whatever was the occafion of Abrahams 
and Sarah's Surprize it could not be caufed by this con- 
fideration, that they were abfolutely too old to have Child- 
ren ; fince nothing was more common in thofe days than to 
have Children at a ftill greater age. The cafe feems to 


of the Old Tefament. 3 7 

have been this, Abraham had been now Marry'd to Sarah a 
great while, without any appearance of IfTue. Nay, fince 
it ceafed to be with Sarah after the manner of women*, there was Gen. xvirj. n." 
not the leaft hope of Children by her. Befides all this, Abra- 
ham himfelf, who fourteen years before had IfTue by Hagar, Chap. xvj. >& 
found that he muft now expect no more by any one elfe, 
fince not only barren Sarah had never, but fruitful Hagar had 
but once conceiv'd by him, and now for fourteen years to- 
gether was barren alfo. Add to this the apparent weaknefs 
and infirmities of his own Conftitution, which now might 
be daily creeping upon him ; and which might in fome mea- 
fure be occafion'd by the change of his Countrey, and his 
wandring toilfom way of living in a ftrange Land. By all 
which he found himfelf decaying, and his Body abfolutel)r 
dead as to Generation, efpecially with regard to Sarah. All 
thefe things confider'd, we need not be ftartl'd at the furprize 
which Abraham and Sarah were under, at the thoughts of the 
birth of IJaae; (for 'tis evident in thefecircumftances, that no- 
thing lefs than a Divine and Miraculous Power could enable 
them to beget and bear a Son) notwithstanding others, who 
were their Contemporaries, might have and frequently had 
Children at a much greater age, as even Abraham himfelf had 
after his ftrength and vigour were reftor'd, above 40 years af- 
terward. And thisihall fuffice in anfwer to the prefent Ob- 

VII. The Period of the 430 years foj owning of the 
Children of Ifrael, is not to be confln'd to the 
fpace of their continuance in the Land of Egypt. 
only 5 but includes alfo all the time antecedent 
from the firft entrance of Abraham into the Land 
of Canaan, 

It muft here be own'd that the words of the original Text 
are ambiguous and concife, and fo capable of a double Inter- 
pretation, Now the fojourning of the children of Ifrael who e xo j i xi ; ^ p ; 
fijourned, or which they fojourned in the land of Egypt, was 430 

E 3 years. 

,3 A Jhort view of the Chronology 

years. But that thefe 430 years include ail the fojourning of 
the Ifraelites and their Anccilors in a firange Land* the fol- 
lowing Arguments will prove, 1 . The Paraphraftical Tran- 
slations of the Samaritan and Septuagint, give very clear light 
to this Text, and mew us the content of the moft ancient 
Jews therein. The fojourning of the children of Ifrael, which 
they fojourned in the land of Egypt, and in the land of Canaan, 
they and their fathers, -was 430 years. 2. The fmall number 
of Generations interpos'd between the Entrance into, and the 
Exodus out of Egypt, are certain Demonftrations that this In- 
terval alone coula not be 430 years, nor indeed in. probabili- 
ty more thanjialf that fpace, as 'tis exactly (rated by the bell 
*Exod. vj. 20. Chronologers. Thus * Jochebed was the immediate Daughter 
■Num.xxvj.j-9. of Levi, (who was 50 years old at the defcent into Egypt,) 
wnhujfer. anc j ^ i mme dj at e Mother of Mofes, .who was 80 years of 
andExod?vij*. a § e at tne Exodus out of it. Thus b Hebron, one of thofe 
7 . that went down with Jacob into Egypt, had a Grand-fon Jair, 

*iChron.ij.*i. an active Man about 40 years after the Exodus, as appears 
Num.xxxij. D y fas filing U p on the villages and countrey of Bafan at that 
Va. Gen. xLvj. time. Thus a\{o c Sheerah the Daughter, or perhaps Grand- 
I2 ! daughter of Ephraim, was alive at the divifion of the Land of 

c t Chron. vij. Canaan by Joftua, above 40 years after the Exodus. Thus 
J4- a\fo d Corah, Dathan and Abiram, the Ring-leaders of the S§- 

ai.Num.xv>' dition againft Mofes in the Wildernefs, were no more than 
1. andxxvj. 8. Grand-fons to fome of thofe Perfons who were of the num- 
5>. ber of the firft Defendants into £gj/??. All which inftances, 

considering that the general Period of Human Life was then 
not more than 140 years of age, is undoubted evidence that 
. the Interval between the entrance into, and the exit out of 
Egypt, could not contain this whole Period of 430 years. 
3. This is ftill farther demonftrated by the Anceftors of 
Mofes himfelf, whofe particular ages are exprefly recor- 
'G:n.xLvj.n.ded in Scripture. Levi, ^ his Great-grand-father, was 50 years 
Excd. vj. 16, old at the defcent into Egypt, and liv'd but 137 years in 
iS, Kohath, his Grand-father, liv'd but 133 years, and his 
Father Antrum but 137 years ; and Afofes himfelf was no 
more than 80 old at the Exodus, as we faw above. So 
'that tho' we fliould allow every fuccecding Perfontobe born 


of the Old Teftament. 3 o 

as late in the Father's life as the time for Generation would 

permit, yet will there want a great many years of thofe430, 

of which this whole Period do's confifr. 4. Which Afler- 

tion is ftill farther confirm'd beyond reafonable contradiction 

by the Interpretation of St. Paul, in his Epiftle to the Ga- 

latians, where he reckons thefe 430 years from afolemnpro- 

mife of the Meffias, the Seed of Abraham, in whom all the 

families of the earth pould be blejfed, till the giving of the Law, 

juft after the Exodus out of Egypt. This I fay, that the c0-Gal.iij.17.. 

venant which was confirmed before of God in Chrifi, the Law, 

which was 430 years after, cannot difanul, that it Jhould make 

the promife of none ejfett. Now God frequently made this 

Promife of the Meffias to Abraham, snd that originally at his 

departure out of Haran. But that any fuch Promife was made Gen. »;.?." 

to Jacob at his defcent into Egypt, whence we might date 

thefe 430 years in St. Paul, there is not the leaft evidence or 

probability in the World. And therefore the great Period 

before us could not commence from the defcent of Jacob -into 

Egypt, but mult take its rife from the fojourning of Abraham 

in the land of Canaan long before. 

VIII. The fame 430 years commence exactly when 
Abraham was 7^ years old, and departed out of 

Some Chronologers who are convinced by the foregoing Ar- 
guments that thefe 430 years take their date from the days 
of Abraham, are yet willing to fix the Epocha of them up- 
on fome other year than that we have alfign'd. Againft whom 
we mall prove that it could be in no other year, by the Argu- 
ments following. 1. This year of the life of Abraham, and 
this alone is connected with the death of his Father Terah,Gtft.x\.u\t*. 
at 205 years of age, agreeably to the way of continuing the withxij.4,. 
Chronological Series in the facred Hiftory. We were before 
told that Terah was 70 years old when he begat Haran s as Chap.xj. %&> 
we have feen ; but we were not told how old he was when 
he begat Abraham, on which yet the feries of Chronology 
was to depend* This was referv'd for another place hereaf- 
ter : 

40 A Jhort view of the Chronology 

ter : and accordingly when Terah dy'd at 205, we are inform'd 
that Abraham was then 75 years old, for the connexion of the 
former feries of years to the age of Abraham ; and that at 
the fame time he departed out of Haran into Canaan, or be- 
gan to fojourn in a ftrange land, for the date of the next fuc- 
ceeding Period. Whereas the 70th year of 'Abraham , which is 
the only one befides that can with any reafon be pretended to 
be the date of this Period, is not fo much as once mention'dm. 
the whole Hiftory of his life in the Book of Genejis. A 
very ftrange thing this! That the famous promife of the Mef- 
Jias , from which St. Paul dates thefe 430 years, and the 
beginning of Abraham's fojourning in a ftrange Land, a thing 
of no fmall importance in it felf, and the Epocha of a famous 
Period, lliould belong to a year of the life of Abraham y 
which was wholly paft over in filence in the Sacred Hiftory ! 
2. 'Tis generally granted that this Period takes its date from 
the primary fojourning of the Progenitors of the Children of 
Exod.x1j.40. jf rae i in a ftrange land, as the words themfelves of the prin- 
cipal Text hereto relating do imply; and therefore it mull: 
. take date, not from the departure of Terah and Abraham from 
Vr to Haran ; but from Abraham's departure from Haran to 
Canaan (if indeed there were any confiderable fpace between 
thofe two journeys.) For as to Haran, it was fo far from being 
A&.vij. i.U/"- z ft range land to Abraham, that it was in the fame Country of 
fir. Chronol. ^j^^ w j t h y r lt f e lf ; it was the habitation of his 
'^' Brother Nahor, and his Pofterity, and that in all probability be- 

fore Abrahams removing from Vr ; and is accordingly ftil'd ex- 
<}en.xxi\r. 10. pretty the city of JVahor. It is call'd by Abraham himfelf his own 
v -*' Country, in fo many words. And his Son Ifaac, as well as 
Cha^xxiv^and y s Grandfon Jacob, were particularly obliged afterwards to 
'apply themfelves thither for Wives, as to their own Country 
and Kindred. And all along in Scripture 'tis not Mefopota- 
cl, ' a P- xxvll >4- m i a but Canaan, that is ftil'd the Country of their fojourn- 
andxxxvi'j. \J n & an< ^ & ftrange land, and in which Abraham and his Pofte- 
Exod.vj.4. rity for a long time are fo often faid to be ft rangers and pil- 
Hcb.xj.9.13. grims, till it was given them for a PofTeflion afterwards. Nay tls evident from the feries of the Mofaic Hiftory, that this 
witixij. i, 6cc. command concerning his leaving his country, his kindred, and 


of the Old Te (lament. 41 

his father s hmfe, was either originally given, or at leafl: fo- 
lemnly renew'd, at the very fame time that he was in Haran. 
So that in truth, thofe who begin the fojourning of Abraham 
in a Jirange land before his departure out of Haran into Ca- 
naan, do plainly contradict the conftant phrafe of the Sa- 
cred Writers , accounting him to have already left his own 
countrey, and his kindred, and his fathers houfe ; nay, and to 
have been a firanger and fojourner in a foreign land ; while the 
Scripture aflures us he was then in his own countrey , among his 
own kindred, in his father's houfe, and flood in need of a Di- 
vine Revelation to remove from them all into the Land of Ca- 
naan. 3. This Propofition is exceedingly confirm'd alfo by 
that remarkable Text in St. Paul, quoted before, wherein the Gal. iij» 17. 
date of thefe 430 years is exactly fix'd in a folemn promife 
of thcAfefiias, or the Covenant confirm* din Chrift to Abraham . 
Now fince 'tis certain that the original Promife of this kind 
was made to Abraham that in him, or in his Seed all the fami- Gen.xij. 3,4. 
lies of the earth jloould be blejfed, when he was 75 years old, 
at his departure out of Haran, and that there is not theleaft 
colour for any antecedent mention of that promife : 'tis evident 
by St. Paul's computation that this year, and no other is the date 
of this famous Period. 

Corollary. Since Ikzc was born 25 years after Abraham'* ^-chap.xxj.jO 
parture out of Haran, and Jince from thence therefore to the de- 
liverance out of Egypt, was at the utmofi no more than 405 
years ; 'tis no wonder if in a place where the Chronology is not 
deliverd nor concern d, that fpace befiated by a round number at 
400 years, as it is in the promife which God made to Abraham 
of a Son, Know of a furety that thy feed fhall be a ftranger chap.xv. 13. 
in a land that is not theirs, and fhall ferve them, and they 
fhall afflict them 400 years. This ufi of round and even num- 
bers, efpecially when they are large alfo, upon occajions where there 
is no greater accuracy requird, as has been already obfervd, is Hypoth. VII. 
very common with all Writers, and fo not to be wondred at in 
the Sacred ones. 

F IX. The 

4i A Jhort mew of the Chronology 

IX. The fpace between the Exodus out of Egypt* 
and the Foundation of Solomon's Temple was 480 
years current. 

iKinssvi. 1. This, as we have already feen is exprefs Scripture. It came 
^^ ' to pafs in the q%oth year after the children of Ifrael were come 
oat of the land of Egypt, in the fourth year of Solomon's reign 
over Ifrael, in the month Zif, which is the fecond month, that 
he began to build the houfe of the Lord. The LXXII in this place* 
by what ftrangemiftake Iknow not, inftead of 480 have only 
440 years, which is univerfally own'd to be utterly falfe, 
the difficulty Jying in the Teeming fmallnefs of the number, 
even in the Original. But all the other ancient Verfions per- 
fectly agree in the fame number; fo that Sir John Afarftam, 
a moil Judicious and Learned Chronologer, might very juftly 
Marfmnti fay, in fo clear a cafe as this, Frufira font qui contra tarn ex- 
Chron. />. 2-9 1 - preffa contend 'u nt. They that attempt to enlarge a Period fo ex- 
aclly flated as this is here, cannot but lofe their labour. Andin- 
Mypotk VIII. ^ eec * a ^ tt: ^ e consideration of the Table of the decreafe of the 
Period of Human Life, and of the fmafl number of Genera- 
tions from the Exodus till the death of David, (which was 
but about three years before the concluiion of this Interval,) 
Ruthiv. 21,22. Rahab y Booz,, Obed, Jeffe, David, will certainly fecure us 
Ivlatt.i. $■. from the temptation of enlarging this Period. Nay as it is* 
Lukeiij.31.32. W e mould be a little fbrtled at the fewnefs of the Generati- 
ons ftill, did not we know from Scripture that two, at leaft 
Ruthiij. 10. of thefe Fathers were old Men before the birth of their Sons, 
1Sam.xv1j.12. i n tne prefent feries; as indeed they all were in probability, 
withxvj. 11. or e jjf e we moll icl h av e had more Generations in this Interval 
than thofe five before-mention'd. So that to be fure this Pe- 
riod, fo accurately ftated in the Text before us, ought by no 
means to be lengthened on any pretence or consideration what- 

Coroll. i. Hence we learn that a compleat feries of Chrono- 
Ugy is not to be colletled from the Bool^ of Judges, 'Tis evi- 

of the Old Teflament. 45 

dent that the feveral particular numbers of years afcribed to the 
feveral Judges, and the fucceed'mg Kings, together with thofe be- 
longing to the Intervals of Reft if they be interpos'd, taken all fuc- 
cejjively one after another, do much exceed the intire number be- 
fore us of 480 years. As therefore in the Period foregoing^ 
where the exacl total fum of 45 o years is particularly fet down ; 
the feveral fubdivifions are not intircly made up in Scripture, nor 
could we have known the juft duration of the whole by the col- 
letlion of its parts, but are obliged to collecl one of the parts from 
a comparifon of the reft with the whole fum, as will appear in 
the Chronology : fo it is alfo in the prefent Interval. Where 
the Book^ of Judges do's not make us up an intire feries of 
fucceffive Chronology: but leaves us to collect the nature and 
duration of its fubdivifions from a comparifon of the particu- 
lars therein mention d, with the general fum exprefs'd in the 
Text before us. And this matter has been of late fet in fo 
€lear a light by the above-mention d Sir John Mariham r who 
moft rightly obferv'd that Jome of the years of ftavery or reft 
in one Region, were collateral to others in different quarters of 
the Land; and that the Judges were not univerfal Monarchs 
of the whole People of Ifrael, but occaftonal Deliverers offome 
parts of them only ; and therefore fometimes Contemporaries to 
one another. This matter, I fay , which formerly was full of 
infuperable Perplexities, has been fet in fo clear a light by that 
wife, and juft, and happy Obfervation, that 'tis become one of 
the eajieft Branches of the Sacred Chronology, as will appear 
in due place hereafter. 

Coroll. z. Hence we fee the meaning of thofe words of St. 
Paul, which alone, at prefent do difturb us in the ftating of 
the Period before us. And when God had deuroy'd feven A&.xiij. k. 
Nations in the land of Canaan, he divided their land to them 
by lot, and after that he gave them Judges about thefpaceof 
450 yea rs, untill Samuel the prophet. If the years of the 
Judges before Samuel be 450, 'tis certain this whole Period 
will be much more than 480, contrary to that exprefs Text 
on which the prefent Propofttion do's chiefly depend. Now in 
anfwer to this very material Objetlion, I muft own it to be 
my Opinion that St. Paul in thefe words , did not de* 

F i fiqn 

44 A Jhort mew of the Chronology 

Jitrn to determin the exalt number, of years belonging to the 
Judges , but only in general to fpecify fo many as were u- 
ftually afcrib'd by the Jews in his days to them. Now 'tis e- 
vident from t JofephusV account of this Period , who wrote 
fion after the time of St. Paul, that he s and in probability , 
the reft of his Nation with him, efteemd the Book^ of Judges 
the proper meafture of this Period ; that in their Opinion the 
years of the Judges and of Reft, were alwaies diftincl andftuc- 
cefftve ; and that every fum was to be ftill added to the forc~ 
going to make up the intire Chronology of this Interval. 
'Tis alfo evident that St. Paul only occasionally mentions this 
number, without any necejjity of exatlnefs, and that al- 
fo as a note of inaccuracy, he adds an »s as-it were 450 years. 
'Tis moreover evident that both Names and Numbers then 
SeeLuk.iij. commonly receivd are in the New Teftament, quoted from the 
36.A6t.vij.14. LXXII, even where they were grofty miftaken in them ; be- 
caufte that was the only Bible generally us'd, and becaufe then 
was no neceffity of corretling fuch harmlefs Errors. 'Tis be- 
Aft* xiij. x\.M* s widen* that in this very place St. Paul afcribes 40 years 
' to the Reign of Saul, from lefts Authority than the LXXII ; 
even from fome common Hiftory or Tradition among the jews; 
for how long he Reign d is no where mention d in the Old Te- 
ftament. 'Tis laftly evident that the exact number from the 
beginning of the Judges till the days of Samuel, accounted ac- 
cording to the method above-mention d, amounts punctually to 
450 years, according to the Text before us, as the Table fal- 
lowing will demonftrate. 



of the Old Tejlament. 



Slavery under CuJJjan — 8. 


Othniel Judge 40. 

Period 4., 

Slavery under Eglon 18. 

Ehud Judge 80. 

Slavery under Jabin 20. 

Deborah Judge — - 40. 

Slavery under the Midianites 7. 

Gideon Judge 4a. 

Abimelech King — — 5. 

Tola Judge 23. 

J air Judge 22. 

Slavery under the Ammonites 1 8. 

Jeptha Judge 6. 

Ibz^an Judge — 7. 

Elon Judge » to. 

Abdon Judge — & 

Slavery under the Philifiins 40. 

Samfon Judge 20. 

£t/; Judge 40. 

/><?;& <*//' which confederations I. am tnclind to thinks that 
St. Paul only us'd the number which was then commonly af> 
crib'd to the Judges, without any intention of ftating the 
Chronology, or of prejudicing that exatter account of this Pe- 
riod which we have here taken from exprefs Scripture. 

X. The fpace between the beginning of the Reign 
of Rehoboam King of Judah, and the common 
flaughter of Ahaziah King of Judah, and Jeho- 
ram King of Ifrae/, by Jehu, was 90 years, and 
about fix months, 

F 3 The: 

4 £ A Jhort view of the Chronology 

The particular nnmbers of years afcrib'd by the Scripture 
to the Kings of Judah during this Interval, if they were all 
even and exact years, and all fucceifive, amount in the whole 
to 95, as we iliall fee hereafter. But fince Jehoram o£ Ju- 
dah began his Reign in his Father Jehojaphat's lifetime, as 
aKingsviij. the Sacred Hiftory exprefly aflures us, In the fifth year of 
16. *" Jehoram, the [on of Ahab king of Ifrael, Jehofaphat being ftill 

king of Judah, Jehoram the fon of Jehofbphat king of Judah 
began to reign : fince withal the fame Text informs us that 
he began it about three years before his Father's death ; (for 
fo long before it did the fifth of Jehoram of Ifrael fall) and 
fince moreover the allowing for feveral deficient months will 
take away about a year and fix months, as will appear after- 
ward in the Chronology, there will at hit remain but 90 
years and fix months compleat for this Interval. The parti- 
cular numbers of years afcribed by the Scripture to the Kings 
of Ifrael, during this Interval, as we ihall fee hereafter, amount 
to 98, or allowance being made for five deficient months to 
97 and feven mouths ; which number of years con lifting on- 
ly of eleven months each, as we have prov'd thofe of Ifrael 
did. when redue'd to the JewiJ/j years, which confifted of 'twelve 
months each, will amount to the former fum of 90 years and 
fix months, and fo agrees exactly with the former computa- 

Coroll. Seeing the Chronology of this Interval requires but 
me Jingle allowance of the commencing of a Sons reign before 
his Father s death, and feeing this Jingle inftance is Jo particular- 
ly taken notice of by the Sacred Hiftory: It will be reafonable to 
expctl generally Jbme kind of intimation in Scripture wherever 
a like accident happens hereafter. JVor ought we upon every dif- 
ficulty to admit of double commencements of Reigns, Interregna, 
vr the like, unlefs we find fome footfteps of them in the Hifiories 
or Prophecies of thofe times ; which Rule /ball accordingly be pun- 
'hudly obfervd by me in the following Chronology, 

XI. The 

of the Old Teflament. 47 

XL The fpace between the common beginnings of 
the Reigns of Jehu King of Ifrael, and of A- 
thaliah Queen of Judah> immediately fucceeding 
the flaughters before-mention'd, and the Captivi- 
ty of the ten Tribes by Shalmanefar> is 163 years 
and two months. 

The particular numbers of yea' v afcrib'd by the Scripture 
to the Kings of Judah during this Interval, amount to 165. % 
But fince the commencements of two of the Kings Reigns- 
fome time before their Fathers death, do cut off two years 
from the feries of Chronology; and fince the deficient do an- 
fwer the redundant months within two, as will appear here- 
after, the juft number of years will be 16$ years two months. 
The particular numbers of years afcrib'd by the Scripture to 
the Kings of Ifrael during this Interval, amount to no more 
than 143, and fome odd months. But becaufe (as will be 
prov'd prefently) Hoftea had an imperfect Dominion, or was 
ftrugling for the Kingdom between eight and nine years be- 
fore his complete Dominion began, when he obtained the Roy- 
al City, and becaufe there was withal an Interregnum of full 
twelve years after the death of Jeroboam II. (as fhall by 
and by be prov'd) the complete Chronological years will be 
here itfj, and two months alfo. That Hojlna began his firft 
imperfecl: Reign upon his murder of his Predeceffor Peka, eight 
or nine years before his real Dominion and the true date of 
his Reign in the Royal City commene'd, is evident by the follow- 
ing Texts compar'd together: And Hofiea the fin of Elah, 2 Kings xv. 30* 
made a confpracy againft Peka the fin of Remaliah, and fmote 
him and flew him, and reigned in his ftead in the twentieth year 
of Jotham the fin of Vz,z,iah, i. e. the fourth of Ahaz, : 
for Jotham himfelf reign'd but fixteen years in all, as appears 
three verfis afterward. But becaufe there had been yet no 
mention made of Ahaz,'$ Reign, therefore the old Epocha of 
his Predeceffor Jotham is ftill made ufc of. The other Text 
is this. In the twelfth year of Ahaz, kl»g of Judah, began Chap, xvi;. n. 


4 8 A Jhort view of the Chronology 

Hojbea the Jon of Elah, to reign in Samaria over Ifrael nine 
years. That there was alfo an Interregnum after the death of 
Jeroboam II. is probably gather'd from the deficiency of feve- 
ral years in this place ; and ftill more probably from the two very 
fhort Reigns afterwards, which being over in feven months, 
and both the Kings coming to untimely deaths, are fufficient 
Indications of a very unfetled ftate of Affairs. But that 
which makes this Interregnum moft probable, and almoft cer- 
tain, is that Divine Threatning in the following words of Ho- 
Hofeai. i. f ea , who Prophecy 'd in the Reign of Jeroboam II. Now 
(or 'ere long) they pall fay, w-e havenoKing, becaufe we fear- 
Chap.x. 3- e 4 nat the Lord. What then pould a kmg do to us ? Which 
Prophetical intimation of this Interregnum I look upon as ve- 
ry obfervable, and almoft equivalent to an Hiftorical one. 
For tho' fome parts of this Prophecy were written afterward, 
yet fince in the title of the Book Jeroboam of Ifrael 
is only nam'd, it cannot be unreafonable to interpret fo per- 
tinent a Text of the times immediately fucceeding him, and 
fuppofe it fpoken a little before his death. 

XII. The fpace between the Captivity of the ten 
Tribes, and the Conflagration of the Temple, 
was 134 years, and about two months. 

This is the exact fum of the years of the Kings of Jn- 
dah added together, if they be taken with a few redundant 
months, as mail be ftated hereafter. And 'tis likewife fo con- 
firm'd in moft cafes by collateral Evidence, as will appear in 
the Chronology, that no doubt can be made concerning the 
accuracy of this Period. 

XIII. The famous 70 years Captivity of the Jews 
commenc'd From the beginning ot the Reign of 
Nebuchadnezzar King of Babylon-* in the fourth 
year of Jehoiakim King of Judah. 

The Rea'fons of this Propofition ar: thefe which follow, 
s.This firft Captivity under Jehoiakiw was the main and prin- 

of the Old Teftarnent. 45? 

cipal Captivity of all ; and by confequence the 70 years 
ought to be dated from thence. This is a new, but I think 
withal a very true and certain Obfervation. For 1. 'tis faid 
with relation to this Captivity, or the gleanings of it after- 
wards in Jehoiakhris, own Reign, before either of the other 
Captivities, This eame upon Judah to remove them out of God's 2 K.iaes xxir. 
fight for their fins : implying that not only fome of the Seed 3. 
Royal, with a few others, but the body of the People alfo 
were already led into Captivity. 1. This is alfo evident from 
the HiftorLes of both the other Captivities afterwards. 'Tis 
certain that the main body of the two Tribes were carry'd 
Captive to Babylon. 5 Tis alfo plain that the number of the 
Captives under Jehoiakim are no where fet down in Scripture. 
'Tis farther evident that the number of the Captives under 
Jehoiachin are there recorded, and are plainly no more than 
a mere remnant of the whole People. For at this time the 
whole number of the Captives in all Jerufalem and Judah 
was no more than 10000, (the bare Relics of the aricient ^ Kings xxir. 
Inhabitants.) And the laft Captivity under Zedekias, when 14. 
the Temple was burnt, was chiefly confin'd to three ftrong J er - xxxivr « 7* 
Holds; as being, it feems, the only places of note and ftrength 
then remaining ; and therefore fuppofes that the body of the 
Nation was already remov'd to Babylon. So that upon the 
whole, the principal of thefe Captivities rniift have been the 
firfi under Jehoiakim. 2. The 70 years mud: begin at this 
fourth of Jehoiakim, becaufe then we find the Original Pro- 
phecy hereto relating deliver'd. The words of the Prophet 
Jeremiah are thefe. The word that came to Jeremiah concern- Jer. xxv. r. 
ing all the people of Judah, in the fourth year of Jehoiakim the 
fon of Jojiah king of Judah. That was the firfi year of JVe- 
buchadnez,z,ar k[ng of Babylon. — This whole landjhall be a de- V. 1 r, 1 »• 
folation, and an afiomfrment , and thefe nations [of which Ju- 
dah was one] fijall ferve the king of Babylon 70 years. And 
itjhall come to pafs when 70 years are accomplifiied, that I will 
pfintfij the king of Babylon, and that nation, faith the Lord, for 
their iniquity, and the land of the Chaldeans, and will make it 
perpetual deflations, 3. This 70 years fubjeclion to the 
King of Babylon, was not peculiar to the Jews , but com- 

G mon 

. A Jhovt view of the Chronology 

mon to them with all the other Nations about them, as we 
fee in the Chapter lafl: mention'd. Now 'tis evident from a 
known t Fragment of Berofus, that the famous Expedition 
of Nebuchadnezzar, in which he conquered all thefe Nations, 
was before his Father's death, in the beginning of his Reign, 
and not at either of the following Captivities. This Argu- 
ment feems to me to be decretory in the difpute before usj 
and fince .the correspondence is exact from this Captivity ta 
the beginning of Cyrus's Monarchy, when its Solution hap- 
SeeProP. if. p ene d, (it being by Ptolomys Canon compar'd with Xenopbon, 
Lem. i, and*, juft the fpace of 70 years,) we need feek no farther, but 
and Se&. 7. rnay acqmefce in the Propofition before us, that The 70 years 
captivity began in the fourth year of Jehoiakim king of Ju- 

Coroll. 1. Tho' this be the date of the principal Captivity r 
and of the "joyears foretold ^Jeremiah ; yet it hinders not, but 
the other Captivities might be Epochal, from which, thofe who 

then went into Babylon, or others, upon proper occajions, might 

at this firfi 
ehap.ix. t, 2. time, mentions no other Captivity but that with which he was 

Dan.i. i,&c. reckon. Thus tho' Daniel, who went into Captivity atthi 

V.- k ' mft concern d ; yet Ezekiel, who was carry 'd away under the next 
vaii, V. ' with Jehoiachin, reckons ftill by the years of that fecond Capti- 
vity, and foretels the utter deftru&ion of the Jewifh Polity at the 
third and laft under Zedekiah. Thus alfo the delivery of Je- 
hoiachin himfelf out of prifon by Evil-merodach, is fitly dated 

'AiyizFTzi, <£ t»(S '?§&. 7Jjv "Ev£/!ew twj lyiXiou, x, rlc/) <bawix.1t/j ttjtojs ^j73$W7Jj4 

«T9f®- nS txzrt&fly, »£ '7r&t>ym%d fy®* ■, cw(svti o*.vg/.<ii<rs, <£ tIw %J&v cm. ruu~ 
Ttti ?? T^WS '■szr» TV* uufev (ZamXtia* tTnfaiTB. TZ-n YlcC\^ »v%S owiQvi N«- 
?e5JT>2fcaewf*i x.ot?& tvv&ii T xeufyv UppapicrKvZ, ci rjf BxGvXotvi'wv irixi> ft>i&X- 
->.«!«/ T Gov, \m> (iiZxnXdjKoUtmsoi.cvvicc. Ai&6[op l & j JV {*/)' x-xvXu 7jjV X Hx- 

$• 7>jy XotTniv %J&v, £ ^115 diZfi^Xu^ve, 'Ig&sdav it, £ OeuYwwv <? "Zvgav, v$4 
T xc.fd 7tj». A/j^wSv iStiuv (rvv'&iots Tttn T? <p(Xuv, jK/S&s 1 s ^iwctfjuswc yjj £ Xoi- 

A|«(5. -j? typsv. m BzGvXwa, Apud Jofeph. Antiq. 1. 1 o.c . 1 1 . 


of the Old Teftament, 5 1 

from his own Captivity, both by the Author of the fecond B ook^r Kings xx\r. 

of Kings, and by Jeremiah, without the leafi impeachment of 2 7* 

the foregoing Proportion. J er " L1 J- 3 1 « 

Coroll. 2. T^o' the deft ruttion of Jerufalem, and of ' the Tem- 
ple under Zedekiah, are [aid to be in order to the fulfilling of 
the 70 years Prophecy of Jeremiah ; yet it do's not thence fol- 
low that they are not dated till that time. The words of Ezra 
are thefe. Thefe defolations under Zedekiah happen d to fulfil aChron.j.-xxv-. 
the word of the Lord by the mouth of Jeremiah, until the ii. 
land had enjoy d her Sabbaths: for as long as fhe lay defolate, 
(he kept Sabbath, to fulfil 70 years. For tho the great eft Cap- 
tivity and the moft general ftroke was in the fourth of Jehoi- 
akim, as we have feen ; yet the utter Defolation of the Land, and 
. the final Captivity of the remnants of the people was brought about 
by degrees, and not completely fini/b'd till the end m of the years of 
God's Patience foretold by Ezekiel, to be ftated hereafter, concluded Ezek.iv. $= 
all. Every ftep therefore of this Defolation iisas a farther degree 
of the fulfilling of the Original Prophecy hereto relating ; tho' the 
exalt number 70 years take their date from the firft and princi- 
pal Captivity in the days of Jehoiakim. 

Coroll. 3. Tho' this Interval from JehoiakimV Captivity till 
its Solution under Cyrus, was exactly 70 years, yet this is no 
prejudice to a like number of years from the beginning of the 
jiege of Jerufalem under Zedekias, till the fecond year of Da- Zech.i.;.-!;. 
rius, nor to the duration of two of the famous Annual Fafts of chmvij. i~r. 
the Jews, both of them feverally taken notice of in Scripture. 
For tho thefe periods are conjiderable, and- of a like duration 
with that famous one before us ; yet are they wholly different, 
and are neither Prophecy' d of by Jeremiah, nor do they terminate 
at the Solution of the Captivity by Cyrus, (the undoubted Cha* 
ratters of the period concern d in this Proportion) and therefore 
ought by no means to caufe any difficulties about it. 

Coroll. 4. Here we may obferve the importance of the three lef- 
fer Captivities of the Jews, mention d by the Prophet Jeremiah, 
which have been fo unreafonably by fome expounded of the three 
greater under Jehoiakim, Jehoiachin and Zedekiah. The words 
arc thefe. This is the people whom Nebuchadnezzar carried jenuj. i* . 
captive. In the feventh year 3023 Jews. In the eighteenth go. 

G 2. year 

5 z A Jhort view of tjoe Chronology 

year of Nebuchadnezzar he carried away captive from Jerufa- 
lem 832 perfons. In the twenty third year of Nebuchad- 
nezzar, Nebuzaradan captain of the guard, carried away cap- 
tive of the Jews 74$ perfons. Ali the perfons were 
4600. The great Captivities were in the firfi , the eighth, 
Dan. i. 1,2. atf d f ^ s nineteenth of Nebuchadnezzar, and therefore, to be fare 
with Jer. xxv. -were wholly different from thefe which were in the feventh, the 
t. 2 Kings eighteenth, and the twenty third refpetlively. Nat to obferve that 
J5L.'*o ' the fmalnefs. of thefe numbers fuffcicntly diflinguifhes between thefe 
lefler, and thofe greater Captivities. The firir. of thefe Captivi- 
ties therefore in the feventh of Nebuchadnezzar, was of 5023. 
perfons: {three years after Jehoiakim, by breaking the League he 
had made with him, had expos d himfelf to his fury ; and Bands- 
iKingsxxiv.2. f Chaldeans, Syrians, Moabites and Ammonites came upon, 
him:) and was out of the whole body of the Jews, andnot con- 
.. fined to the Inhabitants of Jerufalem. The fecond of thefe lef- 
andxxxviii. f er Captivities 0/832 perfons was during the fiege of Jerufalem, 
which happen d in the eighteenth of Nebuchadnezzar, and was 
accordingly made up of the Inhabitants of Jerufalem only, or of 
fuch as fell away to the Chaldeans, according to the counfel of 
God, and had their lives favd by them. The third of thefe lef- 
fer Captivities was of 745 Jews, i. e fuch Relics of the. ten, 
Tribes as- at this time remain d in their own Land. Thefe were 
carried, away Captive by an Officer of Nebuchadnezzar, while 
W er - Annal. he himfelf was be/ieging Tyre, in their -Neighbourhood ; of which 
** 34 Z0, more under the next Proportion.. 

XIV. The Chronology of the Kingdoms of Ifrael 
and Judah is abundantly eftablilh'd and fecur'd, 
and that in conformity to the foregoing Ac- 
counts, by the famous Prophecies of Ezekiel, 
touching the utmoft extent of God's Patience to 
Ifrael and J,udah. 

Ezek, iv. 4> f, The words are thefe,. Lye thou upon thy left-fide, and lay 

• the iniquity of the houfe of Ifrael upon it, according to the num- 

far of the days that thou Jbalt lye upon it thou ftalt bear their 


of the Old Te (lament, 5 3 

iniquity. For I have lata upon thee the y.ars of their iniquity, 
according to the number oj~ the days, 390 days. So Jhalt thou. 
bear the iniquity of the houje of IJrael. -dnd when thou haft- 
accomplijhed them,. Lye again on thy right-fide, and thou flmlt bear 
the iniquity of the houfi of fudah forty days ; I have appointed 
thee each day for a. year. The pain meaning of which Hifto- 
rical Prophecies,, as I may call them, is this, that the longeft 
time of the uninterrupted Idolatry of the Ifraelitcs, and of 
God's patience with them from the firft Idolatrous Feaft of 
Jeroboam, till the final Captivity of the laft remains of the 
ten Tribes by Nebuchadnezzar, lhould be 390 years. And 
that the longeft time of the uninterrupted Idolatry of Judah, 
and of God's patience with them, from the death of good 
King Jofiah, till the final Captivity of the laft remains of the. 
two Tribes by the fame Nebuchadnezzar, lhould be 40 years.. 
Now fince both thefe numbers are exactly agreeable to the 
prefent ftating of the Accounts of thefe two Kingdoms, as 
will be fhewn prefently, it thence appears that they are exact- 
ly ftated. All that can be here queftion'd, is whether the 
Captivity of that remnant which happen'd in the i^d year of 
Nebuchadnezzar, and which I aflign as the conclusion of the 
390 years of the Houfe of Ifrael, was of the remainder of the 
ten, or not rather of the two Tribes. For as, if it belong to the 
ten Tribes, we have what we defire : So if it be only of the 
two Tribes, we are at a mighty lofs, , and cannotby any means 
find a period belonging to the 390 years of the houfe of Ifr ad, 
diitinct from thofe 40 years which belong to the houfe ofju- 
dah; as it certainly ought to be, from the plain words 
of the Prophecy foregoing. The reafon of this doubt is, 
becaufe they are' ftil'd Jews by the Sacred Hiftorian, in the 
words already quoted. In the z^d year of Nebuchadnezzar, j^.tij. 59* 
Nebuzaradan captain, of the guard, carried away^ captive of * the 
Jews q^perfons. Now in order- to our fatisfaction in this 
matter, we muft obferve that all the remnants of the twelve 
Tribes have, been ftil'd Jews in common, ever fince the Ba- 
bylonifl) Captivity, and are fo ftil'd at this day. And that 
this is true, and that alfo thefe Jews (as they are herecaJl'd) 
were really Ifraelites r remaining in thofe parts of the Land 
G 3. which. 

54 A Jhort <vienx) of the Chronology 

which belonged to the ten Trues, wid oe tiemonhrated by 
the Arguments following. i. In the threatning touching 
this final deftru&ion of thefe Remnants, which was madeaf-. 
ter all the Captivities of Judah were over , they are ftil'd 
"Ezck. xxxiij. the Inhabitants of the wafts of tlx land of Ifrael; and the 
21, 24. Mountains belonging to them are nam'd the Mountains of If- 

Uffer AnnaL ' rae ^' a - This Captivity happen'd at the time when Nebu* 
^.iW.uio. chadnez,z,ar was belieging Tyre. Now 'twas the land of Jf- 
rael, and not of Judah, that adjoin'd to Tyre, and fo was the 
likelieft to afford him an opportunity of carrying its Inha- 
bitants into Captivity. 3. But this Proposition is not only 
probable from the foregoing Arguments, but certain, becaufe 
we are fure that all the Jews, or the Relics of the two Tribes, 
were not now in the Land of Judah, but in Egypt, and fo 
could not poifibly be led into Captivity till the Conqueft rof 
Egypt afterwards. The words of the Sacred Hiftory relating 
to this matter are fo exprefs and frequent, that they leave no 
jer.xLiij. 4, $•, room for any farther doubt in the cafe. So Johanan the fon 
6i 7* of Kareah, and all the captains of the forces, and all the peo- 

ple obeyed not the voice of the Lord, to dwell in the land of 
Judah. But Johanan the fon of Kareah, and all the captains 
of the forces took^ all the remnant of Judah that were return- 
ed from all nations, whither they had been driven, to dwell in. 
the land of Judah, even men, women and children, and the 
kings daughters, and every perfon that Nebuz^aradan captain 
of the guard, had left with Gedaliah the fon of Ahikam, the 
fon of Shaphan, and Jeremiah the prophet, and Baruch the 
fon of Neriah ', fo they came into the land of Egypt. The 
■Chap. xuv. 1. word that came to Jeremiah concerning all the Jews which 
dwell in the land of Egypt , which dwell at Migdol, and at 
Tahpanhes, and at Noph, and in the country of Pathros, fay- 
ing, Thus faith the Lord of Hofts, the God of Ifrael, Te have 
feen all the evil tftd? I have brought upon Jerufalem, and up- 
on all the cities of Judah ; and behold this day they are a de- 
V. n.folation, and no man dwelleth therein. Tour land is a def- 
lation, and an aftoniftrment, aud a curfe without an inhabitant, 
aKingsxxv. as at this day. And all the people both fmall and great, and 
* 6 ' the captains of the armies arqfe and came to Egypt, for they 


of the Old Tejiament. 5 5 

were afraid of the Chaldees. So that 'tis certain that Nebu- 
zaradan could carry no other Jews Captive in the z^d year 
of Nebuchadnezzar than thofe remnants of the ten Tribes 
which inhabited the wafs of the land of Ifrael, which Cap- 
tivity therefore is the full term and period of the 390 years 
forbearance of God with thofe Tribes, and the fet time for 
their final deftruction. 


XV. The fpace between the Conflagration of the 
Temple, and the beginning of the Chriftian <^/E- 
ra is 587 years, and about four months. 

Here we muft connect the years of the World, drawn 
down all along hitherto from Scripture, with the years of 
Nabonaffar in the Agronomical Canon, and by fuch connecti- 
on fix the years of the World to thofe of the Julian peri- 
od ; and thereby finifh the Series of years from the Creati- 
on to the Chriftian zs£ra, and our own times. Now before 
we can accomplish this part of our work, we muft premife. 
the following Lemmata or Proportions preparatory to our fu- 
ture obfervations. 

Lemma 1 . Nebuchadnezzar began to Reign during his Fa- 
ther's lifetime, ntar two years and a half before his firft Thoth 
in the Canon, and his Reign is dated in the Scripture (ac- HytotL III, 
cording to its conftant cuftom in like cafes) from its origi- 
nal commencing before his Father's death. That Nebuchad- 
nezzar was made Co-partner in the Kingdom with his Father 
Nabopollajfar , upon his coming General of his Army into 
Syria, is generally and juPly collected from two or three paf- 
fages in Berofus, a Fragment of whofe Hiftory hereto relating, vid s ~» . . 
is extant at this day, and is before in part tranferib'd. But Frag, ad cai- 1 
we need not infift on dark Conjectures; for a comparifon of cem Emcndat, 
the Sacred and Profane numbers- of years of his Reign, and Tcm P» 
the certain period of them both, together with the frequent 
connections of his years with thofe of the Kings of Judah, 
in the Bible, do put this matter paft doubt, as may be fecn 
in the moft learned Author quoted in the Margin. We muft ufer. ChrcmoL 
therefore, remember all along that Nebuchadnezzar began to Sac. rhef. £ 

reign and *• 

5 6 A Jhort <vie<w of the Lhro?wiogy 

reign in the Sacred ftile about Augufi, A. P.J. 4107. tho his 
firft Thoth in the Canon be not till Jan. 21.4110, afterwards. 

Dan. ij. 1.31. Only it muft be obferv'd that Daniel, after fee was in Chal- 
dea, ufes the Chaldean Computation, and reckons the years of 

Poftulat. 3. JVcbuchadnez,z,ar, after the way of that Country, from his 
Father s death, and not from his firft Sovereign Power in his 
Father's lifetime. 

Lemma 2. The two firft years afcrib'd to Cyrus in the 
Canon, are by the Scriptures afcrib'd to Darius the Mede y 
and that agreably to Xenophon's exact account of the fame Cj- 
rus. 'Tis well known from the Book of Daniel, that after 
the Conqueft of BelJJjaz,z>ar or Nabonadius King of the CW- 
deans-i and the taking of Babylon by Cjaxares or Darius the 

Ban. v. 30, 31. Mede, and Cyr//^ the Perjian, that the faid Darius took^the 
kingdom for fome time before his death, and the fucceftion of 
Cyrus. 'Tis alfo evident that the Canon, taking no notice of 
Darius, afcribes all the fpace after the taking of Babylon, or 
the death of Nabonadius to the Monarchy of Cyrus, and ac- 
cordingly gives him nine years. 'Tis alfo as certain that Xe~ 
nophon, who was perfectly acquainted with the Hiftory of 

K«fc*iW./.8. Cyrus, do's yet afcribe but (even years to his Monarchy. 
All which confider'd, 'tis highly reafonable to fuppofe that 
Darius reign'd about two years after the taking of Babylon, 
and that thofe two added to thefeven of Cyrus's complete Mo- 
narchy in Xenophon, do make up thofe nine which we find in 
the Canon. § So that wherever we are to fix the firft year 

■aChron.xxxvj. of Cyrus's univerfal Monarchy, when The Lord God of heaven 

"' 1 ?* had given him all the kingdoms upon earth, and when he made 

the Decree for the return of the Jews from their Captivity, 
we muft reckon it the third year of his Reign in the Canon, 
and that its firft Thoth was Jan.j. 417?. 

Lemma 3. Since the firft year of every King's Reign in 
the Canon, and fo all thofe fucceeding, if they be dated from 
their firft Thoths, and continue to the fucceeding ones, are . (ac- 

J'rot. 1. Schol. cor d' n £ to the nature of this Canon formerly obferv'd,) ge- 
nerally later than the real correfponding years of their true 
Reigns; we muft remember that what points of time are in 
the Canon fix'd to any year of a King's Reign, efpccially the 


of the Old Te (lament. 5 7 

latter part of it might really be!on<uo the year following, and be 
fo accounted in any other Hiftoiy that was not confm'd to the 
fame method with the Canon. Thus the firft Thoth, or be- 
ginning of the firft year of Nebuchadnezzar in the Canon is 
Jan. 21. 4110. But how many months before this his Fa- 
ther dy'd, and his fingle Reign in Chaldea began, we cannot 
hence tell, becaufe the method of the Canon takes no notice 
of his Reign till the next firft of Thoth after his Father's 
death. So that the true Chaldean years of Nebuchadnezzar 
ftill begin and end before thofe in the Canon, but how much 
before cannot be colle&ed from it. And the fame thing is true 
of all the other Reigns in the whole Canon. When therefore 
we mention the year of any King's Reign in the Canon, we 
mean thereby the fpace between the Thoths that begin and end See Pr6(t r . 
it in the Canon, and not the real year from the commencing 
thereof, till the commencing of the ¥ext in the true fuccefTi- 
on of the Kingdom, unlefs it be otherwife particularly ex- 
prefs'd. Thefe things being premised, I come to the feveral 
Connections of the Sacred and Profane Chronology. 

1. Jehoiakirns Captivity happen'd in the fourth year of his 
Reign, or near the middle of A. M. 1$$%. And the fourth 
of Jehoiakim was the firft of Nebuchadnezzar, and was near- 

ly commenfurate thereto, as we are fure from Scripture. Now 

the firft year of Nebuchadnezzar in the Scripture ftile, reaches ithfer xxv 1 

from near the middle of the laft but two, to near the mid- LemLt.h 

te firft year of Nebt 

om near the middle 
die of the laft but one of his Father Nabopollajfar, in the 
Canon. So that the middle of A. M. 3398 falls about 
two months after the Thoth of the 142^ of the ts£ra of Na- 
bonaffar. i. e. about the end of March A. P. J. 4108. cor- 
refponding thereto. So that hereby we find that A. M. 3398. 
is coincident with the laft quarter of A. P. J. 4107. and the 
former three quarters of A. P. J. 4108- Q^E.D. 

2. Jehoiachin's Captivity happen'd about the beginning of 
July A. M. 3405. and towards the conclulion of the eighth 
year of Nebuchadnezzar in the Scripture account, ;. e. near the iKingsxxm 
middle of his fixth year in the Canon, which is therefore in i-*a 
the 149?^ of Nabonajfars zs£ra, correfponding to the very 
middle of A. P. J. 4115. So that hereby we find that 

H , A. 

r g A Jhort view of the Chronology 

A. M. 3405 is coincident with the laft quarter of A. P. J. 41 14, 
and the three former quarter$*of A. P. J. 41 15, agreeably to 
the former coincidence alfo. Q. E. D. 

3. Zedekiah's Captivity, and the Conflagration of the Tem- 
ple happen'd about Augufl A. M. 341 6, at the end of the 
aKings xxv.8. nineteenth year of Nebuchadnezzar in the Scripture account, 
and fo pah: the middle of his 17th in the Canon, which is 
therefore in the i6otb of Nabonaffars <t^Era, correfpondingto 
a little pair the middle of A. P.J. 4126. So that hereby we 
find that A. M. 341 6 is coincident with the laft quarter of 
A.P.J. 4125, aftd the three former quarters of A. P.J. 4126 
agreeably to the former coincidences alfo. QJk.D. 
k' 4* The beginning of £*ff^/W's 590 years of God's Patience 

with the ten Tribes was at Jeroboam 's Idolatrous Feaft, about 
the middle of November, towards the beginning of A. M. 
3030, and fo their conclufion was towards the beginning of 
Trop.14. A.M. 3420. Now that Captivity of the remnant of the 
Jcr.uj. 30. Jfraelites, which put a period to thefe 390 years, was in the 
i^d of Nebuchadnezzar, in the Scripture account, or towards 
the end of his 20th or beginning of his 217? in the Canon; 
that is towards the end of the itf^, or beginning of the 
i6qtb of Nabonajfars zs£ra, correfponding to the latter end 
of A. P. J. 4129, or the beginning of A. P. J. 4130. So 
that hereby we find that A. M. 3420 is coincident with the 
laft quarter of A.P.J. 4129, and the three former quarters 
of A. P. J. 4130, agreeably to the former coincideaces alfo. 
QJB. D. 
Ezek.iv.6. !• The beginning of Ezekiel's 40 years of God's Patience 

with the two Tribes was at the death of King Jojtah, to- 
ward the latter part of A.M. 3394, and fo their conclufion 
was towards the latter part of A. M. 3434.. Now it appears 
Mr.Allin MS. by tne profane Chronology that Nebuchadnezzar conquer d 
Egypt, and fo carry'd away with him the remnants of thenw 
Tnbes that were retir'd thither, (which was the completion 
Ir&p. 14. °f this Prophecy) A.P.J. 4144. So that hereby we learn 

♦ ' ' that A. M. 3434 is coincident with the laftqunrterof A. P. J. 

4143, and the three former quarters of A.P.Ji 4144, agree- 
ably to the former coincidences alfo. Q. E.D. 

6. Ne- 

of the Old Tejlament. 5 5 

6. Nebuchadnezzar's death and his Son Evil-merodach's, or iKingsxxv 27, 
Jlvarodamus's fucceffion happen'd about March, in the 37/^ 
year of Jehoiach'in's Captivity, or A. M. 3441, and fo about 
ten months before/Zz^r^^WsfirftT/W/nn the Canon, i.e. in 
the i%6th of Nabonajfar's <ts£ra, correfponding to the former 
part of A. P. J. 4152. So that hereby we find that A. M. 
3442, is coincident with the laft quarter of A. P. J. 41 51, 
and the three former quarters of A. P. J. 4152, agreeably 
to the former coincidences alfo. Q..E. D. 

7. The Solution of the Captivity in the beginning of Cy- 2 chron.xxxvi. 
raj's Monarchy happen'd 70 years after the main Captivity it 22, 23. and 
fclf, and fo, near the middle of A.M. 3468, by the Scripture Ezra > «.*• 
accounts, and by the Canon in the third year of Cyrus, i. e. Lemma 1. 

in the 212^ year of Nabonajfars <is£ra, correfponding to 
A. P. J, 4178. So that hereby we find that A. M. 3468 is co- 
incident with the laft. quarter of A. P. J. 4177, and the 
three former quarters of A. P. J. 4178. Q^ E. D. 

8. The beginning of the 70 years (current; for, this is ike Seejer.xxv.3. 
70//? year, is the Phrafe in the Original,) of God's indignation Zech. j. 7, 12. 
againfl jferptfalem and the cities of Judah , was at trie re- J er - xxxj v. 
turn of the Chaldeans to befiege thofe Places after the flight nTflc^T' 
of the Egyptians, about the end of Afay A.M. 3415, and foxhefiFoi 
their conclufion muft be between the fame time of the year 

A. M. 3484, and 3485. Now the time of the mention of 
thefe 70 years (current) was towards the end of February in 
the fecond year of Darius Hyftafpis in the Canon ; which is 
towards the beginning of the zi8th year of Nabonajfars 
*ALra, correfponding to A. P. J. 4194. So that hereby we 
learn that the firft quarter of A. M. 3484, is coincident with 
A.P.J. 4105, and the three laft quarters of the fame year 
are coincident with A.P.J. 4194, agreeably to the former co- 
incidences alfo. Q. E. D. 

9. The commencing of the 70 years (current) duration ofseethe8th 
the two Jewifh Annual Fails for the deftruc~tion of the Temple Conneftion. 
in the fifth month, and for the murder of Gedaliah in the feventh^^'^' *>& 
following was at thedeftructlonand murder themfe Ives in the laft 
month but one of A.M. 3416", and the firft of34i7: and fo their 
conclufion muft be between thefametimes of A.M. 3485, and 
3486, for the one, and of A. M. 3486, and 3487 for tr 2 

H 2 other 

6o A port view of the Chronology 

other. Now the time of the mention of thefe 70 years (cur- 
rent) was about the middle of November in the fourth year of 
Darius Hyfiafpis : which, becaufe every one of his true years be- 
ll ' gan full four months foonerthan their refpectiveT/W/tf in the Ca- 
andij. 1,10. non, is towards the latter part of the 119th of Nabonajfarsis£ra, 
Zech.j. 1,7, corresponding to A. P. J. 4 195. So that hereby we learn that the 
Sc f V S°*'&' three laft quarters of A. M. 348 5, and the firft quarter of A. M. 
i«w. ??' 3485, are coincident with A. P.J. 4195, agreeably to the for- 
mer coincidences alfo. Q^E. D. 

From any of which concurring Connexions of the Sacred 
Chronology with the Aflronomical Canon, the fjxice defin'd in 
this Proportion is eafily colleded. Thus in particular, the 
Conflagration of the Temple was about the end of Augufl, 
A. P. J. 41 26; to which add 587 years and four months, and 
we come to the end of A. P„J. 4713, which was the very 
year preceding the Chrifiian i/£ra, as is known by all Chro- 
nologers. And the very fame number will arife from a like 
procedure with any other of the fore-going Connections. 

XVI. The CbmefeChronology, when rightly under- 

flood, is exactly agreeable to that which we have 

drawn from the Hebrew Text of the Old Teftament m 

Before I can come to prove this, I mull: again premifefome 

Lemmata, or preparatory Fropoftions. 

Lemma. 1. The Founder of the Chinefe Monarchy Fohi, 

was the fame with Noah. This AfTertion, which I former- 

vindic Theor. ]y propos'd as a Conjecture, depends on the following 

Append. Observations. 1. The Chinefe Hi ftories fay, Fohi had no Fa- 

Martmu Hift. t { ier . w hich agrees well enough with Noah, becaufe the me- 

mica.p. 21. mor y £- hj s p atn er might be loft in the Deluge, and fo give 

occafion to this Fable, that he had no Father at all. 1. The 

ihid. lame Hiftcries affirm xhztFohi's Mother conceiv'd him as me 

was encompafs'd with a Rain- bow, which feems an imperfect 

Tradition concerning the firft appearance of the Rain-bow to 

Gen. ix. 12-17. Noah after the Flood. 3; The Character and Appellation 

of Fohi among the Chinefe, agrees mighty exactly with what 

Memoirs of the Scriptures affirm of Noah. Fohi, fays Le Compte, the firft 

China, p. 3 1 3. Emperor of Chin?, carefully bred up feven forts of Creatures, 


of the Old Teftament. 

which he usd to [acrifice to the [upreme Spirit of Heaven and f^tf^ 
Earth. For this reafon fome call'd him Paohl, that is, Oblati- _ „ ^ 
on. Noah, fays Mops, Took into the Ark of ever) clean Beafi Gen.'vij.'i, V 
by [evens, of Fowls alfo of the Air by [evens, the Male and 9 . 
his Female, to keep feed alive upon the face of all the Earth. 
And after the Flood Noah builded an Altar unto the Lord, chip. viij. 10- 
and took^ of every clean Beaft, and every clean Fowl, and of- 
fer d Burnt* offerings on the Altar. 4. The Chine ft Hiftpries Maytinws ufai 
affirm that Fohi fetled in the Province of Xenfi, which KtheF^ ^^ 
moft North-weft Province of China, and very near to Mount Can- nol J g> in I(jhL 
cafus, upon which the Arkrefted, and from which Noah muft 
defcend to go thence into China. For other Arguments the 
Reader is referr'd to the Conjecture before-mention'd, which 
taken together do, I think, make it very probable that Fohi^ 
the Founder of the Chinefi Monarchy, was the fame Perfon 
with Noah in the Scripture. 

Lemma 2. The intire Series of the Annals of China taken 
together as they ftand at prefent, all fucceffive one to another, 
are falfe ; and reach too high from our Times. Thisis prov- 
ed by the Arguments following. 1. The Chintfe Hiftorians Martimist- 
relate a remarkable Conjunction of the five Planets in one o£ Cm P let ' 
their Signs, the fame day that the Conjunction of the Sun 
and Moon alfo happen'd, in the Reign of their fifth Monarch 
Chuenhio. Now this Agronomical Character has been accurate- 
ly examin'd by the famous Caffini, and found to have hap- LjubcrcUA. or 

J , 1 1 n J . ,11 r c ■ rSiam. p. 2CZ, 

pend at leaft about 500 years later than the prefent Series or &c _ 
their years do's fuppofe. 2. The fame Hiftorians relate that 
in the Reign of their feventh Monarch Tao, the Winter Sol- Minimus. 
itice wasobferv'd tobeabout 50 Degrees diftant from its place 
where it is at prefent ; whereas, if that Obfervation was ex- 
a*fr, it muft have been made near 500 years later than 'tis 
now fet in their Chronology, and if it was not fo accurate- L<,uber:.y.'i$&- 
ly made may be fuppos'd two or three hundred years ftill 
nearer to our own times. 3. Theduration of the Reigns and 
Lives of the firft Monarchs of China, do by no means agree 
to the ftandard of Human Life in thofe Ages, to which the 
prefent Series- of their years do affix them. This will appear 
prefently from the Table of the Reigns and Lives of the 
H * 

6 1 A foort view of the Chronology 

^ — 

firft Kings of China, , compar'd with the ftandard of 
Human Life at the fame time, even according to the LXXII 
themfelves, to whofe longer Chronology their Accounts have 
been thought (o favorable hitherto. For Sem and Arpbaxad 
alone, in the Scripture accounts, liv'd as long as nine or ten 
of the immediate SuccefTors of Fobi , to the firft two of 
which only they ought to have been Contemporary, by the 
prefent Series of the Chinefe Hiftory. 

Thus much being premised, I come to ftate the Chinefe Ac- 
count , fo as may be agreeable to Rcafon,, and to the Hebrew 
Chronology alfo. And the Hypothefls I go upon, is this, 
that the years of the firft Family of their ancient Kings were 
not fuccejjive, but collateral to thofe of fome of the firft Em- 
perors, and that the fecond and third Families began about the 
fame time. 'Tis very probable that thus it was, as appears by 
the following Reafons. i. Other Nations, as well as the Chi- 
nefe^ have carry 'd their Antiquities too high by erroneoufly 
fetting ancient collateral Families in fuccejjion one to another. 
This made the ancient Egyptian Chronology fo vaftand ex- 
extravagant, till Sir John Marfoam found out the miftake, 
and reduc'd it within a more reafonable compafs. The 
great difficulties in the Sacred Hiftory of the Judges , have 
been occafion'd by a like miftake of Interpreters, which 
the fame Perfon obferving clear'd them to us. And this 
L. i.p. 17. by Martin'ms himfelf, is allow'd in the Chinefe Hiftory be- 
fore Fob'h to have been a great occafion of the exceffive and 
unreafonable large«efs of their moft ancient Accounts. So 
that 'tis likely enough that this fo common and eafy an Er- 
ror, has been the caufe of the too great length of their Com- 
putation Jince Fohi, as well as before him. 2. This is confirm- 
ed by an exce'lent Obfervation to this purpofe, the firft hii t 
Mr. Allln. whereof I had from my Worthy and Learned Friend before- 
mention'd, viz,, that the number of Generations who arc nam- 
ed from the fame common ftock to the third Family, is but 
Couplet Tab. two more than to the fecond, altbo' in the prefent Series of their 
Gonc^o^.poft chronology there be no fewer than 644 years diftance bc- 
Hutor.Sin. twecn them. It muft be obferv'd that after the firft nine of 
the Chinefe Emperors, the Dominion came into the hands < £ 


of the Old Tejlament. 6$ 

three famous Families, the Head of every one of which was 
defcended from Hoam ti the third Emperor. The Head of 
the firft Family Yu, began not to reign till 390 years after the 
death of Hoam ti, and the Monarchy is fuppos'd to continue 
in this Family for feventeen Reigns, and 441 years. He is 
but the fifth by name from Hoam ti in the Genealogy. The 
Head of the fecond Family Chim tarn, began to Reign at the 
end of thofe 441 years, i.e. 831 after Hoam ti, and is in the 
Genealogy the feventeenth Perfon by defcent from Hoam ti, 
and the Monarchy is fuppos'd to continue in this Family fon 
28 Reigns, and 644 years. But then the Head of the third 
Family Vh Kam, who began not to Reign, by thefe accounts, 
till a fucceffion of the fore-men tion'd 28 Reigns, and 644 
years were over, i.e. 1475 years after Hoam ti, is ftill in the 
Genealogy but the nineteenth Perfon by name from him, 
whereas it was to be expected that he had been as remote a- 
gain, both by the number of years themfelves, and by the o- 
ther Succeffions. This being fuppos'd, 'tis reafonable to be- 
lieve that both Th, the Founder of the firft Family, and Vn 
Vam of the third, were nearer their common Progenitor than 
they are here plac'd : and at fuch diftances as fhall naturally 
correfpond to five and nineteen Generations refpectively. For 
as to that pretence, that thofe only are nam'd who were fome 
way remarkable, tho' there were in reality many more Gene- 
rations; which Father Couplet alledges from the Chinefe Hifto- Couplet Gene- 
ries ; it looks like a mere Subterfuge and Evafion. For nei-al.p. 7. A. 
ther do's it any way appear that one half of thofe nam'd, were 
any way remarkable, nor is it likely, that if they had known the 
names of any more they would have conceal'd them from us. 
Genealogical Tables do not regard the merits of Perfons, butthe 
Perfons themfelves ; and fince we have but five Defcents be- 
fore the firft Family, fixteen before the fecond, and but eighteen 
before the third nam'd in thofe Tables, we may wellfuppofe 
that fo many, and no more there really were. Only when 
it was deem'd ftrange, that no more Defcents appear'd before 
the firft and laft Family, it was pretended that there were more 
indeed, but that they had not been nam'd by their Hiftorians. 
When any more appear we will admit them. But in the 


6»4 A Jhort mew of the Chronology 

mean time we are at liberty to content our felves with fuch 
as are recorded in their Hiftories. 

From all which Lemmata and Obfervations, we may at lad: 
probably conclude that fince Fohi was the fame with JVoab, 
and fince he Reign'd in China 115 years before his death ; 
that 235 years after the Deluge A. P. J. 2601, he defcended 
from the higher Regions at Caucafus to the lower of China ; 
that then he took upon him the Government of fuch of his 
Pofterity as were already planted there; and that he held it 
during all the reft of his life, and tranfmitted the fame to 
his Succeffors, mention'd in the Chinefe Annals. That a con- 
iiderable time before the period of thefe firft nine Emperors, Tu, 
the Founder of the firft great Family, began a Succeffion of 
Kings in a different Province; and that alfo about the time 
that Chim tarn the Head of the fecond great Family, fuc- 
ceeded to the firft, Vu Vam the Head of the third, began 
a Succeffion of Kings in a different Province; which third 
therefore was not fucceffive to, but collateral with the fecond, 
and accordingly their feveral Founders were about the fame 
number of Defcents from Hoam ti t as they appear really to 
have been by their refpeftive Genealogies. And what is here 
chiefly remarkable, and the principal Character we have where- 
by to diftinguifh what pretended Antiquities are really ge- 
nuine, is this, that if the Chinefe Annals be thus underftood 
and adjufted, the 'length of the Reigns and Lives of their 
firft Monarchs, will very exactly agree with the duration of 
the Lives of Men in the fame Ages recorded in Scripture, as 
-appears by the following Tables compar'd together. 


of the Old Teftament. 










Jacob -— — 




Kohath — — 


Amram — — 






Booz. about 


Obed about 


Jejfe about 





— ■- 


• 140 


- 100 







— — 


■d) 8 

1 00 

— — 



— ui. 







- *9 






Xin nnm - 
Hoam ti - 
Xao hao — 
Chuen hio- 


Chi (depos 1 




Tiki — 
Tai cam — 
Chum cam 

And as after David the Lives and Reigns in the Bible were 
generally of the fame length, as at this day ; fo are they e- 
ver after in the Chinefe Hiftories correfponding to them. 

XVII. The Computation of the prefent numbers of 
Mankind on the Earth, and of the fpace necefla- 
ry for their amounting to fuch a number, accord- 
ing to the ufual proportion of their increafe and 
doubling, do's alike confirm that Chronology^ 
which the Hebrew Text of the Old Teftament 
do's exhibit to us. 

'Tis now generally own'd that the number of Souls upon 
the face of the whole Earth at prefent, do's not exceed four SecDr.Nichoh'i 
thoufand Millions, tho' I imagin it may come nearer to that Conference, 
fum than many fuppofe. 'Tis alfonow generally own'd, and** ■• ?*7f'7 6, 
this from good Obfervations, that Mankind do double them- 
felvcs at the longeft in 400 years ; which therefore is to be SeeNewTheo- 
fuppos'd the proportion ever fince the prefent Period of Ty ^puTf 

Human Life was fix'd in the days of David. 


'Tis alfo e- 


Tranf.N. ip6. 


A Jhort view, of the Chronology 


Hyp. VIII. vident that from the Deluge till the days of David y the 
lives of Men at a mean were fix, if not feven times as long as 
they have been fince, (tho* much more and lefs than that 
proportion at the earlieft and lateji timea of that Interval.) 
Tis therefore evident that the Period of the doubling of 
Mankind from the Deluge till the days of David, in a 
mean, muft have been at the leaft fix or feven times fhorter 
than that which has fince obtain'd, by reafon of their anci- 
ent longer lives in that proportion, (tho* ftill this period of 
doubling muft have been much fhorter and longer in the ear- 
liest and latefi times of the faid Interval.) So that if we 
have a Series of numbers beginning at eight, (for fo many Souls 
furviv'd the Deluge) and doubling themfelves in 60 years at a 
mean from the Flood till David, i. e. for about 1 500 years, 
and thence forward to our own times in 400 years, i. e. 
for about 2700 years ; we fhall pretty nearly obtain the 
Sum total of Mankind in every correfponding year after the 


of the Old Tejlament. 





# c 


£ & 


E .5 


•5 a 


£ ° 

ft •* 


^ ** 



a 2 £ 


s "H 


!* Jh ft 








( 2) 

5 4 



( 3) 


a 3 






c 5) 

5 IJ 










2 5 

C 8) 




























Ci 5) 





















1 5*7772 1 5 
















258*43 5455 







(2 5) 









4294 '957295 1 







6 8 A Jhort 'view of the Chronology 

We fee by this Table that the number of years accord- 
ing to the Hebrew Chronology, will very naturally account 
for the prefent number of Souls upon the face of the Earth. 
I think it will alfo afford as many in every Age preceding as 
any Authentic Accounts of ancient Times do require. But 
then let us fuppofe that inftead of about 1300 years in the 
firft Interval, we have with the LXXII above 1000. This 
addition of above 600 years at a time when Mankind, in a mean,, 
doubled in 69 years time, will produce above a thoufand 
times as many as this Table, or the Earth for certain do's con- 
tain at prefent. So that if that longer Chronology were al- 
low'd, the Earth in all probability muft have had many more 
Inhabitants in the days of David, than it has in our days, 
contrary to the certain Obfervations of the increafe of Man- 
kind. And the like is to be faid in due proportion of the 
Samaritan, or any other Chronology, which lengthens the 
%ace fincc the Deluge. 

of the Old Tejiament. 69 

A Chronological Canon from the Beginning of the 
World to the Chrijlian ALrz. 

years, months, days 

I. TT'rom the Autumnal Eo 

J/ quinox next after the^ ^ - - o o 
Creation of Adam to that at£ ' " 
the end of the Deluge. 3 

II. Thence to the Departure of/ 6 , 
Abraham out of Haran. { l 

III. Thence to the Exodus outl 
of Egypt. 

IV. Thence to the Foundation' 
of Solomons Temple. 

V. Thence to its Conflagra- 

VI. Thence to the beginning of \ 
the Chriftian <^/Era. 

430 *— o — o 

475> — 1 — o 
424 — 1 — o 

587 — 4 — o 

Sum — 4003 — 2 — o 

years, months, days. 
I. From the Autumnal Equinox"! 

next after the Creation of^ ^ ^ ; 
Adam to that at the end of£ * 
the Deluge. 3 

This is evident from the following Table. 

I 3 x 4dam 

j A Jhort view of the Chronology 

Gen. v. 3. 





^andviij. 13. 


1 Adam — — 130 

a Seth - 105 

3 £#oj ____— 9© 

4 Cainan • 70 

5 Malaleet 65 

5 3^m^ ■ i6z 

7 Enoch ' 6 5 

x y, 8 Mathufela 187 

1 g > 9 Lamech - 181 

10 Noah — tfoo 

426 — 6 — 

Total •'. 16^6 

There are no tonfiderable difficulties in this Period. 

II. From the Autumnal Eqai-'Jt years, months, days. 
nox at the end of the De- 
luge to the Departure of A- 
braham out of Haran. 

This is alfo evident from the 

Cen ' x J- IC '" 1 Sem 

Ii# 2 Arphaxad 

J *. 3 Sala 

* 6 - 4 Eber 

l8 - 5 PJwAg 

2 °* o' Ragan 

"• 7 *5Vr/<£ 

*4- 8 JV*/w 

3*- 9 7>r*/> 

Chap. xij. 4. 10 Abraham 


Neither art there any confiderabledifficultiesin this Period, but 
thofe which have been already clear'd in the iixth Proportion. 

of the Old Tejiament. 7 1 

III. From the Departure of A-~)years. 
braham out of Haran to the> 
Exodus out of Egypt. 3 * 

This general number being the exprefs account of the 
Scripture, both in the Old and New Teftament, as we have 
already feen, can admit of no difpute but only concerning the 
time of its commencing, viz,. ^Abraham's Departure oxt of Ha- 
ran ; which has been already difcours'd of in the feventh and 
eight Propofitions. The Subdivi lions of this Period are now 
to be confider'd, which are thefe following, viz,. 

(a) From Abraham's Departure out of Haran to tnt ^ Gen.xij. 4. 
Birth of Ifaac 2 5 4 , with xxj. 5- 

(b) Thence to the Birth of Jacob 60 (6) Chap. xxv. 

(c) Thence to the Defcent into Egypt 150 * 6 - 

\d) Thence to the Death of Jofeph 71 ^ cha P" XLV1 > 

Thence to the Birth of Mofis <ty( 

it) Thence to the Exodus out of Egypt 80 withxLj.46. 

, and xlv. 6. 

Total 430 WExodvij. 7 . 

All thefe particular Sums are collected from exprefs Texis 
of Scripture, excepting only the Interval from the Death of 
Jofeph to the Birth of Mofes, which is not fpecify'd 
there. But finee in Scripture we have the whole Sum 430, 
and all the reft of the particulars which amount to $66 years;, 
'tis evident that the faid Interval muft be 64 years. 

During this Period we meet with two difficulties, which 
are to be confider'd before we proceed. The firft is con- 
cerning the number of the Children of Benjamin at the De- 
fcent into Egypt, which are no lefs than ten, tho* he himfelf Gen. xlv). na 
was the yottngeft of all the Patriarchs. The other is concern- 
ing the PofterityofjW^, whofe Grand-children Hez,ron and 
Hamul are reckoned among the number of thofe that went y ^ 
down into Egypt, when according to the Circumftances of 


7 % A Jhort view of the Chronology 

the Hiftory, as they are ufually underftood, they could not 
poffibly be born at that time. 

Now in anfwer to thefe Difficulties, I propofe thefe two 
Confederations : i . that it is not altogether unreafonable to fup- 
pofe an earlier and quicker Propagation in thofe times, than is 
ufual now a-days. i. That alter all, there is nothing fovery 
ftrange in either of thefe cafes, if rightly underftood, nothing 
but what might happen even in our days. And therefore we 
need not be much concern'd at thefe Difficulties, which can 
be no great prejudice to the Chronology before us. As 
to the firft Consideration, I think 'tis not unreafonable to fup- 
pofe, that when the Vigor and Strength of Mankind were much 
greater than they are at prefent, (of which the great length 
of their Lives is a fufficient Argument) their Rjpenefs or A- 
bility for Procreation might commence fomewhat earlier than 
in our times; and by confequence, fuch a quicknefs of Pro- 
pagation as would be fomewhat furprizing now, might not be 
fo ftrange and unufual then. Befides, whatever was the rea- 
ibn of it, 'tis plain from the Sacred Hiftory that in thofe times 
Men were extremely defirous of having Children ; nothing 
ScQDr.AlUx's was look'd upon as fo great a Bleffing (at leaft among the 
■Refleaionson Pofterity of Abraham) as a numerous OfF-fpring, and nothing 
the Books of was counted fo great an Affliction as the want of Iflue. In- 
the ?' d Tefta " fomuch, that they had recourfe even to Polygamy, Concubi- 
nage, yea, and Inceft it felf , to fupply this want. For 
which Reafons we are not to wonder at fuch a quicknefs of 
Propagation in the times of this very ancient Period. But 
to anfwer more directly to the difficulties before us, I fay, 
fecondly, That there is nothing in either of thefe Inftanccs 
but what might happen in our Age. Itis not very ufual now 
a-days for Men to Marry as foon as ever they are capable of ha- 
ving Iffue, and therefore wc have not many Inftancesof Mens 
being Fathers of a numerous OfF-spring, or Grand-fathers, 
while they are very young. But ftill, they may be Fathers 
or Grand-fathers-, much earlier than they ufually are. And 
I do not doubt but upon a due examination into thefe two 
Cafes, there will be nothing found in them but what is very 
potfible, even in our times ; and confequcntly, forthe Reafons 


of the Old Te (lament, 7 2 

we have mention 'd, is very probable and likely to have happen'd in 
thofe times. 

In the firft inftance, Benjamin had ten Children at the De* 
fcent into Egypt. But then he might have them in a very 
few years by feveral Wives, nay, tho* he had them all by 
one Wife, yet will there be nothing Arrange ia the cafe, fince 
he himfelf was probably about 27 years of Age at the time 
we (peak of> as A. Bp. Vfloer has mewn in his Chronolo-Cap. io. 
gy. At which age, no queftion, feveral Men have had as ma- 
ny Children in the fucceeding Ages of the World. There- 
fore not to infift any longer upon this Cafe, which do's not 
feem to have fo much difficulty in it, we (nail now proceed 
to the other inftance of Judah, which, it mull be own'd, is 
much more difficult, and worthy of a more particular exami- 
nation. The cafe is this, Judah the fourth Son of Jacob, 
at the time of the felling of Jofeph to the Midianites y as 'tis by Gen. xxxviij. 
fome underftood, i. e. but 22 years before the Defcent into , - &c * 
Egypt, takes Shuah to Wife, who fucceffively bears him three 
Sons, Er, Onan and Shelah. His eldeft Son Er being grown 
up, takes Tamar to Wife, and dies by a Divine ftroke. Up- 
on this Onan takes Tamar to Wife, and is (lain immediately 
by a like Divine Judgment. Hereupon Tamar is obliged to 
ftay till Shelah came to ripenefs of years. At which time 
fhe was fo impatiently defirous of Children, that fhe procures 
her felf to be with Child by her Father-in-law Judah, and 
bean him Pharez, and Zara : and laftly, Pharcz, begets Heb- 
ron and Hamul, and all this before the Defcent into Egypt. 
Nowitmuftbe confeft, that if we can allow no more than 22 
years for all thefe Occurences, we mail feek to no purpofe for 
a Solution of this difficulty, according to the prefent Chro- 
nology ; and if the time of the felling of Jofeph be the 
fame with that of the firft Marriage of Judah, it is upon the 
prefent grounds really inexplicable. But thea we muit re- 
member that altho' the words At that time feems to refer us Geiuxxxviij. 1 
to the foregoing Hiftory of Jofeph, yet the Expreflion is of 
a much larger extent in the Language of Scripture, and in- 
cludes a great fpace of time, as will appear bv a view of the 

K in. 

n III 

74 A Jkort view of the Chronology 

Deut.x. 8. inftances in the Margin of that and the like ways of fpeaking, 
aKingsxx.i. both j n the Old and New Teftament. Nay, indeed it feems 
l^l^^S^ 10 ^ ^' ltt ^ e more ^^ 2 Particle of Tranfition or common way 
i. Matt.iij. i.of introducing and beginning a new Branch of an Hiftory, 
Qyomodoab juft like the Engli/Jj particle Now, as it is us'd at this day, 
aliis eft °^ er - which tho* at firft it might infer a Connection in point of 
/^"inVdeter-^^^ w * tn wnat went before, yet now 'tis plainitisfrequent- 
m'inataaliqua ty no more than a Particle of Tranfition to introduce a new 
temporis nota- Period after we have made a full end of that which wentbe- 
tione fedeaesf ore# T n j s being premis'd, we are under no neceffity of con- 
mvo Teftf- ne6lin g the time of Judah's Marriage with the felling of Jofeph s 
mento efle po- as ls generally done, but it may be connected with Jacob's 
fitum. ujfer. return to Canaan after his twenty years Service to Laban the 
ChronoUc \\> Syrian, i.e. according to A. Bp. VJJjer, 33 years before 
GhroQolc. io. the D. e f ce n t into Egypt. Now fuppofe Judah. then at feven- 
teen years of age to have his Firft-born Er, at eighteen Onan, 
at nineteen Shelah ; then when Judah was 32 years of age Er and 
Onan fucceffively take Tamar to Wife, and peri fh by the fud- 
den ftroke of Heaven. When Judah was 3 3 , and Shelah at years 
of Puberty, but not Marry'd to Tamar, Judah commits In- 
eeft with Tamar, and the next year when he was 34 has twins 
by her Pbarez, and Zarah, when he was 48 /'jW*^ begets Heb- 
ron, and when he was^o, Hamul>*w\\o therefore at that time muft 
be reckoned among the reft of the Infants who came out of Ja- 
cob's Loins, and defcended with him into Egypt. All this is 
pofibLe, even m our Age, and if we attend to the particulars 
of the Sacred Hiftory before us, we fhall fee reafon to be- 
lieve that the cafe was really fo, and that thefe Marriages 
fucceeded one another \ery quickly. As to Judah him- 
tien. xxxviij. felf, his Inclinations appear by his Inceft with Tamar. 
ai, ijv No fooner was his Wife dead, but he muft go in to one 

whom he thought to be a common Harlot. And then 
for Er and Onan 'tis, I think ,. intimated in the very 
V.i.i. words of Judah to Tamar. Then faid Judah to Tamar his 
daughter-in-law, remain a widow at thy father s houfe till She- 
lah my fonbe grown', (for he faid, left per adventure he diealfo y 
as his brethren did,) and Tamar went and dwelt in her father's 
hou/e^ The plain importance of which reafoning is this,. 


of the Old Tejlament. 


* My Sons Er and Onan, feem to have been the occafion of 
' their own ruin, by fome indecent Behavior upon their ovcr- 
< hafty Marriages while they were fo young. I'll therefore 
' fend Tamar to her Father's houfe till my remaining Son She- 
4 lah arrive at a riper age before he marries her. This feems 
to have been the reafon of Judah's delaying the Marriage of 
Sbelah upon his firlt arrival at the age of Puberty, which 
fmall delay was yet born with fuch impatience by Tamar* 
(who perhaps fufpecled he was afraid of ever venturing his 
Son with her) that fhe immediately procures herfelf to be 
with Child, tho' it was by wilful Inceft with her Father-in- 
law Jttdah. Upon the whole, as we may be fure from the 
number of years that tiiefe SuccefTions might all come within 
the fpaces above determin'd ; To we may very reafonably con- 
clude from the Hiitories themfelves and their Circumftances, 
that they really did extend no farther. 

. ————— ——————— — 

years, months, days. 
IV. From the Exodus out ofo 

Egypt to the Foundation of V 479 — 1 — o 
Solomon's Temple. 3 

This general number is exprefly contain'd in the Scripture, 1 Kings vj. 
andfooughtnottobedifputed. But becaufethe Book of fudges 
had occafion 'd wonderful difficulties in this Period, till the 
very Learned Sir John Marfiam clear'd them in his Chroni- 
cal Canon, I mall only give the Reader here Sir John Mar- 
Jham's Account of this Period, and his Reafonings upon 
which it is founded, and mail advance nothing of my own, 
unlefs it be the correcting a few lelTer Inaccuracies; what he 
has faid in this cafe being, I think, very jfatisfactory, and 
wholly owing to his own Obfervations, tillwhich this branch 
of Sacred Chronology was utterly inexplicable. 




A Jhort view of the Chronology 

Sir John Mar- 
Jham's Caron. 




(c) Chap. xiv. 




,+ * 


(0Chap.iv. 1. 

(s) Chap. iij. 

3 1 - 

(0) Chap.iv. 4, 

(j) Chap. v. 31. 
(g)Chap.vj. 1. 

(r;v. 7 .^. 

(/) Chap. viij. 

(*0Chap. x. 2. 

(at) Chap. x. 7. 
wuhx:. i5 . 

' I 

40 Mofes dies aged (a) 120. 

41 Joshua (b) Conduces the I fraelites over Jordan. 

47 The Divifion of the Land. Caleb (c) 8 5 years old, 
65 Jofoua dies aged (d) 1 10.. 

( 7Jta Idolatrous Generation after Jofliua for 34 years. 
<jqCushan iC/«j7 0/ Mefopotamia Tyrannises (e) eight years* 
ipy Otbniel (f). Caleb's Son-in-law overcomes Caftan. 

The hand, has reft (g) 40 years. 
147 E.glon King of Afoab, with the Ammonites and Amale- 
kites, pojfejfes himfelf of Jericho for (h) eighteen years. 
1 65 'Ehud (i) a Benjamtte, kills. Eglon. 

The Eaftern part of the Land has Refi ( k^) 80 year s 

until the Incur/ion of the Midianites. 
In the mean time in the North when Ehud was 
dead, (I) 
185 Jab in King of Canaan pojfejfes himfelf of Hasor, 
and k$cps it (m) twenty years. 
In the mean time Shamgar kills (n) 600 Philtflins, 
and delivers IfraeL 
205 Barak (0) of the Tribe of Nepthali, with an Ar- ^ 
my out of that Tribe and the Tribe of Zabulon r 
overcomes Sifera the Captain of Jabins Hoft. 

The Land has Refi (p) 40 years, 80 

The Midianites Tyrannise for (q)feven years. 
Gideon (r) drives them out of the Land. 

The Land has Refi (f) 40 years in, the days of Gideon. 
Abimelech reigns (t) three years. 
Tola judges IJrae I (u) 23 years. 
; 1 8 J air judges. Ifrael (w) 22 years. 
iqSVhen the I fraelites had dwelt beyond Jordan for (x) 300 
f years, the Ammonites and the Philifiim together invade 

Ifrael rhe fame year. 






of the Old Tejlament. 



37 1 

The AMMONiTEsTyranniue (y) 

eighteen years. 
JtPHTHA judges Ifrael (zS) fix 

Ibzan judges Ifrael (*) [even 

Elon judges Ifrael (£) ten years - 
Abd on judges Ifrael (y) tight 

Saul reigns (ty 40 yearr. 

43 6 David reigns ( t ) 40 years. 


Solomon reigns (£) 40 years. 
The (») Foundation of the Tem- 
ple is laid. 

The Philistins Tyran- 
nise (^40 years. 

Samson judges Ifrael ( ( ) 
twenty years in the days 
of the l J hilifiins.. 

Eli judges, (*) but do's 
not deliver Ifrael. 

Samuel;W^ (<*) Ifrael 
fixteen.years (before the 
Anointing of Saul.) 

Ishbosheth reigns in 
Mahanaim (t*)j[years. 

(y) Judges x. 8. 
(»)V. 9 . 


(y)V.i 4 . 
(t) 2 Sam. v. 4, 
faJChap.vj. 1. 
(0) Judges xiij. 

and xv j. 31. 
(») iSam.iv. 
(X) Chap. vij. 


([*) 2 Sam. ij, 

8-- 11. 

Alva Exodi. 

'/^Hronologers are very much perplext about this Period Marram's 
«• V^/ of the Judges ; whereas it is certainly fix'd in the Ho- Chronicon. p. 
*ly Scripture. In the 480^ year after the children of Ifrael **> ^ \ f 

* -were come out of the land of Egypt, in the- fourth year of hi* ^ VJ ' ** 

* reign Solomon began to build the houfe of the Lord. They la- 

* bor to no manner of purpofe, who endeavor to elude fo ex- 
« preft a Teftimony. From the Exodus till the Foundation 
*:of the Temple are 480 years, [current] which number is 
•to be diftinguifh'd into two lefler Periods. Indeed Jephtha 
'himfelf in his difcourfe to the Ammonites when theylnvad- 
«ed the Land , gives us their diftinction when he afc 

•firms, that Ifrael had then dwelt beyond the river Jordan 300 Judge* xj. 2^ 

* years-, which 'tis certain they began to do in the 40/^ year 

•after the Exodus. There are therefore in this former. Inter- 

« val before the Incurlion of the Ammonites 340 years* With- 

«in this fpace are contained four of the Servitudes which the 

• Ifraelites underwent by the Tyrannical Power of Cufhan, 

* Eglon, Jabin 3 and the Atidianites; and yet the feveral num- 
•bers of the years of Slavery and Reft, which by turns fuc- 
< ceeded one another from the beginning of Cufhan till the 

K 3 end 

A port view of the Chronology 

■ ■ 

'end of J air's Judging of Jjracl, if they be collected into one 
'Sum, are of themfelves fomewhat more than 500. So that 
•"we have no room either for the Government of Jojbttaliim- 

* felf, or for the Idolatrous Generation fucceeding, mention'd 
f in Scripture. But in the Canon above, this difficulty isre- 
' mov'd, by ftating which numbers are collateral, or belong 

* to one and the fame time, and which of them arc/»ccejjive, 
'and follow one another. 

f Upon the death of Eglon, the land had rcfl 80 years, I 
]udgcsnj.3°- ^ underftand by the Land, the Eaftern part of it; (of which 
'the foregoing Difcourfe was, and which had now fhaken off 
' the yoke of Moab) and not the whole Land of Ifrael. For 
'in the mean time not only the Philiflms invaded theWeftern 
v u 'parts, and were repuls'd by Shamgar : But beiides Thechild- 

Chap, i v. 1. ' renof Ifrael again did evil in the fight of the Lord when Ehud 
' was dead, and the Lord fold them into the hand of Jabin king 
' of Canaan, that reign d in Hasjor, (in the Tribe of u4fmr^ 
Toih.xix.3& ' [ or rather Ncpthali], for twenty years; tho' at the fame time 
' the Eaftern Regions had Peace. At length the Northern 
' Ifraelites beat Sifera, and the Peace thereby becomes Uni- 
\ verfal, until 40 years afterward the Aiidtanites and their Al- 
« lies from the Eaft conquer all before them. How long E- 
' had liv'd is no where faid, nor is it probable that he liv'd 
' 80 years longer than Eglon, who was flain by him. All 
'that we certainly know, is, that the Servitude to the Ca- 
' naanites did not commence till after his death. We there- 
' fore fuppofe that Jabin endav'd Ifrael when fWwas dead 
e about twenty years after the Victory over theA/oabites. For the 
f Tyranny ofJabinhRed twenty years, and theLandhad Reft 40 
' years afterward. By this Computation we have gain-d 60 intiie 
'years.; of which 25 rauft be allow'd to Jofoua himfelf, ac- 
cording to the Account of Joftphtis ; and the remaining 5 5 
'will belong to that Idolatrous Generation which fucceeded : 
' much fuch a fpace of Time, as was allotted to the Gcnera- 
' tion in the Wddernefs, And in this part of the prefent Period 
*"it was that every one did that which was right in his own eyes, 
'And here we are to place the Hiftories of Micha, and the 
' -Danites, and ofthe War againft Benjamin. There are t licrefore 


of the Old Tejiamcnt. 79 

1 1 8 5 years from the Exodus till Jabin's Invafion - 7 and from the 
4 death of Mofes to the Incurficn of tho. Am'momtes\oo, The 
* reafon of thus ftating the Accounts here, fo that fume of the 
' years are not fucceffive, but collateral, fliall by and by be con- 
1 rirm'd by a parallel example, not founded on Conjectures, 
'but on the Authority of the Sacred Writer. 

* Now that there fhould bedifferent Judges in different parts 
' of the Land, and War in one part while there was Peace in 
'another, was a thing not fo difagrecable or inconfiftent with 
'the Civil State of the Jews at that time. 

The too hafty diftribution of the Land by Lot before it 
' was throughly fubdu'd, did at once fcattcr the People, and 
'weaken their Government. After fuch adivifion there was 
' no General AfTembly of the whole Body, nor Common Con- 
'cern for the Public Good. The Arijlocracy which before 
'was the fecurity of the Nation , was now deffroy'd , and 
' the Senate or Sanhcdrin, together with the accuftom'd Ma- jo/ephA.f.c.z. 
f gifrrates ceas'd, fays Jofephus. Neither indeed was the meet- p- 146. e. 
'ing of the Sanhedrin reviv'd before the days of Jehofophat. i Chron.xix./. 
'The Judges were rais'd up in extraordinary Cafes. The 
' Jews Polity was yet- intirely a Theocracy, and that was by iSam. xij. ix- 
' no means uninterrupted. As Prophecy at any time was want- 
ing, Anarchy prefently fueceeded in its place. 

' Befides there was fcarce any of the Judges that had Au- 
thority over the whole Body of the Nation; they were the 
'Leaders of fuch Tribes as were willing to fubmitthemfelves 
' to their Conduct, according as they were in danger from the 
' neighboring Nations, femetimes on one fide, and fomctimes 
'on another,. We have plain Inftances of this in the Armies 
'of Baral^and Gideon; and in that double Invafion which hap- 
' pen'd afterward , from the Ammonites on the one quarter, judges iv. 10. 
'and the Philiflins on the other. The War with Ammon wasandvj. 2?. 
'•ma nag'd intirely by Jephtha and his Feople, L e. the Tribes C , Q 
'beyond Jordan. That with the /^/'/{/fewasmanag'dwhol- P ,X1 J- Z ' 
'ly by the Tribe of Judah. When Reuben 's birth-right was gt- iChron.v. i. 
' ven to the fons of Jofeph,and Judah by Divine Appointment was 
'prefer d before his brethren, (on which accounts thefe principal 8. 
'Tribes obtain'd) as a double Portion the Iargeft.and mod fecure 


8o A Jhort view of the Chronology 

' Provinces of all) Ambition ever after that time prevail d on both 
* fides, and the confequences of that were Jealoufyand Emu- 
' ktion ; after this there is not the leaft appearance of their unit- 
'ing their Forces, or joining in Confederacies to reliftacom- 
f mon Enemy. Indeed afterward, in the days of Saul, an Ar- 
ifSam.xj.S.; ' my was levy'd out of the whole Natron, but even then they 
'-were two Bodies, whereof the Ifraelites made one, and the 
' Tribe of Judah another. Upon Saul's death they ran into 
'Factions and Divilions; [the one were for Ifihofocth, theo- 
1 ther for David, - ] this Divifion became fixtand incurable after 
' the death of Solomon. 'Trs no wonder therefore that diffe- 
rent Tribes had very different Fortunes, fince they acred fe- 
'parately, and had feparate Interefts. 

* The other branch of this Period contains 140 years, of 

* which number the laft 84 belong to three of the Kings juft 

• before the Foundation of the Temple. There remain there- 
fore $6 years to be accounted for within the Period of the 
•' Judges. In which fpace of time we meet with a double 

judgesx.8.and t Servitude of the Ifraelites ; the one to the Ammonites, and 

xuj. 1. < tne other to the Philifiins. Thefe two Servitudes were not 

' like the former, different in time, and the one after the o- 

'ther, but contemporary; they commenc'd at once, tho* they 

'had not the fame Period. The Idolatry of the Ifraelites w -as 

Chap. x. 6. *^"° multiply 'd, and they worfhip'd fo many Gods, that the 

' Almighty doubled their Punifnment, and fent Enemies in 

Y. j. ' upon them both from the Eafl and Weft. He fold them in- 

' to the hands of the Philiftins, and into the hands of the children 

'■of Ammon. Andthat (very) year they both vexed and opprejfed 

' the children of Ifrael, eighteen years all the children of Ifrael 

' that were on the other fide Jordan, in the land of the Amorites 

' which is in Gilead, &c. The Ammonites on the Eaft, and 

' the Philiftins on the Weft, as if they had been Confederates, 

' Invaded Ifrael in one and the fame year; but they were not 

'driven out again in one and the fame year. The Ammo- 

* nites Tyranniz'd but eighteen years, ana the PhittftinsnoteCs 

* than 40. 

'For as to the words juft now quoted, they are a Preface 
-*not only to the Hiftory of Jephtha which immediately fol- 

of the Old Te [lament. 8 1 

'lows, but to that of Sam fon alfo, which comes after it. 
'Neither is this Invafion of the Philifiins different from that 
'related in the i$th Chapter, but is the very fame. The 
< cafe was this, Whereas there were two branches of this Hi- 
' ftory, which if they had been related together would have 
1 been obfcure and intricate ; it was therefore thought more 
' convenient, firft to premife a fhort mention of both , and 
'then to give a diftinfb Account of each of them feverally, 
'beginning with that which would be fooneft difpatch'd,and 

* then proceeding to that which requir'd a more large Expli- 
cation afterwards. By the help of this Obfervation allDif- 

* Acuities are eafily remov'd, and the numbers of the years, 

* which otherwife increafe too much upon us, and are too ma- 
'ny for our Period, are reduc'd within compafs, and brought 
'within the bounds of the prefent Chronology. 

' On one fide after the eighteen years of the Tyranny of 
'the Ammonites, we have four Judges, Jephtha, Jbz,an, Elon 

* and Abdon. All the years afcrib'd to them, [including the 
' eighteen years of Servitude alfo] are no more than 49. 
' That part of the Land with which thefe were concern'd, 
< was in peace after the Tyranny of Ammon was over. In 

' the times fucceeding there was peace between Jfrael and the 1 Sam. vij. 14. 

' Ammonites. In the mean time [during this Reft of the 

4 Eaftern parts] the Philifiins Tyranny extended it felf in the Judges xiij. 1. 

* Weft, and continu'd from its firft beginning 40 years. Nor 
'do we find any mention of a Deliverer from it, before the time 
♦of Samuel, who by gaining that famous Victory over the 
' Philifiins at Ebenez,er put an end to their 40 years Tyranny. 

' So the Philifiins were fubdued, and they came no more into the 1 Sam. vij. i$ t 
' coafis of Jfrael, and the hand of the Lord was againfi the Phi- l ^' 
i fitns all the days of Samuel. And the cities which the Phili- 
i fiins had taken from Jfrael were refiored to Jfrael. Thofe days 
' of Samuel's Government are the fixteeri years in which he 
'Judged the People before the Inauguration of Saul. And 

* thefe were the only years interpos'd between the end of 
' the/ > ^/7(/?/'»j4o,and the beginning of the 84oftheKingsbefore- 
'mention'd, and together with the 40 years of the Philifiins, do 
'make up the 56 which were to be accounted for. Soonaf- 

L 'tcr 

8 2, A Jhort view of the Chronology 

Chap.xiij. i. ' ter Saul came to the Crown, in the fecond year of his reign, 
and xiv.52. < tne \^ar began again with the Philifiins, and there was [ore 
■ * war againfi the Philifiins all the days of Saul. By this Ac- 
' count Samud began to Judge [in Judah and thofe parts] in 
'the laft year of Elon or the Tribe of Zabulon, and was Con- 
temporary with his SuccefTor Abdon of the Tribe of £- 
1 phraim. 
Judges xv. 20. ' ' Samfon is faid to have judged Ifrael twenty years in the days 

* of the Philifiins, i. e. within the fpace of thofe 40 years, 
V. n.* wherein the Philifiins were rulers over them. But he had no- 

' thing of Supreme Power ; he did not deliver the Ifraelites, 

* but was himfelf deliver'd bound into the hands of the Phi- 

* lifiins, by his own People. 

* Neither ought we to look upon Eli as a Deliverer, feeing 
iSaxn. vij. 2. * he loft the Ark, and dy'din the twentieth year of this Ser- 
vitude to the Philifiins, /'. e. twenty years before the Vic"to- 
f ry over them at Ebenez,er. His Power as Judge at what time 
1 foever it began, was no other than that of an High-Prieft, 

* the Examination and Determination of Forenfic Caufes be- 
'tween one Man and another; like that of Deborah, when fhe 
'Judged IJrael under the Palm-tree ; or that of the Succeflbrs 
'of Gideon and Jephtha, in the times of Peace; or that of 

Chap.viij. u < Samuel's Sons, who were made by him Judges over Ifrael; 
'or laftly, that of Samuel himfelf after the Anointing of King 
Chap. vij. iy. S S at *l> who ftill is faid to have judged Ifrael all the days of his 
Jofefk Anticj. 'life; and that was by Jofephus's Accounts no lefs than eighteen 
1.6. in fine. t vearSp [Nay, and indeed ought to be accounted many 
Aasxnj.21. c more .-| 

2 Sam. v. 4. ' Thofe were ftil'd Judges who delivered the Ifraelites out of 

Judges ij. 16. ' the hand of thofe that fpoi Led them. Among thofe Judges we 

andiij. \f. 'find Ehud a Savior or Deliverer. Now the fe were fo call'd, 

' who faved or deliver d them out of the hand of their enemies 

* in the time of their affliclion. But that was an occasional, 
' not a continual Office, and fo admitted of great interrup- 

'A like cafe we find among the Tyrians ; over whom Judges 
Jofepb. contra < were conflituted, after the old City on the Continent was 
^oa.p.1046. < rai »^ fry N(buchadnez,zar> and they were confiri'd to an I- 

' fland> 

of the Old Tejiament. 8 3 

'fland; and thefe Judges were their Governors fucceffively, and 

'fupply'd the place of their Kings. Among the Carthagini- 

1 ans alfo, who were a Colony of the Tyrians , the order of 

' Judges had the dominion^ and chiefly prejerv'd it in their own 

*■ hands, becaufe they -were not Annual Officers, but during life. 

1 Thefe Judges are ftil'd Sujfetes by Livy, Cum Su fetes ad jus Lh. 1. 33, 34 . 

' dicendum conjedijfent. This Book it felf in the Original is 

c nam'd Sophetim, i. e. Sujfetes, which we render the Book of 

4 Judges. Which word /jgnifies one who avenges the Caufe 

'of a People, or delivers them out of the hand of their Ene- 

'nemies, (and not one like a King, who Governs and Reigns 

'over them conftantly, without interruption J Thus far Sir 

John Marfliam , and thus much may fuffice for this Period. 

• years, months. 

V. From the Foundation ofO 
Solomon's Temple to its Con-£* 424 — 3 
flagration. 3 

This Sum is to be collected by comparing the years of the 
divided Kingdoms of Judah and Ifrael, during fuch theirdi- 
vifion; and after the Captivity of the Kingdom of Ifrael> 
from the years of the Kings of Judah alone. And the Se- 
ries fo found is to be compar'd with the 390 years of God's 
Patience towards the/ew Tribes, and with the 40 years of God's 
Patience towards the two Tribes already difcours'd of. Up- Frof> ,. . ad 
on the agreement and correfpondence of all which Accounts i,-. 
the certainty of this Period do's intirely depend. Take there- 
fore the Subdivifions of this Period as follows. 

years, months. 

1. From the Foundation of the Tcm-7 

pic till the beginning of the Reign r 3 6 — 5 
of Rchoboam. r 

2. From the beginning of the Reigns 

of Rehoboam till the beginning ofS*90 — 6 
the Reigns of Athaliah and Jehu. J 

L z z. From 

8 4 A Jhort view of the Chronology 

years, months* 

3. From the beginning of the Reigns? 

of Athaliah and Jehu, till the Cap- r 1 65 — a 
tivity of the ten Tribes. ** 

4. From the Captivity of the ten"} 

Tribes till the Conflagration of the>i$4 — z 
Temple. J 

1. From the Foundation of the Tem--p 
pie till the beginning of the Reign >3 6 — 5 
of Rehoboam. J 

1 Kings vj. 1. The general number of years here fpecify'd, is out of doubt. 
aChron.iij.i. For the Foundation of the Temple was laid in the fourth 
withiKingsxj. y ear f Sohmon, and he Reign'd in all 40 years, and was im- 
42. and zChr. me ji ate ] v f uccee ded by his Son Rehoboam. So that if we de- 
duct three years, and a part of the fourth from 40, we fhall 
have 36" years and fome odd months remaining. But then 
how many odd months here or in other parallel cafes are to be 
allow'd, is not generally taken notice of exprefly in the Scri- 
pture ; but is to be collected from the exact Adjuftment and 
Connection of the Reigns of one King with another, and fo to 
be fetch'd from the Tables of their Reigns. And indeed it 
highly deferves not only our Obfervation , but Admiration 
too, that thofe many Texts of Scripture where the Reigns of 
the Kings of one Kingdom are adjuffed to thofe of the o- 
therj and which have generally, for want of due attention, 
been look'd uponasthecaufes of abundance of Difficulties in 
the Sacred Chronology, are really in themfelves fo far from 
being fo, that they generally help us to ftate the Accounts of 
each Reign much more accurately, and that commonly to a 
fingle Month. For if we examin the particular Tables of 
the Kings of Judah and Ifrael, wherein every Text of Scri- 
pture thereto relating, is exactly obferv'd and follow'd, we 
fhall find it not eafy to alter any of the Reigns (either as to their 
Duration, or Beginning) one fingle month, without contra- 
dicting fome Text or other in the Scripture , or fome plain 
Chronological Character taken from the Sacred Hiftory. So 


of the Old Teflament. 

that the feeming contradictions of the Scripture Accounts do 
appear at lair to be but fo many Proofs of their greater accu- 
racy. Such has been the wonderful Care and wife Contri- 
vance of Providence, even in the mid ft of the feeming care* 
lejfnefs and inaccuracy of the Chronology of the Bible, as to 
provide us therein fufficient helps to ftate its feveral Periods 
more nicely and accurately, than the moft famous and befl: di- 
gefted Monuments of Profane Antiquity can enable us to do 
in Profane Hiftory. But to leave this digrellion, and to go 

years, months. 
.2. From the Beginning of the Reign - ^ 

of Rehoboam to the Beginning of>oa — 6. 

the Reigns of Athaliah and Jehu. 3 

This is collected from the flrft Table of the Kings of J»- 
dah and Ifrael, where each Reign is thus ftated upon this Hy- 
pothejis, that the year ordain'd by Jeroboam confifting only of *- 
liven months, was obferv'd in that Kingdom till the Revo- 
lution by Jehu. 


Rehoboam — [17I 

Abijah [ 5] 

4fr [41] 

Jehofaphat ~ [25] 
Jehoram — [ 8] 
Aba&iah — [ i] 



years, months. 

- 16 -- 8 

- 2 -. 7 

— 40 --10 

— 22 — o 

<r - 11 

1 - 6 

90 — 6 

1 Kings xiv. 21, 
aChron.xij. 13, 
J Kings xv. 2. 
2Chron. xiij. 2. 
1 Kings xv. 10, 
2Kingsviij. 1 7. 



A Jhort view of the Chronology 

i Kings xiv. 20. 
iKingsxv. if. 
iKingsxv. 3 3. 
: Kings xvj. 8. 
1 Kings xvj. 23 
aKings iij, 1. 


j ears, years 
Before the Schifm — 1 

— 1 

Jeroboam — 



— 21 

— I 

- 7 

- 6 




~ 1 

- 5 

-- 7 



-- 11 

- 6 



— 21 

- 8 

Ahaz^iah -- 


— 1 

~ 6 

Jehoram -- 

Jl] - 12 

" 5 


l>8] 97 

-•- 7 

Reduc'd to Julian years 90 

- 6 

Before -we come to the difficulties in thisSubdivifion, we 
mud obferve that the year inftituted by Jeroboam continuing 
to the Revolution by Jehu, and no longer , the Annals of 
the laft of the Kings of Jfrael before muft have been written, 
or at leaft, finim'd in the days of Jehu ; and by confequence 
may juftly be look'd upon as accounted by the ftile us'd by 
Jehu, and not that us'd by Jeroboam. And accordingly the 
twelve years 5 months of Jehoram in this Table , are here 
reckon'd ; as the adjuftment of the Reigns correfponding there- 
to did require. But as to the difficulties in this place, the 
following Obfervations will clear them. 

1. Jehofaphat is here allow'd but 22 years, whereas the Sa- 
cred Hiftory afcribcs 25 to him. Now flnce we have alrea- 

ir^rrcvvi, ,-, dy feen that the Author who fays, Jehofaphat reism'd 2 < 
jkmgsxMj.42. j • X J <v 1 r I 

aKinf..viij. \6. years, allures us expreiiy alio, that his Son Jehoram began to 

reign during his Father's life-time; and by the year in which 

he began, implys that this was three years before his Father's 

death ; 'trs clear that the laft three years of the Father were 

Contemporary with the firft three years of the Son; and by 

confequence, but 22 of the Father's arc to be accounted in a 

fucceffive Chronology. 2. Aha- 

of the Old Tejlament. 

i. Ahaz^iah King of Judah is in one place faid to begin 
his Reign in the eleventh) but in another not till the twelfth 
year of jehoram King of IfraeL Now this is fo far from a 
difficulty, that if we conlider his Father's Circumftancesa 
little before his death, and the difference of the Phrafes made 
ufc of upon the different Commencements of his Reign, we 
ihall find this double Epocha highly agreeable to the Hiftory 
of thefe times. For as to his Father's Circumftances, 'tis faid, 
After all this the Lord fmote him in his bowels with an incur a- 2 chron. x> ; , 
ble difeafe. And it came pafs that in procefs of time, after, or 18, 19. 
rather about the end of two years, his bowels fell out by reafon 
of his Jicknefs ; fo he died of fore difeafes. From which incu- 
rable difeafe in his bowels, would naturally arifc the making his Son 
Partner in the Kingdom, and-the committing the Adminiftrati- 
on of Affairs to him fome time before his death. And then 
the difference of the Phrafes made ufeof on the different be- 
ginnings of the Son's Reign do confirm the fame. Thus In 2 Kings ix. 2 o. 
the eleventh year of Jehoram Ahaz,iah began to reign over Ju- 
dah, imperfectly. But towards the end of the next year, 
In the twelfth year of Jehoram did Ahaz,iah begin to reign, Chap. viij. 25- 
22 years old was Ahaz^iah when he began to reign, and he 26 * 
reigned one year in Jernfalem completely and fingly after his Fa- 
ther's death : as this matter is exactly ftated in the firft Table of 
the Kings of J 'udah and IfraeL ♦ 

3. Omri King of Ifrael is, in one place, faid to begin his iKingsxvj. 1/. 
Reign in the zjth of Afa; and in another place, not 16,23. 
till the 31ft of Afa. And his Reign is faid to be twelve years 
in all, yet but fix in Tirz^ah. Now if we confidcr the cir- 
cumftances of this Hiftory, we fhall not be fo much furpri- 
zed at. thefe different Accounts. The cafe was plainly thus, 
In the zyth of Afa, Omri is made King over Ifrael, upon the 
Confpiracy of Zimri', and being accompany'd by the Body 1 icings xvj.iy, 
of the People, he befiges Tirz.ah, where Zimri then was, 24. 
and in feven days takes the City, and puts an end to Zimri 's 
Power and his Life at once. Upon Zimri's death, the people 
of Ifrael were divided into two parts, half of the people fol- 
lowed Ttbni the Son of Ginath, to make him king, and half fol- 
lowed Omri, So after four years ftruggle ana war for the 



A jhort view of the Chronology 

Crown, the people that followed Omri prevailed againfl the peo- 
ple that follow edTibni; and Tibni dy'd, and Omri reigned with- 
out molefration. So that 'tis no wonder that we have a double 
Epocha of the Reign of Omri ; nor, that of his twelve years 
which he reign'd in all, only fix of them were in Ttrz^ah. 
Of the reft four were fpent before the death of Ttbnh his Rival, 
and e'er he obtain'd the then Royal City Tirz,ah; and two of 
them after he left Tirzah, and had built Samaria, and tranf- 
V..13.- fer'd the Royal Seat of his Kingdom thither. Thus In the 

3 1 ft year ofAfa hwg of Judah, Omri reigned over Ifrael, after 
the death of Tibni, and the obtaining thereby his Royal Ci- 
ty Ttrz*ah. He reign'd indeed in all twelve yean. But from 
this time he began to reign fix years in Tirz^ah ; after which 
he remov'd to Samaria for the ihort remainder of his Reign, 
as it follows immediately in the Hiftory. 
3. From the beginning of the Keigns? years, months. 

of Athaliah and Jehu, to the Cap* £163 1 

tivity of the ten Tribes. ^ 

Thus number is likewife to be collected by comparing the 
years of the Kings of Judah and Ifrael, according to the fe- 
cond Table, where each Reign is thus flated. 
years. years. months. 

2Kingsxj. 2. 
iChr. xxij. 1 1. 
a Kings xij. 1. 
aK. xiv. 2,17. 
aKingsxv. 2. 
aKingsxv. 32. 
2Chr.xxvij. 1. 
2Kiqgs xvj. 2. 

Athaliah — 

— L«J 

Joafij — 

- [40] 


— M 

Vz,z,iah — 

— I**] 

Jotham — - 

— [i<] 

Ahazj — 

— [I«] 

Hez,ekiah ir 

ithis[ <5] 

■ 6- 










163 — — z- 


of the Old Tejiament. 



years, years, months* 

J*hu - 


« 28-5 

2 Kings x. 36. 



— 14 -- 13 

aKings xiij. 1. 

Joafi - 


— 16 -- O 



— 41 — O 


Interregn. I. 

— 12 -- O 


: i ] - 

2 Kings xv. 8. 

Shallttm — 

[ a - .. 1 

zKingsxv. 13 

MeHahem — 

10] — 10 — (? 


Pekahiah --■ 

* *i ■«- 2 ~ 1 

2 Kings xv. 23. 

Pekah — [20] -r 20 - 4 
Interregn. II. [ J — 8 — 5 

zKingsxv. 27 

Hofloea — [ 9] — 9 — 


Sum [14$] i<S$ — 2- 

The Chronological Difficulties of this Interval are thefe 

1. Tho' Jehoahaz, of Ifrael did not die till the ^thofjoajh ^ngsxiij.i. 
of Jndah, yet is his Succeflbr j^/7; of Ifrael faid to begin in 
the yjth of Joafh ofjudah, and this by the very fame Hiftorian. 
Now in this place we are oblig'd to fuppofe that Joajh be- 
gan to reign about two years before his death, as we have put 
it in the Table. But becaufe we are not to admit of fuch 
a double Epocha of a Reign without fome other Foundation 
than the difficulty before us, we mult inquire whether the 
Sacred Hiftory affords us any hint of this matter. And I 
think it evidently do's fo. For in the firft place 'tis faid ex- 
prefly that the kings of Syria opprejfed Ifrael all the days tf 'iK^auj.Ji 
Jehoahaz,; and yet during his lifetime, we findthatupon his z1, v '4>f' 
Petition to God for deliverance, God heard his prayer, and are 
exprefly affur'd that he gave Ifrael a Savior, (viz,.) his Son 
Joaft, a mighty Man of Valor, and that during his Father's 
lifetime alfo Joafi recover'd the Cities which his Father loft, 

M and 

2o A Jhort view of the Chronology 

and reftor'd Peace to the Nation. Thefe fo different affirma- 
tions are no otherwife reconcilable than by fuppofmg what will 
folve the prefent difficulty, viz,. That upon the Father's con- 
ftant ill Succefs againft the Syrians, he refign'd part of the 
Royal Authority to his Son, and made him the General of 
his Army. After which beginning of the Son's Adminiftra- 
tion Affairs were alter'd, and thole Enemies, who during the 
Father's Government were always Conquerors, were now eon- 
querd by the Son, and at laft driven out of the Land. 
Which Circumirances when duly confider'd, do I think fully 
juftify the double Epocha of the Reign of Joajb, which the 
Chronology oblig'd us to admit. 

2. Amaz,iah King of Judah, is faid to begin to reign in 
the fecond of Joafl^i. e. as we have juftnow feen, in the feven- 
teenth ofjehoabaz, King of Ifrael; whereas his Father did not die 
till above a year after the death of Jehoahaz.An this cafe therefore 
we are oblig'd again to fuppofe that Amaz,iah began to reign 
above a year before his Father's death, as we have put it in 
Co _ the Table. Now fince we have promis'd not ordinarily to 
roll. ' '" admit of fuch double Epocha s of Reigns without fome other 
Foundation than that of a difficulty in Chronology only, we 
muft here affign fome reafon for the prefent Supposition.. 
And indeed we need not be to feek for an intimation that A- 
maztiah began his reign before his Father's death, and was a- 
gain confirm d in it after it, if we duly attend to the Sacred 
Hiftory. 'Tis faid of him both in the Book of Kings and 
lKi x ; Vt - Chronicles, It came to pafs as foon as the kingdom was confirm- 
iChron.xxv. ed in bis hand, that he fleiv his fervants which had flain the kmg 
j« his father. What is the importance of that Phrafe of the 

Kingdoms being confirmed in his hand j but that he was again 
Inaugurated into his Kingdom ? He undertook the file Ad- 
miniftration of Affairs, which he had before Adminiftred 
jointly with his Father. This Phrafe is twice us'd in paral- 
lel cafes in the Hiftory of the Kings, and in both of them 
^tis fpoken of fuch as unqueftionably had double Commence- 
ments of their Reigns, and were confirmed in the fingle ma- 
nagement of the Supreme Power after their Father's death, 
Y/hich they in part were Partakers of before. Thus 'tis faid of 


of the Old Teftament. c, x 

King Solomon, after the death of David, that heflrengthened iChron.j i. 
himfelf, or was ftrcngthened in his kingdom ; and of ^ehoram 
after the death of Jehofaphat, that when he was rifenuptothe Chap.xxj.4. 
kingdom of his father he firengthened himfelf, and flew all his 
brethren with the fouord. Since therefore in thefe other ex- 
actly parallel cafes the Phrafe before us is us'd of the fecond 
commencement of each of their Reigns after their Fathers 
death, which they had already begun befyre; 'tis highly rea- 
fonable to interpret it to the fame fence concerning Amaz^iah, 
and by confequence to allow that he alfo had a double be- 
ginning of his Reign. 

3. The beginning of the Reign of Vz^iah or Alariah of iKingsxr. 1} 
Judah, which mud needs fall into the fixteenth year of %r-withxttj. 10. 
roboam II. if his Reign be accounted from his Father's death, 
is yet faid to begin in the 27th year of the fame Jeroboam. 
Now here alfo in the Table we admit of a double Epocha of 
the Reign of Jeroboam II. and whether there be any footfteps 
of fiich a thing in the Sacred Hiftory, we are now to inquire. 
And I think we do not want fuch an intimation even in this 
cafe alfo. For upon the death of Jehoahaz, we find his Son 
Joafli paying a Vifit to the Prophet Eli/ha. The Prophet dif- iKingsxiij.14- 
courfing of the Affairs of the War with Syria, which Joafh * 9 ' 
had been already very fuccefsful in, foretells at lafr, that he 
mould fmite Syria but thrice ; i.e. as I underftand it, fhould 
be Victorious but three Campaigns more againft them. Ac- 
cordingly Joaffo himfelf Governs alone, and profecutesthe War v. 2c. 
himfelf the three following years. But when they were ex- 
pir'd, becaufe he could no longer expect Succefs himfelf, and 
becaufe his Father had done fo before him , he entrufts the 
command of the Army and a fhare in the Government with 
his Son Jeroboam II. (who was then, no doubt, a Prince of 
great hopes, and who afterward prov'd the mod Potent and 
Glorious of the Kings of Ifrael.) And accordingly thefrft 
date of his Reign begins eleven years before his Father's death, 
and before his fole Reign fucceeding afterwards, agreeably to 
the ftate of the Chronology before us. 

4. Tho' we have fhew'cl that there was an Interregnum in j> ro p xj, 
the Kingdom of Ifrael after the death of Jeroboam II. and 

M z alfo 

' cf i A Jhort view of the Chronology 

alio a fecond Interregnum after the death of Pekah ; yet is it 
aKingsxiv.19. in the former cafe laid that Jeroboam fie ft with his Father s y 
even with the kings of Ifrael, and Zechariah his [on reigned in. 
Chap. xv. 30. his fiead: and in the latter, that HofJjea the fin of Elah, made 
a confptracy againfi Pekah the fon of Remaliah, and fmote him y 
and flew him, and reigned in his fiead. Which Texts feem 
not to favor the Interregna, before-mention*d. Now in an- 
fwer to thefe Objections, I fay that 'tis no wonder that upon 
the death of a King, he, who during the Interval fought for 
the Kingdom, and at laft obtain'd it, is in fome fence faid to 
reign in his fiead all that time, as reigning over fome part of 
the People ; altho' his true Reign in the Royal City be not 
dated till his his peaceable PoflTeflion of the Crown, and his 
Dominion in the Royal City did commence afterwards. And 
this exactly agrees with each of the foregoing inftances. For 
as in general, at the death of their predeceffors Jeroboam and 
Pekah, both Zechariah and Hofiea are faid to have an imper- 
fect Dominion, and to Reign in their predeceffors Jiead,. bc- 
caufe during the Confufions fucceeding, they had a greater 
lhare of Royal Authority than any others; fo when thofe 
Confufions were over, and they feverally entred on the quiet 
pofleflionof the Throne, and of the Royal City, it is particu- 
larly taken notice of by the Sacred Hiftory,, and the true dates 
of their Reigns are deriv'd therefrom. Thus, tho' Jeroboam 
sKmgsxiv.aj. dy-d in the z6th year of Vz,z,iah; yet'tisfaid that In the $Sth 
Chap. xv. g. year of uiz^ariah or 'Vsjz.iah king of Judah, did Zechariah the 
fin of Jeroboam, reign oiier Ifrael in the Royal City Sama- 
ria fix months.. Thus in like manner, tho* Pekah was (lain in 
the twentieth of Jotham, or fourth of Ahaz, ; yet 'tis faid that 
aKjngsxv. 3.0. In the twelfth year of Ahaz, king of Judah, began HoJJjea the 
Chap. xvij. 1. f on f Ei a} t0 re ig n fo the Royal City Samaria over Ifrael 
nine years. Which Obfervations do, I think, fufficiently clear, 
the difficulties before us. 

Scholmmi. We muft here obferve a fomewhat unufual inftance 
of an early Ripenefs in Ahaz, 3 who being but twenty years old 
when he began to reign , reigned not quite fifteen years 
before his Son Hez,ekiah began to reign , as we mall fee pre- 
ijbntly; andyet/ft*f£/'^himfelf was then 2 5 years of age. From, 


of the Old Teftament. ? $ 

whence it will certainly follow that Hez,ekiah was born when 
his Father was fcaree eleven years old. This would in our 
Age and Climate be thought very ftrange, and no doubt it was 
an unufual thing even in Judea, feeing we have not in the whole- 
Bible fuch another inftance as this. But whether the Inha- 
bitants of thofe hotter Climates may not have, fome advan- 
tage over others in this refpe<5t, I cannot pofitively fay. Cer- 
tain it is by the moll: Authentic Accounts we have of the 
Life of Mahomet, that in Arabia, a Country bordering on Dr. PrMeauxs 
Judea, that Impoftor himfelf Marry'd one of his Wives when Life of Make. 
fhe was but fix years old, and Bedded her in two afterv/ards \ mef > ?• f 1 - 
which ftill more unufual inftance feems to prove that the time 
of fitnefs for Procreation is not the fame in all Climates of 
the World ; but is earlier in the hotter Regions. However 
Inftances have not been wanting, even in more Northern Re- 
gions of as early a Ripenefs and Ability for. Procreation, as that 
of Ahdity which therefore, ought not to feem incredible to 

Scholium n Tho J the Chronology obliges us to place the 
beginning of Hez.ekiah's Reign before the death of his Fa- 
ther Ahaz,, even where we have no particular intimation there- 2 Kfogsxvij. r. 
of in the Hiftory ; yet it will not feem very ftrange, if we con- Chap.xviij. at 
fider that the time which Ahaz, furviv'd was fo fmall (being 
but a part of one year) as to afford very little occafion for any 
Hiftorical Relations. It is moreover to be obferv'd that 
this is the only inftance wherein this whole Chronology al- 
lows of a double Efocha of a Reign, without fome intimation 
of it in the Sacred Hiftory.. 

jearr. months.. 
4. From the Captivity of the teno 

Tribes till the Conflagration of>i34 — z- 
the Temple. O 

This Subdivifion is made up of the plain fumof the years 
of the Kings of Judah, if they be taken with a few redun- 
dant, months neceffary, to adjuft them to the exact time of 
M 1 each; 


A Jhort <vie<w of the Chronology 

each year refpeftively ; which in the third Table of the Kings 
are thus ftated. 


2 Kings xxj. i. 
2Chr.xxxiij. I. 
zKingsxxj. 19. 
2lCingsxxij. 1. 
2Chr.xxxiv. 1. 
2Chr.xxxvj. 2. 
2lCin.xxiij. 36. 
2Chr. xxx vj. 9 
2Kin. xxiv. 18. 
iChr-xxxvj. 11. 


fears, years, months. 
Hez,ekiah (in this Period) [23] --23 -- 5 









-- 55 - 4 


— 1 — 2 


~ 3 i - 1 


- ° - 5 


- io - 7 


- 0-5 


— n — 1 


[i}3i] "34 ~ z 

In this Account we have 23 years current from the thir- 
teenth of Jofiah, till the great Captivity of the Jews., in the 
fourth of Jehoiakim, according as the exprefs Teftimonyof 
the Scripture do's require, which becaufe 'tis a confirmation 
of part of this Subdivifion, ought to beparticularly taken no- 
jer.xxv. 1,3. tice of. The word that came to Jeremiah concerning all the peo- 
ple of Judah, in the fourth year of Jehoiahim the fon of Jofiah^ 
king of Judah. From the thirteenth year of Jofiah the fon of 
-Amon, king of Judah, even unto this day, that is, the twenty 
third year, the word of the Lord hath come unto me, &c. And 
as to the latter Reigns after the death of Jofiah, wherein 
there formerly appear'd feveral difficulties very hard to be ac- 
counted for; they have been fo accurately ftated by our great 
Chronol. Sacr. Guide in Sacred Chronology A. Bp. VJher, in the Propoli- 
p.84. &c . fol. ^ thereto relating, that nothing more feems either necef- 

of the Old Teftament. 95 

fary or poflible to be added. Neither are there any difficul- 
ties here remaining to be accounted for. 

VI. From the Conflagration otfyears. months. 
the Temple to the beginning> Q 
of the Chriftian z^Era. y*7 ~ 4 

This number of years has been already fully demonftrated, Vrof.ip 
and fo do's not require any farther confideration in this place. 
And thus we have taken A /bort view of the Chronology of the 
Old Teftament. 



1 c> 

ftr fb TabU of-th* Xitws 








o-f JwlaJi- and. 






Jjra&L . 




























15- ■■•20 





- w 







Tlie. 'fir/tyart of the 


Table of the, lCings of JudaJv ana 7 . Israel. 

^h kn kH 

."*. -32(21) 

- <M 

6 « _ 


> _ 







J 5 W 



















- 6 









2 . 




9 4 












16 (5) 














78 (*7) 







second, part of the, second Tabid- of 

t/zc ICirUfs of 

JuAaJv and IsraeL . 

Tha third "TahU afttuzlCintfo 

7-f Judah , and 

of the- succeeding 



2 6 





JehotachiruS- . 














.7. 7 






Ofote. that 170 years are omitted in thu Table in the- seyeral places marked tJizts &• 



Short View of the HARMONY 

O F T H E 



I. *T^HE four Gofpels are not Occafional Me- 
\_ moirsy but Methodical Annals of the A6ts 
of Chrift. 

This Propofition ought to have been a Poftulatum, it being 
the proper nature of fuch Hiftorical ^counts as thefe before 
us, to obferve the Series of Events, and to place every Oc- 
currence in its proper order. But becaufe fome great Miftakes 
have caus'd the generality of Men to be of a very different 
Opinion in this matter, I fhall endeavor to make out the 
truth of this Obfervation, by the Arguments following. 

i. St. Luke affures us, not only that himfelf had obferv'd 
the Order of Time, but that the fame exactnefs was intended 
by thofe many others, who had written the Evangelical Hi- 
ftory before him. Forafmuch, fays he, as many have taken in Luk.i. j,i> 5. 
hand »m&%u*% to fet forth in order a declaration of thofe things 
which are mofi furely believed among us ; It feemed good to me 
alfo, having had perfett under ft anding of all things from the ve- 
ry firft, to write unto thee xu%n in order, moft excellent Theo- 

i. No other method is vifible in any of the Evangelifts, 
N but 

2 8 A Jhort <vie<w of the Harmony 

but that of the Order of Time in their feveral Narrations. If 
in any of thefe Sacred Accounts of the Acts of our Savior, 
we could obferve any other defign than that of Annals : If 
any of them gave us a diftinct Account, firft, of all the Do- 
tlrins of our Savior digefted under certain Heads, and after- 
ward of all his Miracles, ranked according to any Catalogue 
af Difeafes cur'd by him, or according to the Places wherein 
they were wrought, or the like ; we mould have noreafon to feek 
for the Order of Time in fuch an Evangelift. But fince not the 
leaft footfteps of any fuch Methods arc vifible in the Gofpels, 
we have no reafon to efteem them other than Methodical An- 
nals of the Alls of Chrift. 

$. The general Order of Time vifible at firft view in 
all the Evangelifts, is a certain Argument that their defign was 
truly to write Methodical Annals, and not Occajional Memoirs 
of our Savior's Life. St. Matthew begins with the Genea- 
logy of Jofeph: proceeds thence to the things that preceded 
the Birth of Chrift, thence to the Birth it k\f, to the Cir-. 
cumcifion, the Defcent into Egypt, the return to Galilee, the 
Preaching of St. John the Bapttfi, the Baptifm of Chrift, his 
public Preaching in Galilee after j^/z'slmprifonment, his Mif- 
fion of the twelve Apoftles after John's death, his going be- 
yond Jordan afterwards, his Triumphal Entry into Jerufalem, 
his Supper the Night before the PafTover, the Preparation and 
Celebration of the Paffover, his Arraignment, Tryal and Con- 
demnation by the Sanhedrin, his Tryal and Condemnation be- 
fore Pilate, his Crucifixion, Death, Burial, Refurrection, 
Appearances, and Afcenfion into Heaven. In the fame man- 
ner do's St. Mark^ go on ; and St. Luke ftill more vifibly, 
with the feveral Journeys of our Savior to Jerufalem fuccef- 
fively ; and the moft accurate Notation of the fifteenth of 
laik. «}• i,z$. Tiberius, and of Chrifi's age of 30 years when he began his 
Miniftry. And as for St. John, we mall fee hereafter that he 
gives the greateft Demonftrations of all the reft of an exact 
**£»&• obfervance of the Order of Time every where thro' his Gof- 

peL So that even upon this firft and general view, the E- 
•^angelical Historians appear moft evidently to have defign'd 


of the four Evangelifls, PP 

Methodical Annals, and fo to have obferv'd the true Series of 
Events in their Hiftories. 

4. 7'he fame Obfervation is confirm'd by the very many 
Notes of Time, and of the Succeffion of Events every where 
iH thofe Sacred Hiftories. To inftance in St. Matthew along i 
of whofe Method there is the moft occafion to doubt of any 
of the Evangelifts. When Jefus -was born in Bethlehem of Jit- , 
dea, behold there came wije men from the eaji to Jerufalem. ' ^ 
In thofe days came John the Baptifi preaching in the Wildernefs Chap. iij. r . 
of Judea. Then went out to him Jerufalem, <&c. Then com- v. c. V. 13. 
eth Jefits from Galilee to Jordan unto John, &c. Then was chap. W. 1. 
Jefus led up of the fpirit into the wildernefs, <&c. At that time Chap. xiv. 1. 
Herod the Tetrarch heard of the fame of Jefus. When Jefus V. 13. 
heardof the death of John the Baptifi, Qrc And when it was V. ij-. 
evening. Then came unto Jefus fcribes and Pharifees from Jerufa- Chap.xv. 1, 1 u 
lem. Then the Difciples come and fay unto him. And in the 
fame manner thro' his whole Gofpel. Which are evident To- 
kens that St. Matthew, as well as the other Evangelifts, did 
not neglect the Order of Time 3 and Succeffion of Events in 
their Hiftories. 

Scholium 1. The occafional introducing of an Hiftory fome*- 
what foreign to the Annals of our Savior's own Acts, by 
way of digreflion, is not to be look'd upon as an Interrupti- 
on of the Order of Time tho' the Hiftory fo introduc'd be of 
larger extent, and begins fooner, or ends later than that part of 
the Evangelical Hiftory where it is introduc'd. This is ufual 
in the moft Methodical Hiftories. Nay, few Hiftories can 
be complete and accurate without fuch Digreffions. Of this 
fort is the Relation in the Gofpels concerning John the Bap- 
tifi, which ought by no means to be made an Argument of 
want of Method in thefe Sacred Annals. 

Scholium z. Nor is it to be accounted a breach of the Rules 
of method, if an accident on a certain day which could not 
conveniently be mention'd in its true hour, or punctual time 
of that day, be mention'd afterward in the fame day upon the 
firft proper occafion of introducing it. Thus St. Luke, omit- 
ting the difcourfe about cafting out Devils by Beelzebub, in his 
eighth Chapter , becaufe he intended to record another of the 

N z fame 

IO o A Jhort view of the Harmony 

fame nature in his eleventh afterwards; could not defcribe 
Chrift's Mother and Brethren's coming to him thereupon, but 
adds it after the other difcourfes by the Sea the fame day, and 
without any Note of Time belonging thereto. Which fmall 
diforder was here to be taken notice of, becaufe 'tis the fingle 
inftance in this whole Harmony, where I have ventur'd to 
change that Order of the Hiftory which the Evangelift tru- 
ly and originally intended. 

II. The former part of St Matthew's Gofpel, in 
our prefent Copies, is very much mi fplac'd* con- 
trary to the Method and Order originally intend- 
ed by the Evangelift. 

That I may eftablim this new and Jlrange Propofition, I 
(hall proceed in the following method. Firft, I ihall (hew 
that St. Matthew appears originally to have obferv'd the Or- 
der of Time thro' his whole Gofpel, as well as the reft of the 
Evangelifts. Secondly I (hall prove that from the fourth Chap- 
ter to the fourteenth, the feveral Branches of St. Matthew's 
Hiftory are not according to the Order of Time in our prefent 
Copies. And Thirdly, I (hall (hew that there are fufficient 
hints in thefe Chapters themfelves, efpeciallyif compar'd with 
St. Mark^ and St. Luke, to reftore St. Matthew's true Order 
again in thefe mifplac'd parts of his Gofpel. And then Lafily, 
. I (nail make a few Obfervations, which may poflibly hereafter 
afford fome light to the occafions of thefe diforders here men- 
tion'd ; and conclude with an Apology for my venturing to 
advance fuch a Paradox, as this at firft view muitnee"ds appear 
to be. 

i . St. Matthew appears originally to have obferv'd the Or- 
der of Time thro' his whole Gofpel, as well as any other of 
the Evangelifts. The Arguments are thefe. i. All the reft 
of the merely human as vjeWzs Divinely injpired Accounts of our 
Savior's A£ts, which we have any good Authority for, were 
intended according to this Order; as we have already in part 
feen, and fl all fee hereafter more particularly: and why St. 


of the four Evangelifts. 101 

Matthew alone mould do otherwife, no good reafon can be 
aflign'd. a. Not only the other Writers of the Evangelical 
Hiftory, but St. Matthew himfelf in the greateft part of his 
Gofpel do's obferve the Order of Time in his Narrations : 
as will appear in the Harmony. Now why the reft of his 
Gofpel fhould be originally confm'd and irregular, while the 
greateft part is ftill fo orderly and methodical^ no good reafon 
can be aflign'd. 3 . The Notes of the Order of Time , and Co- 
herence of parts, are as many in that part which is now difor- 
der'd and mifplac'd, as in that which is regular," and in its pro- 
per order ; and thofe no other than are us'd by him and the reft, 
when, by the confeflion of all, they fignify.the continu'd Se- 
ries of Narrations truly fucceeding one another. Such are thefe. 

'iJtiv ft. Kai dvollxi vl 4«P cu&. Ku&Scc'pti ft cwtA tZA 2? o0v«, &C. 
>£ ihZ. 'EtntfovU ft. Keel iX%i. K** v tsi3si>,%t. K^ s^»v% ctirrS. Keu 
»Vo3. Tccifc uufeS A«Ao5/i©- «wS~?. '£» CMil'u toF kcm^c*. Ts'tt, &C. 

of which we mail have occafion to take notice prefently. 
Now thefe and fuch like Expreflions (tho' fomeof them may 
in fome very few places be us'd with a greater latitude) do 
generally and properly imply an immediate, orderly Succeflion 
of Events ; and confequently, are a fufficient indication that 
the Hiftories to which they relate were originally difpos'd ac- 
cording to the true Series of things, and Order of Time.. 

2. Yet from the fourth to the fourteenth Chapters, thefe^ 
veral Branches of St. Matthew's Hiftory are not according 
to the Order of Time. This will be evident both from a, 
Comparifon of them with St. Mark^ and St. Luke, and from 
the Circumftancesthemfelves of fe veral of thefe mifplac'd Hi- 
ftories, as they lie in St. Matthew. As to the former evi- 
dence, it is eafily fetch'd from the Harmony it felf upon all 
occafions; to which therefore reference is ever fuppos'd to be 
made in this Proportion. And as to the latter, which is here 
moft confiderable, it fhall be taken notice of in particular as 
we go along. But before I come to obferve the feveral Sections, 
which are at prefent out of their original Order, and which I 
fhall in particular fhew to' be fo by the Circumftances of the 
Hiftories themfelves, and by a .comparifon with St, Markjn& 
St, Luke; I mall in general prove the main Proportion by 

N 3 the 


A jhort m view of the Harmony 

the moft Authentic Evidence, I mean the Tehimony of St. 
Markz This Evangelift was theEpitomizer of Sti A.atthew, 
and excepting fome few Additions which St. Peter might in- 
form him of, do's little elfe than give us a fummary Ac- 
count of the Alls of our Savior during his Miniftry, with- 
out the Sermons and Di/cottrfes which interven'd. I fay St. 
Marl^ gives us fuch an account of our Savior's Acts as de- 
monftrates that St, Aiatthews Gofpel lay then before him, 
and was the almoft only guide he follow'd in his Hiftory. 
For the truth of this, I appeal to the feveral fetlions of the 
enfuing Harmony, (which were put into their prefent order 
without the leaft.regard to this consideration.) By which it 
will appear that of thofe 6z fetlions into which St. Marl(s 
Gofpel is divided, there are but two to which St. Matthews 
fetlions do not correfpond. In the reft they ftill begin and 
end together in the Harmony thro' the whole Hiftory of 
our Saviors Miniftry, as much as any Epitome, (in which 
many things muft of neceffity be omitted,) can poffibly be 
expected to do. And this Argument I cannot but look up- 
on to be very convincing, till Tome inftance can be produe'd, 
(which I believe is impoffible,) of two Hiftories, the one 
longer and the other fhorter, that anfwer fo exactly to one a- 
other as thefe do, and yet were not not fram'd and compo- 
fed one by the other. Now fuppofing this, which I think 
is fufficiently prov'd, that St. Mark^ was the Epitomizer of 
of St. Matthew, and had his Hiftory before him when he 
wrote his own; it will follow that either that Copy of St. 
Matthew, which he made ufe of, was in a different order from 
that which we now have, (in the Chapters under confidera- 
tion) or elfe that he knew the order of his Copy to be wrong 
and contrary to the Original one, and fo reduc/d it in his 
Epitome to the true and regular Series of Events, which he 
learn'd from St. Peter. Now either of thefe is fufficient for 
my prefent purpofe. For 'tis evident that St. Mark^ do's not 
obferve the order of the prefent Copies of St. Matthew, (whom 
he Epitomizes) in that part we are fpeaking of, but agrees with 
that of Sr. Lukes, (who, as is generally agreed, had not then 
writ his Gofpel.) which therefore is a moft convincing Ar- 

of the four Lvangelijjs. i o 

gument of the truth of our Proportion, viz,. That the for- 
mer part of St. Matthew's Gofpel in our prefent Copies is 
not now in its true, and firft intended Order. If we take a 
view of the former part of St. v^///tf2z/s Gofpel, we may diftin- 
guifh it into thefe fifteen Branches or Periods, tho' of very- 
different fize and quantity, i . The Preface, containing all that 
happen'd before the Preaching of the Baptifi. 2. The Bap- 
tifi's Preaching and Baptizing, particularly Chrifi's Baptifm. 
3. CbrijTs Temptations. And fo far the nature of each Hi- 
ftory plac'd it felf, as it were, and prevented any confidera- 
ble diforders. But after this the diftind Branches are very 
confus'd, and coniift of eight greater, and four leffcr Portions 
or Periods. The greater are, 4. The Sermon near the Mount 
in the fifth, fixth and feventh Chapters ; together with fome 
Verfes at the end of the fourth and part of the eighth Chap- 
ter belonging thereto. 5. The Voyage to the Gergafens, to- 
wards the end of the eighth Chapter. 6. The healing of the 
Paralytic; the calling of Levi, his Feaft, and the Difcourfe 
at it in the former part of the ninth Chapter, j. The heal- 
ing Jairus's Daughter, with the Woman that had the Flux of 
Blood, in the way thither, of two blind Men as he went thence, 
and of a dumb Demoniac juft afterwards; towards the con- 
clusion of the ninth Chapter. 8. The Milfion and Inftru-. 
dion of the twelve ApofHes, in the tenth Chapter, 9. The 
Meflage from John in Prifon, with our Savior's anfwer, and 
the following Difcourfes; in the eleventh Chapter. 10. The 
Vindication of the Difciples plucking the Ears of Corn, with 
the healing the wither'd Kand on the Sabbath, and Chrifi's. 
avoiding the defigns a^amft him, in the beginning of the 
twelfth Chapter. 1 1 . The healing a Blind and Dumb Man, and 
C/?r//?'s Vindication ofhimfelf from thelmputationof cafting out 
Devils by Beelzebub, with many Difcourfes and Parables follow- 
ing in the reft of the twelfth, and almoft the whole thirteenth 
Chapter. Thelefler are, ir. The Cure of the Leper juft af- 
ter the Sermon on the Mount. 13. The Cure of Peter's- 
Wives Mother, towards the middle of the eighth Chapter. 
14. Chrifi's anfwers to two that were ready to follow hinv 
fucceeding the former. 1 5. His coming the fecond time to JVa— 


104 A floort view of the Harmony 

z,areth, in the end of the thirteenth Chapter. Every one of 
which twelve Branches are mifplac'd and put out of their true 
and originally intended Order, as will appear upon a view of the 
Particulars, i. As to the Sermon by the Mount and its Ap- 
pendages, it is doubly mifplac'd; for both the whole Period is 
much too foon in St. Matthew ; and the Sermon it felf is 
plac'd a verfe too foon in the Series of the Hiftory. That 
this whole Period is plac'd too foon, is evident from St. Luke, 
who affures us it was not Preach'd till after the Election of 
the twelve Apoftles, [near a year after his firft public Preach- 
ing in Galilee] which Preaching yet it immediately follows 
Matt iv i4j2 j. in the prefent Series of St. Matthew's Gofpel. Befides, the 
vaft fuccefs of Chrifl's Preaching and his mighty Fame thro' all 
the Neighboring Countreys, mention'd before this Sermon in 
St. Matthew, and attefted to at the fame time by St. Mark. 
and St. Luke, are good evidence, that aconiiderabletimemuft 
have pafs'd fince the beginning of his public Miniftry before 
this famous Sermon was preach'd by him. And that the Ser- 
mon it (tlf is plac'd too foon, both St. Luke's account of this 
matter, and fome Circumftances in St. Matthew himfelf will 
demonftrate to us. The Verfes before this Sermon in St. Mat- 
Matt. v. 1,2. thew run thus: And feeing the multitudes, he went up into a, 
' mountain ; and when he was fat, his difciples came unto him. 
And he opend his mouth, and taught them, faying. The Verfes 
Chap.vij. i8, following are thefe. And it came to pafs when Jefushadend- 
i 9 . andviij.i.^ thefe fay ings, the people were aflontfied at his dottrin: For he 
taught them as one having authority, and not as the fcribes. 
When he was come down from the fountain, great multitudes 
followed him. From which Verfes it has been commonly be- 
liev'd, that this Sermon was preach'd in the Mount, (and ac- 
cordingly it go's by the Name of the Sermon on the Mount.) 
And at firft fight it appears alfo to have been preach'd to his 
Difciples alone there, and that in the pofturc of fitting too, 
and that Chrifi defcended not till afterward. Whereas it ap- 
pears from St. Luke, that Chrifi afcended up into the Mount, 
call'd his Difciples to him thither, chofe the twelve Apoftles 
there, defcended with them, and food on the Plain, heal'd 
great numbers there, and there alfo, only directing his firft 


of the four EvangeUjls. x * 

Difcourfes to his Difciples, did he preach this Sermon to thofe 
vaft Multitudes then prefent. Nay, St. Matthew himfelf in 
his prefent Order, tho' at firft he feems to confine the Sermon 
to the Difciples as the fole Auditors ; yet at the conclusion 
fays The multitudes (fo •%*"') were aftonj//.>ed at his dotlrin there- Matt. vij. %%. 
in contain'd; thereby fulJy adjuring us that thej were prefent 
at this mod famous Sermon of our Savior's Miniftry : accord- 
ing to St. Luke's more large account of the who'e matter. 
Which being confider'd, 'twill be reafonable to infert the firft 
Verfe of the eighth Chapter of St. Matthew, juft before the 
Sermon, inftead of placing it, as now, at its conclufion; and e- 
very Circumftance is then eafy, and perfectly agrees with St. 
Luke's Hiftory. The Series will then run thus. And feeina-Mm.v. i.and 
the multitudes, he went up into a mountain; and when he was vli h »• and * 
Jet, his difciples came unto him. And when he was come 2,8cc * 
down from the mountain, great multitudes followed him. And 
he opened his mouth and taught them, faying, &c. And all 
imaginable difficulties will be hereby avoided. z. The Voy- 
age to the Gergafens follows after the healing Peters Wives 
Mother, and feems in St. Matthews prefent Order to have 
been the fame day at Even. Whereas it appears by the other 
Evangelifts to have been a full twelve month afterward. And 
yet the Note of Time is here as plain an indication of imme- 
diate fucceffion as one could wifh. When the even was come,chx$.v\.i). 16. 
they brought unto him many that were pojfejfed with Devils, &c. 
"iA/v A\ 8c c. But Jefus feeing great multitudes about him, gaveV.iS. 
command to depart unto the other fide, &c. Which Hiftory is 
therefore undoubtedly very much mifplac'd in our prefent Co- 
pies. 3. The healing of the Paralyti c,^rc. immediately follows this 
Voyage to the Gergafens, and that with this very exprefsjig- 
nification of the Order of Time. And entring into a pip-, chap. ix. 1.2. 
he pajfed over and came into his own city. K«< i&>o And behold 
they brought to him a man fick^of the Paljy, &c. Whereas this 
Voyage was near three quarters of a year after this Paralytic 
was heal'd, as the Harmony will (hew. A plain inftance of 
a very great diflocation in St. Matthews Gofpel. 4. The 
Cure of Jairus's Daughter fo immediately follows the dif- 
courfc at Levi's Fcaft, and with fuch an exprefs Notation of 

O the 

jo6 A Jhort view of the Harmony 

the very Moment of Time, as is peculiarly remarkable. 
V. 18- **»& «»&f AaAeS*/©- «t&7i,Ashe wasfpeaking, or while he [fake thefe 

things unto them, behold a Ruler, &c. So that no unbyafs'd Reader 
could imagin the lead fpace poffible interpos'd between them. 
Whereas above half a year was gone after the Feaft of Levi, 
before the healing of Jairus's Daughter. An undeniable in- 
ftance of the diflocations before-mention'd in this Gofpel. 
And I think I may well call it an undeniable one, fince truly " 
fo it was to me. For tho> at the firft I durft not fo far de- 
pend on the other Notes of Times, as to believe the prefent 
order of this part of St. Alatthew to be different from the 
original one; yet when I came to this, after a little attempt I 
found it impoffible to be got over, and from thence forward I 
could not but conclude that the reafon of the difference between 
the other Evangelifts and St. Matthew, in fo confiderable a 
part of our Savior's Hiftory, was no other than thofe difloca- 
tions which by fome undifcover'd accident had formerly crept 
into St. Matthew's Gofpel, fince its original compiling by the 
Evangelift himfelf. 5. The Inflrufcion and Miflion of the 
twelve Apoftles follow the foregoing Hiftory, and are here 
fometime after the Sermon by the Mount : Whereas the fe- 
cbnd Journey to Nazareth, at the end of the thirteenth Chap- 
ter, is' to be interpos'd between the Period above, and this be- 
fore us. And befides, this which now follows a good fpace 
after, was immediately before the Sermon on the Mount, if 
it relates to theEletlion of the twelve Apoftles. But if, as I 
fuppofe, it refers to their Miflion, it ought not to come in till 
juft before the fourteenth Chapter afterwards. So that on all 
accounts 'tis evident that this Hiftory is now certainly mif- 
placd in St. Matthew's Gofpel. 6. After this follows the 
MetTage of John the Baptifl out of Prifon to Chrifl; which in- 
ftead of immediately fucceeding,. did feveral months precede 
the Million of the Apoftles, which was the fubjecl: of the 
foregoing Period, and therefore ismoft certainly out of its true 
place in this Gofpel. 7. Next follows the plucking the ears of 
Corn on the Sabbath, with this Notation of the fucceffion, 
>E» (kiln? rtS kcu£cS. At that time Jefus went on the fabbath day 
Chap.xij-s* thro.' the corn, &c. Whereas this plucking the ears of Corn at 


of the four Evangelijls. 107 

the Paffover was fome months before the Meffage of John the 
Baptift, as will be evident in the Harmony. 8. Next follows 
the healing the Blind and Dumb, and the Vindication of Chrifi 
that he did not caft out Devils by Beelzebub, with this No- 
tation of Time, To'tt Then was brought unto him one poJfeJfedy^ t 
with a Devil, &c. as tho' this Period was at the time precife- 
ly following the. former; whereas about half a year was inter- 
pos'd between tl;em : which is the laft of the greater Branches 
above-mention'd, and with the former is undoubted evidence 
of ftrange diflocations in this part of St. Matthews Gofpel, 
To proceed now to the four fmaller Periods. 9. The Hifto- 
ry of the Leper is immediately fubjoind to the Sermon by the 
Mount, and in fuch a manner as implys it to have happen'd 
juft upon Chrifi s defcent from the Mount, and fo before all 
thofe vaft Multitudes that attended him at that time. But as Chap. viij,. i,i. 
he defc ended from the mountain, great multitudes followed him, 
KkI ;m slnd behold a Leper came and worfiiped him, &c. 
Whereas this Miracle was fome months before that Sermon ; it 
was done in a City, and that with a Uriel: charge of letting 
no one know it; which is not confiftent with the prefence of 
fo great a Multitude as St. Matthew's pre fent Series do's imply. 
And that this Hiftory is mifplac'd here, I need only appeal 
to St. Matthew himfelf, ,who relates our Saviors cautions for 
fecrecy, See no man know it, as well as the other Evangelifts; v 
which certainly ihews it was not done fo publickly tis his pre- 
fers Order implys. 10. The curing of Peters Wife's Mother 
is here a little after the Sermon by the Mount, in Peter sown 
houfe. Whereas it was above half a year before the Sermon, 
and juft upon his firft calling, as the Harmony will ihew. 
And certainly if we confider that at that firft call St. Peter 
was owner of a Houfe, into which Chrifi might be receiv'd; 
and that, long before the Sermon by the Mount, he had by 
St. Matthew's own account as well -as the others, left houfe, Matt. xix. 27, 
and brethren, andfifters ; in fhort, had left all, and followed z8 > 2 9- 
Chrifi, and fo had no Houfe to receive him, at the latter time Lukev * IU 
refcr'd to ; we fhall fee reafon to believe that this Hiftory is 
wholly mifplac'd in St. Matthew's Gofpel. 1 1 . Chrifi s anfwers to 
two who were ready to follow him, are now interpos'd be- 
O z tween 

i c 8 A Jhort view of the Harmony 

tween two Verfes which are perfectly coherent, and have a 
manifeft con.&ion without them. And thefe anfwers are 
likewife fet down j Lift before ; whereas the nature of the firft 
of them, and a parallel Hiftory of St. Luke's at another 
time, plainly fhew that they ought to follow the Voyage to 
the Gergafens. If we leave out this Period, the Series of St. 
M t gj x g Matthew runs thus : Jefus feeing great multitudes about him, 
z . % ' gave commandment to depart unto the other Jidf. And when he 

was entred into a flip, his dtfciples followed him. The firft an- 
fwer of Chrifl is this, The foxes have holes, and the birds of 
the air have nefls ; but the fon of man hath not where to lay his 
head. For which there was no occafion before this Voyage, 
but after it, when he had juft been expell'd by the Gergafens, 
there was the fitteft opportunity imginable for fuch a com- 
plaint. Juft fuch a one as afterward a City of the Samari- 
tans afforded, by rejecting him in the fame manner ; whenac- cordingly, as St. Luke allures us, he us'd the very fame words, 
58- which we meet with in the place before us. All which are 

fatisfactory evidence that this Period alfo is mifplac'd in St. 
Matthew's Gofpel. 12. Chrift's- fecond coming to Nazareth, 
is here immediately fet before the death of John the Baptifi ; 
whereas the Miffion of the twelve, and their large Inftructi- 
ons in the tenth Chapter before, ought to have come between 
them, as will appear in the Harmony. All which particulars 
laid together, and carefully confidcr'd, do, I think, abundant- 
ly prove the prefent Propofition, that the former part of St. 
Matthew's Gofpel, as it now ftands, is, in its feveral Periods, 
very much out of its true and original Order defign'd by the 

3. There are {uffident hints in thefe Chapters themfelves, 
efpecially if- compar'd with St. Mark^ and St. Luke, whereby 
to reftore St. Matthew's true Order again in thefe mifplac'd 
parts of his Gofpel. I muft here take it for granted, that 
the feveral Parts or Periods of this former part of St. Mat- 
thews Gofpel were written at firft feparately, and upon feve- 
ral diftind Papers. Which Papers (or whatever they were 
written upon) were put together into their prefent Order by 
thofe who did not perfectly know the true Series of the Hi- 

of the four EvangeliJIs. . i op 

ftory. (Both which Obfervations are certainly true of ma- 
ny Periods in the Old Teftament Hiftories and Prophecies, 
and very probable in the cafe before us.) Now I mall juft 
run over mod of the forc-mention'd partialis, and in few 
woftls obferve what might be the probable occaiions. of their 
prefent miftaken places, by the refemblance or agreement of 
Circumftances, to their true ones ; which places being ex- 
chang'd, every thing will almoft naturally fall into its pro- 
per place and order, in which they either originally were, or 
were intended to have been. i. As to the Sermon by the 
Mount, its being inferted a Verfe too foon is fo fmall a mi- 
flake, that it might eafly be involuntary in the Compiler, 
and purely accidental. But as to the whole Period, it ought 
certainly to have been juft after the Election of the Apoftles; 
which becaufe there was no account given of it in this Gofpel, 
the Calling or Election of four of them, Andrew, Peter, James 
and John, aHiflory fomewhatof kin to fuch Election in St. Mat- 
thew was pitch'd upon by mifiake, as its proper p!ace. 2. 
The healing of the Leper was but a very little before Chnfi 
enters Capernaum once, and by an eafy mifiake is here fet be- 
fore his entrance in the fame place another time. The next 
Hiftory of the healing of the Centurion's Servant, when the 
foregoing is remov'd, is in its proper place. That which fol- 
lows alfo of the healing of Peer's Wife's Mother; when the 
Sermon on the Mount, and its appendages are remov'd, is al- 
fo in its right place. 3. The Voyage to Gergafa was really 
in the Evening, after the hard fatigue of a number of occa- 
fional Difcourfes related in the twelfth and thirteenth Chap- 
ters of this Gofpel; and by way of eafe and retirement after 
one of cur Savior's hardeft days works. And hereby mifiake 
'tis p'ae'd juft in the fame manner after his longeft Sermon of 
all by the Mount, and as a retirement that Evening from the 
hurry of that famous day. 4. Chrifi's anfwers to thofe two 
who were ready to follow him, are by miftakeputjuft before* 
whereasthey fhould be fet juft after this Voyage ; and foarc nor 
far out of their place. 5. The healing of the Paralytic was* 
truly juft upon one entrance of Chrift'sinto Capernaum ; and 
is here fet at another of his entrances into the fame place. 

O 3 tf.The. 

1 1 o A fiort wiew of the Harmony 

6. The coming of Jatrm, &c. if the kit be taken away, 
and what ought to be there reftor'd to its place, is in its true 
Order. But becaufe the difcourfe at Levis Feaft ended 
without any connection with a following Hiftory, and be- 
caufe this Period began thus,- j4$ he was /peaking the 'fe things to 
them : The Compiler by an eafy miftake thought it was to 
follow it ; efpecially when the erroneous placing of Chrifl's 
anfwers to thofe two before, made it impoffible to obferve 
any other Order. The next Period, the Miffion and Inftru- 
ction of the twelve Apoftles, if the fecond journey to Na- 
zareth were prefix'd, is exactly in its proper place. 7. The 
Miffion of two of Johns difciples did really fucceed the E- 
leclion of the twelve Apoftles ; and fo when that did not ap- 
pear in this Gofpel, was by an eafy error put after the ac- 
count of their Miffion and Inftruction afterward. 8. The 
plucking the ears of Corn, &c. did really follow anHiftoryin 
which Johns Difciples were concern'd, and is here made to 
follow this other Hiftory in which his Difciples were con- 
cern'd alfo. The following Hiftory of the Demoniacs, &c. 
if this laft were taken away, will follow in its due place, and 
fo will the fucceeding Difcourfes and Relations till almoft 
the end of the thirteenth Chapter. 9. Laftly, Chrift's com- 
ing to Nazareth a fecond time, was really after he had been 
charged with cafting out Devils by Beelzebub. But whereas that 
charge was twice laid againft him within the compafs of thefe 
Chapters (once in the laft mention'd Period, and befides that 
in the ninth Chapter) all the miftake here is, that it follows the 
wrong time of that imputation ; which Obfervations fhall fuffice 
for the third thing propos'd, viz. the hinting the probable oc- 
cafions of the miftakes in this part of St. Aiatthew's Gof- 

4. Having proceeded thus far, and fhewn that St. Matthew 
originally did obferve the Order of Time; that his prefent 
•Copies iifrthe firft thirteen Chapters do not do fo now, and 
that there are fufficient intimations left, by which we mayre- 
ftore thefe diforder'd fettions to their true places; inftead of 
offering any Conjectures how fo many of thefe /etlions came 
to be fo ftrangely tranfpos'd, which I once defign'd to have 


of the four Evangelifts. 

j 1 1 

attempted, I Shall now only firfi, make an Obfcrvation or two, 
which may poffibly give light in that matter to feme future 
Inquiries ; and then fecondly, I Shall fay a word or two in or- 
der to prevent fuch Cenfures as the ftrangenefis of this Propo- 
rtion might otherwife occafion againft me. As to the firfi, 
it will deferve to be obferv'd that the prefent Copies of St. 
Matthew are only a Tranflation from the Hebrew; (in which 
Language all Antiquity affirm that Gofpel was written) and 
may therefore more probably have been Subject to fome con- 
fufion or diforder, than any of the reft, whofe own Copies 
we ftill have in the fame Language wherein they were origi- 
nally written by their Authors. Tho' at the fame time it 
mult be own'd, that as to the moft considerable part, the ac- 
count of our Savior's Dotlrine and Difcourfes, St. Matthew is 
more particular than either St. Mark^ or St. Luke, who give 
us yet fome Hiftory of the fame things ; and is therefore (not- 
withstanding the occafional diforder of thirteenChapters in point 
of time,) even in that Tranflation we now have, one of the 
moft valuable, if I may fo fpeak, of all the Evangelifts. Nay 
Since it do's not appear that by the diforder we fpeak of, one 
Single Sentence is loft in his GoSpel, but the whole preferv'd 
intire to us ; when we have redue'd him into his Order again, 
we may as fecurely make ufe of his Teftimony in all cafes, 
(wherein its being a Tranflation do's not hinder) as of 
the Teflimonics of any of the reft of the Evangelifts. I 
would have it obferv'd in the fecond place, and I thirjk it ought 
to be particularly taken notice of, that this diforder of St. 
Matthew concludes, and the true Order begins to be con- 
stantly obferv'd at a very remarkable Period, viz,. The death 
of St. John the Baptifi, and the commencing of our Savior's- 
Single IVliniftiy thereupon. But what light either or both of 
thefe Observations may afford in the prefent Inquiry, I mall 
leave to the farther conlideration of the Reader. Now as 
to t\\e firangenefs of this Aflertion, and the imputationswhich 
fome may be ready to lay upon me for advancing it ? I have 
this to fay, that they have iefs reafon to cenfure my boldnefs, than 
that of the beft Harmonizers of the Gofpel before me. They 
are fore'd to put fome of the Gofpcls, if not all of them, 


I 1 1 

A Jhort wie^w of the Harmony 

out of their prefent Order »n every occafion, and that in abun- 
dance of p'.aces where the words themfelves plainly forbid them, 
and imply a Connection with what went before. This they 
do, and are oblig'd to do continually, or elfe they could ne- 
ver Harmonize the Evangelifts at all, and fo they are forc'd on 
a method which plainly implys the frequent inaccuracy, if 
not falfhood of the Infpir'd Writers themfelves. Some of 
them place the Gofpel of St. Matthew, for inftance, very near- 
ly as I do. And therefore they muft imagin that he himfelf 
writ in no order, obferv'd no method, and us'd the Notes of 
Time without any great regard or confederation. I place the 
fame Gofpel for fome Branches of it differently from the 
order of the prefent Copies, and contrary to the Notes of 
Time as they now lie in it. But then I fully believe that 
St. Matthew was an accurate and an infpired Writer. I obferve 
his prefent Copy to be very exact for the greateft part of it; and 
his Notes of Time therein very carefully plac'd according to 
the true Series of the Hiftory. I obferve that the fame 
Notes of Time occur in the diforder'd part of his Gofpel. 
I withal take notice that in thofe Chapters we meet with fe- 
veral things that betray themfelves, and fhew that they are 
not as they were originally. I find that his Epitomizer St. 
jMarkj who agrees with him and St. Luke in the reft of his 
Gofpel, difagrees with him here, and has the fame Order with 
St. Luki- I confider that of all the Gofpels this alone is not 
the Original, but a Tranflation ; and that by confequence 
there is a poQibility that by fome now unknown accident it 
may have been mifplac'd, and put out of order. I obferve 
that this is the only branch of the four Gofpels, where we 
are forc'd to recede from their prefent Copies in the whole 
Harmony of the Evangeli&s; and that if this be allow'd to 
have originally been plac'd, or intended otherwife, the Evan- 
gelical will appear the raoft accurate of all Hifiories in every- 
one of its Writers. And Iperceivc, lafily, That ifthefe dif- 
order'd fetlions be taken to pieces, and put together according 
to the method of the enfuing Harmony, they exactly fit one 
another, there is not either too much or too little, the Notes 
of Time are then eafy and accurate, and the whole Series is 


of the four Evangelifls 


agreeable to its own Circumftances, and to the parallel accounts 
of the other Evangelists. I fay I obferve all this, and there- 
fore I endeavor to make St. Alatthew agree with himfelf; 
with his own Characters, and Notes of Connection ; and 
with the other Gofpels in every thin* : tho' thereby the or- 
der of part of his prefent Copy be fuppos'd different from 
that Original one, in which it was, or was intended to have 
been plac'd by thelnfpir'dWritcr himfelf. Now in this cafelthink 
I may appeal to any impartial Man, whether the Writers be- 
fore-n-mticn'd, or I, do moft confult the Honor of this 22- 
, and the Veneration due to this Sacred Pen-man • and 
whether this method deferves any hard Imputations and Cen- 
fures, while the other is continually approv'd of by all Di- 
vines and Commentators. 

III. AH the four Evangelifts do cxadiy obferve the 
Order of Time thro' their whole Hifrories. 

St. John in his Gofpel is' generally allow'd to obferve the 
Order of Time very exactly, even by thofe who believe the 
reft not to have done fo. And if we confder that he was an 
Eyc-witncfs of all himfelf from the very beginning of Chrifi's 
Minifiry; that he every where notes the feveral Feaftsofthe 
Jews at which our Savior was prefent ; the firfi Pajfovcr, the Feaft J°hn ij. i j.and 
orPaffovtr fo\\o\v'mg,thefourthPaJfover (tho 3 Chrift was then in v 'V ? nc3v J'4' 
Galilee) the Feaft of Tabernacles following,the Feaft of Dedication^ ^ J**-* an C j 
and the laftPaffovcr ; that withal he in the beginning of his Hifto- xij. i. 
ry notes the feveral ft4ccefftve days belonging to the Acts re- Chap. j. 29,3 ?, 
corded, nay there, and in other places, fometimes the very 43«andij. 1. 
hours; and towards the end notes the ftxth day before the j " J Qhav\ii'^ 
Pailover, then juft before the Paffover, then the Paffovernightl i.^A xiij. 1. 
and fo the very hour of Chrift's Condemnation, the mornings andxyiij.i. 
and almo'ft hour of his Refurrection, (to omit other fuch like an ^ xix,, 4« 
Obfervations) He, I fay, who confiders all this, and how an XX ' '* 
ftudioufly and punctually St. John all along avoids repeating 
v/hat was in the other Gofpels, and yet at once fupplys their 
OmilTions, and methodises their Hiftories, will fee abundant 
reafon to look upon him as the moft exact and accurate of all 

P the 

1 1 4 A JhoH view of the Harmony 

the Evangelifts; and to whom the Compilers of Harmonies 
are principally oblig'd. 

That St. Lukes Gofpel is exactly according to the Order 
of Time, himfelf exprefly allures us in his Preface, as we 
have fcen above; that whereas feveral of tr.c Hiftories of our 
Savior which he had perus'd, tho' they attempted it, were 
not able to arrive at a fufficient accuracy therein, himfelf had 
obtain'd fo full and perfect an account of all things from the 
Lukej.1,2, i-very firjl, that he could undertake to write them b«9*!« in or- 
der to Theophilus. And fince, as will appear in the Harmony, 
there is no fufBcient reafon from the confederation of the par- 
ticulars, or comparing them with the reft of the Evangelifts, 
to alter the Series of his Narrations, we can have no reafou 
to doubt of the exact: Alethod, as well as Truth, of his Gof- 

That St. Mark's Gofpel is alfo exactly according to the Or- 
der of Time, is evident becaufe St. Luke's has been prov'd 
to be fo, with whom St. Mark^ every where agrees in the 
Series of his Hiftory, as will appear in the Harmony. 

That St. Matthew's Gofpel, as to the greateft part of it, 
is exactly according to the Order of Time, is plain not only 
by the many exprefs Notes of Ttme in his Hiftory : but alfo 
by its agreement with the order of St. Luke's and St. Mar\(% 
Gofpels. And fince that part of St. Matthew's Gofpel which 
is at prefent out of order, has been prov'd to have originally 
Ttep. i. been otherwife, and that the methodical Difpofition thereof 

in this Harmony, is according to the order defign'd by St. 
Matthew at firft, to which it is now only reflor'd : it ought 
to be allow'd that St. Matthew, as he was an Eye-witnefs, 
and very able, fo Jie was himfelf really willing and careful to 
obferve the Order of Time, as well as the reft of the Evan- 

Coroll. i. Hence we fee how much tho feHar monikers difparage 
the Accuracy and Care of thefe Sacred Htftorians, who tranf- 
pofe and change the order of their Narrations, according to their 
own Fancies or ConjeElures upon every occafion : and this not- 
withfianding they allow their prefent Method to have been every 
where the Original one dejignd by the Jnfpird Writers them- 

[elves ; 

of the four Evangelijls. 1 1 $ 

felves ', and notwithfianding they thereby generally contradict the 
mofi exprefs Notations of the Order of Time every where 
contain d in them, 

Coroll. 2. Hence we alfo fee how little reafon there is fo to 
accommodate the Hifiories of the four Evangelijls to any one of them t 
as to imply the. mofi unaccountable Confufion and Diforder in all 
the refi. I am apt to thinly it willat lafi appear, that all the Con- 
fulions^»»/ Di forders in the Harmonies of the Evangelijls have been 
the ejfebls of mere Human Error and Miftake ; and are not to 
be afcrtb'd to the Sacred Writers themfelves, who were under the 
Conduit cf Divine Infpiration. 

IV. St. Matthew, St. Mark and St. Luke, who, by 
the Teflimony of the Ancients, and the univerfal 
confent of all Interpreters, wrote their Gofpels 
during the continuance of the Jewifi Common- 
wealth, ufe the Jewifi Accounts in their Gofpels, 
and fo reckon the hours from Sun-fetting and Sun- 

rifing, the beginnings of the Jewijh Night and See Lev. xxiij. 
Day. **' 

This is univerfally allow'd by all Expofitors ; and by the ex- 
traordinary darkncfs at our Savior's Paffion from Noon till 
three a Clock, which is call'd the fpace from the fixth to the Matt.xxvij.4y. 
ninth hour by all three of them, is demonftrated beyond con- , X'^J?' . 
tradidion. Luk. xxnj.44- 

V. St. John, who, by the Teftimony of the Ancients, 
and univerfal Confent of Interpreters, wrote his 
Gofpel long after the Deflruclion of Jerujalem, 
and the Period of the Jewijh Polity 5 and that at 
EphefuS) a place far remote from Judea* and un- 
der the Roman Government j ufes the Roman or 
Julian beginning of the Day in his Gofpel, (the 

fame which we ufe at prefentj) and reckons his v ^. c ^/^ 
hours from Midnight and Noon. C ^ Q a ~ a ' 

P 2 ' This 

! i c A Jhovt <view of the Harmony 

This eafy and natural Hypothecs has been fcarce taken notice 
of hitherto by Interpreters. But as it is no more than, a na- 
voftul prhis. tura * confequence of that Poftulatum I laid down at firft, as 
' y moft unqueftionably reafonable, viz,. That every Writer is to 
be fuppos'd to ufe the Stile, Tear and Computation of the Age 
and Nation in which he lives : So there is one certain and un- 
deniable inftance of it in St. John himfelf, as an indication 
of his Reckoning fo in other cafes. For when our Savior 
about nine or ten a Clock at Night, on the Day of his Re- 
furreclion, or about the third or fourth hour of the Jeivsfe- 
cond Day of the Week, appeared to his Difcipies, he ex- 
Joh.xx.ip. prefly calls it frill the firft day of the weel^. The fa?ne day at 
evening, being the firft day of the wefkj, when the doors were 
put, where the difcipies were affembled for fear of the Jews, 
came Jefus and flood in the midft, and faid unto them, Peace be 
j|oh.j.39,8cc. unto you. Thusalfo in the very firft Chapter of this Gofpel 
two of the Bapt'ift's Difcipies are (aid to abide with Chrift a con- 
siderable part of a day after the tenth hour, or ten a Clock ; 
and after the fame time of the day Andrew feeks and finds 
his Brother Simon, and brings him to our Savior. This is 
the more particularly to be obferv'd, becaufe our Tranflation 
gives the Text a turn quite differentfrom the Original ; which 
runs thus, They abode with him that day. But or now it was 
ten a clocks or the tenth hour. And the fame Obfervation holds- 
true in the reft of his Gofpel, as will appear in the Harmo- 

Coroll. i. Hence the perplexing difficulty concerning the times of 
our Savior s Condemnation and Crucifixion in St. John and St. 
Mark, which has hitherto been infuperable, vanifbes of its own 
accord. St. John fays, juft before the Condemnation by Pilate, 
joh.xix. 14- j t was the preparation of the PafTover, and about the fixth 
hour. St. Mark at the diftance of fome three hours afterwards, 
Mar. xv. 25-. ^ j t was t j ie ^^ nourj anc J t hey crucify'dhim. For the 
Roman fixth hour, or Gx a clocl^in the morning, was about 
three hours before the Jewiih third hour, or nine a clocks in the 

Coroll. 2. Hence it appears that the time of our Savior s dif- 
courfe with the Womm of Samaria, was in the long days, or 


of the four Euangelijls. 


Summer time, and not in the fliort days or Winter time ; as is 

commonly fuppos'd. For after the fixth hour, or fix a clocl^ in Joh. iv. 6, 8cc. 

the Evening, there is the Hifiory of at leafi an hour or two's 

time before it was darl^. And this Obfervation is very aoreeable 

to two other Circumfiances at the fame time, I mean our Savior s v. 6, and 7. 

thirft aud wearinefs : which are much more agreeable to the E- 

vening of a Summer's than the Noon of a Winter's day ; and 

therefore do flill farther Jlrcngthcn the prefint Corollary-; 

Scholium. We mult here obferve one paflage after our Sa- 
vior's Difcourfe with the Woman of Samaria, which has ge- 
nerally pafs'd for a proof that this Difcourfe was about four 
months before the PafTbver, or the beginning of Harveft. Say To j vi , * 
not ye, (fays he to his Difeiples,) there are yet four months, and J 
then cometh harvefl ? Behold I fay unto you, lift up your eyes and 
loo!^ on the fields, for they are white already to Harvefl. And 
he that reapeth receive th wages, and gather eth fruit untoctemal 
life : that both he that foweth, and he that reapeth may rejoice to- 
gether. Now in order to underftand this parabolic Difcourfe, 
we mud remember that the occafion was this. Our Savior 
had been talking with the Woman of Samaria, and informing 
her that himfelf was the Meffias. She upon this runs into 
the City of Sychar, and tells the People that fhe had found 
the Meffias, and knew him by hisOmnifcience, in that hehad^-^9- 
told her all that ever Jhe did. Upon this a Croud of the Ci- 
tizens came out to fee him, and difcourfe with him j being 
by the Woman's Teftimony well difpos'd to believe in him 
already. As this Multitude was in fight, our Savior takes oc- See Ughtfoofs 
'cafion to obferve to his Difeiples, That whereas the Jews ^°^, Heb, * nd 
1 reckon'd no lefs than four months from Seed-time to Har- ,-A JJ 
6 veft; he had but juft now fow'd the good Seed, andpreach- 
« ed the word to the Woman of Samaria, and behold what a 
'brave Harvefl juft ready for the Sickle appear'd in view? So 
t that fowing and reaping immediately fucceeded one another ; 
'and therefore afforded him an extraordinary tranfport of Toy 
' on fuch an extraordinary occafion. Now if this Paraphrafe 
be allow'd, we have here not the leaft hint of the time of 
the year when this was fpoken, but only an allufion to a 
known Jewifh Proverb of the ufual diftance between Seed- 

P 3 timeL 

in Loc. 

1 1 8 A Jhort view of the Harmony 

time and Harveft : which was equally true, and equally to be 
made ufe of in Summer as in Winter, and therefore is no pre- 
judice to the foregoing Corollary* or the Proportion whereon 
it depends. 

VI. The rcfemblance there is between fcveral Dif- 
courfes and Miracles of our Savior in the feveral 
Gofpels, which the Order of the Evangelical Hi- 
ftory places at different times, is no fufficient rea- 
fon for the fuperfeding fuch Order, and fuppofing 
them to be the very fame Difcourfes and Miracles. 

This Proportion, which is of fo great confequence to the 
Harmony of the Evangelifts, and on the truth of which the 
prefent order of the Hiftories in my Harmony do's very much 
depend, is prov'd by the following Obfervations. i . The pe- 
culiar quality of our Savior's Perfon makes it reasonable to ex- 
pect like Difcourfes and Miracles upon/%occafions. 2. This 
refemblance is much the fame between feveral Difcourfes and 
Actions which in the fame Evangelifts are allow'd to be dif- 
ferent, and thofe others which in different Evangelifts are fup- 
pos'd to be the fame. 3 . This refemblance is alfo much the 
fame in fuch Hiftories in feveral Evangelifts where the great 
diflance of Place and Time demonflrate their diftinctions; 
as in thofe which a lefs diftance inclines Men x.o fufpeB to be 
the very fame. 4. The Circumftances Precedent, Concomi- 
tant and Confequent to thofe feveral Hiftories which the or- 
der of the Evangelifts mews to be diftinct from one another, 
are much more different in the feveral Gofpels, than the like 
Circumftances of thofe parallel Hiftories, which the Order 
of the Evangelifts prove to be the very fame. 

1. The peculiar Circumftances of our Savior's Perfon make 
it reafonable to expect like Difcourfes and Miracles upon like 
occafions. So great is the mutability of the Opinions, and 
fo imperfect the Judgment and Memory of mere Men, 
that we cannot expect that they fhould always continue of 
the fame mind, or always act in the fame manner, be the oc- 

of the four Evangehjts. 1 1 9 

cafions never fo much the fame , at one time and another ; 
or let thofe occafions never fo much require the fame Dif- 
courfes or Behavior. But the cafe is quite otherwife in the 
Pcrfon of our Saviors he in his Divine Wtfdom knew always 
what was be/} and fine/} to be faid or done upon every oppor- 
tunity ; and accordingly where the fame occafions ofrcr'd 
themfelves, us'd the bejt and fittefl, that is generally the /awe 
Conduct and Management, both as to his Words and Acti- 
ons. So that 'tis not ftrange if fometimes we find a greater 
likenefs or refemblance between fome Difcourfes and Actions 
of our Savior at different times, than we fhould expect ina- 
ny other cafes of fuch a nature. 

i. This refemblance is much the fame between feveral Dif- 
courfes and Actions, which becaufe they are found in the fame 
Evangelifts, are all allow'd to be different ; and between thofe 
others, which becaufe we meet -with them in different Evange- 
lifts, are fuppos'd to be the fame. Thus it appears that our 
Savior gave almoft the very fame Inftructions to the twelve 
Apoftles, and to the feventy Difciples at their feveral Mif- 
fions; the one recorded by St. Matthew, the other by St. Matt x 
Luke, as the likenefs of the occafions did require. NowLuk.x. 
thefe large Inftructions being in two Gofpels, have been by 
many refer'd to the fame time, by reafon of their fimili- 
tude. But when we confider that St. Luke, who gives us 
the larger account of the Inftruction of the 70 , do's give 
us alfo z/loort account of the Inftruction of the twelve; and 
that thereby they appear to have been two feveral Inftrudi-Luk.ix.i--S. 
ops; and that alfo very like to each other: we ihall fee rea- 
fon in other cafes as well as this, to believe that fome Difcourfes 
of our Savior, tho* at different times, might yet have a great 
refemblance to one another. Let us compare St. Luke's words 
on the feveral occafions afore-mention'd. When the Apoftles 
were fen t forth, fome of his Inftructions are, He faid unto Luk.ix. 3/4,5-. 
them. Take nothing for your journey, neither ftaves, norfcrip, nei- 
ther bread, neither money, neither have two coats apiece. ^And 
whatfoever houfe ye enter into, there abide, and thence depart, 
jind whofoever will not receive you, when ye go out of the city 
fiake off the very dufi from your feet for a tefiimony againftthem. 


no A Jhort view of the Harmony 

When the LXX were fent forth, feme of his Inftructions are, 
Luk.x.4. f, 7, Carry neither pur fe, nor fcrip, norJJjooes. * And into whatfoever 
jo. 11. houje ye enter,— In the fame ho ufc remain—eating and drinking 

fuch things as they give. . Go not from houfe to houfe. Into 
vjhatfoevcr city ye enter, and they receive you not, go your ways 
out into the flreets of the fa?ne } and fay, even the very dufl of your 
city which cleaveth on us we do wipe off againfl you. Which 
Injunctions are as like to each other as almoft any of thofe 
which are thereupon prefum'd to be the very fame : whereas 
thefe being in the fame Gofpel , as well as upon different oc- 
calions; they muftby all be own'd to be really different from 
one another. Thus alfo the fame charge of cafting out De- 
vils by Beelzebub, was more than once brought againfl our 
Savior; which yet had they been all in different Gofpels 
would have pafs'd currently for the fime ftory, and been looked 
upon as coincident, and done at the fame time. Whereas two 
of the three accounts occurring in the fame Gofpel of St. Mat- 
thew-, do certainly fliew that the Afperfion was cad upon him 
two feveral times. Which alfo makes it reafonable not to at- 
tempt any change in the order of St. Luke, when we find in 
his Gofpel that long after both thefe Imputations, a third of 
the fame kind was laid upon him, and anfwer'd by him after 
the fame manner as the former, The words in St. Adatthew 
the firft time are. Then was brought uutohim one pofeffed with 
a Devil, blind and dnmb, and he healed him, infomuch that the 
blind and dumb both fpake and f aw. And the people were a- 
mazed, and faid, Is not this thefon of David ? But rvhen the Pha- 
rifees heard it, they faid, This fellow doth not cafl out Devils 
but by Beelzebub the prince o : c the Devils. To which Chriftzn- 
fwers at large in the following Verfes. His words the fecond 
Chap.ix.32,33, time are, As they vjent out they brought to him a dumb man 
3*- pojfejfed with a Devil. And when the Devil was cafl out, the 

dumb fpake, and the multitude marvelled, faying, It Was never 
fo fen in Ifrael. But the Fharifees faid, He cajleth out the 
Devils thro the prince of the Devils. Where the Occafion, the 
Alattcr, and the Words are fo near of kin to the former, that 
had they been in two feveral Gofpels, it would have certainly 
been prefum'd that it was all one and the fame Hiftory, tho' 







i3> 2 4-. 

of the four Evangelijh 


tis now evident they were intireiy different. Thus more- Matt. xlv. 
over Lhrtfi fed the Multitudes in the Wildernefs with a few AIar - . v i- 
Loaves andFimes; and that where the numbers were pretty equal; ^ Ax - 
a little before a Voyage to Galilee, at two feveral times not ' ] ' 
far difhnt from each other: which Miracles had they not Matt x . 
been recorded by the fame Evangelifts, and by many other Mar.'viij." 
certain ways diftinguifh'd, would undoubtedly have pafs'd for Matt. xvj. pack 
one and the fame Hiftory. Thus alfo our Savior in the fame Mar. viij. 19, 
Gofpel of St. Luke, denounces woes to the Scribes and Pha- zo ' 
rifecs at two different times; which had they been in two dif- 
ferent Gofpels, would readily have been look'd on as done at 
the very fame time. Some of the words at the former time 
are thefe, Wo unto you Pharijees, for ye love the uppermoflu^.x).^. 
feats in the fynagogues, and greetings in the markets. At the Chap. xx. 46. 

latter, Beware of the Scribes which love greetings in the 

markets, and the highejl feats in the fynagogues, and the chief 
rooms at Feafls. 

Thus alfo our Savior in one and the fame Gofpel, feveraUMatt.ix.i/, 
times foretold his own Death, *and Refurrection the third and xij. 40. 
day; either directly, or by giving the fign of the Prophet am j xv ): 2,# 
Jonas. Thus alfo he more than once caution'd hisDifciples*" jl^ndix 
againft^Pride and Ambition, and thatin thefame Gofpels. But it isl&c.and 
would be too long to quote every inftance of this nature atxxj. 38, 39. 
larqe. Thofe already mention'd are, I think, fufficient to e -^ Ma ^- X711 > 
fhblim the prefent Obfervation. LuLix'andxiu 

2. This refembJance is alfo much the fame in fuch Hi do- Matt. xx. 
ries in feveral Evangclifis, where the great dtflance of place mm.*. 
and ?/0Z£ demonfrrate their difrindHon, as in thofe which a lefs Luk. xviij. 
diftance inclines Men to fufped to be the very fame. Thus 
our Savior drove the Buyers and Sellers our of the Temple" 
at his/r/?, and at his lafi Paffover; where the interval of fe- 
veral years is fo great a distinction as cannot be gotten over. 
Otherwife, fince St. John relates the former, and not the /^-joh.ij. 
ter, and the reft relate the latter, and not the former, the Matt. xxj. 
feeming Similitude would certainly have been with many a^^J- 
prevailing Argument for the reducing them to the fame time . Luk,xix * 
Thus alfo our Savior caution'd his Difciples when they pray- 
«d to forgive others their Offences twice, in almoft the fame 

Q words j 


A Jhort view of the Harmony 

worusj tho* at the diltance of almoit: two years : cnceintne 
Sermon by the Mount; and again in the PalTover week, juft 
before his Death. St. Matthew's words at the former time 
Matt. vj. T4.IJ- are ' If ye forgive men their trefpafes, your heavenly father 
will aljb forgive you : But if ye forgive not men their tref- 
pajfes, neither will your father forgive your trefpajfes. St. 
Mit.x). if, 16. Aiarl(s words at the latter time are, When ye jiand pray- 
ing fornve ; that your father alfo which is in heavtn may for- 
give you your trejpajfes. But if you do not forgive, neither 
will your father which is in heaven forgive you your tref- 
Luk.v. Thus alfo our Savior procured Simon Peter, and his AfTo- 

ciates, a mighty draught of Fillies, in the Sea of GaHlee, af- 
foh.xxj. . ter they had toil'd all night to no purpofe, at mo fever al 
times, and the interval of between two and three years ; the 
one long before, the other a little after his Refurreftion, 
Where the certain diltance of Time is fo evident, that the 
great (imilitude of the other Circumftances has never indu- 
ced any body to believe them the fame; which otherwife it 
would eafily have done. 

Thus alfo our Savior was Anointed in the Houfe of one 
whofe name was Simon, at a Feaftor Supper, by a Woman, 
with Ointment out of an Alabalter Box, and his feet wiped 
Luk.vij.36, with her hairs; in St. Lukes Gofpel. And fuch another A- 
&c.Matt.xxvj. nointing we find in every one of the other Evangelifts. Yet 
Mar. xiv. becaufe this Anointing in St. Luke was in Galilee, a year and 
Joh. xij. a half beiore the laft Paflbver; and the other Anointings were 

in Bethany, near Jerufalem, within a few days of it : This- 
qreat diftance in Time, and Place, taken with the other dis- 
agreeing Circumftances, have perfuaded moil: Commentators, 
as they well might, that this was a quite different Hiftory 
from the others. Tho' on fome accounts, it appear'd folike 
them, that the great Grotius himfelf was impos'd upon and in- 
due'd to believe them the very fame. Such fatal miftakes are 
Men liable to, when they indulge themfelves in the liberty 
of changing the fetled Order of the Evangelifts on every 

4. The 

of the four hvangelijls. 123 

4. The Circumftances Preceding, Concomitant, and Con- 
fequent to tj ofe refembling Hiftories, which the Order of 
Time impiys to be different^, are much more diverfe and re- 
pugnant, than of thofe which by the fame order appear to 
be\ruly parallel to one another. I ma'1 here take it for grant- 
ed, that if none of the certainly parallel Hiftories in the Gof- 
pels be fo different and repugnant as thofe about which the 
difpute is; 'tis highly abfurd to fuppofe thefe latter to be 
parallel: when thereby not only the order of the Evangelifts 
is fuperfeded, and laid afide without Reafon ; butDoubtsand 
Perplexities in the adjufting the Circumftances of the Hifto- 
ries are rais'd upon little and trifling Occaficns. Now in this 
cafe, I do not fear to refer my felf to the Reader, and to 
give him leave to choofeany oi thofe Hiftories which I have 
made to be feveral and diftinct, and which have commonly 
been taken for the fame by others; and if upon a compari- 
fon with other undoubtedly parallel Hiftories, he do not find 
more divcrfity of Circumftances in thofe different ones, than 
in any of thofe which are known to be parallel, I will freely 
acknowledg my miftake, and be willing to tranfpofe the or- 
der of tbeEvangelifts. For inftance, the Account of the Miracle Matt.xiv. 
whereby the Multitudes were fed withLoaves a little before the Mar.yj. 
Paflpver, isalongone, and the only one that is related by all Luk.ix. 
the four Evangelifts. So that in this cafe, we might expect -* ' VJ> 
as many apparent difficulties in the Circumftances in one or 0% 
ther of the Evangelifts compard together, as in any other. 
Yet there do not appear any considerable difficulties in it. 
But then on the other fide, the Calling of Andrew, Peter, 
James and John* in St. Matthew and St. Markj> (who per- 
fectly agree in Time and Circumftances, and fo without doubt, 
mean the fame Hiftory) is generally fuppos'd to be the fame 
with their Call in St. Luke, tho I have plac'd them difFe- Ma f-i' 
rent in the Harmony, as the Series of St. Luke's Gofpel did ,v " 
require. Now in this cafe, I appeal to the Reader of the 
two Hiftories, whether at the firft view he do's not find ten 
times more Difficulties and Repugnancies in thefe Jhort ac- 
counts of zfew verfesy than in thofe Urge Narrations of the 
fore-mention'd Miracle in all the Evangelifts. Or if this 

CL* Com* 

1 24 A Jhort <v\ew of the Harmony 

Companfon be too tedious, let but the Reader only conlidcr 
the exaft Agreement of St. Alatthew and St. Aiarl^ in the 
cafe before us, whofe Order mews theirs to be the fame Hi- 
ftory, and the obvious and manifold difigreements of St. 
Luke, whofe Order fhews his to be another; and he will not 
need a more fenfible lnflance of the truth of the prefent Ob- 
fervation ; of which we may find more examples in the fol- 
lowing Corollaries. 

Corojl. i. That Defcent of the Holy Ghofi on our Savior ; 
which was the Token of his being the true Adeffias, to John 
the Barptift, was wholly different from, and happen d before the 
Defcent of the Holy Ghofi at our Savior's Baprijm. The Bap- 
Joh. 1.31,33. tift fays thus. I faw the fpirit defcending from heaven 
34* like a dove, and it abode upon him. And I knew him not. 

But he that fent me to baptize with water, the fame faid un- 
to me, upon whom thou ftiait fee the fpirit defcending, and 
remaining on him, the fame is he which baptizeth with the 
Ho]y Ghoft. And I faw, and bear record that this is the 
Matt. iij. 14, fon of God. Tet whenjefas came to him to be Baptized, John 
*&> '7* forbad him, faying, I have need to be baptiz'd of thee, and 

comeft thou to me? Words that imply not only his knowledg 
who he was, but that he alfo Baptized as well as himfelf. 
Tet after xhis Baptifm was ever, and not before, Jefuswentup 
ftraightway out of the water, and lo the heavens were open- 
ed unto him: and he faw the fpirit of God defcending like a 
dove, and lighting upon him : and lo a voice from heaven, 
laying, This is my beloved fon, in whom I am well pleas'd. 
This Defcent of the Holy Ghofi after Chrilt'^ Baptifm is, I 
thinly, almofi umverfally fuppos'd to be the fame which John 
the Baptift. waited for, as the Divine Characleriftic of the 
Meffias, and before which Defcent he did not at all know him 
from the refi of the People ; whence it is become a great dif- 
ficulty how before this Baptifm John fioould be fb well ac- 
quainted with him, as the words above-mention d do imply. 
Now that this Defcent is intirely different from, and long af- 
ter that Signal to the Baptift, the following Arguments will 
2r*f 7- evince. 1. ft will appear hereafter, that not only this parti- 

cular Hifiory } but all that is related in the firfi four Chapters 


of the four Evangelijis. 


Oj bt. John, was long bejore the Bapttjm of our Savior ; andjo 
this Signal to St. John the Baptift could hot relate to a De- 
fcent of the Holy Ghofi that came to pa/s fo long afterward, 
z. St. John never relates one fingle Hiftory which he found 
recorded by the other Evan^eiifts before the Paffcn of our Sa- 
vior (excepting the A-nraclc bj the feeding 50CO in the Wtl- 
dernefs for fome peculiar Rcafcns.) So that we have no 
grounds to fuppofe him here to recede from his conftant Me- 
thod, when we only brintr our felves into a needlefs perplexi- 
ty thereby. 3. St. \o\\x\ s Jignal was the Dcfccnt and Man- 
iion of the Holy Ghofi. That /Miracle at ChriiVs Baptifm 
was the Defcent onjy, with a Voice from Heaven. And our 
Savior going immediately into the Wildernefs upon this latter 
Defcent afforded no time for the Manfion, or permanent con- 
tinuance oj the fignal, which was but necejjary in this cafe, 
4. JVay, indeed there is no evidence that the Baptift either 
faw or heard any thing of that Appearance or Voice at ChriftV 
Baptifm: and fo this difficulty has' been wholly occajioned- by 
the bare Conjettures of Expojitors, without any real foundati- 
on in the Texts themfelves. The words in all the Evangelifis 
■are thefe. Jefus when he was baptized went upftraitway outMatt.iij. i& 
of the water: and Jo the heavens were opened unto him; 
and he faw the fpirit of God defcending, &c. fays St. Mat- 
thew'. Jefus came and was baptized' of John in Jordan : Mar.j.^. 10. 

and ftraitway coming up out of the water, he faw the hea'- 
vens opened, and the fpirit like a dove defcending upon him, 
0-c. fays St. Afark^. It came to pafs that Jefus being bapti-Luk.iij. 21 ,u.. 
zed, and praying, the heaven was opened; and the Holy 
Ghoft defcended in a bodily fnape like a dove upon him, &c. 
fays St. Luke in his Hiftory of our Savior s Baptifm. And 
Jince we now find that John the Baptift had long before feen 
that Jignal which he expelled, we eafily perceive there was no occafion 
for its being renew' d to him at our Lord's Baptifm ; or at leaft no oc- 
cafion that itfjould be particularly recordedin the Sacred Hiftory. 

Coroll. 1. The Calling of Peter, Andrew, James and John, 
recorded by St. Matthew and St. Mark, was different from*, 
and was before the Calling of the fame Perfons recorded by 
St. Luke. Before I come to flew the difference of theft two 

Q, 5 jajhries, 

1 2.6 A Jhort view of the Harmony 

Hijtorics, I mufi premtje jo-t>twhat oj the nature of the feve- 
ral Callings of the fame perfons m the Htfiory of our Savior; 
which, I thinly ought to be thus conceiv'd : When our Savior 
began his more private Minifiry, a little after the firfi Preach- 
ing of John the Baptift, he called Andrew, and another [St. 
Joh.j- John 'tis probable] and foon after Peter, and Philip, and Na- 

thanael for his Followers, or Attendants. And Jince we find 
_, .. , our Savior fltll follow d by Dtjciples after this (tho' long; be- 
% 7 .sndi\).zz.J' ore » ts public Preaching *» Galilee,; nay, and Baptising by 
andiv. 2. them in Judea alfo, we have no reajon to imagin them to be 
other than thofe be fore-mention 'd. Thefe five therefore attend- 
ed on him conflantly , till his retreat from them to his own 
Baptifm : after which, his long abfence in the Wildernefs du- 
ring his Temptation, had occafiond them to return to their 
former Abodes and Imployments. Now after the Temptations 
were over, and John the Baptift was caft into Prifon, our 
Savior begins his public Preaching in Galilee; finds fome of 
his old Difciples; calls them to attend on him a while, that 
they might be witnejjes of the Cure oj Peter'* Wije's Mother, 
and of the healing o the Alultttudes the fame Evening : and 
fo might be in a better readinefs afterward to forfake all, and 
follow him (which he had not yet requirdof them) upon their 
next Call into his jervice. Ajter this he preaches and cafis 
out Devils all over Galilee : upon his return to the Sea of 
Galilee, he calls thefe Difciples to forfake all and follow him 
intirely ; which they do accordingly, and continue with him for 
ever afterwards. Which being premised, I now come to prove 
the Call mention d by St. Matthew and St. Mark, to be dif- 
ferent from, and to have been before the Call mention d by 
St' Luke in his GofpeL The Reajons are, I, The Call men- 
Matt iv. 18. tion'd by St. Matthew and St. Mark, was when our Savior 
Mar. j. 16. was walking by the fea of Galilee; without the leafi Jign of 
any company about him. That mentwn'd by St. Luke, was 
' v * *' -indeed near the the fame place, when our Savior flood by the 
lake of Gcnnefareth; but then it was where the Croud preifed 
Matt.iv. 18. upon him to hear the word of God. 2. At the former Call 
Mar.j. 16. Simon and Andrew were carting a net into the fea: James and 
John were in their fhip with their father Zebedee mending 


of the four Evangelijh. nj 

their nets. At the latter both the Skips were by the lake ; butLuk.v.x. 
the fciihermen were gone out of them, and were wa filing 
their nets. 3 • sit the former Call, not the leaf jootjhp cf 
cur Savior s gomginto Simon's Ship, or of the laxchingjorth of the 
fame, much lejs of a Sermon preach' d out oj it, as it was at the lat-v.j. 
tcr. 4. No more is there at the former any footfiep of our Savior s 
procuring a mighty draught of Fifties ; which is particularly relatedv.+.&c. 
at the latter. 5. At the iormer our Savior promt fes for the future Matt j y 
that he would afterward make them fiihers of men. But at the Mar.j. 17. 
latter he affures them that from that very time they mould catch Luk.y. 10. 
men. 6. At theibrmer Call they only left their mips, and Zebe- ^ att '! 7 - 2 °»"- 
dee with the fervants, and followed him, for the prefent. ^j^'J^mI 
the latter they left all and followed him intirely. Which great and 
mantfefi difference of all the Circumftances Sufficiently proves the. 
Calls to be diff. rent alfo. 

.Coroll. 3 . The Lord's Prayer was twice given to the Difciples ; 
once in the Sermon by the Mounts recorded by St. Matthew : and 
again, as a Form for his Difciples in the fame manner as the Baptift 
had given one to his, recorded by St. Luke. The Lord's Prayer/'* 
deliver d by both the Evangelifts in words fo very nearly the fame -, 
that notwithfianding the Interval of about a year and a half ', fome 
are inclinable to believe it was but once given to the Difciples. But 
to wave here the Argument from the fpace between, the following 
Reafons prove it to have been twice given. I . The Occafions are in- 
tirely different. The Lord's Prayer in St. Matthew, comes in mofi Matt. v). j-,&c e 
pertinently among the large Rules our Savior was giving for the right 
performance of that Duty, and to prevent that vain ajfettation of 
long and often repe at edPetitions, which theHeathens thought fo preva- 
lent with the Dity . The fame Prayer in St. Luke was octafiond by 
the dejire of one of his Difciples, afte r Chrift hadjufi been at Pray- 
cr> to have a Form of Prayer proper for a Chrifiian : Mailer, teach Luk. xj. 1. 
ustopray, as John alfo taught his difciples. Vponwhtch our Sa- 
vior repeats that Prayer he had formerly given them. 1 . This Pray- 
er in St. Matthew is with the addition of the Doxology ; For thine Matt vj. 1 g. 
is the kingdom, the power, and the glory for ever. Amen. 
But St. Luke wholly omits it. 3. The dtfcourfe immediately fuc- 
ceeding *» «SY. Matt, ew, is the reinforcing one of the Petitions, For- 
give us our trefpafles, as we forgive tkem that trefpaisaga1n1tv.xiv.15v. 

us j 

i 2 

A port <vie<w of the Harmony 

us, by /hewing the necejjlty of our forgiving others, if we hope to be 
L«k. xj. f&c, forgiven our f elves. That immediately fucceedmg in St. Luke, is of 
the great force of Importunity and Earneflnefs tn our Prayers to God, 
by a Parable concerning its like efficacy among Aden. So that this e- 
vident difference in the Time, Doxology, Occajion, and following 
Circumfiances of this Prayer given us by our Savior, ought to fat if- 
fy us that it was really twice repeated by him. 

•Coroll. 4. The anointing of our Savior by a Woman in St. John, 
is wholly different from his anointing in St. Matthew and St. Mark. 
Before I come to prove this Proportion, I muflpremifethat I take it 
T k ii 27. for granted, that the other anointing mention 'dby St. Luke, is whol- 
ly different from them all. And truly, unlefs the anointing of the 
feet of Guefts was wholly unujual among the Jews; (as it certainly 
was not) or that there were but one or two of the name a/Simon ; 
(whereas it was one of the commonefi names among them,) I can 
hardly imaginthat an Hiftery fo wholly different tnTim?, Place, 
and almofi all the Circumftances before, at, and after it, JJjould e- 
yer be taken for the fame with any of thofe above-mention d. In- 
deed if I could believe tl)is, IJJjould never pretend to cempofe any 
manner of Harmony of the Gofpels, there being then nothing lefs than 
Order and Harmony amongthem. That anointing therefore being 
fkppos'dto bepafi long before, I am to prove that this next mention- 
ed in St. John, is wholly different from that in St. Matthew, and 
St. Mark'i Gofpel. And here it mufi be confefs'd that the Ti me and 
Place, agreeing fo nearly, both anointings being a few days before 
thePajfover, and in Bethany; that the price of the Ointment 
being the very fame, 300 pence, and that at both times the Woman 
being re provd 'by others, and vindicated by our Savior; thefe ar-c 
Circumfiances jo like, that there is a great deal of colour for fuppofing 
them to be the very fame Hifiories. But notwithstanding this, it 
will plainly appear that they wr/e intirely different, by the following 
• co»f derations. I. St. John's Hifiory was on the lixth day, and 
the other on the fecond before the Paffover. St. John'* words are y 
]oh.xij. 1, i* Then Jefus fix days before the Paflover came to Bethany.— 
V.i*,i'3' There 'they made him a fupper, &c. And afterward : On the 

next day much peop^ took branches of palm-trees, &c. So 

that 'tis unqueftionable that this was on the Sabbath at Night, jufi 
before the Triumphal Entrance into Jerufalern on the Sunday follow- 

of the four Evangelifts. 


ing. St. Matthew'* words are, Jefus — -fiid unto his difcipies, Matt. xxvj. i,<>. 
Ye know that after (or within) two days is the feafc of the 

pafTover but when Jcfns was in Bethany, &c. So alfo St. 

Mark. After (or within) two days was the feaft of the palT-Mar.xn-, r, ». 

over. And being in Bethany, &c. z. St. John's Hiflory 

was in the houfe of Martha, the Jifler of Lazarus, and the o- 
ther in the houfe of Simon the Leper. St. John'* words are, 

Jefus came to Bethany, where Lazarus was which had been T h.xij.i i » 

dead, whom he raifed from the dead : there they made him 
a fupper ; and Martha fcrved : but Lazarus was one of them 
that fat at the table with him. Then took Mary a pound of 
fpikmrd, dec. St. Matthew /ays, Now when Jefus was in 
Bethany, in the houfe of Simon the leper, there came unto 
him a woman, &c. And almofl the very fame words are in 
St. Mark alfo. 3. That anointing in St. John was only of ci- [oh.xii. j. 
vtlity and re/petl, and fo was only of the Feetj according to the 
Cu/tom of the Countrey, and the like Hiflory in St. Lukcj^r- 
merly. But the other was of the Head, and thence of the whole Matt. xxvj. 7, 
Body, in the nature of a Funeral Preparation ; as 'tis eafy to 12. 
obferve in the feveral Hifiories. 4. At the anointing in St. John, ^ar.xiv. 3» 8. 
no body but fo covetous aPerfon asjuaas complain d of the wafl of the ^° ' X1J * 4 * *"" 
Ointment. But at the other, the Difcipies in general, or feveral of 'Matt. xxvj.& 
them, complain d of it, as being much more profufe than the . Mar.xiv.4. 
the r. And indeed, if the Harmony be fir icily examin'd,Judzsfeems Mattxxvhl.ti. 
to have been abfent about his Bargain for betraying our Savior Mar. xiv. 1,10. 
tit the very time of this fecond anointing ; and fo could not po/Ji- 
bly t be one of thofe who murmur d at it ; tho' at the former Feafi 
he was certainly there. 5. The different Vindications and Apolo- 
gies which our Savior made for the Woman, will /hew the occa- 
/ivns were different. At the former anointing in St. John, our 
Savior de fires Judas#cj to exclaim againft her, as if floehadfpent 
abundance of Ointment on a Ceremony : Againft the day of y^ X) -; _ 
my preparation for my funeral hath fhe kept it. i( She has vid. Ligh'tfoot. 
Ci fpent but a little of it now : Jbe has referv'd the main part of 
"it for a fitter time, the day before my delivery to the Jews. 
At the latter anointing in St. Matthew and St. Mark, 'tis quite 
otherwife. In that fhe hath poured this Ointment on my bo- Matt. xxvj. 12" 
dy, me did it for the preparation for my funeral : fays the 

R former 

1 5 o A Jhort wie r o) of the Harmony 

Mar.xiv.8. former Evangelifi. And the latter more exprefiy, She hath done 
what fhe could : fhe is come afore-hand to anoint my body 
SeeKnatchiul's for the preparation to my funeral, o* tfe ufa imlnn-. <nxs'%x«fci 
Notes on the ^v^tuj px ri m>fig> th t cvlsfQiMrpti*. Which words will bear this 
P laGC * Paraphrafe. ' Bccaufe fie fees no profpetl of an opportunity of 

* Embalming my Body hereafter, jhe prevents her Intentions as 
' well asjlie can, by anointing my Body thus before-hand, in fie ad 
c of it. So that indeed the different anfivers of our Savior area 
full Solution of all the Difficulties in this matter. For Jince he 
foretold this latter anointingof his whole Body, to be done two days 
before the Pajfover, when the fame perfon with the fame Box of 
Ointment anointed his Feet fix days before it : there can no dif- 
ficulty remain about thefe different Anointings ; and' twill be no 
7vonder that in the fame Town, within a few days, he jhould be 
anointed with Ointment of the very fame value alfo, as we be- 
fore obfervd in the Jimilitude of thefe two Hifiories. 

CorolL 5. 'Tts probable that our Savior cafi the Traders out 
of the Temple twice in the weel^ before his Pajfion. The former 
time on the day of his Triumphal Entry into Jerufalem, when 
he cafi them out of the Court of the Jews : and the latter 
time the next day, when he cafi them out of the Court of the 
Matt.xxj.i 2,1 2. Gentiles. 'Tis evident that St. Matthew, St. Mark, and St. 
Mar.xj.15-, 16, Luke, have each of them an account of our Savior s driving the 
*?' . Traders out of the Temple a little before his death. 'Tis alfo e- 

6j ' ' vident that the natural Series of St. Matthew and St . Luke inclines 
one to thinkjheir relations refer to the day of the Triumphal Entry ; 
and that the exprefs words of St. Mark affure us that his rela* 
tion belongs to the day following. TJpon the whole, therefore, I 
think 'tis reafonable to fnppofe that the two former relate our Sa- 
vior s cafiwg out the Traders out of the inner Court of the Temple, 
which alone the Jews lool(d upon to be Holy. And that St. 
Mark relates what happen d the day following, viz. That fine c 
the Traders durfi not any longer expofe their Wares in the inner 
Court, they had retir'd to the outer, the Court of the Gentiles, 
and there thought themfclves fecure, and hopd to be undifiurb'd. 
But that when our Savior came into the Temple the next day, 
and faw them at their old Trades in this Court, he drove them 
thence alfo. And this Con^Unrc feems to me not improbable, 


of the four Evangelifts. 1 3 1 

for the Reafons following. I . St. Mark mentions our Savior s 
going into the Temple the day before, as well as the other E- 
vanqehfls: nay, and hints to us Jomewhat that agrees very well 
with the driving of the Traders out of it alfo. For he affurcs 
us that He looked round about upon all things in the Temple Mar.xj. n. 
before he went out of it that Evening. Which nice Obfervation 
of the Circumflances there, and fb of the expos 'd 
to fale, can hardly be confiftent with his wholly letting them alone 
till the next day, but fairly imply s that he loo/^d fo particularly 
on the Traders as to di [courage their ungodly Practices in that Sa- 
cred Place. 1. The Jeverity and -exattnefs of our Savior in St. 
Mark /; more objervable than in the other Gofpels. For here he 
would not fufFer any one fo much as to carry a veffel thro' the Vi5- 
Temple. Of which we have not a Jy liable in the other Gofpels. 
3 . What is chiefly conjiderable, is the difference of our Savior s 
words in St. Matthew and St. Luke, from thofe in St. Mark : 
the former mofl properly relating to the Jewim, and the latter to 
the Gentile Court of the Temple. In the former cafe 'tis only 
[aid, My houfe mall be called an houfe of prayer; for the 
Jews fuppofe: In the latter 'tis My houfe fhall be called an v 
houfe oi prayer, n««n -reft %tm, To all Nations, of the Gen- 
tiles alfo.. 

VII. The former part of St. John's Gofpel till th 
fixth Chapter, belongs to the Hiilory of the be- 
ginning of our Savior's more private Minifiry be- ' 
fore the commencing of his public Treachtng in 

This will appear evident from the account we have of the 
occafion of St. John's writing his Gofpel, after the others 
werepublifli'd, in Eufebius; whofe words, becaufe they are ve- 
ry remarkable, and of great ufe (tho' little regarded) in 
Harmonizing the Evangelifts, I fhall Tranflate at large. 'They 
' fay that St. John who had all along Preach'd the Gofpel by word 
' of mouth, was at laft indue'd to write for the following 
* reafon* When the Gofpels of St. Matthew, St. Markj ana 

R, z * St. Lnbc 

1 3 x A Jhort <vie-w of the Harmony 

' St. Luke had been publifh'd to the World; and fo came to 

* be perus'd by St. John ; it is related that he approv'd of 
'them himfelf, and confirmed the truth of their Hiftories by 
' his own Tcftimony and Authority ; but own'd that they were 

* defective as to the Acts of our Savior towards the beginning 
'of his Miniftry. And certainly the Obfervation is very 
'true. For the three former Evangelifts, as is evident, only 
' give us an account of the Ads of our Savior after the Im- 
' prifonment of John the Baptift, during that fingle year of 
'his Miniftry, [as many of the Ancients by miftake fuppos'd, 
' and among them Eufebins] and plainly enough tell us the 
'limits of their Hiftories in the beginning of their Gofpels. 

* St. Matthew in the firft place, after the 40 days Faft, and 

* the fucceeding Temptations are over, informs us of the com- 
' mencing of his account of our Savior's Miniftry in thefe 

[att.iv. 12. * words. Now whenjefus had heard that John was caft in- 
l to prifon, he departed into Galilee. The fameTaysSt. Markj 

[ar.j. 14. * Now after that John was put in prifon, Jeftis came into Ga- 
' like. And St. Luke alfo, before he begins the account of 

* our Savior's Miniftry, gives us the fame date of it in thefe 
uk.iij. 20. 'words. Herod added yet this above all that he put up John 

' inprifon. For thefe Reafons, 'tis related that St. John was de- 
' fired by his Friends to fupply what was wanting in thereft; 
' and to give an account of that fpace of time, and thofe Acts 
'of our Savior which were before the Imprifonment of the 
' Baptift; and fo had been omitted by the former Evangelifts. 
'Which defire he accordingly comply'd withal. And they 
' fay farther, That there are plain footfteps of fuch a proce- 
' dure and deftgn in his Gofpel it felf. For in the firft place, 
*he fays, This beginning of miracles Jefus did. Befides, in the 
"Series of his Gofpel he takes notice of John the Baptift, e- 
*^en then baptising in <±ALnon near to Salim. And what is 
1 particularly remarkable, he in exprefs words adds, For John 

* was not yet caft into prifon. We muft therefore conclude 
'that St. John particularly intended an account of the Acts 
*of our Savior before, and the reft after the Imprifonment of 
' John the Baptift : which confederation will clear the Evan- 
'gelifts from feeming to disagree with each other; of which 


of the four Euangelijh. 1 2 2 

* there can be no pretence while it is remembred that the 
' Gofpel of St. John records the Afts of the former, and the 
« other Gofpels of the latter part of his Miniftry among f us. 
By which we find that a confiderablepart of St. John's Gof- 
pel relates to that part of our Savior's Minifiry, which 
preceded' the Imprisonment of John the B'apnft. And fince 
we have no evidence that any Hiftory in St. John before 
that of the miraculous Feeding 5000 in the Defert, (which Joh.vj. 
occurs in all the Evangelifts) was after Cbrijl's public Preach- 
ing in Galilee, upon the Imprifonmeht of J elm the Baptifi; 
we have juft: reafon to look upon that as the firfl: occurrence in 
St. Jobn'S Gofpel that happen'd after the hid public Preaching of 
our Savior, and confequently that all the foregoing parts^ of 
this Gofpel, *'. e. the five firft Chapters of it do relate to the 

f 7nLi%H »)A y$ ih xvtov Zhhf.foS'ofyjai) , ^hnhhxS^, fty (pxinv, xXvJsixv eci^Ti 
sTn/yigivgmmifa,. Mevr.v ei u^y, A*jtk3£ ry yextyvf fn* "?&* ^ c* atfafcts yj/jf 
km\' ~i^")^'t ltd" x?igvyi<&T&' ihsn Ttd" Xe<W 7n<7rfxy{3fi6>v ^yxmv. rjj uXnJn^ 
yi A«y©~. Ti(? «'*£? *pZv T%u<i tvxpyiXtf&s ffvuht* -Tnlgtsi, fJtiiva. itc /At- 
•vu ttjk ov rJ h.G-pj*>T-€J.u> 'laxvvx Ttd Bx-sr'kwJ xxjii^t* *<?' tvx ivicuirsv m- 
Wfxyffyx tzS HuT^Qfi ffvfytfatyv&i, xiron mvr' iTTieyjffjV^xfo^ovq kxt "&£%£$ 

$ UUTUf fag/af. fA/tTK <pv* 7>,» Tfe3-tgy.l{$V7litlA/l(yv WtlicW, V#\ T tTT XUTtj" 

mi£atG-f6ov, T X&S' oy r * 5 i^«H Pf #0?« py MxrJttT^ c\Xo? Xtyuv, 'Axls(rct{ 
/V Jxr 'ivxvvys -7TK^sJhiJyi, xts^u^trsv ^n r^ 'lovo^xlxf tfe Tyv TxXiXxtuv. o 
e'i tA.ciyv$c, 6><nx.VJz<>^ fJut-m. el ts Ttzcggidojyisij, <Pno\v, 'luxtiw, kX^iv *<'<; ttjo jct- 
J\iXxta#. Kxi 6 Acvkxs /£ vrftv xg%xo% t ltd 'lr)<rz>o 7T£cfeteov, "7rxo^ts%fir,«i s- 
Trrmgu tyxtmuv, &'« x& <ttt$Sju<> v,pcid\ t <; e<$ Citzr qcf.%x% Trvvyggts, kxtikXhc^ 
'lvxwvv cv (pvXxyy,. 'nx^.n.X'^i 'v&c, A? isv tvvruv i'vsicx <pxai T ' Atto^Xov 'lux»- 
*W, T vera T ev&Trg*)* iuufytXi^iHv wtt^c/LffiOim^iv 1 ^. %ppvov, x,x) 7tc y.x-m 
vtufsn mfffw/pS/x TtS wive/. (tvv&, d[' w ik <&& rvic, tvO ~Bx7r%s*Sxa < )u / 0%t6 l >i) 
tu y.xt xvizv fdxpytXioi 7rugcfoovvxf. uutotc iivr' i7n<ryi[/jijvx£% vbtt fop (pticrztv- 
& 7Kvr>i» &pyyit i7n>w<rz T 2 "7mo^jl s o%oi y t o '\ntnv<s- tvtc H [&vi}fi$iitu<mv& ret) 
JjXzrUszti [Ai&.%v T 2 'Iqtmv nrpy^iuv etc, \ti tot: fix7fno7x.vT©^ cv uhun ipyv$ red 
RjAiip. <m<pZs 7T reS'6 wXouv cv ru Xsyjv, vim $ h, <f>>jtAv> 'Iax'vv»is fi&Xri- 
|*fi'® k ' stc <PvXxkw. Ctncevv o (Aiv 'lttixvvTis ry reef kxt uutsv tuxfytXtov ^x- 
«p»T 7K |K.j)AWw rod (Zx7r%5iC iti QvXxkw fisGxypivcv ijr$o\ too Xg^fsd erfx^- 
ffifa 7m£x$leu<r.*, c'« oi Xoiim] 1^*7$ ivxpytXiful m |u:m tt}* «<? ro oi<T(/j<»- 
TKg/o* x-xfoghv tou fix7rUstd y/V?)/^ttuovir.v' ei$ tcxl Im^urA pit Cwxit xv d^ccj 
Z^g.<pan?v xfofiXcit 7ti tuxfyiXtx tsT to (Atv kxtu 'luxvytm ik <xfa&> T 3 Xg^- 
W i*ocf%tm tz&t%li/' m h' Ao(W 7tj» im rtXi rod" x,^3* ev dvrcf yiyuv>[»pW 
4<*&*r. En/eh, Eccli Hift. 1. 3. c. 24. 

R 3 Hiftory 

24 A Jhort view of the Harmony 

Hiftoryof our Savior's moreprivate Miniftry. For if, as£#- 
febius informs us, the very defign of adding this fourth Hi- 
ftoryof our Savior to the three before extant, was the giving us 
an account of the beginning of his Miniftry, 'tis but reafonable 
to fuppofe as much of it as we can to belong thereto. 

CorolL Hence we may fee where to place the Imprifonment 
of the Baptift in the Gojpel of St. John, viz,, jufl before that 
Feaft, or fecond Pajfover of our Savior defcrib'd in his fifth 
Toh.iij.iij&c. Chapter. For in the end of the third Chapter John was baptiz- 
ing in Enon near to Salim, [in Galilee] and our Savior in 
Judea. For John was not yet caft into prifon. Nay, adif- 
pute aroje about the preeminence of the two Baptifms, and a com- 
plaint of the Baptift'j Difciples came to him, upon the great in- 
creafe of the numbers baptized by Chrift : concluding inthel&z^- 
tift's final Teflimony to the Dignity and Preeminence of Chrift 
and his Mini/try above his own. So that we leave John the 
Baptift at full liberty r , and in the full exercife of his Office at the 
conclufion of the third Chapter. In the beginning of the fourth, 
(which contains the Hifiory but of a very few days) we have 
Chap.iv. i>3- the fe words, When therefore the Lord knew that the Phari- 
fees had heard that Jefus made and baptized more difciples than 

John, He left Judea, and departed again into Galilee. 

Which words, (efpecially if taken with the Circumflances jufl be- 
fore ) do clearly imply that John continud the fame exercife of 
his Office that we left him in at the end of the foregoing Chap- 
ter; and baptized Difciples fil 'ill, tho' not fo many as our Savior. 
And this mufl certainly be the import of thefe words; for if we 
fuppofe the meaning to be only that Jefus now baptized more 
Matt.iij. j". than John had before baptized; this is evidently falfe. For our 
Mar.j. .f. Lord baptizj'd but a few in comparifon of the vaft numbers 
andxx.6. ' which John had baptizJd; as is abundantly evident in the Evan- 
gelical Hifiory. And certainly if John was jufl before impri- 
foned by the Tetrarch of Galilee, It was but fmall incourage- 
ment for Chrift to leave an uncertain danger in Judea from the 
Pharifees, to run into a certain one from Herod in Galilee. So 
that 'tis very evident that the firft four Chapters in St. John do 
precede the Imprifonment of the Baptift. But then I cannot but 
thinly that fome little time before the fifth Chapter, or the fecond 


of the four EwangeBfts. 1 2 5 

Paffover, John was caft into Prifon : for therein our Savior [up 
to the Jews ,• the -Baptift h was a burning and a mining light : Chap. v. it 
and ye ifainn were willing for a feafon to rejoice in his light : 
fairly implying that he was now no longer a light to them, by 
reafon that he was caft into Prifon. There therefore the Imori- 
fonment of the Baptift is to come in ; a little before the fecondPajf. 
over in the fifth Chapter. And Jo the Deficent into Galilee {the 
great Period from whence our Savior s public Preaching is da- 
ted by the reft of the Evangelifts) is immediately to fucceed the 
fifth Chapter; as I have digefted them in the following Harmony. 

VIII. The beginning of our Savior's Mini/by both 
as to his Preaching, Baptizing and Miracles com- 
mene'd foon after that of John the Baptift* 
towards the beginning of the famous fifteenth year 
of Tiberius Cafar-> long before his own Baptifm. 

This AfTertion depends on the following Argument?. 
i. By the Teftimony of Eufebius above recited, 'tis evi- 
dent that the three former Evangel ifts (who begin from the Bap- 
tifm of our Savior, and his public Preaching in Galilee fucceed- 
ing it) have omitted the Hiftcry of the former part of his 
Miniftry : and that fo large and considerable a part of the 
fame, that the fupply of fo great a defect was not thought 
too inconsiderable a reafon by St. John for adding another 
Gofpel to thofe already extant : which plainly infers that the 
Miniftry of our Savior commene'd long before the Imprifon- 
ment of John the Baptift; and therefore at the very time affign- 
ed in this Proportion. 

2. The Epocha of John the Baptift's preaching is made the 
folemn beginning of the Gofpel of Chrift by the Evangelifis. 
Thus St. Matthew begins the Hiftory of our Savior's Mini- 
ftry. In thofe days came John the Baptift preaching in the wil- Matt. iij. r.~ 
dernefs of Judea, &c. Thus St. Afark^ more exprefly. The Mar. j. 1-4. 
beginning of the Gofpel of Jefus Chrift the fin of God: As it is 

written in the Prophets, Behold I find my meffemer John 

was baptizing in the wildernefi) &c. Thus St. Luke alfo. In 


1 3 6 A Jhort view of the Harmony 

Luk.iij.23. the fifteenth year of the reign of Tiberius Cefar, The word 

of God came to John the [on of Zacharias- in the wilder nefs, 
&c. Which deriving of the Epocha of the Gofpel of Chnfi 
from the Preaching of John the Baptijl, without any other 
Epocha of our Savior's own Preaching before the Imprifon- 
ment of the Baptijl long afterward, will fairly imply (efpe- 
cially fince St. John's Gofpel, and its occafion fhew it was 
begun about this time,) that the Preaching of John the Bap- 
tift did fo immediately Precede that of Chrift himfelf, as to bear 
the fame date; and to be affixed to the fame time the fifteenth 
of Tiberius, a year and more before Chrijt's Baptifm. 

5 . Which Argument is the flronger, if we confider that other- 
wife we fhall have a fixt and folemn Epocha for the inferior 
and preparatory Miniftry of John the Baptijl, and none at 
all for that of our Lord himfelf. This year when John the 
Baptijl began is more punctually and exactly noted than any 
other year in the whole Bible, and fo cannot be fuppos'd to 
be the date of any lefs account than that of the preaching of 
our Savior himfelf as well as of his forerunner John the Bap- 
Luk.iij.i, 2. 4. St. Luke tells us exprefly that our Savior was about ^o 
years of age when he began his miniflry. K«j adris n* i 'U<nvi «- 
ail I™? vsictwvlgt, 'A?tf'(Dj.<&'. That this is the genuine fenfe of 
the words appears by the nrangenefs of the Greeks Phrafe if it 
be otherwife rendred : and alfo by the ftile of St. Luke 
himfelf in other places; where the fame Greeks word is abfo- 
lutely us'd, as here, to denote the commencing of our Savi- 

Luk.xxiij.j-. or'sMiniftry. Thus at our Lord's Tryal the People fiy, He 
Jlirreth up the people ; teaching thro' all Judea ; 'a^*'/^®" be- 
ginning [his Preaching] from Galilee even unto thisplace. Thus 
alfo in the deliberation about choofing an Apofrle into the 

A£t.'\ 2i» 2 2>P^ ace pf Judas, St. Peter fays, Wherefore of thefe men which 
have companied with us all the time that the Lord Jefus 
went in and out amongfl us, 'A&tltfy®* **» Basra'cy^T©" Wmm 
beginnnig [his preaching] from the baptifm of John unto that 
fame day that he was taken up from us, mufi one be ordained to 

Ch»P.x. 37. be a witnefi of his refurreblion. And again, That word yoi* 
know which was publif.'ed throughout all Judea, 'Afl«jfy>®* ^ 

0/ r/tf /^r Evangelijts. 137 

t£s TaXiXcw beginning from Galilee after the baptifm which John 
preached. Now this Notation of Time x that our Savior was 
about 50 years of age cannot well be extended any farther 
than from so to 31. But it may be taken any where within 
that Latitude, without the leaft ftrain or force upon the 
words. Now we (hall find by what will be prov'd hereafter 
that our Savior was 31 years old about nine weeks after the 
beginning of the fifteenth of Tiberias. All which confidcr'd, 
'tis, I think, mofl reafonable to allow that the Baptifl began 
his Preaching foon after the beginning of the fifteenth of 77- 
benus, about New -years-day, or the firjl of Tifri in the Jcwifh 
Account ; and that our Savior began his alfo, about the Feafi 
of Tabernacles following : and fo before he was 3 1 years of 
age, as I have ftatcd thefe matters in the enfuing Harmony, 
Coroll. 1 . Our Savior s Baptifm was not till long after the be- 
ginning of his Miniflry, jufl before the Imprifonment of John the 
.Baptilt. It has hitherto been taken for granted that theBaptifo 
of our Savior was before the commencing of his Miniflry. But 
as it mufl be ownd that his Baptifm was undoubtedly before the 
commmencing of his public Preaching in Galilee : becaufe the 
Evangelifls all agree in it, and becaufe John the Baptilt was 
never at liberty afterward to perform it : fo there is no founda- 
tion in the Gofpels for its preceding his whole Miniflry ; nay-, I 
thinly, there are fluff c lent Arguments to evince the quite contra- 
ry. As 1. our Savior s Bapttz,mgwas one part of his Miniflry ; 
but he Baptized before his own Baptifm., and by a plain conf- 
luence his Aliniflry alfo began before it. When our Lord defr'd to 
be Bapti^'d of John ; his anflver was, I have need to be bap- Matt. iij. 14, 
tized of thee ; and comeft thou to me? Fairly implying that 
our Savior had BaptizJd before that time, and was known by the 
Baptilt to have done fo. 2. This is evident jiot only by the pla- 
cing Chrill'i Baptifm in the other Evangelifls, viz. after the Hi- 
flory of John'j Miniflry, and before^ Imprifonment , but by 
the exprefs words of St. Luke, who after his digreffion about 
John the Baptift, even as low as his very Imprifonment fub- 
joins 'e^sS ^t *» rJ fiuz?%&w«j x7mv&, r Xxtv. Nowwhenall theLuk.1ij.xc, 
people were baptized, it came to pafs that Jefus alfo being 
baptized, and praying, the heaven was opened, Fromwhencs 

S Uii 

i * 8 AJhort view of the Harmony 

'tis clear that our Savior's Baptifm was at theconclufionof John's 
Miniftry, and that now he had initiated his Succejfor, he was in a 
port time to difappear. 3 . Thofe who make the Baptifm of Chrift 
to precede his whole Miniftry , and keep to the propriety of a- 
bout 30 years of Age at the fame time, muft either find out ano- 
ther beginning for the Reign p/Tibcrius, and fo for his fifteenth year •, 
than that own d by the Greek and Roman Hifiorians ; or leave a void 
fpace of a year or two in the Life of our Savior after his Baptifm, 
and before he be<ran his Miniftry. The former of which has no fujfi- 
cient foundation in Antiquity ; and the latter is not agreeable t9 the 
Evangelical Hiftory. For asfoon as the Baptifm is over-, the Temp- 

Mar.}. 1 1. tationmtheWildernefs i^s immediately/^-^*; and after that, 
in a little time, the Baptift is Imprifon'd, and Chrift begins his 

Luk.iv. 13,14. public Preaching;'/; Galilee. St. Luke's words are thefe, And 
when the devil had ended all the temptation, he departed from 
himforafeafon. And Jefus returned in the power of the fpirit 
into Galilee, and there went out a fame of him through all the 
region round about. Between which two verfes to interpofe a fpace 
of more than two years, which we have little or no account of in any 
of the Evawelifts, is very unreafonable. But by our prefent fa- 
ting of the fe matters, there is no need of thefe fi.nfts and inventi- 
ons. 4. And if to avoid thefe difficulties we feparate the fifteenth 

Luk.iij. 1. 23. of Tiberius from the Age of our Savior at 30 years ; and only loo\ 
upon the laft as an occafional Number mention id for his Age when he 
was Baptized, without any regard to the other', we /hall make St. 
Luke very puntlual and exatt to little purpofe. What great mat- 
ter is it for us fo minutely to know the year of the commencing of 
the Baptift V preaching , // thereby that of our Savior can't be dif- 
soverd? Or to what purpofe is the fifteenth year of Tiberius fo ac- 
curately determirid, and our Savior sage of 30 years fo particu- 
larly fpecify'd, if they were no way connetled together, and had 
no reference one to the other ? Suppofe an occafion of fixing the 
Series of Chronology by the connexion of the fears of the World 
with thofe of Nabonaflar. And all that appeared was, that 
the death of Nebuchadnezzar happen d A. M. 3442,. and 
that in the 1 %6thyear of NabonafTar, Croefus the King of the 
Lydians began his Reign \ without any intimation of the coinci- 
dence of thofe years wiih the 41 5 2d of the Julian Period: What 


of the four Evangelijls* 139 

we be the better for fuch accuracy of Numbers } Jafl 
thus it is in the cafe before us in the common opinion of Chronologers. 
But the pre fen t Scheme, which fuppofes a connexion of the fif- 
teenth of Tiberius, with the 30 jears of our Savior, (as the ac- 
curacy of the Numbers, and the nature of the Dejign do per- 
fuade,) feems to me much more probable, and agreeable to the 
fcope of St. Luke in this Chapter, And fince the Digrcjfion a- 
bout John the Baptift, is allow 'd to reach as far as the loth 
J r erfe ; we may juflly, without any injury to the coherence of the words 
f'-ppofe it to reach two Verfes farther, and then return to the 
Scries of our Savior s Hiflory. Which thing alone would clear 
the whole matter before us. 

Coroll. 2. Mr. Le Clerks Harmony of the Gcfpels fe far 
as it concerns the difpofition of our Savior s Acls, or the con- 
necting the years of his Miniflry with the Chrifiian JE.n,^ is 
■certainly erroneous. Mr. Le Clerk fuppofes that our Savior's 
Miniftry continued three years and a half, or thcre-abouts ; 
and that he dy'd at the Fajfover A. D. 2p. And by confe- 
rence that his Miniflry began in the Preaching of John the 
Baptift, A. D. 25. as he expreflly puts it p. 36. and indeed 
his Scheme obliges him fo to do. Now 'tis known from (a) Jo- 
fephus, that Pontius Pilate was Procurator of Judea but ten 
years ; and that he was put out fo little a while before the 
death of Tiberius, that the Emperor was actually dead before 
Pilate arriv'd at Rome to anfwer for himfelf. Tiberius dy'd 
March z6. A. D. 37. And Pilate might be out of his Office 
a month, or fix weeks before, fuppofe it February, from thence 
we mufl count ten years backward for the beginning o/Pilate'j 
Government, which will therefore fall into February j A. D. 
27. Tet it is exprefly faid that Pontius Pilate was Governor 
of Judea at the beginning of the Preaching of John the Bap- 
tift; and how long he had then been in that Office it is not 
faid. Luke iij. 1. In the fifteenth year of the reign of Ti- 

(a) Kctl niAaV©- JVjc« iTt<m S^.Tftytxt iir? 'lovelies Hi 'tufiitw imvr&t 
reft 'OumWow ^tiJvfSj/j^ lv%\xk, cm or dntantv ; vtflf JV »j rf 'fw'ffrjj «3©- 
%ui uiTsi pV>i T&erf®' /*$&yws. Jofeph. Antiq. 1. 18. C. J.' 

S a berius 

140 A Jhort wiew of the Harmony 

berius Cefar, Pontius Pilate being governor! of Judea, &c. the 
word of God came to John the Son of Zacharias in the wildernefs. 
So that if there were no other Arguments in the world (as there 
are abundance) to confute this new Hypothecs of the years of 
cur Savior's Miniflry and Death ; that alone were abundantly 
fuffcient for that purpofe : and is fo evident and remarkable a 
Charatterifiic with all the Writers of Harmonies, that 'tis very 
firange Mr. Le Cierk (hould take no more notice of tt. 

IX. The T off overs during the time of our Savior's 
Mini dry were five. 

This will hereafter appear from the Interval between the 
commencing of his Miniftry, and the time of his Death ; 
which, as will be prov'd, was four years and a half, and fo 
could not include more or lefs than five Paflbvers. But my 
bufmefs in this place is to fhew the foot-fteps of fo many in the 
Evangelical Hiftory. 

1. The firft Paffover we have in exprefs words in St. John, 
fc>h.ij. ij. ^ oon a ^ ter l ^ e beginning of his Gofpel. The Jews Paffover 

was at handy and Jefus went up to- Jerufalem.. 
Ghap.v. 1. 2 * ^ ie f econ d Paffover we alio have in St. John, tho* not 

in exprefs words, lifter thefe things there was a feafi of the 
Jews, and Jefus went up to Jerusalem. 'Tis true that the 
word ice™ Feafi, do's not distinctly denote the Paffover. But 
then as it do's no more denote any other of the Jewi/h Feafts, 
or diftinguifh one of them from the reft, fo in the common 
ufe of words, the principal Feaft is molt properly ftil'd the 
Feafi by way of eminence : In the opinion of moft Com- 
mentators, it has been fo underftood; and in the Phrafe of the 
Evangelifts the word do's never by it felf fignify either the 
Mar. xv. 6. Feafi of Weeks or of Tabernacles, but more than once do'sfig- 
Luk. xxiij. t 7. n jfy fa Feafi of the Paffover. But the principal Argument I de- 
Vid. iCor.v. p enc j U p 0n> IS t | 1 j s# Our Savior departed out of Judea into 
Galilee to avoid the fnares of the Pharifees, fo little before 
the Feaft of Tabernacles, that 'tis not probable he would re- 
turn thither again fo foon as that Feaft: and if it was not that 
Feaft, the very next in order is that of the Paflbver enfuing, 


of the four EvangeUJis. 1 4 x 

as 'tis here ftated. After the firft Pa {lover we find our Savi- 
or Preaching and Baptizing fo long in Judea, that there came 
more to his Baptifm than to Johns in Galilee. So that in all 
probability he fpent feveral months there. After this, to- 
wards the conclufion of Summer, he avoided the danger P™f 6. CorolL 
from the Pharifees by. going into Galilee, about fix or eight x - P nu3i 
weeks, fuppofe, before the Feaft of Tabernacles. Can we 
imagin that in fo little a time he would again caft himfelf 
into their hands, by returning to Jerufalem at that Feaft? 
'Tis, I think, every way more reafonable to believe that he 
ftaid in Galilee till his Baptifm ; that after that, and his 
Temptations were over, he went up to the Paffover; and up- 
on his rejection and danger there, left Jttdea for a long while, 
and at the ceafing of Johns Miniftry there by his Imprifon- 
ment about the fame time, went and Preach'd in Galilee, al- 
moft all the time of his Miniftry afterwards. All which 
confiderd, it is moft reafonable to think that the Feaft we are 
fpeaking of was the Feaft of the Pajfover. Or if any fhall 
ftill imagin that it might however be the Feaft of Weeks or 
of Tabernacles after this Paffover, tho' not before it; I will 
not here contend with them. For if this Feaft was afterward, 
it certainly fuppofes this Paffover to have, interven-d : and fo 
do's as certainly eftablim the prefent number of the Paffovers,. 
as if it was own'd to be the Paifover it felf. 

3 . The third Paffover is not exprefly mention'd by any of the 
Evangelifts. But the time of its celebration,which is fully equiva- 
lent, is moft plainly determin'd by three of them. The Difci pies 
pluck'd the Ears of the ftandingCorn on a Sabbath day, as St; Mattxij. 
.Matthew, St. Mark* and St. L^affurefus: and that day is l^*^- 
ftil'd by St. Luke 2«&S» Adjn&Gr&fev, The firft Sabbath after ■ vid. Sca'lig; 
the fecond day of the Pajfover. The firft of which Chara- Emendat. 
fters of the rubing the Ears of the ftanding Corn is a certain.^™?' 
fign of the nearnefs of the Paifover: (for from thence to g^dSafcha^ 
Pentecoft was Corn-harveft in Jttdea.) And the other Cha- Laiigium de 
racier is with fo great probability expounded of that particular AnnisChriftL 
Sabbath above-mention'd, (the next to the Sheaf-offering, opP-4°8. 
fifteenth day of Nifan) that this fecures the former Argu- ~^^{. 

s 3 m ent Jp.i$>9> &c . 

!42 AJhort view of the Harmony 

ment; and both together afford undoubted Evidence of a 
third Paffover during our Savior's Miniftry. 

4. The fourth Paffover is exprefly mention'd by St. John 
]oh. vj. 4. in his account of the feeding 5000 in^the Defart. And the 

paffover, a feafi of the Jews was nigh. 

5. The fifth Paffover was that at which our Savior fuffer- 
ed: and fo is abundantly manifeft in all the Evangelifts. 

Coroll. Hence we under ft and the full importance of our Sa- 
vior s Parable of the Barren Fig-tree in St. Luke's Go/pel, a- 

Luk.xnj. 7,?, y om j 0Hr m onths before his death. He faid to the dreffer of 
his vineyard, thefe three years I come feeking fruit on this 
fig-tree, and find none. Cut it down: why cumbreth it the 
ground ? But he anfwered and faid unto him, Let it alone 
this year alfo, till 1 lhall dig about it, and dung it: And if 
it bear fruit, well ; but if not, then after that thou fhalt cut 
it down. Whence it appears that after four years forbearance 
■without fruit, the decree for utter Excijion was to be pajfed on 
the Tewifh Nation *<« ™ ^*»«v that in fome time afterward, tho' 
not immediately, itftjould actually and inevitably perifb. Which 
was accordingly done ; for at the time when this was fpoken, by the 
prefent Harmony, Chrift had /pent about four years of his Ali- 
niftry among them', and at the end of the fame Chapter, (foon 
after this) it appears that the Decree for their utter Exci/ton 

y ,. ,- was accordingly gone out againft them. O Jerufalcm, Jerufa- 
lem, thou which killeft the Prophets, and* ftoneft them that 
are fent unto thee ; how often would I have gathered thy 
children as a hen gathereth her chickens under her wings, and 
ye would not? Behold your houfe is left unto you defolate. 
Which coincidence is Ukewife no inconfidcrable confirmation of the 
truth of the prefent Proportion. 

X. The firft Paffover of our Savior's Miniftry was 
A. T>. 29. 

That I may fully eftablifh this Proportion which is of fo great 
confequence to the true (rating of the whole Evangelical Hifto- 
ry, I (hall prove it from the exprefs affirmation of the Jews 
themfelyes at that Paffover : who were certainly beft acquaint- 

of the four EvangeBJis. 145 

ed with every thing relating to their own Temple, and the 
feafons of tlieir public Feafts there. Now the Jews at our 
Savior's firft Pafiover, when he bid them Deflroj this 7>w-j h.ij. , 9 , X9 . 
pie, and in three days I will raife it up, Speaking of the 
Temple of his own Body ; The Jews, I fay, thinking he 
hadfpokenof their Temple, reply'd thus: Forty and fix years 
has this Temple been built , and wilt thou rear it up in three 
days? q. d. ' This famous Structure which we here fee has- 
'continu'd, and ftood firm and fure fix and forty years toge- 
' ther : and do'ft thou think it the work of one Man in three 
" days time to rebuild it if it were deftroy'd ? A Tabernacle 
'of moveable Materials which ftands but a while, and then 
' is remov'd at pleafure, may be foon fet up. But fuch a 
' firm and durable Structure as this Temple muft needs require 
t more Workmen than one, and a vaftly greater fpace of time 
'than three days to rear it. Now that this is the meaning of 
the words, 46 years **3$o\f>lfyi i vkU St©-, has this Temple been: 
built: and not as our Englijb Verfion has it, 46" years has this 
Temple been building, appears by the natural importance of 
the Original Words, and by the plain matter of fad to which 
they refer. The Jews, 'tis true, do not reafon fo exactly by 
this rendring of the words as by the other. But then the 
number of 46" years is demonstration that the fence I contend 
for is true. For otherwiife they talk much more improperly,, 
and without any color of truth; for Zoro babel's Temple af- £ Zr3L . 9 . aiu ji 
ter the Captivity,, was built in a little above four years, from v . I2# 
the fecond to the fixth of Darius. And Herod's Temple was Hag.ij.r©, i&, 
built in a year and half, and all the Walls, Courts, and Cloy- J 9« 
ffcers in eight more : as they themfelves well knew. Nay, if 
Zorobabel's Temple had. been 46" years in building, yet was 
not that an Argument that this Temple of Herod before 
their eyes, (of which they undoubtedly fpeak) could not be 
fooner erected. 'Tis therefore evident that the Jews do af* 
firm here that at this Paffover Herod's Temple had been b-uilt 
fi^ and forty years ; and fince this was a known matter of 
fact within their own memory, and certainly the thing in the 
World they were the moft exact about, their famous Tem- 
ple 5 and fince they affign not a round and decimal, but a. 

particu- : 

! 4 4 A P° 0Yt view of the Harmony 

particular and precife number, juft 46 years, they may be de- 
pended upon as to the accuracy of it. If we -can therefore 
find for certain when Herod's Temple or n««s was finifh'd : 
(for of that alone the difcourfe was, not of the whole 'ues' 
or the Cloyfters and Buildings on the Holy Ground,) we need 
but count 46 years, and we come to the year of the Paffo- 
ver before us. .Now this is plain in Jofephus, who (a) allures 
us that the n«m« or Temple, was begun in the eighteenth year 
of the Reign of Herod; (Which in fuch cafes he always 
reckons from the death of Antigonus,) and that it continu'd 
for a year and fix months, and then wasfinifh'd. Now from 
thefe Circumftances we may certainly find the year we in- 
Trop.ii.' -quire for. Antigoxus was (lain, as we fhall prove hereafter, 
about July A. P.J. 4-677 • and fo Herod's eighteenth year 
muft begin about July 4694, and continue till July 4695. 
Let us fuppofe the Temple begun about the Feaft of Taber- 
nacles in this eighteenth year, Ttfri 465)4. Add a year and fix 
months, the fpace in which it was building, and it will appear to 
have been finim'd at the PafTover, Nifan ^696. From this 
PafTover let us count 46 years, and this will bring us to the 
PafTover weinquirefor, Nifan 4741. which is A. D. 29. as was 
to be demonftrated. 'Tistrue, our prefent Copies of (b) Jo- 
fephus in another place afcribe this beginning of the building 
of the Temple not to the eighteenth, but the fifteenth year of 
Herod's Reign. Butthatmuftcertainlybeamiftake, becaufej^?- 
fephus'm the place firft quoted faysexprefly thatthis was after fuch 
• other Circumftances of Herod's Reign, as happen'dbyhis own 
words (c) in the feventeenth, or beginning of the eighteenth 
year of it, from the fame.'death of Antigonus. 

(a) To-n pZv, «t» t?5 'Hfiu'ho (sot-aiXtMi yipvcr®' hteuffad, f*i& to? <&&etpn- 
fjbiv»c nrgy!%&s, tgpy eu tb iv^iy l-mZtlXits, T N£ftv too ©sew A oumv xtcrt- 
ottuaS^. [Aii£&> 7i r -sfefesAo)', Ken <7ifoi ity®" d%ioffft7nfu!&i> iyupjv. Antuq.l.iy. 

C ' 14 " 

Te*s 'isgtZffi iK «fe« to5 5»«e xxl tou? 'ttm c£e*G»>.8s i'Trfxy/^.Ttutro 4fe< 

7uv& u^e^btiirsy trial* ij. rej' ft ymoS $\£ t 2 ugse/r oi^cfA/yf^ifT®^ ifiewnS 
x%\ [i/r,oi» f u7ms o >mcc, tTshijfu^n £*(>£<;. Ibid. 

(b) TlnTix.ttAd'iy.u.T a> pZy I'm t?s BanXtictf uuTp'yn T f«ee, x«< 

*»» <afy ufcit Urfm%'ov& %>£«*>* De Bello. 1. x. c. i<5. (c) Antiq.l., if, c. 15. 

of the four E<vangelifts. 145 

t ■ " ■ - 

XI. A Defiription or Enrolment of the Jews was 
made juft before our Savior's birth : but the Tax 
it fdf was not rais'd till the Banifhment of Ar- 
chtlauS) when Cyrenius was Governor of Syria. 

This I take to be the Importance of St. Luke's words, 
which have hitherto afforded the greateft of all the difficul- 
ties relating to the Cvangelical Hiftory, Afa «i imx*V* vteu-rn 
*j4«S »y«/4$«*W©" t?c ZveJox Kv^fioo. This firfi Tax was /f-z/v'^Luk.ij.i. 
when Cyrenius was Governor of Syria. The reafons of this 
Interpretation are thefe following. 

1. St. Luke* who had a little before mention d Herod as chap. i.e. 
King of the jews, and who very well knew that our Savi- 
or's birth happen'd under his Reign ; could not intend any other 
Defcription or Enrolment here, than what was confident 

with the freedom of the Jewi/b Nation at that time, and 
done by the Authority of Herod their King: and (o could 
not refer to the Taxation which about ten years afterward 
the Roman Governor of Syria, Cyrenius made in Judea. The 
Jews were indeed within the Dominions of the Roman Em- 
pire at that time : but fo that they were permitted their free- 
dom, and liv'd by their own Laws, under Herod, who was 
fet over them as their King by the Romans: and to whom 
alone the Nation of the Jews was immediately] fubjecT. So 
that a Taxation by a Roman Prefident of Syria could not, in 
all probability, be intended by St. Luke in this place. 

2. Nay, 'tis farther evident that St. Luke very well knew 
of the Time, Nature and Confequences of the Taxation un- 
der Cyrenius. 'Tis well known from Jofephus, t that about 

fifvj©- v3Tu Kaintg®*, drug \}zict2txos> ^nh[AYi<roffyj&' to v cv JZvq/u, x) T 
' Agfa's fcWW^fy©- oZyv. Antiq. 1. 17. c. ult. in cake. 

Awc«w5» £ a|g5 TmirZv ifouau.$, uTmr^ ym'4 , Turt uP&ti dfyu/ngklt [Alices fi» 
<J*»J9«5> iid 2t»e/«f waft?* "JzriK.et4<mg<&', StxcuoSb'Ttis H thus oLztfaiXtfyj©"' *&4 
■n/*>)7>-« t 3 icSi) yt*iiozf8ft&>. Ku7mytoi it Kurd nyxu&mib'zvrw, ittyw 

T T©- 

1 46 A Jhort <vie<w of the Harmony 

ten years after our Saviors birth, Publius Sulpicius Ouirinius, 
or Cyrenius was made Proficient of Syria: that upon the Ba- 
nifhment of Archelaus, and the Reduction of Judea into a 
Roman Province, he was fent to take an account of the Ef- 
fects of Archelaus-, and at the fame time to make a Taxation 
of the Country. That at this time he levy'd a Tax or Tri- 
bute of the Jews : that this Tax, being the firffc inftance of 
their Slavery to a Heathen Nation , was an occafion of 
a great Sedition under Judas the Galilean, or Gaulonite: and 
that it was not ealily levy'd, till by the perfuafion of their 
High-Prieft, at laft they acquiefced. That St. Luke was very 
well acquainted with all this, is evident in the Acts of the 
Apoftles ; where he relates thefe words of Gamaliel to the 

Aft. v*$6> 37. Jews. Before thefe days rofe up Theudas, boafting himfelf to 
be fome body. To ivhom a number of men, about 400, joined 
themfelves ; who was flain, and all, as many as obeyed him were 
Jcattered and brought to nought. After this man rofe up Judas 
of Galilee in the days of the Taxing, and drew away much people 
after him: he alfo peri/lied ; and all, as many as obeyed him were 
difperfed. Where he calls thefe the days -$ 'A™>?eec4>n f the 
Taxing, by the very fame word he ufes in the place before 
us -, and which is us'd no where elfe in the New Teftmaent. He 
defcribes the Sedition of Judas of Galilee, agreeably to Jofephus ; 
and which is the principal thing I aim at, he anigns the time 
of this Taxing to be after the Infurredion by Theudas ; andfo 
long after the birth of our Savior (for this Theudas himfelf ap- 
pears not to have caus'd any difhirbance till the time of Ar- 

^f'/^T' An " chelaus, when Herod was dead.) Froirt all which 'tis clear 
' * 4 ° OI 'that St. Luke was well acquainted with the Time as well as 

7-©" T iTTTrtuv l>yr,oif0jj(&', IvSumi rv[ \7n -7r£<nv Vbpvoict. Ux^.v Si «J K«« 
£««©- si's 7ijV 'lovSuiw 7r0g&fix-y>* I s £v&ixs ytve/S/ilw, ^roTt/Ayro '$$'<>% ts ctu- 

7Z~V Tx\ XiTiXf, <£ ^JTjJiKTB^-® T«6 ' A^XcioV ^i)f^%' oi Si, XKlTTtg TO XXT 

ap%zs, c* .Suvo) tyifitjrnc, th» t'srr rctTs binyeix-Vxtl eix.^xini', izmKXrtSmmv too 
US "Sfhio* ovxvk^o% totzmt®- xutoos tov cCpgigiuc, 'latc^cigyv, Be»%3 St eyr©* 
2«'oS iiv. K«« ei fofr'iiTliiyiiiTts tov 'l»>u£xgt)v T 2 \oyav, ci7ita(b»>» fig$[jbet&> fjuir 
Sin i»h>ttcown<;. 'huShtt St TowXxvli*i$ «vjf , vx teiXtui o'toftp. TxpccXx, ~ZxS- 
hvr.ov tpK&tPzeibv 7T^<rX»fHiQ»yofaf>®^, &m'/t'@ im banfatoj, ti'vtc ^mnj/tqo?* eu- 
■fbt_ »»i0, n xvlix-evi SbvXucw iTnQigHr Xtpvrts, & I s fad/jt&luf W dvLxtyt 
K y.K*toZm<i ii »$»&: L. 18. c.i. si initio. 


of the four Evangelijls. 1 47 

the Nature and Conferences of this Taxation under Cyrenius, 
ten years after the birth of our Savior; and fo cannot befup- 
pos'd to refer that to the Time rather preceding the fame. 

5. If we nicely examine the words made ufe of, and the 
circumftances attending thefe two different times of Enrol- 
ment and Taxation ; we fliall find them, even according to St. 
Lukes own accounts, intirely different from one another. 
The words made ufe of in both cafes are, 'tis true, of the 
fame Original: But by ufe (the great Rule and Standard of 
the value of all words whatfoever,) appear to have a ve- 
ry different importance in the New Teftament. The word 
then us'd for the Defcriptivn at our Savior's Birth, is the Verb 
'AmyyLfaftaf, and that us'd fdr the Taxation under Cyrenius is 
the Noun 'Am^axpi. Now I think it may juftly be afferted 
that in the times of the New Teftament Writers the Verb 
'Amy&QofAai only fignify'd a Defcription or Enrolment, without 
the leaft regard to any Tax or Levy of Money fucceeding it : 
and that 'A?n>#*pi the Noun, fignify'd only that Tax or 
Levy of Money, which fometimes follow 'd the former ; with- 
out any direct relation to the faid Enrolment. That by Cu- 
ftom the Noun of the fame Original with a Verb do's vary 
in fignification from it, is moll: frequent in all Languages; 
nay fometimes it recedes fo far from it, thatthe connection be- 
tween them is hardly difcernible. rsoptifw is to meafure the 
Earth: r»/*iT?i« is Geometry, or the Science which confifts of 
the knowlege of Numbers and Figures. And he may be an 
excellent Geometer who yet never actually, according to the 
Derivation of the word, meafured one Acre of Ground. n«s- 
OM7*X*^» is to Prepare, and fo llu&ax.^ a Preparation. But 
as we fliall fee hereafter, this Jaft word by ufe came to fig- 
nify only the day Preparatory to the Jeivifh Sabbath, or Fri- 
day. Nay in EngUJh in the words directly appofite to this 
matter, the Verb to Tax is oftentimes to Jay an Imputation, 
while the Noun a Tax is a Levy of Money only. But Ex- 
amples are endlefs> and every where to be met with; and 
therefore I fhall not trouble the Reader with any more. This 
therefore being fuppos'd that 'Asrvy&faopat might be refiraind to a 
Defcriptionox Enrolment of a People; and 'Am%*Qn might de- 

T 2 note 

! 4 8 A fiort view of the Harmony 

note the Tax it felf proportion'd to the former Account of 
the Peoples Eftates : I come to (hew that in the cafes before 
us it really 'was fo. The words 'AmygfrtSZ and 'Avny^xdl 
are only us'd of that Enrolment at our Savior's birth, which 
are the places in difpute ; and in the Epiftle to the Hebrews, 
M*b,xij. where mention is made of the Firft-born written or enroled in 
heaven 'Amytx*i*i8/!*y. Now as in the places in difpute there 
is no hint of any thing more than an account of the People 
to be inferred into the Records, or a bare Enrolment : fo'tis 
certain that in this place of the Epiftle to the Hebrews no 
more can be intended by it. And then as to the word 'A«b- 
ie«<p* it is only us*d in this place before us. under debate, and 
in that forequoted place of the Acts of the Apoftles. And 
as this fenfe for a Tax or Levy of Money, in the former place 
will go a great way to clear the chief Hiftorical Difficulty 
in the Gofpels, if it be allowd : fo in the other place it un- 
doubtedly denotes fuch a Taxation under Cyrenius, when the 
hrft Levy of Money or Tribute was exacted by the Roman Go- 
vernor of the Jewifi Nation; and fo will moft reafonablybe 
interpreted to that fence every where in the fame Writer. 
And as the Notation of the -words do's favor my Expofition; 
fo do the Circumftances of each Description or Taxation them* 
felves. For at the time of our Savior's Birth, Jojcph, a poor 
Carpenter, was oblig'd to come to Bethlehem to the Enrolment 
of his Family, when his Poverty would have privilege! him 
from a Levy of Money j and when at the fame time All went 
£uk.ij. 3. t0 y e £„ ro l'4 every one to his own City, without fcruple or re- 
luctance : whereas the very firft name of a Tax or Tribute to 
an Heathen Nation pafs'd with great difficulty; and appears in 
the times following to have caus'd deep Refentments in the 
minds of this Nation, even till their utter deftruction it felf; 
which was in fome meafure occafion'd by it. So that at laft 
it appears that both the proper Importance of the words, 
and the Circumftances of things themfelves. confpire to 
confirm the prefent Solution of this difficulty': and that the 
Enrolment of the Jews was at our Savior's Birth, and the 
Tax it felf not till fome years after, when Cyrenius "was Go- 
vernor of Syria. 


of the four Evangelifts. 149 

Coroll. 1 . Its therefore very probable that the Enrolment of 
the Jews was made by Herod, at the requeft of Auguftus, fome 
time after the fecond general Cenfus or Taxation of his Empire. 
'Tts certain from the Roman Hi/lories, that Auguftus took an 
Account of his Empire t thrice : the firft time was long before ; 
the third long after our Savior's Nativity. But the fecond, 
according to an ancient Fragment of an Infcription, * when 
Cenforinus and Afinius were Confuls; about four years before Marmor Ao- 
the Birth of Chrift. On which account ; conjidering what has cyrmuva. 
been before advane'd about the Taxation under Cyrenius many 
years afterwards, 'tis 3 I thinks mofi reafonable to believe that 
fome time after the fecond Cenfus of Auguftus (which tho' it 
began four years fooner, yet might not be finijh'd long before the 
Birth of our Savior) Herod the King of the Jews was requi- 
red or requefted by him to get him a like exalt Account of the 
Jewifti Nation, as he had already attain d of the reft of the Ro- 
man Empire : which he did accordingly : and that this was the 
Enrolment mentioned at the time of the Nativity before us. 

Coroll. 2. Hence we may alfo difcern the reafon of St, 
Luke'* Exprejfwn-y this firft Tax was levy'd A'J-n, » 'Am?ex<pl, 
<x%utk iyivivv. Becaufe this was the firft Tax in Judea (which was 
but then redue'd into a Roman Province, and fo not before lia- 
ble to Foreign Taxations:) and becaufe <* fecond followed after- 
ward. Of the three Cenfus of Auguflus the firft did not at. all 
reach Judea ; and fo his fecond and third Cenfus were the firft 
and fecond relating to that Nation, as St. Luke'/ words im 

f Auguftus cenfum Populi ter egit. primum ac tertiura cum collega, me- 
dium iolus. Su?ton. Auguji. c. x-j. in cake. 

* Nuper luftrum feci (legi) Cenforum — Sinio- Cofs- hoc eft, Lipfio ju- 
dice, Cenforino & Afmio Confulibus. A. P. J. 4706. Vid. Lamy. Apparat. 
p. 79. &. Lydiat. Defenf. Emendat. Temp. p. ff. 

T 5 XII. 

i 5 o A Jhort e vie'X) of the Harmony 

Xll. Herod the King of the Jew s s> dy'd upon the 
feventh day of the .Month Cafleu- or the ijth of 
November y A. T J. 4710. Three years and above 
a month before the Ckriftian <iy£ra. 

Becaufe the principal Character of the time of our Savi- 

Matt.ij. 1. or's Birth, is this, that he was born in the days of Herod the King : 

before we can fix the time of the birth of the one, we mufr. 

rirft ftate that of the death of the other; which mall be done 

in the following Obfervations laid together. 

1. 'Tis certain that in a round number Herod reign'd 3.7 
years from his firft obtaining the Kingdom at Rome; and 34 
years from the (laughter of his PredecefTor Antigonus, the 
Jaft of the Race of the Maccabees. This is exprefly aflerted 
hy Jofephus (a) as to both its parts in two feveral places, with- 
out any variation : and fo has never admitted of any difpute. 

z. Herod was declar'd King by the Senate at Rome> a little 
before the beginning of the 185^ Olympiad, about the mid- 
dle of July, A. P. J. 4674. That it was no fooner will 
be own'd by all, and that it was no later is evident by the Ar- 
guments following. 1. Jofephus (b) do's not only confine 
us to this year of the Jultan Period, by the names of the 
Confuls, but to that part of it before the full Moon next fol- 
lowing the Summer Solftice, by the number of the Olympi- 
ad 184 : whereas at that full Moon the 185^ Olympiad be- 
gan. 2. This happen'd juft upon the Reconciliation of Obla- 

xsn 'Pa/npuM "bcnfo'htxta iir-& £ itutys^- Antiq. 1. 17. C. 10. 

tyvfet,, U<P i 2$ -Jsj* 'P»{{Kia» a,7nh(^Jyi fio>.<nXil$ i7r?& y&j i^td^s^. De Bel - 
lo. 1. 1. cult. 

(b) Koci o (ftp aoruq t^v fictinXiictv 7mgc/,Xoifb%,u,i{ ' 7v^ti» cwt!)s s7ri I s p' 
£ ir ycy $■' i\viAt7nx'£&'' \zsa-nuovT©* Tedit AoftHin JLoihQiVlt li huit^t, 
•suti rain 'kciriv Ua^ar®^. Antiq. 1. 14. c. l6. 

of the fair Evangtlifts. 151 

vim and Anthony," at Brttndujium ; which was about the time vi ' d - SeNe M^' 
here fpecify'd, as we learn from the Roman Hiftorians. 3 • rf r ^A- tali 
Herod began his journey to Rome ("which (c) was done with 
the utmoft expedition poffiblc, even' the violence of ve- 
ry ftarmy Weather,; Juft about the Feati of Pentccofi, or Jofepb. Antiq, 
near 40 days before the 185^ Olympiad began. And becaufe 1. 14.0.24. & 
he might reach to Rome (d) in lefs than a months time, not- De Bello. h 1. 
withftanding his hindrance at Rhodes; and becaufe he was made c "' 
King (e) in lefs than a week after he came thither; It will 
certainly follow that he obtain'd the Kingdom at the very 
time here mention'd. 4. Herod was return'd back again into Antiq. 1. 14. 
Judea. fome confiderable time before Winter; and therefore c - *7- DeBello. 
muff have receiv'd the Kingdom about the middle of Sum-*;. 1 - ? li ' r 
mer, as is here afferted. 5. His Predeceflbr Antigonm, who ^.DeNata- 
was fet up by the Parthians this Spring, fome time before li Chrifti, c. 2 n 
Herod fet outfor Rome, reign'd (f) three years and three months 
before Jerufalem was taken by Sofim and Herod; which un- 
der the next Obfervation we fball prove was towards the end 
of June, A. P. J. 4677. So that Herod's obtaining the 
Kingdom, as here we have flated it, three or four months af- 
ter the beginning of Antigonm's reign, will exactly account 
for this Character in Jofephus alfo. And indeed had it been 

(c) Tlfimq f*fy%i ffyfw* teurov cxrn -iihvifyi ti<, 'TwfJtiw Im^f^ev, %i(jtiutvoS7z 
iW^, yjy t xx& 7>j\ 'l§»A«w ci m&xy x) mixu m>»d faxv/Afiav. Antiq. 
1. 14. c. 25-. 

*©" xzTtSeitm.c,, [btm robs xxQ ttjV 'ti&Xicw %ev£*<>> ini 'Yay>r)$ iVrhi- De 
Bell. 1. 1. c. 11. 

(d) Quod autem folidum duntaxat menfem unum Navigationi Herodis ex 
Italia in Palaeftinam concedere poflimus, locupletem vadem habemus Palla- 
dium, Cap. ic2. ubi narrat Melaniam Cxfarea Romam venifle intra viginti 
dies. Vide infuper Plinium in proocmio Lib. 19, ubi quofdam.refert qui ex 
Italia in AEgyptum pervenere inter fex , feptem aut novem dies. Senefchall. 
De Natali Chrijli. c. 21. 

(e) 'AXb' 'oU <£ £V.^ 7»~5 to<w(5 «/*s^s«; vm.( > %%iv ouitzS Tv%vlt T et/JV 
afotrhy.ijtjzvmv timtfyit &*. v~<; 'i&xictf. fofepb. Antiq. 1. 14. C 26. 

if) Tx ' hg/.f&isXis £t vtev 'A»Zcj9»oi/ xt/ni^m* fixeihix' TStx oi stjj XjTPhV 
pjiirctf aehu%f, T>v%y locncc re yjy 'Hf dh^ i%fvn>Xtopxqmi> i 'Kmiti®* $i «.*£.- 
Mr &(, r\v 'Atlifytcw &ixy£$fo. Antjq.l. 20, C. 8. 


1 5 2. A jloort i'/Vt-u of £&£ Harmony 

• ■ ■ • 

confder'd that //r>W might let out from Judea at Pentecofi, 
and be at Rome a week or fortnight before the iS^thOljmpiadbe- 
gan,no doubt would ever have been made of this date of his reign. 
3. Jerujalem was taken by Sojius and Herod, and Antigo- 
nm thereupon flain about the end of June, A. P. J. ^6-jj. 
This fee end date of Herod's reign is demonftrated by the Cha- 
racters following. 1. This time affords us three years and 
three months llnce the beginning of Antiaonus's reign, agree- 
ably to the Teftimony of Jofephus belore-mention'd. 2. At 
this Siege of Jerufalem there was a great (g) fcarcity of Pro- 
vifions on account of the Sabbatical year. Now that fcarci- 
ty could not be till after the time of Harveft of the Sabbatical 
year; and therefore not till after Pentecoft, the end of Corn- 
Harveft in Judea: for till the want of a Crop affli&ed the 
Nation, it could not be the poorer for the Sabbatical year, 
but the richer, by the faving that Seed which on all other 
years they fow'd, and for the prefent loft the advantage of 
it. 3. The Sabbatical year (which yet lafted no longer than 
the beginning of Autumn) was not (h) over till a conlidera- 
ble time after the City was taken. 4. The Siege began in 
the third year (i) of the reign of Herod, as foon as the rigor 
of Winter was over; and lafted fivef^J months, till the 
heat of Summer. 5. The (I) City was taken pn the day of 

(g ) K«c< Ai(Jt/u ■ncXett7m^4f»fu (c 1 tortlvH T imr^iiuy ' Ts* y> i&h/ngutxX* 
hicwnv frtwtZn k*& itcuiiv eivetf. Antiq. 1. 14. C. 28- 

*J y> tots, £ tarugtiv & cmu»h tw yr,v x7ni^g<iif^Sev stir »{&?¥. Antiq. 

L if. c. 1. 

(/)K«i tt (6*y, XHkuv £7Tt%t, fiutys nxtv ct v £ 1 5TJ 'l£g$<rcAt»/{$* n (Sst<n\iu$ ffCf.- 

£«'. Antiq. 1. 14* c. 27. 

Txhncioi ^u^ynhueruj -3 s WA£»s. T&%» J* tu>To -n>SS tr©- h» i% » (l«.r.Xiuc, 
ii 'Pvpy ^wJs'JWx^ Ibid. 

(b) Qzgat; it y> »v, evJtv ipTTDotiv 0f *i rtjv [%*fi,xTui] tiveifxezv ' #r' 
$cn § tit^ys, xt Zin r t'p?*£6{vp'ci)». Ibid. C. 28. 

17»Tf (&r,<n &wtyyMv tw wrAwf xi«*- De Bello, 1. 1. c. 1 3. 
- (/) T*f§ to ?m%<; cniyt?*) Trj'Ue<)OT>XvF/jff vniA<iv7n<.TtuovT®' iv'Vupy Metpx.!f'A- 
ye/zz-XK, yma K«*jjy*r«»*> t7ri I s girt o*vf/j7ncc£c<;, xtf "/ f*W t£ iepTvj •£ wStS- 
Mi' aazi£ v*. ■tS&'K ovrnc, $ y.vopfyvs im I\t>f*7n)i* raft "l*<We<s avpQogfi;, x«yi 
Vzs' cv.uva r^dCry itlXumt *>f**f*' (Jtji(&*Tiii r.t^. Antiq. 1. 14. c. ult. 


of the four EvangeUJis. 153 

a folcmn Faff, in the third month, the very fame day where- 
on it had, within 27 years, been before taken by Pompey ; i.e. 
on the 23^ of Sivan, the Annual Faft for the defection and 
Idolatry of Jeroboam. All which evident Characters do con- 
cur to determin the exact time of the taking of Jeru/alem, 
and of what prefently fucceeded it, the flaying of Antigo- 
uus, beyond any rational exception. Dio indeed, the Roman 
Hiftorian, places it in the year (m) before. But either he 
refers to the preparation for the Siege, or elk he muft be 
miftaken. So many undoubted Characters in Jofephus, who 
on purpofe wrote the Hiftory, being infinitely preferable to the 
general affirmation of a foreign, remote and unconcern'd Hi- 
ftorian. Tho* this Chronological Character of Dio was here to 
be obferv'd, as being the only Authentic one that is, I think, 
fuperfeded by me in this whole Harmony. 

4. Having now obtain'd the length of Herod's reign in 
round numbers, and the exact dates of the two Epochas whence 
'tis deriv'd, we muft thence inquire the time of his Death, 
and that as near as poflible to 37 years from the former, and 
to 34 from the latter commencement of it: /'. e. as near as 
poffibly to July, A. P. J. 471 1. 

But becaufe Jofephus no where fets down any redundant 
or deficient months in the reign of Herod, we muft fearch for 
fome other Characters of the punctual time of his death : 
yet fo that we confine our felves between 35 and 38 
years after the former; and between 33 and 35 years after the 
latter dater date of his reign before-mentiond ; that is, be- 
tween July, A. P. J. 4710, and July, 4712. 

6. Seeing therefore we are now confin'd to the fpace of 
two years, and feeing the Cuftom of Jofephus inclines us to 
believe there were deficient, rather than redundant months ; fee- 
it^ withal there was an Eclipfe of the Moon the fame («) night 

(m) 'Ex.eii>x<; $j £» 'HgeSfy ml 6 'Avnon®^ *e%w iyrcrft^f' r e^' 'A»7J- 

immvfy) x] pini &tb x) UrirQet\t* ' Im fS/u H tsuti KA<W/» TtZrt N*>f£«- 
vx T0u$ ovtus tyivtfo. Lib. 49. 

mtv %Kcw<n %£rfeti m x) v) <n\*im $t t£ eury ti/K-n iijXmr. Antiq. 1. 17. c. 8. 

U that 

ij4 A flatt view of the Harmony 

that Herod burnt feveral of the learned Jews alive, fomecon- 
fiderable time before his death; which tvjalhble Character 
happen'd March 13, 4710; and feeing Jaftly, that his death 
Antiq.l.i7» happen'd not many months before the PafTover; which things 
c. 10, are evident in Jofephus : Upon all thefe acconts compar'd to- 

gether, we muft certainly look for the death of Herod about 
the latter end of the belore-mention'd year 4710, or the be- 
ginning of the next 471 1. 

6. Since therefore we are now upon undoubted Authori- 
ties confin'd in our inquiries to a few months ; and fince 
within that fpace we find in the ancient Jewifo (0) Account 
of their Feafte and Fads, as well as their prefent Calendars, 
the feventh day of the month Cajleu, (at that time falling 
upon Novemb. 25.) recorded for an Anniverfary Holy-day, 
hecaufe on that day Herod the King dy'd; we have fufficient 
reafon on all accounts to acquiefce in it : and accordingly to 
fix his death to the 25/6 of November, A. P. J. 4710, as 
was at firft to be demonlTrated. All which reafonings will 
be confirm'd by the Observations following. 

7. Since the chief difficulty here is, that neither of the 
numbers of 37 or 34 are complete, and that it feems more 
reafonable to delay his death a few months longer, that fo we 
may come nearer their completion, and the next PalTover : 
This Objection is fully taken off, and we are fecur'd that /ft- 
rod did not live to the beginning of the year 471 1, by the 
exprefs Teftimonies of (p) Jofephus and (q) Dio, compar'd 

(0) odd Dn*-rn rat? cv 2113 dv iSo.t.3 nyatto 

Septima dies in menfe Caflcu feftiva eft, quoniam ea mortuus Herodes, 
qui odioprolequeb^tur iapicntes — Eft etiam laetitia coram ipib Deo cumim- 
probi toiluntur e mundo. Apud Lamy. Appa r at. Cfoonoly. 73. 

(p) 'latn'mv MccrSixe fiuntevo&s ^ffrXui tb &*#&*' ?°f e ph< De Vita 
fnamprincip. Vid etiam. Antiq.l. 17. c. ult. & de Bello.l.z.c. 6. 

(q) ''On 'Hgvfos i n«A«-«wo« eutl'tui^ Tivd ^ t tlhx<pS» X«&u* \xs\% 'Aa- 
sit*? xzztgve/l&v), xal tv pig®- t 2 'A-effi e & r *$ i^f*30t»)J.j. [M. iEmiiio Le- 
pldo> L. Arruntio Cofs.] Dio. 1. f f. 


of the four Evangelijis. 1 $ $ 

together. For Archelaus, the Succeffor to Herod in Judea, 
reign'd fomewhat above o years before his BaniiTiment, as 
Jofephus allures us. And yet his Banishment happen'd in 
the year 471Q, as Dio affirms; which two Teflimoniescom- 
pard together, are full evidence that Herod could not live 
longer than the prefent Proportion do's allow. 

8. The fame time of the death of Herod is confirm.d alfo 
by Jofephus s own account of the Banimment of ArchelaHt* 
which he fixes about the beginning of the (r) $jth year after 
the Victory at Aclittm. Now this ^jtb year in our Accounts 
began about three months before that time which we allow 
by the prefent flaring of the death of Herod; and fo within a 
due latitude do's certainly confirm it to us. 

9. The fame time is ftill more exactly eftabliuVd by Jo- 
fephurs own Account alfo of the years of Philips (f) uirche- 
laus's Half-brother, the Tetrarch of Galilee; who obtaining 
his Tetrarchy upon the death of Herod, enjoy d it 37 yean, 
together, and dy d in the twentieth year of Tiberius : which 
was over, Augnfi v) % 4747, that is but ^6\ after the death of 
Herod, according to the prefent Computation, So that as the 
former Obfervation will not allow us to anticipate the death 
of Herod ; fo will not the prefent permit us to poflpone it ; 
and taken together, they do both moft firmly eftablifh the 
punctual time above fpecify'd. 

XIII. Zacharias the Father of John the Baptift 
was in his Miniftration at the Temple, and the 
Baptift was conceiv'd the beginning of Septem- 
ber A. T. J. 47 op. 

vim vfiet» vzro Kcdaxg&'> Antiq. 1. i8# C. 3 

(/) Ten & KXtQlXizriniJ 'tifiuhv H fo xfoxJpo^-nXdjTX T /Slcv, e/jyoraf (d/>s»teuj~ 

mil rauXcwi-n}®* *«v i£ Sx&vtuw sSrovs ofls ovvkfa Antiq. 1. 18* C. 6. 

U 2 This 

^(j A Jhort <vie<w of the Harmony 

This Propofition, on which the time of the year for the 
Nativity of Chrift do's very much depend, is prov'd by the 
following Obfervations laid together. 

i. The Priefts ever fince the time of David, both before 

and after the Babylonifo Captivity, were divided into 24 Courfes 

to attend the Service of the Temple in their turns. This is 

Chr n xxiv. tne ex P re ^ s account of t ne Sacred Hiftory, and doubted of 

by none. 

2. Every one of thefe Courfes Miniflxed their week from 

iKingsxj.7. Sabbath to Sabbath. This is very probable from the Scri- 

2 Chron. xxiij. pture, and the conftant Tradition of the Jews: But certain 

4j from the exprefs Teftimony of Jofephm, an unexceptionable 

Witnefs; he being of the firft Order of them himfelf. His 

Antiq.l. 7. c words are concerning David, An-m^i 31 pi<w tot?(«» aJ^veJc^ ?A 

*]' _ <®tJ ini ipiyH ox.™ ^n 'Zu&Sdiw Im sJSSc&t, He ordain d that each 

E end f Tempt Courfe jhould Minifter to God eight days from one Sabbath to an- 

adCalcem O. other. The meaning of which Expreflion feems to be this, 

peris. that each Courfe {laid eight days at the Temple : but becaufe 

thereby each Sabbath had a double Courfe, that which went 

out, not leaving till the Sabbath was over : and that which 

came in, entring when it began, therefore the fucceffion of 

every Courfe was weekly, and accounted ftill from Sabbath to 


3 . The Order and Series of all thefe Courfes was fix'd by 
David, and by confequence there is no manner of reafon to 
fufpeft any alteration in the fame afterwards. Nay, if it 
fhould be allow'd that only fome of the original Families or 

Ltghtfott Hor. Courfes return'd again after the Babylonifi Captivity, as the. Jews j. generally fuppofe ; yet becaufe they aflure us at the fame time 
** that thofe that did return were divided into 24 Courfes, by 

the former Names, we have no reafon to fufpect any altera- 
tion in their known Order fTrft eitablifh'd in the days of 

4. Thefe Courfes which were fometimes interupted before, 
scalig.vbih- were never interrupted after the reftauration of them by Ju- 
? ra " das Maccabtus, upon the Profanation of the Temple by An- 

tiochus Epiphanes, till their final determination at the Siege of 
Jtrafalem by Titus. So that if we can tell any one week for 


of the four Evangelifls. i 5 7 

the Miniftration of any one Courfe in this Interval of years, 
we may eafily find the Series of all the Courfes for every 
{ingle year of the fpace before-mention'd. 

5. 'Xis highly probable, as the great Scaliger well argues, Uoi fupYa. 
that Judas Maccabaus, when he reftor'd the daily Sacrifice, 

and afrefh appointed the Courfes of the Priefts, would begin 
thofe Courfes with the firft Family, and fo permit them ever 
after to go on in their Order, especially when himfelf and 
his Family were of the fame Courfe alfo. Since therefore the 
firft Sabbath after the Reftitution of the daily Sacrifice was iMaccab.i;. 1 
Novemb. 29, A. P. J. 4549. by a Computation from that 
day we may probably find the time of each Courfe till the de- 
finition or Jerufalem by Titus ; and accordingly on Calcu- Scdig. ubi fil- 
iation it appears that by this method, the firft Courfe which wasF^ 2 -^- 
of Joiarib was to conclude its Miniftration on the Sabbath day ^^\ sS. 
Aug.^. A. P. J. 4783. which is A. D. 70. the very day of the j\ 
fetting fire to the Temple. 

6. As we have by this very probable method fixt the order 
of the Courfes from their reftoration by the Maccabees : fo 
if we can find any Hiftorical Evidence that will confirm the 
fame, we may look upon this Order as pretty certain, and ve- 
ty fecurely depend upon it. Now this Hiftorical Evidence 

we really have in the cafe. Forthe Jeivijb famous Chronicle Seder Olam 
informs usthat on the ninth day of the month Ab y or Augufl ^ x £ 
the fourth before-mention'd, when the Temple was fet on fire, Apparat.Par.r. 
it was the Courfe of Joiarib) agreeably to the former Com- Cap. 8. Sedt. 7* 
putation. 'Tis true, there was a deficiency of the- Priefts 
within the Temple on the feventeenth day of the foregoing jofephus De 
month Tamuz., three weeks before, and from that time the Bello. 1. 7.0,4, 
daily Sacrifice feems to have ceas'd, by the account of Jo- 
fephus himfelf. The Jews are not infenfibleofthis ; butnote that 
for the day of the ceafing of the dailySaerifice in their ownCalen- 
dars. But then this might very well be, and yet notice might be 
taken alfo into which Courfe of the Priefts, had they been 
continu'd, fo fatal a Deftrudion did fall, as we find it is in 
the Chronicle before cited. And fince this Hiftorical evi- 
dence of the matter of fad; do's fo exactly agree with the 
foimer very probable Calculation from the' firft Courfe in the 

U 3 days 

i j 8 A Jhort view of the Harmony 

days of the Maccabees, which has not been hitherto obfer- 
ved by any, we may, I think, rely upon the Order fo dif- 
cover'd with great fecurity. [Efpecially in cafe the time of 
our Savior's birth, to be hereafter ftated on other foundations 
alfo, agrees to the fame Computation, as we fhall fee it 
do's very exactly under the ntxt Proposition.] 

7. Since therefore by the Series of the Families juft now 
1 Chron. xxiv. ftated the Courfe of Abiah which was the eighth in order, 
10. and to which Zacharias the Father of the Baptifi did belong, 

Luk.j. j*. was i n i t s Miniftration at the Temple, the beginning of Sep- 
tember A. P. J. 4709, the year of the Conception of the 
Baptifi, we may conclude that the Baptifi was conceiv'd at the 
fame time as was to be demonftrated. 

Coroll. Since the Baptift was conceiv d the beginning of Sep- 
tember, our Savior was born about the latter end of October 
the next year. For as fo'on as Elizabeth had conceit) 'd the Bap- 
Luk.i. 14. x/.tift, fhe hid her felf five Jewifi months: and immediately af*> 
*■&- ward, in the beginning of the fix th month, the blejfed Virgin con- 

ceiv d our Savior : i. e. about the end of January A. P. J. 
47 1 o ; and nine months afterwards, he was bom about the lat- 
ter end of October the fame year* 

XIV. Our Savior was born about a month before 
the death of Herod. 

This Propofition is prov'd by the following Arguments. 
r. This time for the Birth of our Savior fo near to the 
Death of Herod, is moft agreeable to the ancient Opinion of 
the Church, which beginning the Chrifiian e^£ra not till a- 
bove three years after the Death of Herod, as we now 
find, is the moft exactly comply'd with, byfuppofing the Na- 
tivity as little backward as we can beforeit. And indeed, fince the 
only reafon for the removing the Nativity backward from the 
beginning of the Chrifiian zy£ra, which before was thought 
to commence from it, was that Chrift, according to the ex- 
Matt, ij. i. prefs Teftimony of Scripture, might be born before the 
death of Herod ; it feems moft reafonable to place it as little 
backward as poifible : and fo as here, not above a month be- 
fore it. i»St. 

of the four Evangclijls. ic 9 

2. St. Luke connecls the 30 years of Chrifi's age with the Luk.iij, i, 2J> 
fifteenth year of Tiberius: which is Co mucn the nearer cxact- 
nefs by how much our Savior's birth is plac'd nearer to the 
death of Herod: and if it be plac'd very Jong before, it will 
take away any exact coincidence at all. Which is a ftrong 
reafon to believe the Nativity very little prior to the death of 

3. The Circumftances in St. Afattkew'sGofpzl between the Matt.ij.i-. it- 
Nativity and the Death of Herod; of the coming of the 
Wife-men ; of the confutation at Jerufalem ; of the Wife- 
mens going to Bethlehem; of their return home another way; 
and of the (laughter of the Infants, do at firft. fight appear to 
be quick and fudden, and within a few weeks after the Na- 
tivity : and by none would have been thought to require a 
long fpace of time, had not other Opinions and Prejudices 
oblig'd them to do fo. 

4. St. Matthew affures us, that the firft Journey to JVazut- 
reth after the Nativity , was not till after the afcent out of 
Egypt alfo. St. Luke aflures us, that the fame Journey to Na- 
zareth was immediately after the Purification, or 40 days af- 
ter the Nativity. Whence it plainly follows that 40 days 
after the Nativity, Herod had been dead {o long at leaft as 
the Journey from Egypt to Jerufalem did require : accord- 
ing to the ftating of this matter in the prefent Proposition, 

St. Mathew's words are, But when Herod was dead J^ 

feph arofe and took^ the young child and his mother, and came 
into the land of Jjrael. But when he heard that Archelaus did 
reign in Judea in the room of his father Herod 3 he was afraid to 
go thither. Notwihflanding being warned of God in a dream, 
he turned ajide, or return a, 'Att^nnv into the parts of Galilee. 
And he came and dwelt in a city called Nazareth, &c. St. 
Luke's words are, When they had performed all things about the L u •• 
Purification, according to the law of the Lord; they returned ' ' 
into Galilee to their own city Nazareth. The reconciling of 
which two places has hitherto exercis'd the skill of the mod 
learned Commentators without fuccefs. Whereas in truth 
there is no manner of occafion for any reconcilement at all,. 


\to A fiort view of the Harmony 

nor in our prefent ftating of thefe matters, the leaft appear- 
ance of contradi&ion between them. 

5. This is wonderfully confirm'd by the Circumftances of 
Herod, juft before his death, and by the words of Auguftus, 
concerning his Barbarity to his Children, recorded by Ma- 
crobius. It appears by Jofephtts, that Herod was in a ftrange 
fury and rage a few days before his death ; that five days be- 
fore it he commanded his Son Antipater to be (lain ; that at 
the fame time he chang'd his Will, and difpos'd of his King- 
dom to his other Sons, according as he had obtain'd power 
from Auguftus. At which point of time both his barbarous 
Fury, and the fecurity of that Succeflion he was eftablifhing 
by his Will, make it moft probable, that he fought the life 
of the young King of the Jews ; and fo murder'd the In- 
fants at Bethlehem in order to it. And as the Circumftances of 
Herod do make it probable that he flew the Infants a few 
days before his death, about the very fame time that he flew 
his Son Antipater : So the words of Auguftus, recorded by 
Macrobius, do fully demonftrate the fame, who aflures us tha't 
* t When Auguftus heard that among the Infants, under two 
' years of age, which Herod had commanded to be flain in 
'-Syria, his own Son was alfo flain, he faid, 'Tis better to be 
'Herod'* Hog than his Son, Whence it appears that the fame 
Poft that brought the news of the murder of the Son, brought 
alfo that of the murder of the Infants: and fo occafion'd 
them to be join'd together in this reply of Augufius. Which 
being fuppos'd, and that, as Jofephus * allures us, Antipater 
was flain but five days before the death of Herod, we may 
conclude, that the murder of the Infants, and defcent into £- 
gypt to. avoid it, was within a few days of the death of He- 
rod, and by the former particular about a week or fort- 

t Cum audiiflet Auguftus inter pueros quos in Syria Herodes Rex Judx- 
orum intra bimatum jurfit interfki filium quoque ejus occifum, ait, Melius 
ejl Herodis Pertutn effe- quam filium. Saturnal. 1. 2. c. 4. 

* Teu/fo . <xfct%,a{ tubigct TreftjTrlvi pbt6' ' A.rr>7nt.i%M K7nr{ r I fa, nXdral. 
,Antiq.l. 1 7. c. 10. via. De Eello, 1. 1. c. 11. 


of the four Evangelijls. 1 6 1 

night before the Purification. So that the Nativity muff, have 
been about a month before the death of Herod, as was to be 

6. And that the Purification was not over when our Sa- 
vior was in Egypt, and the Infants (lain, is evident by He- 
rod's intire ignorance of the time of Chrift's birth when he 
flew the Infants. He fent the Magi to inquire the time of 
the Nativity; and when they did not return to inform him, Matt. ij. 7, 8, 
he was fo ignorant of it, that he flew all under two years of 16. 
age, from the very firft appearance of the Star, to be fecure 
of not miffing the young King of the Jews. Now if this 
flaughter had been defer'd till after the Purification was over, 
that was fo public a thing, and attended with fuch public 
Circumftances af the Temple, that it was not poffible fori/<?-Lyk.ij. 31-39* 
rod to have been ignorant of it, nor confequently of the Na- 
tivity 40 days before it. 

Coroll. i. Since therefore the fourteen months after the Con- 
ception of John the Baptift, the beginning of September, A. P. J. 
4.705? . do oblige us to fix the Nativity of Chrift about the end 
of October 4710. Since withal the month before the death 
of Herod (which was Novemb. 25, the fame year,) directs us 
to the latter end of October alfo. Andjince, laftly, the mofi 
ancient Tradition of the Chriflian Church has fixt this Nativity 
to the i<$th day of the month; we may at lafi reafonably con- 
clude that our Savior was born October r/^ i^th, A. P.J. 
4710. three years, two months, and feven days before the begin- 
ning of the Chriftian JKvz ; which was to be demonftrated. 

Scholium. Since it has beeen a very ancient and conftant 
Cuftom in the Church to Celebrate the. Anniverfary of our Sa- 
vior's Nativity upon the 25^ of December, we muft here give 
fome account why we do not acquiefce in that as the true day 
of his Birth, but place it two months before it. Now that 
I may give what fatisfaction I am able in this matter, I iliall 
firft mew that the keeping the Anniverfary of our Savior's 
Birth on the z^th of December, do's not necelTarily imply 
either the knowlege or belief that the fame day was the exact 
time of the Nativity it felf. I ihall mew fecondly, that fup- 
pofing the ancient Church did look on that as the very day 

X of 

l6z A Jhort view of the Harmony 

of the Nativity, they were certainly miftaken therein. Laft- 
ly ) Upon the fame fuppofition I jfhall fhew what might in 
probability be the occafion of fuch their miftake. i. The 
fixing the Anniverfary of our Savior's Birth upon the i^tb of 
December-, do's not neceflarily imply either the knowlege or be- 
lief that the fame day was the exact time of the Nativity. 
For not to alledg here that the ancient Chriftians, tho' they had 
been wholly ignorant of the time of the year of our Savior's 
Nativity, yet among the reft of the Holy Days which they 
appointed in Commemoration of him and his Apoftles, to be 
fure would not omit one in memory of his Birth : In which 
cafe the time of this Anniverfary would be no argument for 
the true time of the Nativity it felf. Not, I fay, to alledg 
this, I mail rather rely upon an uncommon Obfervation which I 
had from a very great Man, viz,. That the Chriftian Holy-days, 
or Solemn Commemorations of our Savior and. his Apoftles, 
and of thofe remarkable for their relation to him feem to have 
been firft fixt by the Chriftian Church not on the days of 
their Births or Deaths, or the like, of which generally they 
were wholly ignorant, but on the Sun's entrance into Signs : 
efpecially thofe which were the Equinox and Solftice days : 
and on fuch other days as were noted among the Heathens, and 
were days of Riot and Idolatry. That fo thofe pernicious 
Solemnities of the Heathen Worfhip, and remains of the Hea- 
then Superftition might by degrees be fupplanted and worn 
off by the Holy and Spiritual Solemnities of the Chriftian 
Religion. Thus, becaufe the Sun's ingrefs into Signs in our Sa- 
vior's time generally happen'd on the 14th or 2$th days of 
each month, we have -upon nine or ten of our months a Chri- 
ftian Holy-day on one of thofe days : even tho' there be com- 
monly fcarce another in the whole month. Thus in order to 
the fame defign, the BaptiJFs Conception and Birth areplac'd 
at juft the diftance of half a year, or fix months before the 
Conception and Birth of our Savior; without, nay againft 
fcuk.j. 24, 26. the Teftimony of the Scripture, which allows but little above 
five months between them: and they are fo difpos'd as to 
fall upon the beginning of the four Seafonsofthe year. Thus 
St, Philip and St. James are commemorated May 1, becaufe 


of the four Evangelifts. 163 

the Floralia. a Heathen and Idolatrous Solemnity was on the 
fame day before. And thus to wear out the thoughts of the 
Heathen Saturnalia, and of the entrance into the Winter- 
quarter, which were then near one another, the wifdom of 
the Primitive Church thought fit to obferve the Annual Me- 
morial of our Savior's Birth about the fame time : and or- 
dain'd alfo that to make it the more folemn, the Death of St. 
Stephen the firit Martyr, of St. John the beloved, and in pro- See Dr. Hum- 
bability, the firft Difciple; and of the Holy Innocents, the mniJJoh.j. 
firft, who dy'd on our Savior's account, fhould all be com- Noteg * 
memorated on the days immediately fucceeding. Whereas no 
body, I fuppofe, do's believe that thefe three days la ft menti- 
on'd are the very fame on which the Accidents then remem- 
bred did really happen. Which Obfervation fuppos'd, we 
may very fitly folemnize the Nativity of our Lord on the 
ijth of December, according to the very ancient and general. 
Cuftom of the Church, without believing our felves, orfup- 
pofing that the Primitive Chriftians did believe that to 
have been the very day of the Nativity it felf, 
But 2. I fhall now fhew that fuppofing the ancient Church 
did look on the 15th of December, as the very day of the 
Nativity, they were certainly miftaken therein. For i.They 
were fo far from having any Authentic Accounts of the time 
of the Birth of Chrifl, of his Baptifm, the number of his 
public Paflbvers, or the time of his Death : that 'tis well 
known they generally were miftaken feveral years in every 
one of thofe Particulars. Upon which Accounts we have lit- 
tle reafon to rely upon their Opinion, fuppofing they had 
flxt the Nativity of our Savior to the i^th of December. A 
Witnefs who generally gives us a miftaken Information as to 
whole years, will hardiy deferve great credit when he pre- 
tends to be fo punctual as to affign the months and days alfo. 
2. A great foundation of this Opinion iscertainly falfe, viz,. 
That Zachanas was the High-Prieft, and that therefore his See &/</<?» of 
Son the Baptifi was Conceiv'd about the middlcof Tifri, af-^dayof 
ter his Father's Miniftration on the great day of Atonement ; C 
and therefore our Savior at the beginning of the Spring fol 

re been a grea* foundation o 
X 2, this 


lowing. This is known to have been a grea* foundation of 

1 64 A Jhort view of the Harmony 

this Opinion among the Ancients ; and 'tis now univerfally 
own'd to be a falfe one, and therefore gives juft caufetofuf- 
pect the Opinion it felf which is founded on it. 3. This 

Luk. ij. 1, Scc.^ 1116 °f tne y car was un ^ t f° r t ' ie Traveling of the Jews to 
the Enrolment, and for the Shepherds watching their Flocks by 
night, as well as for the Lying-in of the bleffed Virgin in a 
Stable: which Circumftances we all know did accompany the 
Birth of our Savior. 4. This time of the year was a month 
after the death of Herod: whereas 'tis not only certain that 

Matt.ij. it our Savior was born before it; but in all probability juft a- 
bout a month before it, as we have above prov'd. So that 
we muft yield that our Savior could not be born at the time 
when we Commemorate his Birth, but about two months be- 
fore it. For as to that Opinion, which the moft Learned 
have hitherto embrac'd , that what time of the year foevef 
Herod dy'd, our Savior was born on the ijth of December ^ be- 
fore it; 'tis fo difagreeable to the Evangelical Hiftory, fo 
perplexes us in the feveral fucceeding Notes of Time in the 
Gofpels, and renders the Harmony of the Evangelifts fo dif- 
ficult to be rightly ftated, as any one upon tryal will certainly 
find, that I cannot but reject it, as one of the greateft occa- 
fions of our mifunderftanding the Hiftory of our Savior's 
Life and Actions of all other whatfoever. If it could be 
prov'd that Herod was alive till the latter end of January, 
A. P. J. 471 1. it were poflible to agree with this Opini- 
on. But becaufe upon full evidence, we have prov'd that he 

frop.ii. dy'd the November before ; this Opinion, however com- 
mon or unqueftion'd, muft certainly be falfe; and the other 
above ftated, within a due latitude, as certainly true. 3. I 
fhall now (hew how it might come to pafs that the Primitive 
Chriftians did miftake in this matter, fuppofmg them to have 
done fo, viz,. By confounding the nominal tenth month or 
December-) with the real tenth month or Oftober. Letusfup- 
pofe an original Tradition that our Savior was born on the 
z$tb day of the tenth month; that is on the ijtb day of 
October. (For that month now is, and then was the real tenth 
month of the Julian year, which obtain'd over the Roman. 
Empire before the birth of our Savior.) Yet how eafy was it to 


of - the four Eijangelijis. i c 5 

render the tenth month by December ; which now Jignifies the 
tenth month, and was really fo when the names of the months 
were given them long before ? And from fo eafy a mi flake 
as this, 'tis very poifible that the moft ancient Tradition 
of the Church, which at firft truly fixt the Nativity to the 
25/^rof Otlober, might be fuppos'd to fix it to the fame day 
of December. 

Coroll. 2. Hence we may ft Me the particular times for -the fc- 
veral Hiftories about our Savior s Birth more exactly than for- 
merly. Thus the firft appearance of the. Star to the Wife-men 
•was at or before the Conception of John the Baptift : the mo- 
tion of it towards [udea a little before the Birth of (Thrift. 
The coming of the Wife-men to Jerufalem a little after it: their 
journey to Bethlehem within a few days more: their offering 
their Prefents foon after the Circumcijion : their return home a- 
bout a week^ afterward : Herod's flay for their return about a 
week^ more : his rage at their difappointing him in a few days more : 
the warning to Joleph to flee into Egypt immediately after. By 
which time, near a month was over fine e the Nativity ■, and the 
blejfed Virgin fit to undertake a journey. Accordingly foe and 
her Husband, and the joung Child flee towards Egypt by night , 
about the eighteenth or nineteenth of November : the journey was 
about 60 or 70 Miles, or of three days, or four at the moft. 
So that they might be in Egypt by the 2$d, a day or two af- 
ter the flaughter of the Infants : they might flay there four days 
till the zjth, and they might return from thence to J udea and 
Jerufalem in four days more ; and fo by the firft of December 
arrive at the Temple, and on the completion of the 40 days De- 
cember the third, were ready to perform all that was requird 
for the Purification ; and thence to go on their journey to Nazareth, 
according as the admonition of the Angel did require. 

Coroll. 3. Hence we fee the reafonablenefs of fuppofing the 
Purification to have been in the return from Egypt to Galilee. 
For fine e Jerufalem lay exactly in this Road, and fine e there was, 
no danger from Archelaus, who was not at Jerufalem, but at 
Jericho, taking care of his Fathers Funeral, and his own Sue- Antlu. I.17. c. 
ceffion, as is plain from Jcfephus ; and fine e the time of the Pu- \o. &DeBeU 
rificat ion falls fo naturally at the time of their return from E-lo>l- i.e. :u 

x 3 gyp r ; 

\6C A JJoort <vie<w of the Harmo?iy 

gypt; all the fe Circumflances do us that no time can Jo 
fitly be pitch 'd upon for the Purification as that before us in this 

Coroll. 4. Hence we alfo underfiand the full meaning of 

Matt. ij. ao. the Angel 's words to Jofeph in Egypt, For They are dead 
that fought the young child's life : whereas we find no other 
mention d in the Gofpel but Herod alone. But if we confider 
the falfe , cruel, and ambitious Temper of Antipater, and 
his endeavors to fupplant all that hindred his way to the King- 

Antiq. 1. 17. c. dom, in Jofephus, we JJmll not at allwonder thatHe fought the 

3, &c. 8c Dc [jfg f the young King of the Jews, as well as his Father Herod. 

Bello, l.i.c.20. ~4 n d fince his Father and he were both dead in the compafs of 
five days time, and after the departure of Jofeph for Egypt, 
we Ji hall not need to wonder that his Father and he are join'd to- 
gether by the Angel; and fo They, in the Plural Number-, are 
faid to be dead that fought the young child's life. 

Coroll. 5. Hence we alfo fee how agreeable this very port 
flay in Egypt is to the Evangelical Hijtory. St. Matthew af- 
fures us that 'twas part of the Revelation of the Angel, that 

Matt.ij. ic. t h e y were d eac J w hich fought the young child's life. It 
fcems fo very few days had pafs'djince the death of Herod, that 
at leaf his death was not yet known upon the Borders of Egypt 
where Jofeph was: otherwife he had flood in no need of a Re- 
velation for it. And this is farther mofl fully confirm 'd by his 

Matt.ij. 2 1,22. ignorance of the fucceffion of Archelaus, /;// he was inform d of 
it at his entring the land of Ifrael, in his return back^from thence 

Coroll. 6. Hence we may alfo obferve fome little hint even 
in St. Matthew, (who do's not exprefly take notice of it) that Jo- 
feph and his Wife had formerly Itv'd in Galilee, as we find it in 
particular in St. Luke'j Gojpel. For when Jofeph, being encou- 
raged by the Angel, obferv'd that Judea only, and not Galilee, 
was under Archelaus s Jurifditlion; and fo upon the Divine Ad- 
' monition refoh'd to go for Galilee : 'Tts thus exprefs'd by St. 

Mar.ij.12. Matthew •AFf^'p'wW' he return'd into the parts of Galilee, for 
that is the proper rendring of this word, (tho' it be fometimes of 
a fomewhat different Importance in the New TefiamentJ and is 

V, ix, 13. us din the fame Chapter of the departure or returning of the 


of the four EvattgeB/ls. \c-j 

Wife-men , to their own countrey again: which feems to me a, 
kind of intimation that he had Itv'd in Galilee before his comma Luk.j. i6, ?6. 
to Bethlehem to the Enrolment of his Family there, as we /^z/eandij.4. 
a particular account in St. Luke's Go/pel. 

Coroll. 7. Hence we may learn to corretl the common JEra. 
or Year of our Lord, viz. We muft add three years, two months, 
and a week^ to the common Account, if we would have the true 
number from the birth of our Savior till our own times. Thus 
this year 1701, till the ijth of October is the ijo^th, and af- 
ter that the ijo^thjince the Nativity of our Savior ; and in the 
fame manner for all other years of the Chriftian iEra whatfo- 

Coroll. 8. Hence we may obferve with how little reafon the 
/laughter of the Infants, and the death of Herod have been de- 
layed by many Expojitors for an intire two years /pace after the 
Nativity, viz. becaufe the /laughter extended to all, 'A™ cJWy ? 
xui wTwn?a, from two years old and under, as if thefe two 
years related to the time of the Nativity : whereas they moft clear- 
ly regard only the firft appearance of the Star to the wife-men 
long before. St. Matthew's words are, Then Herod, when he had Matt. ij. 7. 
privily called the wife-men, inquired of them diligently what 

time the Star appeared. And afterward, Then Herod V. 16. 

flew all the children from two years old and under, ac- 
cording to the time which he had diligently inquired of the 
wife-men. Which are too plain to need any further Expoji- 

Coroll. 9. Hence we fee the exatlnefs of that moft ancient 
And venerable divi/ion of the Periods of the World, which is ftil'd 
the Tradition of the houfe of Elias; and its puntlual agreement 
with the time of the coming of Chrift : t 2000 years Empti- 
nefs, 2000 years the Law, and 2000 years the Days of the 
jMe/fias. Or } as I fuppofe it was originally defign d, 2000 years 

nwn ma* 

Vid. Burnetittm Thzor. 1. 3. c. 5-. & Lxmy Apparat, Chronolog. Part. 2. 
£. 3. £&. 6. 


! £ g ^ y^r/ - wou of ?/?£ Harmony 

Emptincfs before Abraham, who receivd thepromifeoftheMef- 
fias ; 2000 years the preparation to the coming of the Mef. 
fias, of which the Law took^ up the main part : and zooo years 
more the days of the Meflias, poffibly before the happy Millen- 
Vid. Uffer. An- nlum ' For as Abraham was born A. M. 2008, very nearly 
naiad A.M. accordingly to this divif on : fo by the prefent Account Chrift 
icoS. was born tn the beginning of A. M. 4001, juft after the com- 

pletion of the two j ormer Periods. Which fo very ancient and re- 
markable a Monument of the Jews before the Birth of Chrift, 
ought to perfuade them that Jefus of Nazareth, who was born 
at the punctual time of their old expectations, is the true Mef- 
fias, by whom alone they can be fav'd. 

XV. The Genealogy in St. Matthew is that of Jo~ 
fephy the Husband of the Virgin Mary -, and is 
his Natural Pedigree from 'David, by his Son 

That this is the Genealogy of Jofeph is granted by all, 

Matt.;. 16. ar ,d i s exprefly afferted at the conclufion of it, Jacob begat 

Jofeph, the husband of Mary , of whom was born Jefus 

which is called Chrtfi. That this is a Natural Genealogy, and 

not a bare Legal Succeffion, is thus prov'd. 

1. The nature of a Genealogy among the Jews demon- 
frrates this, which certainly was ever look'd upon not as a 
bare Lift of Perfons fucceeding in the fame Office, but aRe- 
gifter of Fathers and Sons deriv'd down by Generation in the 
fame Line . 

2. The generality of Perfons concern'd are allow'd by all 
to have been truly Father and Son fucceffively; and whatiuf- 
ficient Reafons there can be to fuppofe it otherwife in the 

V a. reft, I cannot imagin. Abraham begat Jfaac, and Ifaac be- 

gat Jacob, and Jacob begat Judah and his Brethren. Here 
is undoubtedly a Catalogue of Fathers and Sons by defcent, 

V. 12, 13. and no .manner of Succeffion to the fime Office. Jeconias 
begat Salathiel, and Salathiel begat Zorobabel, and Zorobabel 
begat Abiud. Why thcfe fhould not equally be efteem'd 


of the four Evangelijls. i c^ 

Fathers and Sons, when the cafe and words are the very 
fame, I know not. 

3 . The word here us'd all along "Eytm*s Begat, fignifies a 
Natural Derivation, and can never be ftrain'd to imply a bare 
fuccellion only : neitherdid ever any good Author ufe itin fo odd 
an acceptation j and if we fhould in any other cafe find it fo 
expounded, we fhould certainly efteem the Expofition not on- 
ly falfe, but ridiculous. 

4. The cafe of Jeconias is an evident inftance fufficientto 
overturn fuch an Hypothecs; for his Succeflbr was his Uncle 
Zedekias, and his Son was Salathiel, as the Old Teftament 
informs us. Yet we fee 'tis not faid Jeconias begat Zedekias, iChron. in. 1 
as it ought otherv/ife to have been ; but Jeconias begat Salathiel,zs 
the plain import of words, and reafon of things did require. 

Coroll. 1. Jeconias, whofe fuppos'd want of Children is the 
only inftance in this Genealogy which can incline us to. believe it any 
where a bare fucceffwn, did truly Beget Salathiel. This is not 
only ajferted by St. Matthew, but is evident in the Old Tefta- iChr.iij. 17. 
ment Hiftory. 'Tts true, God pronoune'd his doom thus by the ■ 
Prophet Jeremy, Write ye this man childlefs, or defolate, 
But fure thofe who collect from hence that he had really no chil- 
dren, never read the whole Period. Hear the words at large, 
and believe Jeconias to have had no Children if you can. Is y er xxi - lg 
this man Coniah a defpifed broken idol? Is he a veifel where- 2o,*2o. 
in is no pleafure ? Wherefore are they caft out, he, and his 
feed? and are caft into a land which they know not ? O 
Earth, Earth, Earth, Hear the word of the Lord ! 
Thus faith the Lord, Write ye this man childlefs, a man that 
fhall not profper in his days: fornomanof his y?^ mall pro f- 
per fitting upon the throne of David, and ruling with royal 
authority any more in Judah. So that 'tis hence evident that 
tho here the Royal Power was for ever to go out of the Line of 
Jeconias; and his Children were to be no comforts to him, as if 
he were indeed depriv'd of them ; yet that undoubtedly he had 
Children, and that they -were to be carry d into Captivity 


Coroll. 2. Zorobabel was the true and proper Son of Sala- 
thiel, . and not the Son of his Brother Pedaiah. 'Tis true, m 

Y the ■ 

lyo AJhort <vienju of the Harmony 

iOiron.iij. the Chronicles Jeconias is faid to Beget Salathiel and Pedaiah, 
17,18,19. and Pedaiah to beget Zorobabel. Whence 'tis commonly fup- 
pos'd that Salathiel dying without Children of his own; his Bro- 
ther Pedaiah tool^ hts Wife, and raisd up Seed to him, and 
that in this fence only Salathiel is faid to have begot Zoroba- 
Ezraiij. 2. and be]^ Yet becaufe 1. Zorobabel/'; every where elfe in the Old 
v.z.Nehfcm. ar j New Tefiamcnt Jlil'd the Son of Salathiel, and not of Re* 
W^'x'xt & ' jdaiah : becaufe 2. Salathiel might have a Son of the fame name 
with the Son of his Brother Pedaiah, as is very ufual: becaufe 
z . no other inftance in this whole Genealogy can be JJjcwn, but 
•what is a truly natural Generation : and becaufe 4. the Alex- 
andrian MS. even in this place of the Chronicles, fays that not 
Pedaiah, but Salathiel was the Father of Zorobabel, accord- 
ing to all the other places wherein they are mention d: for all 
thefe reafons I fay, it may ftill juftly be fuppos'd that the courfe 
of natural Generation -was no more interrupted in this than in 
the other fieps of the Genealogy before us, and fo that Zoroba- 
bel was truly and properly the Son of Salathiel. 

Coroll. 3. Since this is the only Genealogy of Jofeph extant, 
as we Jhall fee hereafter ; and fincejofeph, by the exprefs words 
of Scripture, as well as his Enrolment at Bethlehem, wasun- 
Luk.ii.4. doubtedly of the houfe and linage of David, there can be no 
juft ground to believe this any other than his Natural Pedigree 
by the Line of Solomon from David ; as it appears to be at the 
Jirft fi?ht to every unprejudicd Reader. 

Coroll. 4. Since in this Natural Pedigree there is not one 
certain infiance of any Legal Generation, (by the raifing up of 
Seed to a Brother) we have no fufficient foundation to believe 
Jofeph any otherwife begotten by Jacob, than every Son in the 
whole Genealogy bejides, was begotten by the -preceding Per fin ; 
and fo all the reafon in the world to affrm Jacob to have been 
his proper and only Father by Natural Procreation. 

Coroll. 5. Hence we may fee the main defiyn of this Gene- 
Matt.i. 1. a tyy in tSt ' Matthew. 'Tis true, it is in a lower fence a Ge- 
nealogy of Jefus, the Son of her who was the Wife of Jo- 
feph : becauje it (l)ews the number of Generations from Abra- 
ham to Jefus, and it pews that in a legal fence, where the Family 
oftheMother was not confidefdat all, Jefus was the Son o/David; 


of the four Evangelifls 

l 7* 

and it alfo JJieivs that all the Legal Right's of the eldejl Son of a 
Family from David, was invefied in Jefus alfo. But then all 
thefe rejpecTs do not bring it up to the nature of a true Gene- 
alogy of Jefus, nor at all prove him the Son of David tn 
that fence, in which the Scripture had promised, and the Jews 
expelled the Meifias to be jo ; and therefore I cannot cjhem 
that as the main dejign of this Genealogy. If we loo^ into 
one jingle Verfe in St. John, we jhall fee the true reafons of this 
and the other Genealogy of our Savior, correfpondmg to the 
two great Characters of the true Meilias. In the dijpute the 
Jews had one with another, whether Jefus was the true Mef- 
lias or not, thofe who deny it, infijt upon the want, as they 
imagin'd, of thofe two difiinguijJjing marks which both the Scrt- 
pture and the Jews expectations requird. Hath not the Scri-J0h.vij.41. 
pture faid that'Chrift coifieth of the feed of David, and out 
of the town of Bethlehem, where David was? Whence we 
fee that whoever claim'd to be the Meffias, mujl be able to 
prove two things, i . That he was truly of the Seed of Da- 
vid ; and i*. That he ivas really born at Bethlehem, the Ci- 
ty of David. And both thefe Characters are own'd by all 
Chriftians to be necejfary in this^cafe. Now, I fay, the two 
Genealogies of our Savior were principally dejign d to demon- 
flrate that Jefus of Nazareth had an undoubted claim to them 
both : and 'tis a little firange that all Commentators jhould 
refrain both the Genealogies to one of thefe Characters, 
when thereby the other, which was equally necejfary to be fe- 
cur'd, had no particular provijion made for it. That St-. 
Luke'* Genealogy is a demonjlration of the latter Character, 
viz. that Jefus" was the fon of David, we jhall jhew hereaf- 
ter: and to prove that the fame Jefus was born at Bethlehem 
is. I thinly, the main defign of St. Matthew in his Genealo- 
gy. When our Savior firjl preach'd and wrought Miracles, 
he was then above 3 o years old, and had liv'd jo long at 
Nazareth in Galilee, that he was by the Jews univerfally ta- Matt. xxj. 1 r> 
ken for a Galilean by Birth, as well as Habitation; as we J<> h > j.46,47. 

find in fever al places of the Evangelical Hijlory. It was there- Mar - X1 v. 7°* 
r rr r 1 r -j a • n u 1 Luk.xxn. to. 

fore as necejfary that fome certain demonjtration Jhould be pro- '* 

dtte'd that this Jefus of Nazareth in Galilee, was born at 

Y 2 Bethlehem 

! 7 2. A Jhort <vie<w of the Harmony 

Bethlehem in Judea;' as that he dcnv'd his Pedigree from, 
David. . And according as we JJjall find hereafter that St. Luke' s 
Genealogy proves the latter, fo do's that before us in St. Mat- 
thew the former Characler of the Melius. It was a thing 
known by every body in the time of ChrifKf Aiinifiry that 
there had been an Enrolment of the Jews, a little above 30 
- years before: and that then every one had been obligd to go 
to the places of their own Tribe and Family, and that accord- 
ingly all thofe of the Tribe of Judah had gone to Judea, and 
all thofe of the family of David, to the City of David, which 
was Bethlehem. So that if it could be demonjirated that 
Jofeph the Husband of the Virgin Mary, was of the Tribe 
of Judah, and Family of David, there would then remain no 
doubt of their having been at Bethlehem when Jefus was 
bom ', fince his -Age, and the Delivery at that time, and pro- 
bably the new-born Child himfelf were eajlly to be found in 
the Public Records of that Enrolment there. So that at lafb. 
a Genealogy of the Line of Jofeph was as proper and neceffa- 
ry to prove this Characler ifiic of the Meffias, that JefuS was born at 
Bethlehem; as a Genealogy of the Line of Mary, that he 
was really the Son of Davicl. And that St. Matthew did 
principally regard this, we may collecl from the nee effity there 
was that the Meffias JJjould be born at Bethlehem, moft par- 
ticularly taken notice of by him, and by no other of the Evan- 
gelifts : which will deferve our careful conji deration. For as 
foon as he had given an account of the Genealogy and Nativity 
Matt. ij. 1, Sec. in hisfirfi Chapter , he begins thefecond thus ; Now when Jefus was 
' born in Bethlehem of Judea, in the days of Herod the King, 
behold there came wife-men from the eaft to Jerufalem : in- 
quiring where the Meffias was to be born. IJpon which, the. 
Sanhedrin meet, and agree that he was to be born in Bethle- 
hem of Judea. For thus, fay they, It is written by the Pro^ 
phct, And thou. Bethlehem in the land of Judah art not the 
leaffc among the Princes of Judah ; for out of thee fhall come 
a Governor that fhall rule my people Ifrael. From whence it 
appears that the great queflion with which St. Matthew wai. 
coficern'Mt was not of what Linage, but in what place the 

Meffias , 

• of the four Evangelifls. ■ 175 

Meflias was to be born: and accordingly 'tis mofl reafonable 
to looh^ upon that as the principal end of his Genealogy. 

Coroll. 6. Here we may obferve the nature of this Genea- 
logy in particular, viz. u4 divifion of the whole fpace between 
Aoraham and Chrift into three great Periods. The firft from 
Abraham to David, before the Regal Government. Tlje fe- 
cond from David to the Babyionifn Captivity, under«r/?<? Re- 
gal Government. The third fro'ti^ the Captivity to Chrift, af- 
ter the Regal Government, till tm^Lays of the MeiTias. 

Coroll. 7. Hence we may conjecture at the reafon. 
of the omifiion of four Perfons in the fecond Period, viz. 
Of Ahaziah, Joafh and Amaziah, after Joram • and of Je- 
hoiakim after Jofiah. That thefe Perfons are omitted, the 
Old Teftament Hiftory do's ajjure us: and Jince the firft o/iChron.iii. 
thefe Periods had fourteen Perfons, and the laft p.ojjibly had al- 10, Sec- 
fo juft fourteen Perfons, it pleas'd either the Evangelifl, (or 
rather had pleas'd the Jews in that Genealogy from ivhence 
St. Matthew tranferib'd his,) to leave out a few names in 
the fecond Period, and fo to reduce every one of them for the 
advantage of Adcmory, to the fame* equal number of fourteen 
Generations,, which, Jince it made no alteration in the main de- 
Jign, was not to be lookjd on as of any great confequence one 
way or other. 

Coroll. 8. The original complete number defigrid by thefe 
three fourteens, if there had been no particular interruption of 
them, was no more than 40 Generations. This Objervation,- 
tho' very obvious, has been hitherto neglected', and caus'd great 
difficulties to no purpofe. Thrice fourteen is q.2, if they -were 
all feparate, and not join'd Jo that the laft of one Series were 
the firft of the 'next. But thrice fourteen where each Series is 
linked together in one common per/on, is but 40., as every one 
muft acknowlege. Now that the fourteen Generations were de- 
figrid here inclufively, fo that the laft of the one was alfo the. 
firft of the ether, is certain from the firft Period, which is out 
of dtjpute, and fo the meafure of the reft. From Abraham to Matt ; ,j^ 
David fourteen Generations, by including the two extremes : 
From David to the carrying away into captivity fourteen ge- 
nerations, Where it ought to be incluftve alfo ; for Dwidisex*. 

Y 3 prefiy 


Afiort view of the Harmony 

prefly the firfi of this, as well as the lafi of the former Series. 
So that the number from Abraham to Chrift inclu/ively, muft 
have been 40, if no particular interruption had happen d in the 

Coroll. 9. But Jince the Series from David is not to a Per- 
fon, but an Epocha, the Captivity: and fo the lafi Perfon be- 
fore, and the firfi Perfon afte*it are different, (on account of 
liffion of him, in whofectme ithapperi d :) The complete num- 
Bfr 'tis not in St. Matthew ft 


her here defan'd, is 41. 

vid to Jojfias, or Jeconias/ but to the Captivity (which -was 

from Da- 

viu 10 jujuas., or icujinasj vni iu luc v^jajju vilv [ivmirj w Prop. unc i er Jehoiakim , the Perfon omitted between them, as has be 

prov'd elfewhere,) fourteen Generations : and 'tis not afterward 
from Jolias, or Jeconias, but from the Captivity to Chrift 
fourteen Generations. All which will be very plain from the 

Table following. 

1 Abraham 


1 David 

1 Jeconias 


2 Ifaac 


2 Solomon 


2 Salathiel 


3 Jacob 


3 Rehoboam 


3 Zorobabel 


4 Judah 


4 Abiah 


4 Abiud 

3 1 

5 Pharez 


5 Afa- 


5 Eliakim 


6 Ezron 


6 Jehofaphat 


6 Azor 


7 Aram 


7 [or am 


7 Sadoc 


8 Aminadab 


8 Ozias 


8 Achim 


5> Naafhon 


9 jotham 


9 Eliud 


10 Salmon 


10 Ahaz 

2 3 

10 Eleazer 


11 Bocz 


1 1 Ezekias 

2 4 

1 1 MattJhan 


12 Obed 


12 ManafTes 

2 5 

12 Jacob 


13 Jefie 


1 3 Amon 




14 David 

r 4 

14 Joiias 

2 -7 

14 Jefus Chrift 

4 1 

Coroll. 10. There is therefore no want of any perfon in the 
prefcnt Copies, nor the leaf occafion for any various Readings to 
tnal^e up any defccl in them. Since this Genealogical Table ap- 
pears the very fame in its numbers knd difpoftion that it was ori- 
ginally defign'd for. 

Coroll. 11. Nor is there any occafion for waking the former 
Jfeconias, who is the Son or Grand-fan of Jofias, different from 


of the four Evangelifts* . ijc 

■ i - .. 

him who is the Father of Saiathiel ', for confiderinir the two for- 
mer Corollaries, this -will but perplex, inflead of clearing the 

CoroJl. 12. There is no need of receding from the propriety of 
the Original, as to the time of the Birth of -Jeconias, l™ 1 s pi- 
WKtw'tus Bx€vx£v&'. About the Captivity of Babylon. Forje- 
conias and his Brethren mufl certainly be born about that time, 
which was in the fourth year of their Father [ehoiakimV 

XVI. The Genealogy recorded by St. Luke, is that 
of our Savior himfelf by the Bleflfed Virgin. 

The Reafons of this Affertion follow. 

i. Any real Genealogy of our Savior himfelf who was 
born of a Virgin, muft needs be that of the fame Virgin 
his Mother. Now fince St. Luke profeffes to give us the 
Genealogy of Chrifl himfelf (Jefus himfelf was about ^o yearsLvk.u). s£. 
of age when he began his miniftry, being, as. was fuppos'd, the 
fin of Jofeph, of Heli, &c.) We have great reafon to believe 
that it is by the Blefled Virgin, who was his only Parent in 
this World. 'Tis true, there is a Genealogy in St. Matthew 
relating to our Bleffed Savior, which is not by his Mother, 
as we have feen above. But then, as we have there lhew'd, 
that Genealogy was of another nature, and to another end. 
Nay, what is peculiarly conliderable, at the concluiion of it- 
it appears not to be the Genealogy of Jefus himfelf, in a 
proper fence, but only of his Mother's Husband ; and foisno 
Objection in the prefent cafe. St. Matthew's words are 3^- Matt. j. \6. 
cob begat Jofeph the husband of Alary, «<P' fa of which Mary 
was born Jefus, which is caUed Chrifl. So that nowithftand- 
ing, for other good reafons confider'd already, St. Matthew 
gives us a Genealogy of Jofeph, the only putative Father of 
Chrifl-. yet St. Luke, who allures us that his is that of Chrifl 
himfelf, muft be fuppos'd to mean the Genealogy of his 
true Mother, z. Any other Pedigree of our Savior than that 
by his Mother, would not have avail'd at all to the proor of 
his being the Son of David, the true MeJJias. The Jews al- 

I7 £ A Jhort view of the Harmony 

ways, and with good reafon expected a Mejfias truly of the 
Pofterity of David ; and if any one who pretended to that 
Title, could not prove himfelf of that Family, he was whol- 
ly to be rejected by them. Whence it is highly reafonable 
to believe that thi-s Genealogy of our Savior was defign'd 
to prove him the Son of David, and by confequence that his 
true Mother was of the fame Family. Otherwife he had ex- 
pos'd himfelf to the Contempt and Derillon of the Jews, 
for proving fo laborioufly a point almoft wholly foreign to 
his purpofe, and their expectations. 

3. St. Luke is of all others the leafl: to be fufpected of wa- 
ving the true and and natural Line of our Savior, becaufe 
himfelf records the fulleft Declaration in the whole Bible, 
of the neceflity of our Savior's derivation from the Loins of 
David, in the moft proper and full fence imaginable. 'Tis 
in St. Peters famous Sermon on the day of Pentecofi. The 

kft.ij.30. words are, David being a prophet, knew that God had [-worn 
with an oath to him, that of the fruit of his loins, according to 
the flcflj, he would raife up Chrifi to fit on his throne. If we 
duly confider fuch a Declaration as this, recorded by St. 
Luke, 'tis hardly pofnble to fuppofe that himfelf mould omit 
the real Pedigree by Mary, and only give us a fecond puta- 
tive one by her Husband Jofeph. 

4. The Jews in the frrft times of the Gofpel, never que- 
ftron'd the truth of our Lord's being of the Tribe of Ju- 

SeeHeb.vij, ^^ anc } Houfe of David: otherwife they would have urg'd 
L *' the contrary as an invincible Argument againft his Pretenti- 

ons to be their Meffias. Now if the Genealogy of oiir Sa- 
vior himfelf was fo evident among the Jews, 'tis not to befuppof- 
ed that it mould be wholly omitted by all the Evangelifts, and 
yet two Genealogies or his reputed Father be fet down there fo 
very particularly, as on the other fuppofition we find they are. 

5. 'Tis allow'd by all that- the Pedigree of Heli in St. 
Luke is dcriv'd from Nathan the Son of David ; and all 
the difpute is whether Jofeph was the Son, crMary the 
daughter of Hcli. Now none can be fo unexceptionable, ei- 
ther Witnefles or Judges in this cafe, as the ancient Jews, 
*JpeciaIIy if their TeiTimony be directly contrary to 


0/ rfe four Evangelifls. jjj 

their own Caufe, and Intereft. If Jty^ were the Son of 
Heli, they might lay it very hard to us to prove that Jefus 
was truly the Son of Davids as indeed they frequently do at 
this day. But if Mary the true Mother of Jefus, was the 
Daughter of Heli, they yield us the main point; for then we 
can mew them every ftep of the defcent of Jefus from Da- 
vid, nay, from Abraham and Adam alfo, extracted out of 
their own Tables of Genealogy. Yet we mall prove that the 
Authors of the Jerufalem Talmud, above 1200 years ago, 
openly call Mary, the daughter of Heli, as a thing common- 
ly known among them. The Paflage is this, Tranflated by 
an unexceptionable Perfon. There is, fays Dr. Lightfoot, in Hor<e Heb. ia 
the Jerufalem Talmud a difcourfe of a certain Perfon -who in /7/V Luc.iij.z3. 
Sleep faw thepunifjment of the Damned. Among the refi he t faw 
Mary the Daughter of Heli among the .Shades. Rabbi Lazar 
Ben Jofah faith, That pe hung by the Glandules of her Breafls. 
Rabbi Jcfah Bar Haninah, faith, That the great Bar of Hell- 
Gates hung at her Ear, Which exactnefs of both names Ma- 
ry the Daughter of Heli, and the bitter Reflections on her, 
fo ufual with them towards the Mother of Jefus, make it 
more than probable that the BlefTed Virgin is meant by them ; 
and if fo, we have the cafe determin'd by the moit unexcep- 
tionable WitnefTes or Judges in the world, and the Genea- 
logy of St. Luke is undoubtedly prov'd to be that of the 
Bleffed Virgin. 

Coroll. 1. Hence we learn the meaning of St. Luke'j words, 
which have hitherto occafiond all the difficulty in this matter. 

'i»otjV> ? 'ha*, tS MotlJur, &c. viz,. That jefus himfelf was a- 
bout 30 yearsofage when he began his Miniflry, being, aswas 
fuppos'd, the fon of Jofeph, but indeed of Heli, of Matthat, 

^ -ion nov 13 "i?y < 9 1 d^-jo 'by ma E3HO NOn 
itynm NT* "i»n wjn p hdv i NV t f»a wto xn^n 

nm*o j?»p cD^nun 

Talmud Hierofol. Chagigah. Fol yj. 4. 

Z &c. 

I7 g A Jhort wiew of the Harmony 

Ore. i. e. Tho' he was fuppos d the Son of Jofeph, yet was he 
really (by his A/other, Heli'jr Daughter) the Son or Grandfon of 
Heli, the Son of Matthat, ere. or elfe thus, being, aswasfup- 
pos'd, the Son of Jofeph, 7vho was the Son of Heli (by the Mar- 
riage of his Daughter) who was the Son of Matthat, &c. In 
which Paraphrafes it mufi be own'd that the confirutlion of St. 
Luke is not fo clear and natural as 'tis generally in other places, 
and as St. Mathew'i is upon the like occafion. But that one of 
them is his true fence, and that Mary was the Daughter, and 
not Jofeph theSonofWzXx, lfballfhew in the following particulars. 
i. I f jail prove that Jofeph was the Son of another, and not 
of Heli. 2. That Mary was not only the Daughter of Heli, 
but publicly known to be fo. 3. That very good reafons may be 
given v;hy the name of Mary was omitted, tho' her Genealogy 
was defcribed. 4. That the words will bear the fence here put 
upon them. 1. Jofeph was the Son of another, and not of\\t- 
Matt.j.16. li. This St. Matthew exprefly affures us of; Jacob begat Jo- 
feph the husband of Mary, of whom was born Jefus which 
is called Chrift. And as to the Legal Generation, whereon the 
death of a Perfon without Children, the next of Kin was to 
raife up Seed to his Brother or Relation, whereby a Perfon might 
have two Fathers, the one Legal, and the other Natural, (which 
is the only evafion here,) it can have no place in theprefent cafe. 
For 'tis next to impoffible that Jacob, of the Family of Solo- 
mon, pould be next of Kin to Eli, of the Family of Nathan, 
after the interval and difiinclion of a thoufand years. So that 
this Affertion of St. Matthew is decretory, and in a manner de- 
monftrates the certainty of the prefent CoroUary. 2. Mary was 
not only the Daughter of Heli, but publicity known to be fo. 
This is a clear conference of the Quotation out of the Jerufa- 
lem Talmud before, where we find above 400 years after our 
Savior, an ownd and public Tradition among the Jews, that 
the Blejfed Virgin Mary was the Daughter of Heli, according 
to the prefent Expofition of the Tefiimony of St. Luke in the Ge- 
nealogy before us. 3 . Very good Reafons may be given why the, 
name of Mary was omitted, tho' her Genealogy was defcrib'd in 
this place. For f nee the Jews never had the names of Women in 
their Genealogies ; Jince St. Luke was to add no names to that 


of the four Evangelifls. i y o 

Genealogical Table he tranfcrib'd ; and Jince whth St. Luke 
■wrote 'twas iv ell known that the Mother of Jcfus was the Daugh- 
ter of Heli, : >Tis not, on theft accounts very firange that her 
name jhould be omitted, even where her Pedigree was defrib'd 
by the Evangel if. 4. The words will bear the fence here put 
upon them. For if our Savior be fupposd to be here call'd the 
Son of Heli, as many believe, tho he was his Grandfon, in 
firttlnefs of fpeech, this is fo ufual in Scripture, and in degrees 
far more remote alfo, that it can be no mighty difficulty in the 
prefent cafe. But if Jofeph be here fiil'd the Son of Heli, 
when he was in reality but his Son-in-law ; this will not be 
%vithout good authority in the phrafe of Scripture neither. For 
as tn a Parallel cafe Daughters-in-law are fiil'd Daughters by 
the word as properly denoting own Daughters, as the word be* Gen.xxxvij. ] 
fore us denotes an own Son, fcveral times in the OldTefiament : IO - If- 
fo in this peculiar cafe before us may Jofeph, the Son-in- Rut "J- ll * lx + 
law of Heli, be properly enough fiil'd his Son by the Evangelift 1 *' 
in the prefent Genealogy. 

XVII. St. Luke's Genealogy by the Bleflfed Virgin. 
is intirely different from St. Matthew's by Jo- 
feph, from the days of T>avid. 

That St. Luke's Genealogy is deriv'd from Nathan, and 
St. Matthew's from Solomon, two different Sons of King Z>rf-Luk.iij. 31. 
vid, is evident in their refpe&ive Gofpels, and is not quefti- Matt. j. 6, 7. 
on'd by any. That thefe Families continu'd diftinct till the 
BabylomfJo Captivity, is alike evident, and granted by all : 
that therefore they then were not united, but did ftill con- 
tinue diftinft, is what I am oblig'd to prove in this place ; 
which I fhall do by the following Arguments. 

1. There was no occafion for the union of thefe Families. 
For fince the Meffiah was only promis'd to be of the Seed 
of David, but not of Solomon-, and fince this promife wase- 
qually fulfilled by his defcent from David by his Son Nathan, 
as it would have been if he had defcended from him by his 
Son of Solomon, there is no reafon to fuppofe that the 
Z 2 Line 

j 8 o A Jhort <view of the Harmony 

Line of the blefTed Virgin, or the Pofterity of Nathan in St. 
Luke, muft intermix with the Line of Jofeph, or the Pofte- 
ritv of Solomon in St. Matthew, as they had regard to the 
Genealogy of our Savior, with which alone we are at pre- 
fent concern'd. 

2. There is no way agreeably to the Laws and Cuftomsof 
the Jews, by which thefe two Families could be united. 
For as to the Union by the Legal method above-mention'd ; 
the taking of the Widow of a Brother, or neareft Relation 
to Wife, and railing up Seed to him, that can have no place at 
all here : for at this diftance from David of 400 or 500 years* 
a Perfon of one of thefe Families was fo far from being near- 
eft of Kin to a Perfon of the other, that they were in reality 
not a-kin at all. And then as to the ftill more weak Union 
of the Families by the fucceffion of one in the Kingdom to 
the other; this is leaft: of all to the purpofe : for befides, 
that this bullnefs of fucceffion is wholly different from that 
of Generation, and is no Union of Families at all ; befides 
this, I fay, the Kingdom of Jttdah it felfwasdeftroy'd, and 
the People carry'd into Captivity e'er there is any occafion 
for this union by fucceffion. And I fuppofe, we have little 
reafon to confider fucceffion to the Kingdom of Judah as a 
foundation of Sonfhip, and Union of Families, when the 
Kingdom of Jttdah it felf was extinct before. 

3. The only pretence for this conjoining the two Lines 
before us, is the likenefs of two fucceffive names in each Ge- 
nealogy Salathiel and Zorobabel, and the fuppofition thence 
arifing, that they were the fame Perfons. Now if it can 
be made appear that the Salathiel and Zorobabel in St. Mat- 
thew are no lefs than five Generations later than the Salathiel and 
Zorobabel in St. Luke, and by con fequence wholly diftincT: from 
them, it will be own'd that the very foundation of the diffi- 
culty is remov'd, and the two Genealogies will appear to be 
abfolutely diftincT: from the very days of David till thofe of 
our Savior. Now this is fully prov'd by a famous Text in the 
Prophecy of Zechariah, if it be taken in the fence that my 
learned Friend Mr. Allin with great probability do's put up- 
on it. This Prophet (peaking of the Repentance and La- 

of the four Evangelifts. i 8 1 

mentation of the Jews for the murder of their Mejfiah, at 
their future Converfion, chufes to inftance particularly in fome 
of the mod: remarkable Perfons of the Line by Nathan, 
(whence the Mejfiah himfelf was to proceed) from the days 
of David till his own time. And as 'tis very natural andfu- 
table,defcribes theirMourning, who were the moft^iearly related 
to the Mejfiah according to the Fleih, as the mod remarkable 
and affecting of all others; and accordingly fpecifies four of 
thofe his Progenitors, whofe names are in St. Luke's Genea- 
logy, and that in the order wherein they are there founds 
nay, andfoas to imply that the laft of thofe which he names, 
was contemporary with himfelf alfo ; thereby giving us very 
great light in fixing the times not of thofe Perfons only, but 
alfo of all the reft in that whole Genealogy. The Prophets 
words are thefe. / will four upon the houfe of David, and 
upon the inhabitants of Jerufalem the fpirit of grace and fup- '4- 
plications, and they JJjall look^ upon me whom they have pierced^ 
and they Jhall mourn for him as one mourneth for his only fon, 
and flail be in bitternefs for him as one that is in bitternejs 
for his firfi-born. In that day flail there be a great mourn- 
ing in Jerufalem, as the mourning of LTadadrimmon in the 
valley of Megiddon. uinrd the land Jljall mourn, every family 
apart. The family of the houfe of David apart, and their wives 
apart i the family of the houfe of Nathan apart, and their 
-wives apart , the family of the houfe of Levi apart, and their 
•wives apart: the family of Shimei apart, and their wives a- 
j>art : all the families that remain, every family apart, and their 
•wives apart. What Families can thefe names David, Nathan, 
Levi, Shimei poifibly refer to, as they are confin'd to the 
houfe of David, and the inhabitants of Jerufalem , but to 
thofe who were, the Progenitors of our Savior, and who are 
all found diftinctly recorded in St. Lukes Genealogy ? Icon-, 
fefs, I take it to be a clear cafe, and that thefe Families, and 
no others, are here intended by the Prophet. And what is 
the reafon that 'tis not faid the family of the houfe of Shimei y 
as 'tis in all the reft, but only the family of Shimei, but be- 
caufe this was fpoken in the time of Shimei, while hisChild - - 
ren made only a fingle Family at home with him, and be- 

Z 3 fore 

A Jhort view of the Harmo?iy 

fore they fpread into ieveral Houjholds, as the Pofterity of 
all the tormer had already done. This feems fo fair and ra- 
tional an E ".poiition of the difference of the Phrafes here 
us'd, as muft extort the aflent of all who are fatisfy'd with 
the former. Now this being fuppos'd, 'tis evident that Se- 
Luk.iij. 16,17. m ei in the*fifth Generation alter St. Luke's Zorobabel, was 
but contemporary with Zorobabel the Leader of the Jtws in 
St. Matthew, O. E. D. 

Coroll. 1. Here we may obferve the difference of the num- 
ber of Generations in the Jeveral Periods before and after the 
time of Semei in St. Luke\r Genealogy. From David to Se- 
mei 3 in about 500 years , there are reckon d up 16 Generations. 
But from Semei to Chrift in about 540 years there are no more 
than fij teen. Now this difference in the numbers before and af- 
ter the Jews Refioration to their own Land, (which is in a fome- 
what left degree obfervable in St. Matthew'* Genealogy a/jo, if 
the four Per fins omitted in his fecond Series be but added to 
them) was cither owing to the different natures of the accounts 
whereby the Lines were continud in the firft-born till the return 
from Captivity, but no longer: or elf e to the differing ft ate of the 
People of the Jews, during the main parts of thefe different Pe- 
riods, whereby in the times of eafe and quiet, before the captivi- 
ty they marry d much fooner than in the times of confujion and 
dtfturbance after it, as is very likely, and very futable to thofe 
different conditions they were in. 

Coroll. 2. 'Tis probable that the laft Period in St. Matthew'* 
Genealogy had really no more than thoje fourteen which are ex- 
prefly named in it. For Jince there are but very few more Ge- 
nerations in St. Luke in the fame Period of years, and Jince we 
have no reafon to believe that St. Luke leaves out any Genera- 
tions, (nay, by the number of Pcrjons ]rom David to Semei 
compard with the number of years belonging to them are ficure, 
that all that time not one is omitted by him.) Vpon thefe ac- 
counts it feems reafonable to fuppofe that St. Matthew'* third as 
well as hrft Period had juft fourteen Generations, and that on 
this account only the four Supernumeraries in the fecond Period were 
omitted by him, or rather by the Jewifh Writer of that Genea- 
logical Table which he tranferib'd. 
6 Coroll. 

of the four Evangelifls. i § $ 

Coroll. 3. The likenefs of ^two names only, Father and iSW,Salathiel 
^WZorobabel in two fuch long Genealogies, is but a poor argument 
that they were the fame Per fons : efpecially vthtn all the Circumfiances 
ay the Perfons before and after, and the time in which they liv'd were 
fo different We find in the line of Eparaim, Jacob begat Jo- 
feph : and in that of our Savior recorded by St. Matthew, Ja- 
cob begat Jofeph the husband of Mary. Tetno one in the leaf ima- 
gins them the fame, becaufe of the diverjity of the Perfons before 
and after, and of the times in which they liv'd. If in two o- 
therwife differing Generations in England, William the Son of 
George Jhould appear with different Predecejfors and Succeffors,and 
at a 100 years difiance in point of time, he would be looked upon as 
very unreafonahle, who from the bare likenefs of two fucceffive 
names fbould fuppofe them to be the fame Perfons. And they 
feem to me almofl as unreafonahle here, who from the like Jimi- 
litude of two names in St. Matthew/ and St. Luke's quite dif- 
ferent Pedigrees of our Savior, againfi plain evidence to the contrary, 
do fuppofe them the fame Perfons, and thereby raife groundlefs 
difficulties in the Evangelical Hijiories. Let but any one view 
the following Table of thefewPofierity o/Cain, and of Seth before 
the Deluge, and fee how much greater refemblance of names 
there was in that cafe (where yet no body is fo Childijh as to con- 
clude them to be the fame Perfons) and he will fee the much 
greater abfurdnefs in the cafe before us. 

Sons of Cain. Sons of Seth. „ 

1 Enoch. 1 Enos*, 

2 Irad 2 Cainan 

3 Mehujael 3 Malaleel 

4 Methufael 4 Jared 

5 Lamech 5 Enoch 

6 Jabal 6 Mathufela 

7 Jubal .7 Lamech 

8 Tubal-Cain. 8 Noah 

Coroll. 4. Since upon the whole it appears that all thofe 
numerous and perplexing difficulties which have been fo much 
&b jetted by the Jews ami- Infidels againfi the Genealogies of 


i 84 

A JJjort view of the Harmony 

St. Matthew and St. Luke compard together ; and by the mofl 

learned Defenders of the Sacred JVritings have been really thought 

Luk.iij. 2;. almofi inexplicable •, amount to little more than an unufual ex- 

preffion in an unufual cafe, where the Progenitors of one who 

had no Father on Earth were to be enumerated, we may hence 

learn that even fuch difficulties in the Sacred Writings as flill 

appear inexplicable to its, may in them fe Ives be very far from 

being fo. Nay, many of thofe which have hitherto feenvd the 

mofi uncapable of Solution, are fo far from being really fo-, that 

frequently nothing but fome odd and ungrounded miflakes are the 

occafions that there is any manner of difficulty about them. Thus 

for infiance, if the Reader will pardon a very port digreffon. 

.. , When St. Mark ajfures us that David eat the Shew-Bread in 

* lJ ' z ' the days of Abiathar the High-Prieft, a mighty difficulty is 

iSam.xxj. and raisd, as if this contradicled the Old Tefiament Hiftory ; where- 

-xxij. as there is not, I thinly a fy liable there againfi it. Forfure A- 

hi me lech might, as the head of a Courfe, be in attendance on 

the Tabernacle when David came, and yet the High-Priefi, 

whofe bufmefs did not require his attendance there, might be one 

whofe name was Abiathar at the fame time. And this is the 

lefs improper to be here obfervd, becaufe the occafion of this 

miftahe is the fame with that which we have jufl been concerned ivith- 

al, viz. Thefimilitude of the names of two fever al Per fons. The one of 

the High-Priefi himfelf, and the other of a Son of that Priefi 

who was then in attendance upon the Tabernacle, 

XVIII. Our Savior was abient from Jerufalem the 
intire fpace of two years and a half, from his fe- 
cond Paflbver, till the Feaft of Tabernacles be- 
fore his Death. 

It has been by fome fuppps'd that our Savior was at jfc- 
rufalem at all the 'Jewiflo Feafts during his Miniftry. But 
tho' I will not deny that he might be at moft of the reft ; 
yet that he was not there during the before-mention'd fpace 
of two years and a half, the following Obfervations will 

1. St. 

of the four EvangeBJis 


I. St. John, who alone gives an account of all die Paflb- Vid.Prop.$. 
vers and public Feafts of our Savior, and gives us the Hiftory of P rius - 
what paft at the reft of them; fays not a word of his goin°- 
to Jerufalem within the term above limited. His firftPafTo- 
ver at Jerusalem, he defcribes in his fecond Chapter. At the 
following Feaft of Weeks, he appears alfo by St. John to have 
been in the neighborhood of Jerufalem, and to that Feaft 
very probably he went; tho' becaufe it lafted but afingleday, 
nothing extraordinary happcn'd,and fo ourSavior leaving it imme- 
diately, no particular notice is taken of it by St. John. The 
next Feaft, that of Tabernacles, was in all probability foon 
after Chrifi's leaving Judea, and going for Galilee, in the 
fourth Chapter. And becaufe Chrifi left Judea on purpofe 
to avoid the defigns of the Phari/ees, 'tis not to be fuppos'd 
that he would immediately ihroiv himfelf into their 
hands at the Feaft following. The next Feaft was the fecond 
PafTover of our Savior's Miniftry, when our Lord went up to 
Jerufalem, as St. John allures us. The Hiftory of which 
PafTover you have at large in the fifth Chapter of his Gof- 
pel. The next PafTover, and theFeafts of Weeks, and of Ta- 
bernacles both before and after it, were within the compafs 
of the Hiftory of the three other Evangelifts, and fo St. 
John, who only fupplies their defects, was not concerned with 
them, unlefs our Savior had gone to Jerufalem to them. (For 
then no account having been given of them by the reft, it 
had been St. Johns Province to have interpos'd their Hifto- 
ry.) So that even his filence in thefe Feafts is a very pro- 
bable argument that our Savior was abfent at the fame times. 
The fourth PafTover, as to the time of its approach, is men- 
tion'd by St. John in the Miracle of the feeding of 5000 m 
the Wildernefs, but without the leaft hint that our Savior 
went up to it to Jerufalem-, atid the next Feaft, that of 
Weeks is not mention'd at all by him in his Gofpel. So 
that as far as appears from St. John,- who is our beft Guide 
in this matter, Chrifi was never zt Jerufalem within the time 
limited above, from his fecond PafTover to the Feaft of Ta- 
bernacles before his death. 

Aa i. The 

i 8 6 A Jhort view of the Harmony 

2. The reft of the Evangelifts fay not a fyllable of Chrif's 
going up to Jerufalem within the time limited: nay, they 
fairly imply the contrary as to thofe Feafts of which there are any 
footftcps in their Gofpels. About the time of the third PafT- 
over, we find him in their accounts, near the Sea of Galilee 

Matt.ix. 0-17. a little before, and a little after that firfl fabbath after the fc- 
Mar.ij. 13-22. con( ^ fay of the Paffover, when the Difciples^/«r^ the ears 
MattJxi^o-M.' °f corn ' S° that in all probability our Savior and his Di- 
Mar.'iij. 1-12. fciples were in Galilee, and near the Sea of Galilee all that 
Luk. vj. 6-n. while. And about the time of the fourth Paffover, the 

Scribes and Pharifees came down from Jerufalem as far as Ga~ 
Matt. xv. 1. like, to Examin and Confront him: which certainly, if he 

had either lately been at Jerufalem at the Paffover, or was foon ex- 
Mar, vij.i. pe&cd there, they need not have done. 

3. This is farther evident by the particular Circumftances of 
Chrift's leaving Jerufalem at the fecond Paffover, and afcend- 
ing thither at the laft Feaft of Tabernacles, (the bounds be- 
tween which I fuppofe him not to have been there.) At 
the fecond Paffover our Savior was in very imminent danger 
of his life, for healing on the Sabbath day, and calling himfelf 
the Son of God : or in the Jews opinion, for Profanation of 

Job. v. 16. the Sabbath, and for Blafphemy. St. John's words are, There- 
fore did the Jews perfecute Jefus, and fought to flay him, becaufe he 

V. 18. had done thefe things on the fabbath day. And afterwards, Therefore 

the Jews fought the more to kill him, becaufe he not only had 
broken the fabbath, but faid alfo that God was his father, 
making himfelf equal with God. So that we fee, unlefs our 
Savior would voluntarily expofe himfelf to the malice and cruel- 
ty of the Jews before his Preaching was finifh'd, and the 
time of his death determin'd by the Prophecies of the Old 
Teftament was come, he mijft keep away from Jerufalem. 
And that accordingly he did fo, St. John affurcs* us in the 

Joh.vij. 1. beginning of his feventh Chapter in thefe words, After thefe 
things Jefus walked in Galilee, for he would not walk^ in Jewry, 
becaufe the Jews fought to kill him. And all this is mightily 
confirm'd by the Circumftances of the laft Feaft of Taber- 
nacles, when our Savior went thither again, both in St. John's 
and St. Luke's Gofpels. From St. John 'tis plain that he had 


of the four Enjangelijls. i 87 

ftaid To long in Galilee that his Relations wonder'd at it, and 
advife him by all means not to live in fo private a corner of 
the Land, but to mew himfelf at the public Feafts at Jeru- 
falem. Now the Jews feaft of Tabernacles was at hand* His v. 3, 4. 
Brethren therefore [aid unto him y depart hence, and go into Ju- 
dea, that thy difciples there alfo may fee the works that thou 
dofi. For there is no man that doth any thing in fecret, and 
he himfelf feeketh to be known openly: If thou do t he fe things, 
pew thy felf to the world. And when afterwards our Savior 
went up to the Feaft, he did it not till the middle of it : 
(probably that he might not give long time to his Enemies 
for their contrivances againft him,) as the fame Evangel id in- v. 14. 
forms us. And as to St. Luke, his account of it plainly im- 
plies that before this Feaft his time was not come, and fo till 
now he could not, with fafety, venture up to Jerufalem. His 
words are, // came to pafs when the time was come that ^ 
jhould be received up , he ftedfajlly fet his face to go to 
Jerufalem,viz,. to this laftFeaft of Tabernacles. 4. Which Pro- 
portion is alfo ftill* farther confirm'd by what pafs'd between 
the Jews and our Savior at this Feaft, with immediate re- 
ference to the fecond Paffover two years and a half before. 
As foon as our Savior appears, the difcourfe begins with di- 
rect regard to the Miracle done there fo long fince, and to 
the defign againft his life, which was form'd at the fame time. 
Our Savior's words are, Why go ye about to kill me? The j h. vjj. 19. 
people anfwered and faid, Thou hafi a devil; who goeth about 20,21. 
to kill thee ? Jefus anfwered and faid unto them 3 I have done 

one work, and ye all marvel / have made a man every V.23. 

whit whole on thefabbath day. viz,, as all agree, the Man who 
lay at the Pool of Bethefda, and was heal'd at the fecond Paff- 
over. Then faid fome of them of Jerufalem, is not this he V. 25% 

whom they feck^ to kill ? Then they fought to take him ; but y_ , 0< 

no man laid hands on him, becaufe his hour was not yet 
come. All which difcourfe is a molt pregnant evidence that 
this was the very next time of his coming to Jerufalem af- 
ter that Paffover, tv/o years and a half before ; as was to be 

A a i Corolh 


1 88 A jhort <vie>vu of the Harmony 

Coroll. I. Our Savior therefore, as he afterward command- 
ed his Apoffles not to Preach to the Gentiles //'// they were 
rejetled by the Jews; fo himfelf did not begin his public Preach- 
ing and confiant Miniftry in Galilee, till thofe of Jerufalem 
and J (idea had rejected him, and fought his defirutlion. 

Coroll. 2. We need not be furprizJd at the three for- 
mer Evangelifis Jilence as to the feveral Pajfovers during our 
Vid. Eufeb. in Savior's Mintflry. For Jince they chiefly begin -with his pub- 
Prop. 7. pnus. fa p re aching in Galilee, fmce alfo it appears that our Savior 
was not at any of the Jewifh Pajfovers all the time of their 
Hifiories till the loft, whereat he fufferd, and Jince that 
Pajfover is fufficiently evident in all the Evangelifls , we have 
no reafon to wonder at the omiffion of the reft.. 

XIX. Altho' our Savior and the generality of the 
Jews eat the Paflbver at the mod ufual time, the 
Evening after the fourteenth day of Nifan ; yet 
the Jewifh Sanhedrw, or at leait a great part of 
them defer'd the eating their Paflbver till between 
two and four a Clock the next morning. 

That our Savior eat his Paflbver at the ufual time above 
fpecify'd, is fo plain in three of the Evangelifts, that had it 
not been for fome difficulties in the fourth of them, forwant 
of the prefent Ohfervation, it would never have been doubt- 
ed of by any. I will barely fet down the words of the E- 
vangelifts to prove the former part of this Proposition : and 
afterward more particularly give my reafons for the latter, in 
which alone there is any confiderable difficulty. St. Mat- 
Matt.xxvj. tjjew therefore in the firft place fays thus ,. Now 
the firfi day of the feafl of unleavened bread, the difciples came 
to Jefus, faying unto him, where wilt thou that we prepare 
for thee to eat the Pajfover ? And he faid } Go into the city to 
fitch a man, and fay unto him, the mafler faith, my time is 
at hand, I will keep the Pajfover at thy houfe with my difci- 
ples* And the difciples did as- Jefus had appointed them, and 


of the Jour EvangeJifts. 185? 

they made ready the Pajfover. Now when the even was come, 
he fat down with the twelve. Stl Marl(% words are, And Mar. xir. 
the fir -ft day of unleavened bread, when they killed the Pajfo- 12--17. 
ver, his atfciples faid unto him, where wilt thou that we go 
and prepare that thou mayfl eat the Pajfover ? And he fend- 
eth forth two of his difciples and they made ready the Pajfo- 
ver. And in the evening he cometh with the twelve, &c. St. 
Luke's words are, Then came the day of unleavened Bread, when L u k # xx ij. 7. 8' 
the Pajfover mufi be killed. And he fent Peter and John, fay- 13, (4, ij» 

ing, go and prepare us the Pajfover that we may eat. And 

they made ready the Pajfover. And ivhen the hour was come, 
he fat down, and the twelve Apofiles with him. And he faid 
unto them 3 with dejire I have defired to eat this Pajfover with 
you before I fujfer, &c. So that 'tis abundantly evident that 
Chrift eat the Paflover at the ufual time with the generality 
of the Jews, the Evening after the fourteenth day of Ni~ 
fan. That the Sanhedrin, or at leaft a great part of them de- 
fend the eating their Paflover till between two and four a, 
clock in the morning, the following Arguments will demon- 

1. By the original Precept of God to Mofes, 'twas as law- 
ful to defer the eating of the Paflover till two a Clock in. 
the Morning , as to eat it in the Evening. . For they were 
only oblig'd to eat it between Sun-fetting and Sun-rifing, or 
however, between the ending of day-light at night, and the 
beginning of day-light in the morning. The words of the 

Law are thefe, They pall eat the fie/Jj in that night. And y^Exod.xij.g* 

fhall let nothing of it remain until the morning ■: and that V ' ' °* 

which remaineth of it until the morning ye pall burn with 

2. The Sanhedrin were too buify at the evening before to 
have time for the eating of the Paflover. They had agreed 
with Judas on Wednefdaj night to betray our Lord ;. and accord- 
ingly 'tis faid, He fought opportunity to betray him in the ab- Lukxx |j ^ 
fince of the multitude. But miffing ot his purpofe on Thurfday 

the Evening of the Paflover was come. So that now the 
Sanhedrin muft either mind their bufinefs, and catch him that 
aight, or elfe the next day the Multitudes would be fo nu- 

A a 3 merous- 

xcjo A jhort view of the Harmony 

numerous, eipeciaJly horn Galilee (where our Savior had fo 
long preach'd and wrought "Miracles; that they durftnotven- 
ture then to apprehend him : and after the next day our Sa- 
vior might be gone away from Jerufalem. So that all was to 
be done this night, at the very time when they us'd to eat 
the PafFover, or elfe they could not fecure our Savior this 
Feaft. Accordingly, as we find, they lit in deep Confulta- 
tation, Judas comes to them juft from the PafTover with our 
Savior, and before it was over. They together adjuft all the 
Circumftances of Time, and Place, and Perfons necelfary for 
their purpofe. They provide a ftrong Guard of Soldiers and 
others, to feize and fecure him : which accordingly they a- 
clually do in a little time : and afterward proceed directly up- 
on his Tryal and Condemnation among themfelves till the 
Gallicinium, or about two a Clock in the morning. Where, 
I pray, is the fpace for the eating of the Paflbver all this 
while? All thefe things plainly imply the Sanhedrin in Coun- 
cil at their public Chamber in the Temple, not every one with 
their Families at home eating the Pajfover. 

$. We are aflur'd by St. John that about two in the morn- 
ing, when the Sanhedrin hadCondemn'd our Savior, and were 
calling up Pilate the Roman Governor to make all things rea- 
Joh. xviij. 28. dy for his Tryal, They themfelves went not into the judgment- 
hall, left they fiiould be defil'd, but that they might eat the pajfo- 
ver. Which words moit naturally imply that they took the 
opportunity of this Interval before the day-break to go home 
and eat the Paflbver, before any occafion of converfing with 
the Heathen Romans, which they muit do in a little time, 
(and which if they had firft done they durft not eat the PafTo- 
ver till the next month) that fo afterward they might return 
without fear or danger, when the Paflbver was over, to pro- 
fecute their Accufation before Pilate. 

4. This is alfo mightily confirm'd by the Occurrences and 
Hiftory afterward. Now, as it is evident, the Sanhedrin dare 
not enter into Pilate's Judgment-hall, or converfe with the Ro- 
man Officers for fear of Defilement. About day-break we 
find them making no fcruple of entring into this Hall, or con- 
verfing with the Rowans; and in the whole procefs of our 


of the four Evangelifls. 1 5? 1 

Savior's Tryal afterward not a fyllable of any fear of defile- 
ment thereupon. What fhould be the reafon of this diffe- 
rent condud? But that at firft they had not eaten of the 
Paflover, but that they had done it afterward, and fo were 
paft: any danger from fuch a defilement ? 

5. This is alfo farther confirm'd by that fecond Meeting of 
the whole Sanhedrin in the Temple about break of day, or 
four a Clock afterward, which has hitherto appear'd fo un- 
accountable. At two a Clock in the morning we leave the 
Sanhedrin at the Pratorium, tho' not daring to enter it, for fear 
of Defilement. At four a Clock we find them at the Tem- 
ple, (far enough diftant) where, after Judas faw that they Matt - xxvi J- ?» 
had Condemn'd Chrifl, he throws down the 50 pieces of Sil- 4 ' *' 
ver before them. In a little time we find them again at the 
Pratorium till they had gain'd their defign, and procur'd our 
Savior's Condemnation by Pilate alfo. Whence came the 
whole Body of the Sanhedrin to the Temple? In our Ac- 
count 'tis eafy, viz,. About two a Clock they go home e- 
very one to his own Family, and eat the Paffover. At four 
a Clock they meet at the Temple, where was the ufual Cham- 
ber for their fitting, and probably order their Members that 
before were abfent to meet them alfo. At this Meeting they 
all confirm the fentence of Condemnation againft Chrifl, and 
fo return in a Body to the Pr&torium, to profecute the Charge 
againft him before Pilate. But in the common Expositions 
of thefe matters, this fecond Meeting at the Temple is plain- 
ly unaccountable. 

Coroll. 1. Our Savior was Cruciffd on the great day of the 
Pajfover, the fifteenth day of Nifan. This is demonflrated from 
the foregoing Propofition. For the Paffover was always eaten 
by the Jews on the Night or Evening before this Day. 

Coroll. 2. Hence we fee what is the meaning of thofe words 
in St. John, relating to the day of our Savior's Crucifixion. 
It was, fays he, n*&m<sb» W T\d%ot, The Preparation to that]°^ x ^' 1 ^ 
weekly Sabbath, which was peculiarly remarl^able, becaufe it fell 
in the Pajfover weeh^, or on the great day of the Paffover. It 
was Friday in Paffion weekj, ^Good-Friday, if I may fpeah^ 
in our Englifh jiile. This Expreffion tk*z?™<&» wef T\d%*, has 

cam d 

^$z AJhort njie<w of the Harmony 

taus'd great difficulties, being commonly rendred the Prepara- 
tion of the Paifover: as if n*&oxdm were an appellative, and 
fignifyd a Preparation only. And from this word in St. John 
fo underftood, many have believ'd that our Savior was Cruci- 
fy d on the fourteenth of Nifan, or the Preparation^/^ Jewiih 
Pafover , contrary to the moft exprefs Tefiimonies of all the o- 
iher Evangelifls, as we have feen above. Now to clear this 
matter, I fay, that this Phrafe can only [ignify here Good- 
Friday, or the Preparation to the Jewiih Sabbath in PaiTo- 
ver week ', becaufe the word nx&exJj* in the New Teftament 
is a term of Art, or a word by ufe denoting nothing elfe but 
the jixth day of the weekj, the confiant Preparation-day to the 
Jewiih Sabbath; as may be demonftrated by a view of all the 
places where it occurs. This word then is found five times 
in the New Teflament , befides the Text before us in dif- 
pute : and in every one of them it evidently fignifies the jixth 
Jay of the weel^, and nothing elfe-, and fo ought to be ex- 
pounded of the fame day in that place we are now upon. 
Two of the five places are not only in this Evangelifl, but in 
this very Chapter. The other three are ene in each of the o- 
ther Evangelifl 's : which pall be all diftinflly confider'd. I. St. 
John fays v. 31. The Jews 'therefore, becaufe it was the 
n^«</^ that the bodies might not remain on the crofs on the 
Sabbath day (for that Sabbath day was an high day) befought 
Pilate that their legs might be broken, and that they might 
be taken away. 2. He adds v. 42. There laid they Jefus 
becaufe of the n«e?c*<^«> for the fepulchre was nigh at hand. 
In both which Verfes no body will doubt that nxyi<™<sb* denotes 
Friday, the day before the Jewiih Sabbath-, and thefe places 
being in St. John himfelf are a fuffcient Expofition of the 

h k.xxiij 54 fame word in the Vcrfe before us. 3. St. Luke ufe s the 
word but once, and 'tis certainly in the fame fence. And 
that day was the hx&okAk, and the fabbath drew on. 4. St. 

Matr.xxvij.62. Matthew not only nfes the word in the fame fence, but what 
is exceeding remarkable, implys that it was a word as much 
fixt by ufe to the fixth day of the week^, as the word Sab- 
bath 7ias to the feventh. The Sabbath it felf being by him 
.eaJl'd the day after the n«g*oxdbn. Now the next day that 


of the four Evangelifls. . * j p $ 

followed the day of the preparation *?» n«o«9»^», the Chief- 
Priefts and Pharifees came together unto Pilate, <$*c. Which 
if that word did not conftantly denote the Jixth day of the 
week, "were very ftrange and unaccountable. 5. And to con~ 
firm all the reft, St. Mark is not content with the bare ufe Mar.xv.4t, 
of the ivord in the fame fence, but, as it were to prevent any 
pofjible mijiake about it, tells us exprefly that it properly Jicr- 
nifies the day before the fabbath ; Becaufe it was the prepara- 
tion, that is, the day before the fabbath. 'e^« h nxganu&l, « 
in nymSSanv. Than which nothing could be more exprefs to 
our prefent purpofe. 

XX. Our Savior was Crucify'd Afrtl 3. A. T. J, 
4.74,6. which is A. 2). 33. 

This Propofition is to be demonftrated by the certain 
Characters of this year and day, occurring in the Evangelifts, 
and compar'd with the ancient Hiftorians. 

1 . Chrifi was Crucify'd under the Roman Emperor Tiberi- 
us, and after his fixteenth year. The former part of this Af- 
fertion is plain from the Roman Hiftorian Tacitus, who af- 
fures us that t In the Reign of Tiberius Chrift was put to 
death. And the latter part is evident from St. Luke, who af- Luk.iij.i. 
furesusthat the very beginning of the Baptift'sM'miftxy was not 
till the fifteenth year of Tiberius. And fince we have at leaft three 
Paflbvers in our Savior's own Miniftry, exprefly mention'd by 
St, John, which include two years fpacej 'tis certain \\1sSceFrop.9. 
death could not poflibly happen till after the fixteenth of Tibe- 
rius was over. 

l. Chrifi was Crucify'd under Pontius Pilate the Roman 
Governor of Judea. This Affertion is not only evident e- 
very where in the Evangelical Accounts of his death ,♦ But 
is alio affirm'd by the before-nam'd Roman Hiftorian, in the 

1 Chriftus, Tiberio Tmperante, per procuratorem Pentium Pilatum fup- 
'plicio affe&us eft. Tacit. Annul 1. 1 /. c. 44. 

B b place 

I5? 4 * A Jhort wie<w of the Harmony 

place already quoted : where he afTerts that Chrifi was put to 
death by Pontius Pilate the Procurator of Judea. And this 

SeeMar. xv.8. muft have been, as before, two years at leaft after the begin- 
ning of his Government on the fame account. 

5. Chrifi was Crucify 'd at the leaft 48 years after the fini- 
fhing of the Temple of Herod. This is a neceffary confe- 
quence of what has been already prov'd, viz,. That Chrifi's 

Frop. 10. & r & public PafTover was 46 years after the finiihing of the Tem- 
ple, and thatattheleaft,his Miniftry lafted two years afterwards. 

4. Chrifi was Crucify'd on the great day of the Jews 
PafTover, the fifteenth day of the firffc month Ntfan. This 
has been already fully prov'd under the fore-going Proportion. 

5. Chrifi was Cruciry'd on Friday , or the 6th day of the week. 
This is alfo fully prov'd under the fore-going Propofition, and 
its Corollaries, and excepting Langius, was never that 1 know 
of doubted of by any Chriftian. 

Matt.xxvij.45-. <s. Chrifi was Crucify'd at the time of a Total and Mira- 
Mar.xv.33. cu i ous Eclipfe of the Sun. This is alfo abundantly evident 
Luk.xxnj.44, in ^ Evangelical Hiftorics. 

Thefe are the fure *e*We*« or Charatlerifiics of cur Savior's 
PafTion : and fince there is but one year to which they all can 
belong ; if we can light of fuch a year which has every one 
of thefe Characters , we have undoubtedly derrmin'd the 
punctual time of the death of Chrifi. Let us confider them 
all particularly. 

1. The feventeenth year of Tiberius began Aug. 19. 
A. P. J. 4743 3 which is A. D. 30. Tiberius dy'd March 
16, A. P. J. 4750. which is A. D. 57, before the 
Jewifio PafTover. So that this firft Character confines us with- 
in fix years, from A. D. 31, till A. D. 35 inclufive. 
SeeProp.S' 2. Pontius Pilate was Governor of Judea but ten years in 

CW/. 3. ajj^ as Jofephus afTures us : nor could he enteron his Office foon- 
er than the PafTover A. P. J. 4740. which is A. D. 27, as 
to be fure he was out of his Office at the PafTover A. P. J. 
4750. which is A.D. 37. Let us fuppofe him in his Office 
at that former PafTover, and allow fomewhat above two years 
for our Savior's Miniftry, after he was made Governor, and 
then this fecond Character will confine us within [even years, 
from A. D* 30, till A. D. 35, inclufive. 3. He- 

of the four Evangelijls. 195 

3. Herod's N««s or Temple was finifrYd at the fooneft in See Frop. 10. 
the latter half of the nineteenth year of his Reign from the 
flaughter of Antigonus, or between January and July-, A. P. J. 
^696. To which add 48 years, and we lhall fee that we are 
confin'd by this Character to fome PafTover after that A. P. J. 
4743, which is A.D. 30. And (iince none have given above 
two Pa /lovers more to our Saviors Miniftry afterwards, we 
are hereby confin'd to three years from A. D. 31, till A. D. 

33. inclufive. 

4, and 5. Thefe two Characters are to be compard toge- 
ther, and taken jointly : and if we find within the bounds a- 
bove limited but one fingle year, in which the fifteenth day 
of Nifan fell upon the fixth day of the week or Friday ; that 
year for certain , and that alone muft be the year of our Sa- 
vior's Paflion ; and that Friday, the fifteenth of Nifan, and 
that alone the very day of our Savior's Crucifixion. Now 
we fee that all the -fore-going Characters being allow'd, we 
have at laft but three years to examin, which are A. D. 31, 
32, 33. But becaufe that laft Character taken from the Jews 
affirmation of the time from the finifhing of the Temple till 
our Savior's firft public PafTover, is not generally own'd fo 
Authentic as the reft, we will at prefent lay itafide, and take 
in all the years which the other undoubted Characters do 
confine us to : which therefore are thefe, A. D. 31, 32, 33, 

34, 35, 36. And that we may be fure which of thefe years 
affords us the fifteenth of Nifan on a Friday, and whether a- 
ny more than one of them have the fame coincidence, Ifhall 
fet down a Table of the New Moons for all the years be- 
fore-mention'd, redued to the Meridian of Jerufalem, and 
the Jhour from mid-night, r and fhall obferve withal on what 
day of the week the firft and fifteenth days of Nifan did fall 
upon every one of them: and this both on the Hypothefs that 
each month began the Evening next after the New Moon, 
which was the general rule in thofe days ; and on that other 
Hypothefs that fometimes they did not begin it till the next 
butoneihzr it. Tho' indeed there is no certain evidence that 
this latter method was fo ancient as the times of our Savior. 

Bbi A. 


AJhort view of the Harmony 

New Moon 

Vid. Lamy. 



ift and 1 $th 




D. H. 

ol Nifan. 

C.2. f. 2. 

Tuefday or 


3 1 

12,-— 1 

Monday or 



*9 2 3 ° 

Friday or 



lp 15 30 




5> 5 5° 

Tuefday or 



28 6 40 

1 Sunday or 



1 6—18 40 


Whereas therefore we find by this Table that -^. D. 3 3 . has, 
and no other could have the fifteenth day of Nifan on a Friday, 
we may be fecure that we have rightly affignd the year and 
day of our Savior's Paflion in the prefent Proportion. 

Scholium. It muft here be obferv'd, that I fay nothing of 
the delaying the month Nifan upon the latenefsof the Spring., 
and feveral other occaiions which the Jewifo Writers fpeak 
of in aftertimes, no more than I do of the tranflation of 
their Feafts from one day in the week to another, upon fome 
trifling Reafons alledg'd by them alfo. And I take no notice 
of thefe things, becaufe they all appear to me to be of a la- 
ter date, and not to have been us'd in the times of our Sa- 
vior. The Rules I here go by are the very fame that we 
find in t Fhilo y in Jofephus, and in the other certain remains 

io^Tji ;k»» {Jjovov T yiMov to {oriyiitg/.vov 2>lg.7rv%itjto% TptiiW **• "">» vzMvav at. 
°Tav y> i07][Jbfg/vM Tyi^/AjdnuV} 'ivrav db'o, rod f3p, iecgAvoi), rod h , ^UTiugA- 
*oS, kccI Sl&fjuireouvmv «,Xmi>m' hfylcr.c, rt t~c t Mg Games 'u v »(/.*&<; rjf 

«wf ft, 

Wm to ictQ/.vov ioyp/Sg/.vcv o 



ft, il.cwu.yy.fic. 

y&rci 7v fAtfynu&ivoy ioTjf^tQ/.vov » aXm. Hufeb. Hift. Ecclef. 1. 7. cult 


of the four Evangelifts. i o j 

of that and the foregoing Ages ; while the other, which 
we meet with in the later Jewifo Authors, can by no means 
prove any fuch Antiquity. What is raoft material here, is this 
that fince the New Moon happen'd fo near to the night on 
the nineteenth of March A. D. 33. as by no means to be 
vifible till the Evening of the twentieth, it feems to follow 
(if the Jewijlj method of beginning their months was from the 
Moons <?««?, or appearance, and not from its conjunction) that 
not the twentieth of March, but the twenty fir ft mould be 
the firft day of the month of Nifan, and fo the PafTovcr, or 
fifteenth day could not be Friday but Saturday., contrary to 
what we have here fuppos'd. Now whether this obfervati- 
on of the <P«k?s were then in ufe or not, it will come much 
to the fame thing. For thofe * Jews who have the moft of 
all retain'd their ancient Rules, without the Additions of 
the Talmudical Doctors, do affure us that tho' the Moon be 
not feen over night, yet if it be fo far from the Sun the af- 
ter-noon following, as to be vifible fome time before night, 
which would be the cafe here, that day after the New Moon 
would (till be the firfl: of the month notwithstanding. The 
want of the allowance for which Rule has been the caufe of 
very great difficulties in the computation before us. Upon 
the whole, if we either compyte the Paffover day by the 
New Moons themfelves, as we have done here : or by the 
Jewijh Calendar made ufe of fince the days of Hillel y in the 

MiiK avvohxi iyv xM7M mx (r&Xww ttuv, Nto/Awta. Tbilo. 
'Hovf/jviv'.ci <fi </!p%iTU] <puTjg{v ai&trra <p't[yi asXww nM®*. Idem, apud Set* 
den De Anno Judaeorum c. 20. 8c Langium de Annis Ckrifti, 1, i.e. 9. 

To) JV /w>sjv» rtS jrcw$Jx.cJ> 05 vios-ix.v 'xa.p v^t ymXStwj, kxI W itvvi; !?&• 

iitclsw ym^oi Jvtr.v cvo[Atvz. Jojefh. Antiq. 1. 3. c. 10. Vid. Philon. de fepte- 
nario, p. 1 174, 8c 1 189. 

TtJ ai (Awl rouro) , <c%< nos-oi^axcuhy.xivv i^As^y, fjui&ovr<&' roS (rs^yvix- 
>«/ mkXov yi'tiZS^ TsXyicKpscovs, ctyiTUj tk 3\$&ai>{i2/.%. Philo De Septenaio. p. 
1190, 1191. 

* Si Luna non videatur die trigefimo (ineunte,) 8c die trigefimo primo(in- 
eunte) aperto die cum fole appareat, binis ternifve horisancc occafum (funmj 
dies qui prxteriit Neomenia erit. Elms .,pud Selden. de Anno Judaico, .12. 

B b 3 middle 


A Jhort <vienjj of the Harmony 

middle oi the iourth Century, which here agrees with the 
former method alfo, or by its immediate preceding the Full 
Moon, which happen'd the very fame evening, and which 
Jofephus affures us was regarded alfo by the Jews : I fay which of 
thefe methods foever we chufe, it will ftill appear that none 
of the other years above-mention'd but that before us could 
have its fifteenth of Ntfan on a Friday, which is abfolutely 
neceffary upon the year of our Savior s Pallion. So that this 
year and this only on all accounts muft have been that where- 
on our Savior was put to death. 

6. The only Teftimony in profane Antiquity of the ex- 
traordinary Eclipfe at our Savior's Paflion, which is ftill ex- 
tant, and truly a very remarkable one alfo, is that of Phlegon 
Trallianus, which we have in Origen, and Eufebius, and the 
Chronicon Alexandrinum: and which affures us that it was 
the fame year we are now upon, and the fame hour of the 
day that the Evangelifts mention. His t words are thefe, 
'In the fourth year of the 2,02 d Olympiad there happen dan E- 
l clipfe of the Sun the great efi that was ever known. So that at 
* the Jixth hour of the day it was as dark^ as night : nay, tofuch 
1 a degree that the Stars were vijible. And an Earthquake with- 
1 al at the fame time threw down the greatefl part of the City 
'Nicaea in Bithynia. Whi#h Jfurprizing and exprefs Tefti- 
mony, confpiring in the fame year v/ith the fore-going Cha- 
racters, feems to me fufficient for ever to eftablifh the truth 
and certainty of the prefent Proportion. 

Coroll. Hence we may demonflrate that Jefus of Nazareth 
is the true MeHias. For by the famous feventy weeks Prophecy 
of Daniel the Me (lias was to die this very year : and this year 
no other Per fin that in the leafi pretended to be the Me (lias did 
die but Jefus of Nazareth : therefore He, and He alone is the 

«Atcv f^i^T'1 T iyvag/.G-idpav wfoTtyv. K«j »i/| u^cc <;' t 2 yi^tocci; iylvtb, 
ur, x.cil cifs^as c* vgtuia tpatiirai, mur potTf (/Aym kx-jk Bfyvtav ytve[fy.(&' tk 
jttMw N^-.--'<W y-xri? ^ctt?. Chron. Alexand. p. 5-20. Eufeb. Chron. ad An- 
num Tiherii 1$. Syncell. Chronograph, p. 322, Orig. contra Cclf. 1. 2. p. 80. 
Philopon. Dc Crearione. L 2. c. 21. 


of the four Evangelijls. Y ^^ 

true Meffias. The Prophecy it J 'elf runs thus. Seventy weeks Dan.ix. 24,5c c . 
are determined upon thy people, and upon thy holy city ■ to 
finim the tranfgreffion, and to make an end of iins, and to 
make reconciliation tor iniquity, and to bring in everlafting 
righteoufnefs, and to feal up the vilion and prophecy, and to 
anoint the raoft holy. Know therefore and underhand that 
from the going forth of the commandment to reftcre, and to 
build [erufalem unto the Meffiah the Prince fhail be feven 
weeks, and threefcore and two weeks : the ftreet ihall be built 
again, and the wall even in troublous times. And after thofe 
threefcore and two weeks mall Meffiah be cut oif. In or- 
der to tnderfland which famous Prophecy , we mufl premife ihat 
thefe 70 weeks have an allujion to the 70 years of Captivity, 
which were then upon the conclujion, and that withal thefe Pro- 
phetic wee^s of years are accounted according to the moft ancient 
flandard of 360 days to a year, as fully appears by St. John 5 .? 
Explication of the flile of Daniel in his Revelation : (where A P°c-xj. 2, 3. 
three years and a half are the very fame with 42 months and ^' 6 ' 1 ^ r 
iz6o days.) We mufl alfo obferve that of all the commands of 
the Kings of PerGzjor the folution of the Jews Captivity, none 
of them are here concern 'd, but that in or after the month Ni- 
fan in the twentieth year • oj r Artaxerxes Longimanus, given an 
account of in the Bool^of Nehemiah. For then, and only then Nehem.ij. r, 
all the Char abler s in the Prophecy were obfervd. For here the Ch ^p ij 
City and its Streets as alfo its Walls , with their Gates, were rebuilt, Chap.iij. 
and that in a ftrait or' times, or in troublous times, (in 52 days; Ch^p.vj. if. 
while half were fore'd to be arm'd agatnfl their Enemies, and C ^ a P' v " 
the other half labour din the Building.) Winch things being thus 
prefupposd, the plain Paraphrafe of this Prophecy is this, uis 70 
years or days are the determinate Period in the Divine Counfel 
for the Babyloniih Captivity, at the end of which term the Jews 
are to be reflord to their own Land : fo are 70 weeks of years 
(70 times 7 years) the determinate Period in the fame Di- 
vine Ceunfel for the Redemption by the Meilias. Afore particu- 
larly, from the date of Artaxerxes'i Commi/fon to Nenemiah, 
//'// the Redemption by the Me (lias, pall be 7 weeks of years, 
and 6z weeks of years, (i. e. 69 weeks of years , 69 times 
7 years) and immediately after thofe 69 weeks of years fliall 


2loo AJhort view of the Harrno?iy 

Meiiks be cut off. Now 69 times 7 years , or 483 years 
of 360 days a piece are qj6 Julian years and 21 days, which 

Neh.ij.i.with Are to be dated about June 1. in t've twentieth year of Artaxerxes; 

v.16. which is by the Mathematical Canon the 3 03d of NabonaGTar, 

correfpondmg to the 4269th of the Julian Period. Add there- 
fore 476 years and 21 days to 4269, and you have the end of 
the fe years June 22. A. P. J. 4745. After the expiration of 
which term, the very next Pajfover Jefus of Nazareth was put 
to death-, as we have jufi now demonftrated. Who therefore dy'd 
on that very year (the firfi of the joth weel^) which fo long be~ 
fore had been determin'd for the. death of the Meffias ; and by un- 
deniable conference is the true Meffias. Q. E. D. 



T H £ 





From the Conception o£ John the Baptift till the Preparation 
for the Birth of Chrift* containing the fpace of about 
nine months> from September^ A.T.J.tyo^ till June 4710, 

THis firfi Period contains only the firft Chapter of St. Luke'j Gofpel, re- 
lating to the Conception and Birth of John the Baptift, the Fore- 
runner of our Savior; which being plainly antecedent to any of the Hifloricc 
in the other Evangelifts, no doubt can arife about its true place in the 
Harmony. St. Luke'j Preface was naturally to begin the whole : but St. 
John's about the Divinity of the A«'y®*> will come in better hereafter as an 
Introduction to our Savior s Mini/try, at which he begins his Go/pel. 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. I. 

§. TTiOrafmuchas many have 

2/ taken in hand to fet 

forth in order a declaration of 

thofe things which are mofl 

furely believed among us, 

Cc 1 Ever* 

The Harmony 

"Matthew. Mark. Luke. Johi 

Chap. I. 

i Even as they delivered them 
unto us, which from the beginning 
were eye-witnefles, and mini- 
fters of the word ; 

3 It feemed good to me alio, 
having had perfect underftanding 
of all things from the very firft, to 
write unto thee in order, moft ex- 
cellent Theophilus, 

4 That thou mighteft know the 
certainty of thofe things wherein 
thou haft been in£ru£ted. 

f fTpHere was in the days of He- 
JL rod the king of Judea, a 
certain prieft namedZacharias,of the 
courfe of Abia . and his wife was 
,of the daughters of Aaron, and 
her name tons Elizabeth. 

6 And they were both righteous 
before God, walking in all the com- | 
xriandments and ordinances of the 
Lord, blamelefs. 

7 And they had no child, he- 
caufe that Elizabeth was barren, 

and they both were now well ftrick- , , ., 

enin years. 

8 Anditcametopafs* th&white - • A JL' 
he executed the priefts officcbefbre 

God in the order of his courfe, 

9 According to the cuftom of 
the priefts office, his lot was to ■ 
.burn incenfe when he went into 
the temple of the Lord. 

io And the whole multitude o'f 
jthe people were praying without, 
at the time of incenfe. 

ii. And there appeared unto 
him an Angel of the Lord, (land- 
ing on the right fide of die altar 
of incenfe. 

iz And when Zacharias faw 
him, he was troubled, and fear fell 

13 But 

of the four Evangetife. io 3 

Matthew, Mark* Luke* 

Chap. I. 


1 3 But the angel faid unto him, 
Fear not, Zacharias: for thy pray- 
er is heard) and thy wife Eliza- 
beth fhall bear thee a fon, and thou 
fhalt caii -his name John. 

14 And thou fhalt have joy and 
gladnefs, and many fhall rejoice at 
his birth. 

if For he fhall be great in the 
fight of the Lord, and fhall drink 
neither wine nor ftrong drink ; and 
he fhall: be filled with the holy 
Ghofh even from his mothers 

16 And, many of the children of 
Ifrael fhall he turn to the Lord their 

17 And he fhall go before him in 
the fpirit and power of Elias, to turn 
the hearts of the fathers to the 
children, and the difobedient to 
the wifdom of the juft, to make 
ready a people prepared for the 

18 And Zacharias faid unto the 
angel, Whereby fhall I know this? 
for I am an old man, and my wife 
well ftricken in years. 

ip And the angel anfwering faid 
unto him, I |p Gabriel, thatftand 
in the prefence of God: and am 
fent to fpeak unto thee, and to 
fhew thee thefe glad tidings. 

20 And behold thou fhalt be 
dumb, and not able to fpeak, un - 
till the day that thefe things fhall 
be pel-formed, becaufe thou be 
lieveft not my words, which fhall 
be fulfilled in their fcafon. 

21 And the people waited for 
Zacharias, and marvelled that he 
tarried fo long in the temple. 

22 And when he came out, he 

Cc * c«uld 

2.04 Th e Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. Johh. 

Chap I. 

could not fpeak unto them: and 
they perceived that he had feen a 
vi fion in the temple ; for he beckned 
unto them, and remained fpeechlefi. 

13 And it came to pafs, that at days of his miniftrati- 
onwereaccomplifhed, he departed 
to his own houfe. 

24 And after thofe days his wife 
Elizabeth conceived, and hid her 
felf five months, faying, 

2/ Thus hath the Lord dealt 
with me in the days wherein he 
looked on me, to take away my 
reproach among men. 

§.2. 26 And in the fixth month, 
the angel Gabriel was fent from 
God, unto a city of Galilee, nam- 
ed Nazareth, 

27 To a virgin efpoufed to a 
man whofe name was Jofeph, of 
the houfe of David} and the vir- 
gins name was Mary. 

28 And the angel came in unto 
her, and laid, Hail thou that art 
highly favoured, the Lord is with 
thee: blefTedart thou among wo- 

29 And when (he law him, fhe 
was troubled at his faying, and 
caft in her mind what manner of 
ialutation this fhould be. 

30 And the angel faid unto her, 
Fear not, Mary: for thou haft found 
favour with God. 

31 And behold, thou fhalt con- 
ceive in thy womb, and bring forth 
a fon, and fhalt call his name Jefus. 

32 Hefhall be great, and fhall 
be called the Son of the Higheft; 
and the Lord. God fhall give unto 
him the tjbrone of his father David. 

33 And 

of the four Evangelifls. 205 

Matthiw. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. I. 

33 And he fhall reign over the 
houfe of Jacob for ever, and of his 
kingdom there fliall be no end. 

34. Then faid Mary unto the an- 
gel, How fhall this be, feeing I 
know not a man? 

3f And the angel anfwered and 
faid unto her, The holy Ghoft fhall 
come upon thee, and the power of 
the Higheft fhall overfhadow thee: 
• therefore alfo that holy thing which 
fhall be born of thee, fhall be called 
the Son of God. 

36 And behold, thy coufin Eli- 
zabeth, fhe hath alfo conceived a 
fon in her old age: and this is the 
fixth month with her, who was 
called barren. ^ 

37 For with God nothing fhall 
be unpoffible. 

38 And Mary faid, Behold the 
handmaid of the Lord, be it unto 
me according to thy word. And 
the angel departed from her. 

§. 3. 39 AndMaryarofeinthofe 
days, and went into thehill-coun- 
trey with hafte, into a city of Ju- 

40 And entred into the houfeof 
Zacharias, and faluted Elizabeth. 

41 And it came to pafs, that 
when Elizabeth heard the falu- 
tation of Mary, the babe leaped in 
her womb : and Elizabeth was fill- 
ed with the holy Ghoft. 

4a And fhe fpake out with a loud 
voice, and faid, BlefTed amhou a- 
mong women, and Hefted is the 
fruit of thy womb. 

43 And whence is this to me, 
that the mother of my Lord fhould 
come to me ? 
€c 3 

44 *< 

10 £ The Harmony 

Matthew'. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. I. 

44 For lo> aflbon as the voice 
of thy falutation founded in mine 
ears, the babe leaped in my womb 
for joy. 

45- And blefTed is fhe that be- 
lieved : for there fhall be a perfor- 
mance of thofe things which were 
told her from the Lord. 

46 And Mary faid, Myfoul doth 
Biagnifie the Lord, 

47 And my ipirit hath rejoiced 
in God my Saviour. 

48 For he hath regarded the low 
eftate of his handmaiden: for be- 
hold, from henceforth all genera^ 
tions mail call me bleiled. 

49 For he that is mighty hath 
done to me great things, and holy 
is his name. 

fo And his mercy is on them 
that fear him, from generation to 

$i He hath mewed ftrength 
with his arm, he hath fcattered the 
proud in the imagination of their 

5-2 He hath put down the migh- 
ty from their feats, and exalted 
them of low degree. 

^3 He hath filled the hungry with 
good things, and the rich he hath 
lent empty away. 

5-4 He hath holpen his fervant 
Ifrael,in remembrance of his mercy, 

55 Ashefpaketo our fathers, to 
Abraham and to his feed for ever. 

5-6 And Mary abode with her 
about three months, and returned 
to her own houfe. 

§ 4. pj Now Elizabeths full time 
came, that fhe mould be delivered j 
and me brought forth a fon. 

of the four Evangelifts. 


Matt he w. 


Chap. I. 


y8 And her neighbours, and her 
coufins heard how the Lord had 
fhewed great mercy upon her j and 
they rejoyeed with her. 

S9 And it came to pafs, that on 
the eighth day they came to cir- 
cumciie the child; and they called 
him Zacharias, after the name of 
his father. 

6~o And his mother anfwered, 
and raid, Not/*; but he (hall be 
. called John. 

61 And they iaid unto her, 
There is none of thy kindred that 
is called by this name. 

62 And they made figns to his 
father, how he would have him 

63 And he asked for a writing- 
table, and wrote, faying, His name 
is John. And they marvelled all. 

64 And his mouth was opened 
immediately, and his tonguetoofed, 
and heipake, and praifed God. 

6? And fear came on all that 
dwelt round about them: and all 
•thefe fayings were noifed abroad 
throughout all the hill-countrey of 

66 And all they that had heard 
them,- hid-tbem up in their hearts, 

' faying, What manner of child fhall 
this be? And the hand of the Lord 
was with him. 

67 And his father Zacharias was 
filled with the holy Ghoft, and 
prophefied, faying, 

68 BleiTed be the Lord God of 
Ifrael, for he hath vifited and re- 
deemed his people, 

69 And hath raiied up an horn 
of ialvation for us, in the houfe of 
lusiervant David; 

70 A3 

zo g The Harmony 

Matthiv. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. I. 

70 As he (pake by the mouth of 
his holy Prophets, which have beea 
fince the world began ; 

71 Thatwefhouldbefaved from 
our enemies, and from the hand of 
all that hate us. 

71 To perform the mercy $r«- 
inifed to our fore-fathers, and to 
remember his holy covenant: 

73 The oath which he fware t* 
our rather Abraham, 

74 That he would grant unto 
us, that we being delivered out of 
the hands of our enemies, might 
ferve him without fear, 

jf In holinefs and righteoumefs 
before him, all the days of our life. 

76 And thou child (halt be called 
the prophet of the Higheft: for 
thou fhalt go before the face of the 
Lord, to prepare his ways ; 

77 To give knowledge of fal- 
-vation unto his people, by the rc- 
miflion of their fins, 

78 Through the tender mercy 
of our God ; whereby the day-fpring 
from on high hath vifited us, 

79 To give light to them that 
fit in darknefs, and in the fhadow 
of death, to guide our feet into the 
way of peace. 

80 And the child grew, and 
waxed ftrong in fpirit, and was ia 

■ the deferts till the day of bis (hew- 
ing unto Ifrael. 

of the four Evangelifis. "top 


From the Preparation for the Birth of Chrift till the begin- 
ning of John the BaptiJTs and our Savior's Miniftry : con- 
taining the fpace of about 31 years, 4 months, from June 
4710, till October 4741. 

THis fecond Period contains only the two firfi Chapters of St. Matthew, 
and the fecond Chapter of St. Luke'/ Go/pel. uind the Circumftances 
of every Settion do fo naturally direcl us to their proper places, that no diffi- 
culty can arife about their true order in this Harmony. 

Matthew. Mark. Lvke. 

Chap. I. 

TH E Book of the generation of 
Jefus Chrift, the fon of David, 
the fon of Abraham. 

2 Abraham begat Ifaac, and I- 
faac begat Jacob, and Jacob begat 
Judas and his brethren. 

3 And Judas begat Phares and 
Zara of Thamar, and Phares be- 
gat Efrom, and Efrom begat Aram. 

4 And Aram begat Aminadab, 
and Aminadab begat Naaflbn, and 
Naaflbn begat Salmon. 

f And Salmon begat Booz of Ra- 
chab, and Booz begat Obed of Ruth, 
and Obed begat Jefle. 

6 And Jefle begat David the king, 
and David the king begat Solomon 
of her that had been the toife of 

7 And Solomon begat Roboam, 
and Roboam begat Abia, and Abia 
begat Afa. 

8 And Afa begat Jofaphat, and 
Jofaphat begat Joram, and Joram 
begat Ozias. 

o And Ozias begat Joatham, and 


tod Joatham 


The Harmony 


Chap. I. 

Joatham begat Achaz, and Achaz 
begat Ezekias. c ' 

10 And Ezekias begat Manafles, 
and Manafles begat Amoa, and A- 
mon begat Jofias. . • 

ii And Jofias begat Jechoma* 
and his brethren, about the time 
they were carried away to Baby- 
lon. ■ 'v 

ii And after they were brought 
to Babylon, Jcchonias begat Sala- 
thiel, and Salathiel begat Zoroba- 

'i 2 And Zorobabel begat Abiud, 
and Abiud begat Eliakim, and Eh- 
akirn begat Azor. 

14 And Azor begat Sadoc, and 
Sadoc begat Aehim, and Achim be- 
gat Eliud. 

if And Eliud begat Eleazar, and 
Eleazar begat Matthan, and Mat- 
than begat Jacob. ■ 

16 And Jacob begat Jofeph the 
husband of Mary, of whom was 
born lefus, who is called Chnlt. 

i 7 So all the generations from 
Abraham to David, are fourteen ge 
aerations: and from David until 
the carrying away into Babylon, 
are fourteen generations: and from 
the carrying away into Babylaa. 
unto Chrift, are fourteen generati- 

«.a. 18 Now the birth of Jefus 
Chrift was on this wife: when as 
his mother Mary was efpoufed to 
fofeph, before they came together, 
{he was found with child of the 

19 Then Jofeph herhusband be- 
ing a juft man, and not will- 
ing to make her a publick example, 

Mark. Luke; John. 

■ III 

of the four Evangelijfs. 

21 1 





Chap. I. 

was minded toputher away privily. 

20 But while hethought on thcfe 
things, behold, the angel of the 
Lord appeared unto him in a dream, 
faying, Jofeph thou fon of David, 
fear not to take unto thee Mary thy 
wife: for that which is conceived 
in her, is of the holyGhoft/ 

2 1 And fhe mall bring forth a 
fon, and thou malt call his name 
Jefus: for he mall fave his people 
from their fins. 

22 (Now all this was done, that 
it might be fulfilled which wasipo- 
ken of the Lord by the prophet, 

23 Behold, a virgin mail be with 
child, and mall bring forth a fon, 
and they fhall call his name Emma- 
nuel, which being interpreted, is, 
God with us.) 

24 Thenjofephbeingraiiedfrom 
fleep, did as the angel of the Lord 
had bidden him, and took mtohim 
his wife: 

§. 3. if And knew her net till 
(he had brought forth hexfirft-born 
fon j and he called his name Jefus. 

Chap. II. 

AND it came to pafs in thofe 
days, that there went out 
a decree from Cefar Auguftus, 
that all' the world mould be taxed. 

2 (And this taxing was firft made 
when Cyrenius was governour of 

3 And all went to be taxed, e- 
very one into his own city. 

4 And Jofeph alfo went up from 

Dd t 


2,ti ive narmimy , 

The Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. II. 

Galilee, out of the city of Naza- 
reth, into Judea, unto the city of 
David, which is called Bethlehem, 
(becaufe he was of the houfe and 
linage of David) 

f To be taxed with Mary his e- 
fpoufed wife, being great with 

6 And fo it was, that while they 
were there, the days were accom- 
plifhed that fhe fhould be delivered* 

7 And fhe brought forth her firft- 
born fon, and wrapped him in 
fwadling clothes, and laid him in 
a manger, becaufe there was- no 
room for them in the inn. 

§. 4. 8 And there were in the 
fame country fhepherds abiding 
in the field, keeping watch over 
their flock by night, 

9 And lo, the angel of the Lord 
came upon them, and the glory of 
the Lord fhone round about them ; 
and they were fore afraid. 

I o And the angel faid unto them, 
Fear not : for behold, I bring you 
good tidings of great joy, .which 
jhall be to all people. 

II For unto you is born this 
day, in the city of David, . a Savi- 
our, which is Chrift the Lord. 

12 And this flail be a fign unto 
you;," Ye fhall find the babe wrap- 
ped in fwadling clothes, lying in a 

1 3 And fuddenly there was with 
the angel a multitude of the hea- 
venly hoft praifing God, and fay- 

14 Glory to God in the higheft, 
and on earth peace, good will to- 
wards men. - 

of the four Evangelifts, 






Chap. IT. 

Chap. IT. 

IN born in Bethlehem of Ju- 
dea, in the days of Herod the king, 
behold, there came wife-men 
from the eaft. to Jerufalem, 

a Saying, where is he that is 
born king of the Jews ? for we 
have feen his ftar in the eaft, and 
are come to worfhip him. 

3 When Herod the king had 
heard thefe things, he was troubled, 

if And it came to pafs, as the 
angels were gone away from them 
into heaven, the fhepherds faid one 
to another, Let us now go even 
unto Bethlehem, and fee this thing 
which is come to pafs, which the 
Lord hath made known unto us. 

1 6 And they came with hafte, 
and found Mary and Jofeph, and 
the babe lying in a manger, 

1 7 And when they had feen it, 
they made known abroad the fay- 
ing, which was told them concern- 
ing this child. 

1 8 And all they that heard it, 
wondred at thofe things which 
were told them by the fhepherds. 

19 But Mary kept all thefe things, 
and pondered them in her heart. 

10 And the fhepherds returned, 
glorifying and praiiing God for all 
the things that they had heard and 
feen, as it was told unto them. 

iL And when eight days wasac- 
complifhed for the circumcifing of 
the child, his name was called Je- 
fus, which was £0 named of the 
angel before he was conceived in 
the womb. 




The Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. Lukz. JOKli* 

Chap. II. 

and all Jerufalem with him. 

4 And when he had gathered all 
the chief" Priefts and Scribes 'of the 
people together, he demanded of 
them where Chrift fhould be born. 

e And they faid unto him, In 
Bethlehem of Judea: for thus it it 
written by the prophet ; 

6 And thou Bethlehem in the land 
of Juda, art not the leaft among 
the princes of Juda: for out of thee 
fhall come a Governour that mail 
rule my people Ifrael. 

7 Then Herod, when he had 
privily called the wife-men, enqui- 
red of them diligently what time 
the ftar appeared. 

8 And he fent them to Bethle- 
hem, and faid, Go, and fearch di- 
ligently for the young child, and 
when ye have found him, bring me 
word again, that I may come and 
worftiip him alfo. 

9 When they had heard the king, 
they departed, and lo, the ftar which 
they faw in the eaft, went before 
them, till it came and flood over 
where the young child was. 

io When they faw the ftar, they 
rejoiced with exceeding great joy. 

1 1 And when they were come 
into thehoufe, they law the young 
child with Mary his mother, and fell 
down and worfhipped him: and 
when they had opened their trea- 
sures, they prefented unto him gifts ; 
gold, and frankincenfe, andmyrrhe. 

1 1 And being warned of God 
in a dream, that they lhould not re- 
turn to Herod, they departed into 
their own countrey another way. 

§.6. 13 And when they were 

of the four Evangelijfs. z 1 5 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. II. 

departed, behold, the angel of the 
Lord appearethtojofeph in a dream, 
faying. Arife, and take the young 
child, and hismother, and flee into 
Egypt, and be thou there until I 
bring thee word : for Herod will 
feek the young child to deftroyhim. 

14 When he arofe, he took the 
young child and his mother by night, 
and departed into Egypt: 

1 f And was there until the death 
of Herod : that it might be fulfill- 
ed which was fpoken of the Lord 
by the prophet, faying, Out of E- 
gypt have I called my Son. 

16 Then Herod, when hefaw 
that he was mocked of the wife- 
men, was exceeding wroth, and 
fent forth, and flew all the children 
that were in Bethlehem, and in all 
the coafts thereof, from two year* 
old and under, according to the 
time which he had diligently en- 
quired of the wife- men. 

17 Then was fulfilled that which 
was fpoken by Jeremy the prophet, 
faying, ' 

18 In Rama was there a voice 
heard, lamentation, and weeping, 
and great mourning, Rachel weep- 
ing/or her children, and would not 
be comforted, becaufe they are not. 

19 But when Herod was dead, 
behold, an angel of the Lor J appear- 
cth in a dream to Jofeph in Egypt, 

20 Saying, Ariie, and take the 
young child and his mother, and 
go into the land of Ifrael: for they 
are dead which fought the young 
childs life. 

xi And he arofe, and took the 
young child and his mother, and 
came into the land of Ifrael. 

a2 But 

Zl 6 

The Harmony 





Chap. II. 

22 But when he heard that Ar- 
chelaus did reign in Judea, in the 
room of his father Herod, he was 
afraid to go thither: notwithftand- 
ing,being warned of God in a dream, 
he turned into the parts of Ga- 

§.7. 23 And he came and dwelt in 
a city called Nazareth j that it might 
be fulfilled which was fpoken by 
the prophets, He ihall be called a 

Chap. II. 

22 And when the days of her 
purification according to the 
law of Mofes, were accomplished, 
they brought him to Jerufalem, to 
prefent him to the Lord, 

23 (As it is written in the law 
of the Lord, Every male that open- 
eth the womb (hall be called holy 
to the Lord) 

24 And to offer a facrifice ac- 
cording to that which is laid in the 
law of the Lord, A pair of turtle- 
doves, or two young pigeons. 

2j- And behold, there was a man 
in Jerufalem, whofe name was Si- 
meon ; and the fame man was juft 
and devout, waiting for the confo- 
lation of Ifrael: and the holy Ghofl: 
was upon him. 

2 6 And it was revealed unto him 
by the holy Ghofl:, that he fhould 
not fee death, before he had feen 
the Lords Chrift. 

27 And he came by the fpirit in- 
to the temple : and when the pa- 
rents brought in the child Jefus,to 
do for him after the cuflom of the 

18 Then 

of the four Evangelifls. £'*7 

Matthew. Mark. Loke. John. 

Qhap. II. 

i3 Then took he him up in his 
arms,and blefled God, and laid, 

19 Lord, now letteft thou thy 
fervant depart in peace, according 
to thy word. 

30 For mine eyes have feen thy 

3 1 Which thou haft prepared be- 
fore the face of all people : 

31 A light to lighten the Gen- 
tiles, and the glory of thy people 

33 And Jofeph and his mother 
marvelled at thofe things which 
were fpoken of him. 

3 4 And Simeon blefled them, and 
faid unto Mary his mother, Behold> 
this child is fet for the fell and ri- 
fing again of many in Ifrael ; and 
for a fign which fhall be fpoken a- 
, gainft : 

37 (Yea, a fword fhall pierce 
through thy own foul alfo) that the 
thoughts of many hearts may be re- 

36 And there was one Anna a 
prophetefs, the daughter ofPhanu- 
eL of the tribe of Afer ; fhe was of a 
great age, and had lived with an hus- 
band feven years from her virginity. 

37 And fhe was a widow of a- 
bout fourfcore and four years: 
which departed not from the tem- 
ple, but ferved Ced with raftings 
and prayers night and day. 

38 And fhe coming in that in- 
ftant, gave thankslikewifeuntothe 
Lord, and fpake of him to all them 
that looked for redemption in Je- 
rufalem. ■ . 

3 9 And when they had perforin - 
ed all things according to the law 
of the Lord, they returned into Ga- 

Ec Klee, 

2,1 8 The Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. Jokn. 

Chap. IT. 
iilee,. to their own city Nazareth. 

§.8. 40 And the child grew, and 
waxed ftrong in fpirit, filled with 
wifdom ; and the grace of God was 
upon him. 

41 Now his parents went to Je- 
rufalem every year at the feaft of 
the pafibver. 

42 And when he was twelve 
years old, they went up to Jerufa- 
lem, after the cuftom of the feaft. 

43 And when they had fulfilled 
the days, asthey returned, the child 
Jefus tarried behind in Jerufalem r 
and Jofeph and his mother knew 
not of it. 

44 But they fuppofing him to 
have been in the company, went a 
days journey} and they fought him 
among their kinsfolk and acquain- 

4j And when they found him 
not, they turned back again to Je- 
rufalem, feeking him. 

46 And it came pafs, that after 
three days, they found him in the 
temple, fitting in the midft of the 
do£tours, both hearing them, and 
asking them queftions. 

47 And all that heard him were 
aftonifhed at his underftanding and 

48 And when they faw him, they 
were amazed : and his mother iaid 
unto him, Son, why haft thou thus 
dealt with us ? behold, thy father and 
I have fought thee forrowing. 

49 And he faid unto them, How 
is it that ye fought me ? wift ye not 
that I mult be about my fathers bu- 

5-0 And they underftood not the 


of the four Ewangelijls. 


Matthew. Mar*. Luke. John. 

Chap. II. 

faying which he fpake unto them. 

/i And he went down with 
them, and came to Nazareth, and 
was fubjeft unto them : but his mo- 
ther kept all thefe fayings -in her 

f i And Jefus increafed in wif- 
dom and ftature, and in favour with 
< God and man. 


From the Beginning of John the Baptifts and our Saviors 
Miniftry> till our Saviors firfi public Tajfover : containing 
about fix months fpace, from October A. T>. 28, till April 

THis third Period contains three branches. 1 . The account, by way of 
digreffion, of the Preaching and Baptising of John the Baptift, till his 
very Imprisonment', which Hifiory, tho' it reach farther than the bounds of 
this Chapter yet was to be taken together ; and therefore becaufe the Bap- 
tift began his Minijlry before our Savior began his, can have no fitter 
place than that here ajfign'd, jufi before the commencing of our Savior's 
own minifiry, a. St, Luke'* Genealogy of our Savior ; which having been 
prov'd intirely different from St, Matthew'/ Genealogy of Jofeph ought 
not to be confounded with it, nor torn from its own place here in the na- 
tural Scries of St, Luke's Gofpel. 3. The account St. John gives us of 
the firfi part of our Savior's Minifiry, dated jufi upon his own Call and 
attendance, ' and continued till our Savior s firfi public Pajfover; which therefore 
cannot but be in its true place in the Series of the Evangelical Hifiory. 

Ee 4 Chap. 


The Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. III. Chap. I. Chap. HI. 

§i.TNthofe days came >TpHE beginning of XTOW in the fif- 

1 John the'Bapdft, X the Gofpel of J.e- ±\| teenth year of 
preaching in the wil- fus Chrift the fon of the reign of Tiberius 
dernefs of Judea, God, Cefar, Pontius Pilate 

2 And faying, Re- 2 As it is written in being governour of Ju- 
pcnt ye: for the king- the prophets, Behold, I dea,..and Herod being 
dom of heaven is at fend my meffenger be- tetrarch of Galilee, and 
hand. fore thy face, which his brother Philip te- 

3 For this is he that fhall prepare thy way trarch of Iturea, and 
wjs fpoken of by the before thee. of the region of Tra- 
the prophet Efaias, fay- 3 The voice of one chonitis, and Lyfa, . 
ing, The voice of one crying in the wilder- nias the tetrarch of A- 
crying in the wilder- nefs, Prepare ye the bilene, 

neis, Prepare ye the way of the Lord, make 2 Annas and Caia- 

wayofthc Lord, make his paths ftrait. phas being the high 

his paths ftrait. 4 John did baptize priefts,thewordofGod 

4 And the iamejohn in the wildernefs, and came unto John the fon 
hid his raiment of ca- preach the baptifm of ofZacharias in the wil- 
mels hair, and a lea- repentance, for the re- dernefs. 

thern girdle about his million of fins. 3 And he came into* 

loins ; arid his meat was S And t ^ ere went all the countrey about 
: ocu(ls and wild hony. out unto him all the land Jordan, preaching the 
5- Then went out to of judea, and they of baptifm of repentance 
him Jerufalem, and all Jerusalem,, and were all for the remiffion of 
judea, and all the re- baptized of him in the fins; 
i^ion round about Jor- river of "Jordan, con- 4 As it is written in 
d an felling their fins. the book of the words 

6 And were baptized 6 And John was of Efaias the prophet,, 
or him in Jordan, con- clothed with camels faying, The voice of 
fe;Tmg their fins. hair, and with a girdle one crying in the wil- 

7 But when he faw of a skin about his dernefs, prepare ye the 
many of the Pharifees loins: and he did eat way of the Lord, make 
and Sadduceescome to locufts and wild hony: his paths ftrait. 

his Baptifm, he faid urn 7 And preached, fay- f Every valley {hall, 
to them. O generation ing. There cometh one be filled, and every 
of vipers, who hath mightier then I after mountain and hill fhall 
warned you to free from me,thelatchetofwhofe be brought low; and 
the wrath to come? fhooes I am notwor- the crooked fhall be 

8 Bring forth there- thy to ftoop down and made ftraight, and the 
fore fruits meet for re- unloofe. rough ways fhall be 
pentance. 8 I indeed have bap- made fmooth: 

9 And think not to tized you with water : 6 And all flcfli fhall 
fay within your felves, but he fhall baptize you feethefalvationofGod. 

of the four Evangelifls 



Chap. III. 

Chap. I. 

we have Abraham to with the holy Gh oft. 

9ur father: for I fay 

unto you, that God is 

able of thefe ftones to 

raife up children unto 


io And now alfo 
the ax is laid unto the 
root of the trees : there- 
fore every tree which 
bringeth not forth good 
fruit, is hewn down, 
and caft into the fire. 

1 1 I indeed baptize 
you with water unto 
repentance ; but he 
that cometh after me 
is mightier than T, 
whofe fhoes I am not 
worthy to bear : he 
mall baptize you with 
the holy Ghoft, and 
with fire. 

i i Whofe fan is in 
his hand, and he will 
throughly purge his 
floor, and gather his 
wheat into the garner: 
but he will burn up the 
chaff with unquench- 
able fire. 

Chap. nr. 

7 Then faid he to 
the multitude that 
came forth to be bap- 
tized of him, O gene- 
ration of vipers, who 
hath warned you to 
flee from the wrath to 

8 Bringforth there- 
fore fruits worthy of 
repentance, and begin 
not to fay within your 
felves, We have Abra- 
ham to our father: for 
I fay unto you, that 
God is able of thefe 
flones to raife up child- 
ren unto Abraham. 

o And now alfo the 
ax is laid unto the root 
of the trees: every 
tree therefore which 
bringeth not forth 
good fruit, is hewn 
down, and caft into 
the fire. 

i o And the people 
asked him , faying, 

1 1 He anfwercth 
and faith unto them, 
He that hath two coats, 
let him impart to him 
that hath none; and 
he that hath meat, let 
him do likewife. 

i x Then came alfo 
publicanes to be bap- 
tized, and faid unto 
him, Mafter, what fhall 
we do ? 

15 And he faid un- 
to them,Exadt no more 
Ee ? 




The Harmony 

Matthew, Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. III. 

then that which is appointed you. 

1 4 And the ibuldiers likewife de- 
manded of him, laying, And what 
(hall we do ? And he faid unto them, 
Do violence to no man, neither ac- 
cufe*«yfaHly, and be content with 
your wages. 

i j" And as the people were in cx« 
pe<5tation,and all men mufed in their 
hearts of John, whether he were the 
Chriftor not; 

1 6 John anfwered, faying unto 
them all, I indeed baptize you with 
water; but one^ mightier than I 
cometh, the latchet of whofe fhoes 
I am not worthy to unloofe : he 
fhall baptize you with the holy 
Ghoft, and with fire. 

1 7 Whofe fan is in his hand, and 
he will throughly purge his floor, 
and will gather the wheat into his 
garner; but the chaff he will burn 
with fire unquenchable. 

1 8 And many other things in his 
exhortation preached he unto the 

19 But Herod thetetrarch. being 
reproved by him for Herodias his 
brother Philips wife, and for all the 
evils which Herod had done, 

ao Added yet this above all, that 
he fhut up John in prifbn. 

§. 1. a 3 And Jefushimfelf began 
to be about thirty years of age, being 
(as was fuppofed) the fon of Jo- 
feph, which was the fon of Heli, 

24 Which was the/on of Matthat, 
whkh was the fon of Levi, which 
was the fon of Melchi, which was 
the fin of Janna, which was the 
fon of Jofeph, 

if Which was the fon of Mat- 

of the four EvangeUJis. 123 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. III. 

tathias, which was the fon of A- 
mos, which was the f on of Naum, 
which was the [on of Efli, which 
was the fon of Nagge, 

26 Which was the fin of Maath, 
which was the fin of Mattathias, 
which was the fin of Semei, which 
was the fin of Jofeph, which was 
the fin of Juda, 

27 Which was /^/o« of Joanna, 
which was the fin of Rhefa, which 
was the fon of Zorobabel, which 
was the fon of Salathiel, which 
was the fin of Neri, 

28 Which was the fon of Mel- 
chi, which was the fin of Addi, 
which was the fin of Cofam, which 
was the fon of Elmodam, which 
was the fin of Er, 

29 Which was the fon of Jofe, 
which was the fon of Eliezer, which 
was the fin of Jorim, which was 
the fon of Matthat, which was the 

fon of Levi, 

30 Which was the fin of Sime-' 
on, which was the fin of Juda, 
which wo s the fon of Jofeph, which 
was the fon of Jonan, which w. s 
the fon of Eliakim, 

5 1 Which was the fon of Melea, 
which was the fon of Menan, which 
was the fin of Mattatha, which was 
the fon of Nathan, which was the 
fin of David, 

3 2 Which was the fin of Jefle, 
which was the fon of Obed, which 
was the fon of Booz, which was 
the fon of Salmon, which was the 
fin of Naaflbn. 

33 Which was the fin of Ami- 
nadab, which was the fon of Aram, 
which was the fon ofEfrom, which 
was the fon of Phares, which was 


:2.2 4 Th e Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. . Jonh. 

Chap. III. 

the /on of Juda, 

34 Which was the/on of Jacob, 
which was the fon of Ifaac, which 
was the fon of Abraham, which 
was the fon of Thara, which was* 
the fon of Nachor, 

3^ Which was the fon of Saruch, 
which was the fon of Ragau, which 
was the fon of Phaleg, which was 
the fon of Heber, which was the 
fon of Sala, 

36 Which was the [on of Cai- 
nan, which was the fon of Arphax- 
ad, which was the fon of Sem, 
which was the fon of Noe, which 
was the fon of Lamech, 

37 Which was the fon of Ma- 
thufala, which was the fon of E- 
noch, which was the fon of Jared, 
which was the fon of Maleleel, 
which was the fen of Cainan, 

38 Which was the fon of Enos, 
which was the fon of Seth, which 
wssthefonof Adam, which was Chap. I: 
thefoof God. 

§. 3. TN the beginning 
J. was the Word, 
and the Word was 
with God, and the 
Word was God. 

2 The fame was in 
the beginning with 

3 All things were 
made by him ; and 
without him was not 
any thing made that 
was m;de. 

4 In him was life, 


of the four Evangelijls. 225 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John, 

Chap. I, 

and the life was the light of men. 
f And the light fhineth in dark- 
nefs, andthedarknefs comprehend- 
ed it not. 

6 There was a man fent from 
God, whofe name was John. 

7 The fame came for a witnefs, 
to bear witnefs of the light, that 
all men through him might believe. 

8 He was not that light, but was 
fent to bear witnefs of that light. 

9 That was the true light, which 
lighteth every man that cometh in- 
to the world. 

10 He was in the world, and 
the world was made by him, and 
the world knew him not. 

1 1 He came unto his own, and 
his own received him not. 

iz But as many as received him, 
to them gave he power to become 
the fbns of God, even to them that 
believe on his name. 

13 Which were born, not of 
blood, nor of the will of the flefh, 
nor of the will of man, but of 

14 And the word was made flefh, 
and dwelt among us (and we be- 
held his glory, the glory as of the on- 

( ly begotten of the Father) full of 

grace and truth. 

§.4. if John bare witnefs of 
him, and cryed, faying, This was 
he of whom I {pake, He that com- 
eth after me, is preferred before 
me: for he was before me. 

16 And of his fulnefs have all 
we received, and grace for grace. 

17 For the law was given by 
Mofes, but grace and truth came 
by Jcfus Chrift. 

Ff 18 N» 

2,2.6 The Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. I. 

1 8 No man hath Teen God at a- 
ny time* the only begotten Son, 
which is in the bofbm of his Fa- 
ther, he hath declared him. 

1 9 And this is the record of John, 
when the Jews fent prieftsand Le- 
vites from Jerufalem, to ask him, 
Who art thou? 

20 And heconfefled, and denied 
not ; but confefled, I am not the 

21 And they asked him, What 
then? Art thou Elias ? And he faith, 
I am not. Art thou that prophet? 
And he anfwered, No. 

12 Then faid they unto him, 
Who art thou? that we may give 
an anfwer to them that fent us : 
what fayeft thou of thy felf ? 

23 He faid, I am the voice of 
one crying in the wildernefs,Make 
ftraight the way of the Lord, as 
faid the prophet Efaias. 

24 And they which were fent, 
were of the Pharifees. 

if And they asked him, and faid 
unto him, Why baptized thou then, 
if thou be not that Chrift, nor E- 
lias, neither that prophet? 

26 John anfwered them, faying, 
I baptize with water : but there 
ftandeth one among you, whom ye 
know not; 

27 He it is who coming after 
me, is preferred before me, whofe 
(hoes latchet I am not worthy to 

28 Thefe things were done in 
Bethabara beyond Jordan, where 
John was baptizing. 

§. f. 19 The next day John 

feeth Jefus coming unto him, and 


of the four Evangelijls. 


Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. I. 

faith, Behold the Lamb of God, 
which taketh away the fin of the 

30 This is he of whom I faid, 
After me cometh a man, which is 
preferred before me; for he was 
before me. 

31 And I knew him not: but 
that he mould be made manifefl to 
Ifrael, therefore am I come bap- 
tizing with water. 

31 And John bare record, fay- 
ing, I faw the Spirit defending 
from heaven, like a dove, and it 
abode upon him. 

33 And I knew him not: but 
9 he that fent m e to baptize with wa- 
ter, the fame faid unto me, Upon 
whom thou fhalt fee the Spirit de- 
fending, and remaining on him, 
thefame is he which baptizeth with 
the holy Ghoft. 

34 And I faw, and bare record 
that this is the Son of God. 

§.6. 3 ? Again the next day af- 
ter, John flood, and two of his 

36 And looking upon Jefus as 
he walked, he faith, Behold the 
Lamb of God. 

37 And the two difciples heard 
him fpeak, and they followed Te- 
fiis. J 

38 Then Jefus turned, and faw 
them following, and faith unto 
them, What feek ye? They faid 
unto him, Rabbi, (which is to fay, 
being interpreted, Matter) Where 
dwelleft thou? 

39 He faith unto them, Come 
and fee. They came and faw where 
he dwelt, and abode with him that 

Ffi day: 

2,2 8 The Harmony 

Matthew. Maris. Luke. John. 

Chap. I. 

day: for it was about the tenth 

40 One of the two which heard 
]o\mf}eak, and followed him, was 
Andrew, Simon Peters brother. 

4 1 He firft findeth his own bro- 
ther Simon, and faith unto him, 
We have found the Meflias, which 
is, being interpreted, the Chrift. 

42 And he brought him to Je- 
fus. And when Jefus beheld him, 
he faid, Thou art Simon the fbn of 
Jona : thou fhalt be called Cephas, 
which is by interpretation, aftone. 

43 The day following, Jefuj 
would go forth into Galilee, and 
findeth Philip, and faith unto him, 
follow me. • 

44 Now Philip was of Beth- 
faida, the city of Andrew and Pe- 

4f Philip findeth Nathanael, and 
faith unto him. We have found 
him of whom Mofes in the law, 
and the prophets did write, Jefus 
of Nazareth, the ion of Jofeph. 

46 And Nathanael faid unto him, 
Can there any good thing come 
©ut of Nazareth? Philip faith unto 
him, Come and fee. 

47 Jefus faw Nathanael coming 
to him, and faith of him, Behold 
an Ifraelite indeed, in whom is no 

48 Nathanael faith unto him, 
whence knoweft thou me? Jefus 
anfwered and faid unto him, Be- 
fore that Philip called thee when 
thou waft under, the fig-tree, I faw 

49 Nathanael anfwered and faith 
unto him, Rabbi, thou art the fbn 
©f God, thou art the king of Ifrael. 

j-o Jefus 

of the four Evangelijls. 119 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. I. 

fo Jefus anfwered and faid un- 
to him, Becaufe I faid unto thee, I 
faw thee under the fig-tree, believeft 
thou ? thou Ihalt fee greater things 
then thefe. 

5-1 And he faith unto him, Veri- 
ly, verily I iay unto you, Hereafter 
you {hall fee heaven opened, and the 
angeis of God afcending and de- 
fending upon the Son oi man. 

Chap. rr. 

§.7. A ND the third day there 
J\. was a marriage iii\Cana 
of Galilee, and the mother of Je- 
fus was there. 

2 And both Jefus was called, 
and his difciples, to the marriage. 

3 And when they wanted wine, 
the mother of Jelus faith unto him, 
They have no wine. 

4 Jefus faith unto her, Woman, 
what have I to do with thee? mine 
hour is not yet come. 

f His mother faith unto thefer- 
vants, whatfbever he faith unto you, 
do it. 

6 And there were fet there fix- 
water- pots of ftone, after the man- 
ner of the purifying of the Jews, 
containing two or three firkins- a- 

7 Jefus faith unto them, Fill'the 
water-pots with water. And they 
filled them up to the brim. 

8 Andhefaithuntothem, Draw 
out now, and bear unto thegover- 
nour of the feaft. And they bear 

9 When the ruler of the feaft 
had tafted the water that was made 
wine, and knew not whence it 

Ff * was, 

230 The Harmony 

Matthkva Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. II. 

was, (but the fervants which drew 
the water knew,) the governour of 
the feaft called the bridegroom, 

10 And faith unto him, every 
man at the beginning doth fet forth 
good wine ; and when men have 
well drunk, then that which is 
worfe : but 'hou haft kept the good 
wine until now. 

1 1 This beginning or miracles 
did Jefiis in Cana of Galilee, and 
manifefted forth his gloryj and his 
defciples believed on him. 

1 2 After this he went down to Ca- 
pernaum, he, and his mother, and his 
brethren, and his diftiples, and they 
continued there not many days. 


From our Savior's firft public T off over > till his return into Ga- 
lilee thro' Samaria : containing about four months fpace, 
from April A. <Z>. 29. till Auguft the fame year. 

^His fourth Period goes on with the firft part of our Saviors Miniftry 
before the Jmprifonment of the Baptift, and being only in [St. John, 
and by him immediately fab join d to the former fe&ion, is certainly in its 
proper place in the prefent Harmony, 


Chap. II. 

§. 1. 13 And the Jews paflbver 
was at hand, and Jeius went up to 

14 And found in the temple thofe 
that fold oxen, and {heep. and 
doves, and the changers of money, 

iy And 

of the four Evangelifts. 23 1 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. 


Chap. IL 

1/ And whm he had made a 
fcourge of fmall cords, he drove 
them out of the temple, and the 
fheep, and the oxen ; and poured 
out the changers money, and over- 
threw the tables. 

16 And faid unto them that fold 
doves, Take thefe things hence ; 
make not my Fathers houfe an houfe 
of merchandife. 

1 7 And his difciples remembred 
thit it was written, The zeal of 
thine houfe hath eaten me up. 

18 Then anfwered the Jews, 
and faid unto him, Whatfignfhew- 
eft thou unto us, feeing that thou 
doeft thefe things? 

Jo Jefus anfwered and faid un- 
to them, Deftroy this temple, and 
in three days I will raife it up. 

20 Then faid the Jews, Fourty 
and fix years was this temple in 
building, and wilt thou rear it up 
in three days? 

a 1 But he fpakc of the temple of 
his body. 

21 When therefore he was ri fen 
from the dead, his difciples remem- 
bred thathehadfaid this unto them: 
and they believed the fcripture,and 
the word which Jefus had faid. 

2 3 Now when he was in Jeru- 
falem at the paflbver, in the feaft- 
day, many believed in his name, 
when they faw the miracles wh'ch 
he did. 

24 But Jefus did not commit 
himfelf unto them, becaufehe knew 
all men, 

if And needed not that any 
ftiouldteftifyofman: for he knew 
what wa« in man. 


The Harmony 


Matthew. \ Mark. Lvke. John. 

Chap. III. 

§. 2>-pHere was a man of the Pha- 
J_ rifees, named Nicodemus, 
a ruler of the Jews : 

i The fame came to Jefus by 
night, and faid unto him, Rabbi, 
we know that thou art a teacher 
come from God: for no man can 
do thefe miracles that thou doeft, 
except God be with him. 

3 Jefus anfwered and faid unto 
him, Verily verily I fay unto thee, 
Except a man be born again, he 
cannot fee the kingdom of God. 

4 Nicodemus faith unto him, 
How can a man be born when he 
is old ? can he enter the fecond time 
into his mothers womb, and be 

j Jefus anfwered, Verily verily 
I fay unto thee, Except a man be 
born of water and of the Spirit," he 
cannot enter into the kingdom of 

6 That which is born of the 
flefh, is flefh; and that which is 
born of the Spirit, is fpirit. 

7 Marvel not that I faid unto thee, 
Ye muft be born again. 

8 The wind bloweth where it 
lifteth, and thou heareft the found 
thereof, but canfl not tell whence it 
cometh, and whither it goeth: fb 
is every one that is born of the 

9 Nicodemus anfwered and faid 
unto him, How can thefe things be ? 

i o Jefus anfwered and faid unto 
him, Art thou a mafler of Ifrael, 
and knoweft not thefe things? 

1 1 Verily verily I fay unto thee, 
We fpeak that we do know, and 
teftify that we have fben; and ye 
receive not our witnefs. 

12 If 

of the four EvangeUJls. z 3 3 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap III. 

12 If I have told you earthly- 
things, and ye believe not, how 
fliall ye believe, if I tell you of hea- 
venly things ? 

13 And no man hath afcended 
up to heaven, but he that came 
down from heaven, even the Son 
of man which is in heaven. 

14 And as Mofes lifted up the 
ferpent in the wildernefs, even fo 
muft the Son of man be lifted up: 

if That whofoever believeth in 
him, mould not perifh, but have 
everlafting life. 

16 For God fo loved the world, 
that he gave his only begotten Son, 
that whofoever believeth in him, 
mould not perifh, but have ever- 
lafting life. 

17 For God fentnothis Son into 
the world to condemn the world j 
but that the world through him 
might be faved. 

18 He that believeth on him, is 
not condemned: but he that believ- 
eth not, is condemned already, be- 
caufe he hath not believed in the 
name of the only begotten Son of 

19 And this is tte condemnati- 
on, thatlight is comeinto the world, 
and men loved darknefs rather then 
light, becaufe their deeds were e- 

20 For every one that doeth e- 
vil, hateth the light, neither com- 
eth to the light, lefthis deeds fhould 
be reproved. 

1 1 But he that doeth truth, com- 
eth to the light, that his deeds may 
be made manifeft, that they are 
wrought in God. 

^g §.3.12 After 

2,^4 The Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. III. 

§.3. 21 After thefe things came 
Jefusand his difciples into the land of 
Judea, and there he tarried with 
them, and baptized. 

23 And John alfowas baptizing 
in Enon, near to Salim, becauie 
there was much water there : and 
they came, and were baptized. 

24 For John was not yet call in- 
to prifon. 

2? Then there arofe a queftion 
between fome of Johns difciples and 
the Jews about purifying. 

26 And they came unto John, 
and faid unto him, Rabbi, he that 
was with thee beyond Jordan, to 
whom thou bareft witnefs, behold, 
the fame baptizeth, and all men 
come to him. 

27 John anfwered and faid, A 
man can receive nothing, except it 
be given him from heaven. 

28 Ye your felves bear me wit- 
nefs, that I faid, IamnottheChrift, 
but that I am fent before him. 

29 He that hath the bride, is the 
bridegroom: but the friend of the 
bridegroom, which ftandeth and 
heareth him, rejoiceth greatly be- 
caufe of the bridegrooms voice : 
this my joy therefore is fulfilled. 

30 He mud increafe, but I mufi 

3 1 He that cometh from above, 
is above all; he that is of the 
earth, is earthly, and fpeaketh of 
the earth : he that cometh from hea- 
ven, is above all. 

32 And what he hath feen and 
heard, that he teftifieth; and no 
man receiveth his teflimony. 

33 He that hath received his te- 
flimony, hath fet to his feal, that 


of the four EvangeliJIs. 2.35 

Matthew, Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. III. 

. God is true. 

34 For he whom God hath fent, 
fpeaketh the words of God : for 
God giveth not the Spirit by rriea- 
fure unto him. 

3f The father loveth the Son, 
and hath given all things into his 

36 He that believcth on the Son, 
hath everlafting life: and he that 
believeth not the Son, mall not fee 
life; but the wrath of God abid- 
eth on him. 


From our Savior's return into Galilee thro * Samaria> till hisfe- 
cond Taffover : containing about eight months fpace, from 
Auguft A. T>. 29. till April A. T>. 30. 

THis fifth Period comprehends two principal Branches. The firfi is the 
dtfcourfe with the Woman of Samaria near Sychar; with the enfuinv 
occurrences in Samaria : together with Chrift'j return into Galilee ; His re- 
ception there •, and his fecond Miracle there alfo. Which Branch does fo im- 
mediately connetl with what went before, that no doubt will be made about 
its true Order. The fecond Branch comprehends the Baptifm, Fafiing and 
Temptations of our Savior recorded by St. Matthew, St. Mark, and St. 
Luke, and therefore omitted by St. John. The reafon why I place this 
branch here contrary to all the other Writers of Harmonies, is this. J have 
already few n that our Lord's Baptifm, Fafiwg and Temptations, the Impri- 
fonment 0/ John the Baptifr, and the commencing of Chrifr.' s public Preach- 
ing in Galilee do all follow one another immediately. I have alfo provd 
that this Imprtfonment of the Baptift istobeinterposd between the fourth and 
fifth Chapters of St. John'* Gofpel 3 the latter of which begins with this fe- 
cond PaJJover : which Obftrvations being premis'd, I fay that the natural pLice 
of the Branch before us, is between the former return to Galilee and the fe- 

Gg 2, cond 

Z 2 6 The Harmony 

cond Pafover, becauje I. When our Saviour came to be baptized, it was 
out of Galilee, and from Nazareth* as St. Matthew and St. Mark afure 
us. Now we never find that he fiaid any conjiderable time in Galilee from 
the very beginning of his Miniftry till this time. But now he had been fo 
kindly receivd there, and the time for his ft ay is fo considerable in the pre fen t 
Harmony, that it naturally allows of the prefent circumftance, which doe snot 
appear of any other time whatfoever. So that till we are afurd that our 
Savior at fome other time before this liv'd in Galilee, we muft be allow' d 
to place this his journey from thence to Jordan at the time here fpecifyd, and 
no other. z. 'Tis certain that the Baptift was not in Prifon at the return 
of Chrift into Galilee, in St. John'* fourth Chapter, and highly probable 
that he was in Prifon, at his fifth Chapter, the Hiftory of the fecond Pafover. 
'Ttsalfo certain from St. Luke, that when Chrift came to Nazareth next 
after the Baptift\f Imprisonment , he had already been a Reader formerly for 
fome confiderable time in that Synagogue. 'Tis alfo evident that this fecond 
Pafover tho after John'* Imprifonment, yet was before the return into Ga- 
lilee from which the other Evanqelifts date their Accounts of our Saviors 
Miniftry ; becaufe otherwife weffould have had the Hiftory of it not in St, 
Tohn, but in the others. All which circumftances do perfetlly agree with 
the prefent Order of thefe Hiftories, but with no other iffhatfoever . 3 . Our 
Savior at his Temptations was in the Defart of Judea, and on the pinacle 
of the Temple of Jerufalem, and therefore ready to afcend to the Jewifti 
Pafover, according to the Account before us. But if we alter this Series, 
and fuppofe our Savior coming up out of Galilee to Jerufalem long after- 
wards, we ft) all imagin a journey without any manner of foundation-, nay, 
and this within the compafs of the Annals of St. Matthew, St. Mark, and 
St. Luke, without the leaf hint of any fuch thing in any of their Hiftories. 
Vpon the whole, Jince we leave Chrift in Judea at the conclufton of his Tem- 
ptations, aboutthetime of the Baptift' J Imprifonment in three of the Evange- 
lifts -, and a little after, we find him in St. John, going to the Pafover to 
Terufalem when the Baptift was already in Prifon, and alfo find that foon 
after that Imprifonment he returned into Galilee, and began his public Preach- 
ing there ; we may juftly gather that the prefent Series, and no other, is a- 
qreeable to all thefe Accounts of the Evangelifts before us. 


of the four Evangelijls. 


Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. IV. 

§• i.TTTHen therefore the Lord 

VV knew how the Fhari- 

fees had heard that Jefus made and 

baptized more difciples then John, 

2 (Though Jefus himfelf baptiz- 
ed not, but his difciples) 

3 He left Judea, and departed 
again into Galilee. 

4 And he muft needs go through 

$■ Then corneth he to a city of 
Samaria, which is called Sychar, 
near to the parcel of ground that 
Jacob gave to his fon Jofeph. 

6 Now Jacobs well was there. 
Jefus therefore being wearied with 
his journey, fat thus on the well: 
and it was about the fixth hour. 

7 There cometh a woman of 
Samaria to draw water: Jefus faith 
unto her, Give me to drink. 

8 For his difciples were gone a- 
way unto the city to buy meat. 

9 Then faith the woman of Sa- 
maria unto him, How is it that 
thou being a Jew, askeft drink of 
me, which am a woman of Sama- 

. ria? for the Jews have no dealings 
with the Samaritanes. 

10 Jefus anfwered and faid un- 
to her, If thou kneweft the gift of 
God, and who it is that fiith to 
thee, Give me to drink ; thou 
wouldeft have asked of him, and 
he would have given thee living 

1 1 The woman faith unto him, 
Sir, thou haft nothing to draw with, 
and the well is deep: from whence 
then haft thou that living water? 

12 Art thou greater then our fa- 
ther Jacob, whichgaveus the well, 
and drank thereof himfelf, and his 

Gg 3 children. 

2,38 The Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. IV. 

children, and his cartel? 

1 3 . Jefus anfwered and faid un- 
to her, Whofoever drinketh of this 
water {hall thirft again : 

14 But whofoever drinketh of 
the water that I fhall give him, 
fhall never thirft: but the water 
that I fhall give him, (hall be in 
him a well of water fpringing up 
into everlafting life. 

15- The woman faith unto him, 
Sir, give methis water, that I thirft 
not, neither come hither to draw. 

16 Jefus faith unto her, Go, 
call thy husband, and come hither. 

17 The woman anfwered and 
faid, I have no husband. Jefus 
faid unto her, Thou haft well faid, 
I have no husband : 

18 For thou haft had five huf- 
bands, and he whom thou now haft 
is not thy husband : in that faidft 
thou truly. 

19 The woman faith unto him, 
Sir, I perceive that thou art a pro- 

20 Our fathers worfhipped in 
this mountain ; and ye fay, that in 
Jerufalem is the place where men 
ought to worfhip. 

2 1 Jefus faith unto her, Woman, 
believe me, the hour cometh when 
ye fhall neither in this mountain* 
nor yet at Jerufalem worfhip the 

22 Ye worfhip ye know not 
what: we know what we worfhip: 
for falvation is of the Jews. 

23 But the hour cometh, and 
now is, when the true worfhip- 
pers fhall worfhip the Father in fpi- 
rit and in truth: for the Father 
fecketh fuch to worfhip him. 

24 God 

of the four Evangelijls. 23 9 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. IV. 

24 God is a Spirit, and they that 
woriiiip him, muft worfhip/?/>« in 
fpint and in truth. 

if The woman faith unto him, 
I know that Meffias cometJi, which 
is called Chrift: when he is come, 
he will tell us all things. 

26 Jeius faith unto her, I that 
fpeak unto thee, am he. 

27 And upon this came his di- 
fciples, and marvelled that he talk- 
ed with the woman : yet no man 
faid, What feekeftrhou? or, Why 
talkeft thou with her? 

§.2.28 The woman then left her 
water-pot, and went hsr way into 
the city, and faith to the men, 

29 Come, fee a man which told 
me all things that ever I did : is 
not this the Chrift? 

30 Then they went out of the 
city, and came unto him. 

31 In the mean while his di- 
fciples prayed him, faying, Mafter, 

32 But he faid unto them, I have 
meat to eat that ye know not of. 

33 Therefore faid the difciples 
one to another, Hath any man 
brought him ought to eat? 

34 Jefus faith unto them, My 
meat is to do the will of him that 
fent me, and to finifh his work. 

35* Say not ye, there are yet four 
months, and then cometh harveft ? 
behold, I fay unto you , Lift up 
your eyes, and look on the fields j 
tor they are white already to har- 

36 And he that re:.petb receiv- 
eth wages, and gathercth fruit un- 
to life eternal: that bo:h he that 

x^.q The Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. IV. 

fovveth, and he that reapeth, may 
rejoice together. 

37 And herein is that faying true, 
Onefoweth, and another reapeth. 

38 I fent you to reap that where- 
on ye beftowed no labour: other 
men laboured, and ye are entred in- 
to their labours. 

39 And many of the Samart- 
tanes of that city believed on him, 
for the faying of the woman, which 
teftified, He told me all that ever 
I did. 

40 So when the Samaritanes 
were come unto him, they be- 
fought him that he would tarry 
with them: and he abode there 
two days. 

41 And many more believed, 
becaufe of his own word: 

41 And faid unto the woman, 
Nowwebelieve, not becaufe of thy 
faying: for we have heard him 
our felves, and know that this is in- 
deed the Chrift, the Saviour of the 

§. 3. 43 Now after two days he 
departed thence, and went into Ga- 

44 For Jefus himfelf teftified, 
that a prophet hath no honour in 
his own countrey. 

45* Then when he was come in- 
to Galilee, the Galileans received 
him, having feen all the things that 
he did at Jerufalem at the feaft: 
for they alfb went unto the feaft. 

46 So Jefus came again into Ca- 
na of Galilee, where he made the 
water wine. And there was a cer- 
tain noble man, whofe fon was 
fick at Capernaum. 

47 When 

of the four Evangelijls. 241 

Matthew, Mark. Lvke John. 

Chap. IV. 

47 When he heard that Jefus was 
come out of Judea into Galilee, he 
went unto him, and befbught him. 
that he would comeNiown, and 
heal his fon : for he was at the 
point of death. 

48 Then faid Jefus unto him, 
Except ye fee iignt and wonders, 
ye will not believe. 

49 The noble man faith unto 
him, Sir, come down ere my child 
die. ' 

f o Jefus faith unto him, Go thy 
wayj thy fon liveth. And the 
man believed the word that Jefus 
had fpoken unto him, and he went 
his way. 

y i And as he was now going 
down, his fervants met him, and 
told him, faying, Thy fon liveth. 

fi Then enquired he of them 
the hour, when he began to amend : 
and they faid unto him, Yefterday 
at the leventh hour the fever left 

S 3 So the father knew that it 
tens at the fame hour, in the which 
Jefus faid unto him, Thy fon liveth j 
and himfelf believed, and his whole 

5-4 This is again the fccond mi- 
racle that Jefus did, when he was 
"come out of Judea into Galilee. 

H *» 13 Then 

14 2 - 

The Harmony 

Chap. III. 

Chap. I. 

§ 4. 13 Then com- 9 And it came to 
eth Jefus from Galilee pais in thofe days, that 
to Jordan unto John, Jefus came from Na- 
to be baptized of him. zareth of Galilee, and 

14 But John for- was baptized of John 
bad him, laying, I in Jordan, 
have need to be bap- 1 o Andftraightway 
tized of thee, and coming up out of the 
comeft. thou to me ? water, hefawthehea- 

1/ And Jefu$ an- vens opened, and the 
fwering.faid unto him, Spirit like a dove de- 
Suffer it to be fo now . fcending upon him. 
for thus it becometh 1 1 And there came 
us to fulfil all righte- a voice from heaven, 
oufnefs. Thenhefuf- faying, Thou art my 
fered him. beloved (on, in whom 

16 And Jefus when I am well pleafed. 
he was baptized, went 

up ftraitway out of the 
water: and lo, the 
heavens were opened 
unto him, and hefaw 
the Spirit of God de- 
fcending like a dove, 
and lighting upon 

17 And lo, a voice 
from heaven, faying, 
This is my beloved 
Son, in whom I am 
well pleafed. 

Chap. IV. 

§. y.^TpHen was Je- 
_L fus led up of 

the fpirit into the wil- 
dernefs, to be tempt- 
ed of the devil. 

2 And when he had 
fafted fourty days and 
fourty nights, he was 
afterwards an hungred. 

Chap. III. 

ii Now when all 
the people were bap- 
tized, it came to pais* 
that Jefus alfo being 
baptized, and praying, 
the heaven was' open- 

22 And the holy 
Ghofl: defcended in a 
bodily fliape like a dove 
upon him, and a voice 
came from heaven, 
which faid, Thou art 
my beloved Son, in 
thee I am well pleafed. 


11 And immediate- 
ly the fpirit driveth 
him into the wilder- 

13 And he was 
there in thewildernefs 
fourty days tempted of 
Satan, and was with 
the wild beafts, and 

Chap. IV. 

AND Jefus being 
ful of the holy 
Ghoft, returned from 
Jordan, and was led by 
the fpirit into thewil- 

2 Being fourty days 
tempted of the devil} 
and in thofe d%s he 

of the four Evangelijls 


Chap. IV. 

Chap. I. 

Chap. IV. 

3 And when the the angels 
tempter came to him, unto him. 
he faid, If thou be the 
Son of God, com- 
mand that thefe ftones 
be made bread. 

4 But he anfwered 
and faid It is written, 
Man fhall not live by 
bread alone, but by e- 
very word that pro- 
ceedeth out of the 
mouth of God. 

3 Again, the devil 
taketh him up into an 
exceeding high moun- 
tain, and fhewcth him 
all the kingdoms of 
the world, and the 
glory of them : 

9 And faith uato 
him, All thefe things 
will I give thee, if 
thou willt fall down 
and worfhip me. 

io Then faith Je- 
fus unto him, Get thee 
hence Satan: for it is 
written, Thou (halt 
worlhip the Lord thy 
God, and him only 
{halt thou ferve. 

f Then?' the devil 
taketh him up into the 
holy city, and fetteth 
him on a pinacleofthe 

6 And .faith unto 
him, If thou be the Son 
of God, caft thy felf 
down: for it is writ- 
ten, He fhall give his 
angels charge concern- 

minifired did eat nothing .- and 
when they were end- 
ed, he afterward hun - 

3 And the devil faid 
unto him, If thou be 
the Son of God, com- 
mand this ftone that 
it be made bread. 

4 And Jefus an- 
fwered him, faying, It 
is written, That man 
fhall not live by bread 
alone, but by every 
Word of God. 

? And the devil ta- 
king him up into an 
high mountain, (hew- 
ed unto him all the 
the kingdoms of the 
world in a moment of 

6 And the devil faid 
tmto him, All this pow- 
er will I give thee, 
and the glory of them ; 
for that is delivered 
untorne,and to whom- 
foever I will I give it. 
. 7 If thou there- 
fore wilt worfhip me, 
all (hall be thine. 

8 And Jefus an- 
fwered, and faid unto 
him, Get thee behind 
me, Satan : for it is 
written, Thou (halt 
worfhip the Lord thy 
God, and him only 
(halt thou ferve. 

9 And he brought 
him to Jerufalem, and 
fct him on a pinaclc 

Hh i 




The Harynony 


Chap. IV. 

ing thee, and in their, 
hands they {hall bear 
thee up, left at any 
time thou dafh thy 
foot againft a ftone. 

7 Jefus faid unto 
him,It is written again, 
Thou (halt not tempt 
the Lord thy God. 

ii Then the devil 
leaveth him, and be- 
hold, angels came and 
miniftred unto him. 



Chap. IV. 

of the temple, and 
laid unto him, If thou 
be the Son of God, 
caft thy felf down 
from hence. 

i o For it is written, 
He {hill give his angels 
charge over thee, to 
keep thee. 

ii And in their 
hands they {hall bear 
thee up, left at any 
time thou dafh thy 
foot againft a ftone. 

iz And Jefus an- 
fwering, faid unto him, 
It is faid, Thou {halt 
not tempt the Lord 
thy God. 

13 And when the 
devil had ended all the 
temptation, he depart- 
ed from him for afca- 


of the four Euangelijh. 245 


From Chrift'sficondT affover till his third: containing the fpacc 
of one year, from April A. T). 30. till April A. ^.31. 

THis Jixth Period befides the occurrences at the fecond Pajfover record-, 
ed by St. John, comprehends almofi the whole courfe of our Savior s 
firfi public Preaching in Galilee while he was alone in that Office 
there, before the Election of the twelve Apoflles. The Order is plain from 
the agreement of St. Mark and St. Luke at prefent, and from that of St. 
Matthew alfo, when his Gofpel is refio-rd to its original Order, as we have 
above demonftrated. 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. V. 

§. 1. A Fter this there was a feaft 
JLx. of the Jews, and Jefus 
went up to Jeruialem. 

2 Now there is at Jerufalem by 
the {heep-market a pool, which is 
called in the Hebrew tongue, Be< 
thefda, having five porches. 

3 In thefe lay a great multitude 
of impotent folk, of blind, halt, 
withered, waiting for the moving 
of the water. 

4 For an angel went down at a 
certain leafon into the pool, and 
troubled the water : whofoever then 
firft after the troubling of the wa- 
ter ftepped in, was made whole of 
whatfoever difeafe he had. 

f And a certain man was there, 
which had an infirmity thirty and 
eight years , 

6 When Jefus faw him lie, and 
knew that he had been now a long 
time in that cafe, he faith unto 
him, Wilt thou be made whole ? 

7 The impotent man anfwered 
him> Sir, I have no man, when the 

Hh 3 water 

2,46 The Harmony 

Matthew, Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. V 

water is troubled, to put me into 
the pool, but while I am coming, 
another fteppeth down before me 

8 Jefus faith unto him, Rile, 
take up thy bed and walk. 

9 And immediaely the man was 
made whole, and took up his bed, 
and walked : and on the fame day 
was the Sabbath. 

10 The Jews therefore faid un- 
to him that was cured, It is the 
fabbath-day; it is not lawful for 
thee to carry thy bed. 

i 1 He anfwered them, He that 
made me whole, the fame faid un- 
to me, Take up thy bed and walk. 

tz Then asked they him, What 
man is that which faid unto 
thee, Take up thy bed and walk ? 

13 And he that was healed, 
wift .not who it was : for Jefus had 
conveyed himfelf away, a multi- 
tude being in that place. 

14 Afterward Jefus findeth him 
in the temple, and faid unto him, 
Behold, Thou art made whole: 'fin 
no more, left a worfe thing come 
unto thee. 

if The man departed, and told 
the Jews that it was Jefus which 
had made him whole. 

16 And therefore did the Jews 
perfecute Jefus, and fought to flay 
him, becaufe he had done thefe 
things on the fabbath-day. 

17 But Jefus anfwered them, 
My father worketh hitherto, and 1 

18 Therefore the Jews fought 
the more to kill him, becauie he 
not only had broken the fabbath, 
but faid alfo, that God was his fa- 
ther, making himfelf equal with 


of the four Evangelifls. 247 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. V. 


19 Then anfwered Jefus, and 
faid unto them, Verily verily I fay 
unto you, The Son can do nothing 
of himfelf. but what he feeth the 
Father do : for what things foever 
he doeth, thefe alio doeth the Son 

20 For the Father loveth the 
Son^ and iheweth him all things 
that himfelf doeth: and he wiil 
fhew him greater works than thefe, 
that ye may marvel. 

21 For as the Father raifeth 
up the dead, and quickneth them : 
even fo the Son quickneth whom 
he will. 

22 For the Father judgeth no 
man; but hath committed all judg- 
ment unto the Son: 

2 j That all men mould honour 
the Son, even as they honour the 
Father. He that honourethnot the 
Son, honoureth not the Father 
which hath fent him. 

24 Verily verily I fay unto you, 
He that heareth my word, and be- 
lieveth on him that fent me, hath 
everlafting life, and fhall not come 
into condemnation j but is pafled 
from death unto life. 

if Verily verily I fay unto you., 
The hour is coming, and now is, 
when the dead fhall hear the voice 
of the Son of God : and they that 
hear fhall live. 

26 For as the Father hath life in 
himfelf i fo hath he given to 
the Son to have life in himfelf} 

27 And hath given him autho- 
rity to execute judgment alfo, be- 
caufe he is the Son of man. 

28 Marvel not at this : for the 


i4 8 The Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. V. 

is coming, in the which all that 
are in the graves (hall hear hi* 

29 And fhall come forth, they 
that have done good, unto the re- 
furre&ion of lite, and they that 
have done evil, unto the refurre- ' 
&ion of damnation. 

30 I can of mine own felf do 
nothing: as I hear, I judge: and 
my judgment isjuft ; becaufelfeek 
not mine own will, but the will 
of the father which hath fent me. 

3 1 If I bear witnefs of my felf, 
my witnefs is not true. 

31 There is another that beareth 
witnefs of me, and I know that 
the witnefs which he witnefleth of 
me, is true. 

3 3 Ye fent unto John, and he 
bare witnefs unto the truth. 

34 But 1 receive not teftimony 
from man : but thefe things I fay, 
that ye might be faved. 

If He was a burning and a min- 
ing light : and ye were willing for 
a feafon to rejoice in his light. 

36 But I have greater witnefs 
then that of John: for the works 
which the Father hath given mc 
to finifh, the lame works that I do, 
bear witnefs of me, that the fa- 
ther hath fent me. 

37 And the Father himfelf 
which hath fent me, hath born wit- 
nefs of me. Ye have neither 
heard his voice at any time, nor 
feen his fhape. 

38 And ye have not his worda- 
biding in you : for whom he hath 
fent, him ye believe not. 

39 Search the fcriptures, for in 
them ye think ye have eternal life, 


of the four Evangelifis. 2.45* 

Matthew. Mark, Luke. John. 

Chap. V. 

and they are they which teftifie of 

40 And ye will not come to me, 
that ye might have life. 

41 I receive not honour from 

41 But I know you, thatyehave 
not the love of God in you. 

43 I am come in my fathers name, 
and ye receive me not : if another 
fhall come in his own name, him 
ye will receive. 

44 How can ye believe, which 
receive honour one of another, 
and feek not the honour that com- 
eth from God only ? 

45- Do not think that I will ac- 
cufe you to the Father: there is one 
that accufeth you, even Mofcs, in 
whom ye truft. 

46 For had ye believed Mofes, 
ye would have believed me: for he 
wrote of me. 

47 But if ye believe not his 
writings, how fhall ye believe my 

Chap. IV. Chap. I. Chap. IV. 

%.i. n Now when 14 Now after that 14 Andjefusreturn- 

Jefus had heard that John was put in pri- ed in the power of the 

John was caft into pri- fon, Jefus came into ipirit into Galilee : and 

ion, he departed into Galilee, preaching the there went out a fame 

Galilee. gofpel of the kingdom of him through all the 

1 3 And leaving Na- of God, region round about. 
zareth, he came and 1 y And faying, The 1 j- And he taught 
dwelt in Capernaum, time is fulfilled, and in their fynagogues, 
which is upon the fea- the kingdom of God being glorified of all. 
coaftt in the bordersof is at hand: repent ye 16 And he came to 
Zabulon and Neptha- and believe the goipel. Nazareth, where he 
lim: had been brought up: 

14 That it might be and, as hiscuftom was, 
fulfilled which was fpo- he went into the fyna- 
ken by E&ias the pro- gogue on the fabbath- 

li phet 


The Harmony 

Chap, IV. 

phct, faying, 

if The land of Zabulon, and 
the land of Nephthalim, by the 
way of the fe.i beyond Jordan, 
Galilee of the Gentiles: 

16 The people which fat in 
darknefs, faw great light : and to 
them which fat in the region and 
fhadow of death, light is fprung 

77 From that time Jefus began 
to preach, and to fay, Repent, for 
the kingdom of heaven is at hand. 

Mark. Luke. 

Ghap. IV. 

day, and flood up for to read. 

17 And there was delivered un- 
to him the book of the prophet E- 
faias: and when he had opened the 
book, he found the place where it 
was written, 

18 The fpirit of the Lord is up- 
on me, becaufe he hath anointed 
me to preach the gofpel to the 
poor, he hath fent me to heal the 
broken-hearted, to preach deliver- 
ance to the captives, and recover- 
ing of light to the blind, to fet at 
liberty them that are bruited. 

19 To preach the acceptable year 
of the Lord. 

20 And he clofed the book, and 
he gave it again to the minifter, 
and fat down : and the eyes of all 
them that were in the fynagogue 
were fallen ed on him. 

2 1 And he began, to fay unto 
them, This day is this fcripture ful- 
filled in your ears. 

22 And all bare him witnefs, 
and wondred at the gracious words 
which proceeded out of his mouth. 
And they laid, Is not this Jofephs 

2 3 And he faid unto them, Ye 
will furely fay unto me this pro- 
verb, Phyfician, heal thy felt": what- 
foever we have heard done in Ca- 
pernaum, do alfb here in thy coun- 

24 And he faid, Verily I fay un- 
to you, No prophet is accepted in 
his own countrey. 

if But I tell you of a. truth, 
Many widows were in Ifrael in the 
days of Elias, when the heaven- 
was fhut up three years and fix 
monthsj when great famine was 



of the four EvangeBJis* 




Chap. IV. 

§. 3. 18 And Jefus 
walking by the fea of 
Galilee, faw two bre- 
thren, Simon, c lied 
Peter, and Andrew his 
brother, calling a net 
into the fea : (for they 
were fifhers J 

19 And he faith un- 
to them, Follow me, 
and I will make you 
fifhers of men. 

20 And they ftraight.- 
way left their nets and 
followed him. 

21 And going on 
from thence, he faw 
other two brethren, 
James the J "on of Ze- 
bedee, and John his 
brother, inafhipwith 
Zebedee their father, 

Chap. I, 

16 Now as he walk- 
ed by the fea of Gali- 
lee, he faw Simon, and 
Andrew his brother, 
carting a net into the 
fea: (for they were 

17 And Jefus faid 
unto them, Come ye 
after me, and I will 
make you to become 
fifhers of men : 

1 8 And ftraight- 
way they forfook then- 
nets and followed him. 

19 And when he 
had gone a little fur- 
ther thence, he faw 
James the [on of Zebe- 
dee, and John his bro- 
ther, who alfowerein 
the fhip mending their 

Chap. IV. 

throughout all the land: 

26 But unto none of them was 
Elias fent, fave unto Sarepta, a ci- 
ty of Sidon, unto a woman that 
was a widow. 

27 And many lepers were in If- 
rael in the time of Elifeus the pro- 
phet : and none of them was clean- 
Ted, faving Naaman the Syrian. 

2 8 And all they in the fynagogue, 
when they heard thefe things, were 
filled with wrath, 

29 And rofe up, and thruft him 
out of the city, and led him unto 
the brow of the hill (whereon their 
city was built) that they might cart 
him down headlong. 

30 But he paffng through the 
mids of them, went his way: 

31 And came down to Caper- 
naum, a city of Galilee, and taught 
them on the fabbath-days. 



Ii 2 


151 ihe Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. IV. Chap. I. Chap. IV. 

mending their nets: nets. . — • 

and he called them. 20 And ftraightway 

22 And they im- he called them: and 

mediately left their they left their father 

fhip, and their father, Zebedee in the fhip 

and followed him. with the hired fervants, 

Chap. VIII. and went after him. 

§.4. 14 And when 21 And they went 32 And they were 
Jefus was come into into Capernaum, and aftonifhed at his do- 
Peters houfe, he faw ftraightway on the cftrine: for his word 
his wives mother laid, fabbath-day he entred was with power, 
and fickof a fever : into the fynagogue, 23 And in the fyna- 

i_f And he touched and taught. gogue there was a man 

her hand, and the fe- 21 And they were which had a fpirit of 
ver left her: and fhe aftonifhed at his do- an unclean devil, and 
arofeandminiftredun- <£trinc: for he taught cried out with a loud 
t j them. them as one that had voice, 

16 When the even authority, and. not as 34 Saying, Let us 
was come,they brought the fcribes. alone; wkt hive we 
unto him many that 23 And there was to do with thee, thou 
were pofleiTed with de- in their fynagogue a Jefus of Nazareth? art 
vils : and he caft out man with an unclean thou come to deftroy 
the fpirits with his fpirit, and he cried out, us? I know thee who 
word, and healed all 24 Saying, Let us thou art ; the holy one 
that were fick: alone, what have we of God. 

17 That it might to do with thee, thou 3? And Jefus re- 
be fulfilled which was Jefus of Nazareth? art buked him, faying, 
fpoken by Efaias the thou come to deftroy Hold thy peace, and 
prophet, faying, Him- us? I know thee who come out of him. And 
ielf took our infirmi- thou art, the holy One when then the devil 
ties, and bare wfick- of God. had thrown him in the 
neffes. 25- And Jefus re- mids, he came out of 

buked him, faying, him, and hurt him 

Hold thy peace, and not. 

come out of him. 36 And they were 

26 And when the all amazed, and fpake 
unclean fpirit had torn among themfelves,fay- 
him, and cried with a ing. What a word is 
loifH%oice, he came this? for with autho- 
out of him. rity and power he 

27 And they were commandeth the un- 
all ama7ed, infomuch clean fpirits, and they 
that they qucflioncd a- come out. 


of the for Ez> angel i]h. 




Chap. I: 

mong themfelves, fay- 
ing, What thing is 
this? what new do- 
ctrine is this ? for with 
authority commandeth 
he even the unclean 
ipirits, and they do o- 
obey him. 

28 And immediate- 
ly his fame fpread a- 
broad throughout all 
the region roundabout 

29 And forthwith 
when they were come 
out of the fynagogue, 
they entred into the 
houfe of Simon and 
Andrew, with James 
and John. 

30 But Simons 
wives mother lay fick 
of a fever, and anon 
they tell him of her. 

31 And he came 
and took her by the 
hand, and lift her up; 
and immediately the 
fever left her, and (he 
miniff red unto them. 

32 And at even 
when the fun did fet, 
they bro.ight unto him 
all that were difeaied, 
and them that were 
poflefled with devils. 

3 3 And all the city 
was gathered together 
at the door. 

34 And he healed 
many that were lick 
of divers difeafes, and 
call out many devils, 

Chap. IV. 

37 And the fame of 
him went out into e- 
very place of the coun- 
trey round about. 

38 Andhcarofeotit 
of the fynagogue, and 
entred into Simons 
houfe : and Simons 
wives mother was ta- 
ken with a great fever : 
and they beibught him 
for her. 

3 9 And he Mood o- 
ver her, and rebuked 
the fever, and it left 
her. And immediate- 
ly fhe arofe, arid mi- 
niftred unto them. 

40 Now when the 
fun was fetting, all 
they that had any iick 
with divers difeafes, 
brought them unto 
him: and he laid his 
hands on every one of 
them, and healed rhem. 

41 And devils alfb 
came out of many, 
crying out, and fay- 
ing, Thou art Chnft 
the fon of God. And 
he rebuking them, fuf- 
f-*red them not to ipeak: 
for they knew that he 
was Chrift, 

4?. And when it 
was lay, he departed, 
and -»vent iato a de- 
fert place : and the 
people fought him, 
and came un:o him, 
and flayed him, that 
h- fhould not depart 
H 3 




The Harrnofiy 



Chap. I. 

end fuffered not the 
devils to fpeak, becaufe 
they knew him. 

35- And in the morn- 
ing, rifing up a great 
while before day, he 
went out, and depart- 
ed into a folitary place, 
and there prayed. 

36 And Simon, and 
they that were with 
him, followed after 

37 And when they 
had found him, they 
faid unto him, All men 
feek for thee. 

38 And he faid un- 
to them, Let us go in- 
to the next towns» 
that I may preach there 
alfo : for therefore came 
I forth. 

39 And he preach- 
ed in their fynagogues 
throughout all Galilee, 
and caft out devils. 

Chap. IV. 

from them. 

43 And he faid un- 
to them, I mu ft preach 
the kingdom of God 
to other cities alfo: 
for therefore am I 

44 And he preach- 
ed in the fynagogues 
of Galilee. 

Chap. V. 

§. f . A N D it came 
J\. to pafs, that 
as the people preffed 
upon him to hear the 
word of God, heftood 
by the lake of Gen- 

2 And faw two 
fhips ftanding by the 
lake: but the ■ fisher- 
men were gone out of 
them, and were warn- 
ing their nets. 

3 And he cntred in- 
to one of the fhips, 
which was Simons, 



of the four Evangelijfs. 2.5 5 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. V. 

and prayed him that he would 
thruft out a little from the land: 
and he fat down, and taught the 
people out of the {hip. 

4 Now when he had left fpeak- 
ing, he laiJ unto Si r<on, Lanch 
out linto the deep , and let down 
your nets for a draught. 

f And Simon anfweringfaid un- 
to him, Mafter, we have toiled all 
the night, and have taken nothing: 
neverthelefs at thy word I will let 
down the net. 

6 And when they had this done, 
they enclofed a great multitude 
of fifties; and their net brake. 

7 And they beckened unto their 
partners, which were in the other 
(hip, that they ftiould come and 
help them. And they came, and 
filled both the fhips, fo that they 
began to fink. 

8 When Simon Peter faw it, he 
fell down at Jefus knees, faying, 
Depart from me, for I am a finful 
man, O Lord. 

9 For he was aftonifhed, and 
all that were with him, at the 
draught of the fifties which they 
had taken : 

10 And fo -aits alfb James and 
John the fbns of Zebedee, which 
were partners with Simon. And 
Jefus faid unto Simon, Fear not ; 
from henceforth thou ftialt catch 

1 1 And when they had b rough t 
their fhips to land, they forfook all, 
and followed him. 

1 Acid 

z 5 6 

The Harmony 


Chap. VIII. 

§. 6. a And behold, 
there came a leper and 
worfhipped him, fay- 
ing, Lord, if thou wilt, 
thou canft make me 

3 Andjefus put forth 
his hand and touched 
him, laying, I will, 
be thou clean. And 
immediately his lepro- 
fie was cleanfed. 

4 And Jefus faith 
unto him, See thou tell 
no man, but go thy 
way, fhew thy lelf to 
the prieft, and offer 
the gift that Mofes 
commanded, for a te- 
ftimony unto them. 


Chap. I. 


Chap. V. 

40 And there came 1 1 And it came to pafs, 
a leper to him, be- when he was in a cer- 
feeching him, and tain city, behold, a man 
kneeling down to him, full of leprofie: who 

and faying unto him, 
If thou wilt,thou canft 
make me clean. 

41 And Jcfus mov- 
ed with compaffion, 
put forth his hand, and 
touched him, and faith 

feeing Jefus, fell on his 
face , and befought 
him, faying, Lord, if 
thou wilt, thou canft 
make me clean. 

13 And he put forth 
his hand, and touched 

unto him, I will, be him, faying, I will ; 
thou clean. be thou clean. And 

42 And aflbonashe immediately the lepro- 
had fpoken, immedi- fie departed from him. 
ately the leprofie de- 14 And he charged 
parted from him, and him to tell no man : 
he was cleanfed. but go and fhew thy 

43 And he ftraight- felf to the prieft, and 
way charged him, and offer for thy cleanfing, 
forthwith fent him a- according as Mofes 
■way; commanded, for a te- 

44 And faith unto ftimony unto them, 
him, See thou fay no- 1^ But fb much the 
thing to any man : but more went there a 
go thy way, fhew thy fame abroad of him . 
ielf to the prieft, and and great multitudes 
offer for thy cleanfing came together to hear, 
thofe things which and to be healed by 
Mofes commanded for him of their infirmi- 
ateftimony unto them. ties. 

4^ But he went out, 16 And he with- 
and began to publifh drew himfelf into the 
it much, and to blaze wildemefs, and pray- 
abroad the matter, in- ed. 
fomuch , that Jefus 

could no more openly 

enter into the city, 

but but was without 

in defert places: and 

they came to him from 

every quarter. 


S$ Aai 

of the four Evangelijls. 



Chap. IX. 

§ 7.2Andbehold,fhey 
brought to him a man 
fick of the palfie, ly- 
ing on a bed: and Je- 
fus feeing their faith, 
faid to the fick of the 
palfie, Son, be of good 
cheer, thy fins be for- 
given thee. 

3 And behold, cer- 
tain of the Scribes 
faid within them- 
felves , This man 

4 And Jefus know- 
ing their thoughts, 
laid, Wherefore think 
ye evil in your hearts? 

5- For whether is 
eaher to fay, Thy fins 
be forgiven thee? or 
to fay, Arife and walk ? 

6 But that ye may 
know that the Son of 
man hath power on 
earth to forgive fins, 
Cthen faith he to the 
fick of the palfie) A- 
rife, take up! thy bed, 
and go unto thine 

7 And he arofe, 
and departed to his 

8 But when the 
multitude faw it, they 
marvelled, and glori- 
fied God, which had 
given fuch power un- 
to men. 

Chap. II. 

AND again he en- 
trcd into Caper- 
naum, after fome days, 
and it was noifed that 
he was in the houfe. 

2 And ftraightway 
many were gathered 
together, infomuch 
that there was no room 
to receive them, no 
not fo much as about 
the door : and he 
preached the word un- 
to them. 

2 And they come 
unto him, bringing 
one fick of the palfie, 
which was born of 

4 And when they 
could not come nigh 
unto him for the prefs, 
they uncovered the 
roof where he was: 
and when they had 
broken it up, they let 
down the bed where- 
in the fick of the pal- 
fie lay. 

_$• When Jefus faw 
their faith, he faid un- 
to the fick of the pal- 
fie, Son, thy fins be for- 
given thee. 

6 But there were 
certain of the fcribcs 
fitting there, and rea- 
foning in their hearts, 

7 Why doth this 
man thus fpeak hlaf- 
phemies? who can for- 
give fins but Cod on- 

Chap. V. 

1 7 And it came to 
pafs on a certain day 
as he was teaching, 
that there were Phari- 
fees and do&ours of 
the law fitting by, 
which were come out 
of every town of Ga- 
lilee, and Judea, and 
Jerufalem : and the 
power ot the Lord 
was pre/cm to heal 

iS And behold, 
men brought; in a bed 
a man which was tak- 
en with a palfie : and 
they fought means to 
bring him in, and to 
lay him before him. 

19 And when they 
could not find by what 
way they might bring 
him in, becaufeofthc 
multitude, they went 
upon the houie top, 
and let him down 
through the tiling with 
his couch, into the 
midfl before Jefus. 

20 And when he 
faw their faith, he faid 
unto him, Man, thy 
fins are forgiven thee. 

21 And the Scribes 
and the Pharifees be- 
gan to reafon, faying, 
Who is this which 
fpeaketh blafphemies ? 
Who can forgive fins 
but God alone? 

22 But when Je- 
fus perceived their 



S Ani 

- II 



The Harmony 


Chap. II. 



Chap. V 

8 And immediate- thoughts, he anfwer- 

!y when Jeiiis per- ing, faid unfo them, 

ceivedinhis fpirir,that What reafon ye in 

that they fo reafoned your hearts, 
within themfelves, he 23 Whether is ea- 

faid unto them, Why fier to fay, Thy fins 

reafon ye thefe things 
in your hearts ? 

9 Whether is it ca- 
fier to fay to the lick 

be forgiven thee, or 
to fay, Rife up and 
walk? . 

24 But that ye may 
of the pa'lfie, Thy fins know that the Son of 
be forgiven thee: or man hath power upon 
to fay, Arife, and take earth to forgive iins 5 
up thy bed and walk? (he faid unto the' fick 
20 But that ye may of the paliie,) I fay 
know that the Son of unto thee. Arife, and 
man hath power on take up thy couch, and 
earth to forgive fins, go into thine houfe. 
(he faith to the fick 25- And immediate- 
of the palfie.j ly he rofe up before 

it I fay unto thee, them, and took up that 
Arife, and take up whereon he lay, and 
thy bed, and go thy departed to his own 
way into thine houfe. houfe, glorifying God. 
12 And immediate- 26 And they were 
ly he arofe, took up amazed, and they glo- 
the bed , and went rifled God, and were 
forth before them all, filled with fear, fay- 
infomuch that they ing, We have feen 
were all amazed, and firange things to day. 
glorified God, faying, 
Chap. IX. We never faw it on 

this fafhion. 
%.%. 9 And as Je- 13 And he went 27 And after thefe 
fus pafled forth from forth again by thefea- things he went forth, 
thence, he faw a man fide, and all the mul- and faw a publican 
named Matthew, fit- titude reforted unto named Levi, fitting at 
ting at the receit of him,, and he taught the receit of cuftom: 
cuRora; and he faith them. and he faid unto him, 

unto him, Follow me. 14 And as he paf- Follow me. 
And he arofe, andfol- fed by, he faw Levi 28 And he left all, 
lowed him. the f on of Alpheusfit- rofe up, and followed 

iq And it came to ting at the receit of him. 


of the four EwangeUjis 



Chap. IX. 

pnfs, as Jefus fat at 
meat in the houfe, be- 
hold many publicans, 
and linners came, and 
fat down with him 
and his difciples. 

ii A nd when the 
Pharifees few it, they 
faid unto his difciples, 
Why eateth your ma- 
fter with Publicans 
and finners? 

i x But when Jefus 
heard that, he faid un- 
to them, They that be 
" whole need not a phy- 
fician, but they that 
are fick. 

13 But go ye and 
learn what that mean- 
^th, I will have mer- 
cy, and not facrifice: 
for I am cot come to 
call the righteous, but 
finners to repentance. 

14 Then came to 
him the difciples of 
John, faying, Why do 
we and the Pharifees 
raft oft, but thy di- 
fciples faft not? 

1 j-AndJefus faid un- 
to them,Can the child- 
ren of the bride- cham- 
ber mourn, as long as 
the bridegroom is with 
them? tut the days 
will come when the 
bride-groom fhall be 
taken from them, and 
then (hall they faft. 

16 No msnputteth 
a piece of new cloth 

Chap. II. 


Chap. V. 


ao And Levi made 
him a great feaft in his 
own houfe : and there 
was a great company 
of publicans, and of 
others that fat down 
with them. 

30 But their Scribes 
andPharifees murmur- 

cuftom, and faid un- 
to him, Follow me. 
And he arofe, and fol- 
lowed him. 

1 f And it came to 
pafs, that as Jefus fat 
at meat in his houfe, 
many publicanes and 
finners, fat alfo toge- 
ther with Jefus and ed againft his difciples, 
hisdifiples: for there faying, Why do ye eat 
were many, and they and drink with pub- 
followed him. licans and finners ? 

1 6 And when the 3 1 And Jefus an- 
Scribes and Pharifees fwering, faid unto 
faw him eat with pub- them, They that are 
licans and finners, they whole need not a Phy- 
faid unto his difciples, fician, but they that 
How is it that he eat- are fick. 
eth and drinketh with 3 % I came not to 
publicans and finners ? call the righteous, but 

17 When Jefus heard finners to repentance. 
it, he faith unto them, 33 And they faid 
They that are whole, unto him, Whydo'the 
have no need of the difciples of John fad 
Phyfician,but they that often, and make pray- 
arefick: I came not ers, and likewife the 
to call the righteous, difciples of the Phari- 
but finners to repen- fees; but thine eat and 
tance. drink ? 

18 And the difci- 34 And he faid un- 
ples of John, and of to them, Can remake 
the Pharifees ufed to the children of the 
faft; and they come bride-chamber faft, 
and fay unto him, Why while the bridegroom 
do the - difciples of fe w ith them ? 

John, and of the Pha- 3 j- But the days will 
rifees faft, but thydi- come, when the bride- 
fciples faft not? groom fhall be taken 

19 And Jefus faid away from them, and 
unto them, Can the then (hall they faft in 
children of the bride- thofe days. 
chamber faft, while 36 Andhefpakeal- 
Kk a 



The Harmony 


Chap. IX. 

unto an old garment: 
for that which is put 
in to fill it up, takcth 
from the garment, and 
the rent is made 

j 7 Neither do men 
put new wine into 
old bottles: elfe the 
bottles break, and the 
wine runneth out, and 
the bottles perifh. but 
they put new wine in- 
to new bottles, and 
both are preferved. 


Chip. II. 

the bridegroom is with 
them ? as long as they 
have the bridegroom 
with them, they can- 
not fart. 

20 But the days will 
come, when the bride- 
groom fhall be taken 
away from them, and 
then fhall they fall in 
thofe days. 

11 No man alfo 
feweth a piece of new 
cloth on an old gar- 
ment: elfe the new 
piece that filled it up, 
taketh away from the 
old, and the rent is 
made worfe. 

xx And no man 
putteth new wine in ■ 
to old bottles, elfe the 
new wine doth burft 
the bottles, and the 
wine is fpilled, and 
the bottles will be 
marred : but new 
•wine muft be put into 
lew bottles 


Chap. V. 

fo a parable unto them , 
Noman putteth apiece 
of a new garment up- 
on an old: if other- 
wife, then both the 
new maketh a rent, 
and the piece that was 
taken out of the new, 
agreeth not with the 

37 And no man put- 
teth new wine into 
old bottles; elfe the 
new wine will burft 
the bottles and be fpil- 
led, and the bottles 
fhall perifh. 

38 But new wine 
rauft be put into new 
bottles; and both are 

39 No man alfb ha- 
ving drunk oldwiw?, 
ftraitway defireth 
new: for he faith, The 
old is better. 



of the four EvangeliJIs. 16 1 


From Chrifts third Ta/Jover till the Election of the twelve 
Apoftles: containing about two months fpace, from April 
A. T>. 31. till June the lame year. 


Here is no more reafon to doubt of the order of the SeElions of this 
Period than of thofe of the foregoing. 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XII. Chap. II. Chap. VI. 

§. 1. A T that time zj And it came to A ND it came to 
A Jefus went pafs, that he went A pafs on the fe- 
on the fabbath-day through the corn-fields cond fabbath after the 
through the corn, and on the fabbath-day, firft, that he went 
his difciples were an and his difciples began through the corn- 
hungred, and began as they went, to pluck fields: and his difci- 
to pluck the ears of the ears of corn. pies plucked the ears 

corn, and to eat. 24 And the Phari- of corn, and did cat, 

2 But when the fees laid unto him, Be- rubbing them in their 
Pharifees faw it, they hold* why do they on hands. 

faid unto him, Be- the fabbath-day that 2 And certain of 

hold, thy difciples do which is not lawful ? the Pharifees faid unto 

that which is not law- 2y And he faid un- them, Why do ye that 

ful to Jo upon the fab- to them, Have ye ne- which is not lawful to 

bath-day. ver real what David do on the fabbata- 

3 But he faid unto did, when he had need, days? 

them, Have ye not read and was an hungred, 3. Andjefusanfwer- 
what David did when he, and they that were ing them, faid, Have ye 
he was an hungred, with him? not read fo much as 
and they that were 26 How he went this, .what David did, ' 
with him, into the houfe of God when himfelf was an 

4 How he entred in the days of Abia- hungred, and they 
into the houfe of God, thar the high prieft, which were witlv 
and did eat the fhew- and did eat the fhew- him ; 

bread, which was not bread, which is not 4. How he went in- 
lawful for him to eat, lawful to eat, but for to the houfe of God, 
neither for them the priefts, and gave and did take .and eat 
which were with him, alfo to them which the mew-bread, and 
but only for the priefts? were with him ? gave alfo to them that 

Kk 3 pOt 

Z 6 2, The Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. Ljke, John. 

Chap. XII. Chap. lit Chap. VI. 

$ Or have ye not 27 Andhefaid unto were with him, which 

read in the law, how them, The fibbath was is not lawful to eat 

that on the fabbath- made for man, and but for the priefts a- 

days the priefts in the not man for the fab- lone? 
temple profane the bath: f And he faid un- 

fabbath, and are blame- 28 Therefore the to them, That the Son 

lefs? Son of man is Lord of man is Lord alio 

6 But I fay unto alio of the fabbath. of the fabbath. 
you, that in thisp^ace 

is one greater then the 

7 Bat if ye had 
known what this 
meaneth, I will hive 
mercy and not facri- 
fice, ye would not 
have condemned the 

8 For the Son of 
man is Lord even of 
the fabbath-day. 

§. 2. 9 And when AND he cntred a- 6 And it came to 
he was departed x\ gain into the fyn- pafs alfo on another 
thence, he went into agogue, and there was iabbath, thatheentred 
their fynagogue. a man there which into the fynagogue and 

10 And behold, had a withered hand, taught: and there was 
there was a man which 2 And they watch- a man whofe right 
had his hand wither- ed him, whether he hand was withered. 
ed : and they asked would heal him on the 7 And the Scribes 
him, faying, Is it law- fabbath-day, that they and Pfuriiees watch- 
ful to heal on the fab- might accufe him. ed him, whether he 
bath-days? that they 5 And he faith un- would heal on the fab- 
might accufe him. to the man which had bath-day : that they 

1 1 And he faidun- the withered hand, ' might find an accufa- 
to them, What man Stand for h. tion againft him. 
fhall there be among 4 And he faith unto 8 But he knew 
you, that fhall have them, Is it lawful to their thoughts, and 
one fheep , and if it do good on the fab- faid to the man which 
fall into a pit on the bath days, or to do ha i the withered hand, ' 
fabbath-day, will he evil'? to lave life, or Rife up , and ftand 
not lay hold on it, and t:> kill?' but they held -forth in the mids. And 
life it out. their peace. he arofc ] and flood 

12 How 

of the four Evangelzjh. 


Matthe w. 
Chap. XII. 

M A R K. 

Chap. III. 

n How much then f And when he had 
is a man better then a looked round about 
fheep ? wherefore it is on them with anger, 
■lawful to do well on being, grieved for the 
the fabbath-days. hardnefs of their 

1 3 Then faith he hearts, he faith unto 
to the man , Stretch the man, Stretch forth 
forth thine hand : and thine hand. And he 
he ftretched it forth; ftretched it out : and 
and it was reftored his hind was reffored 
whole, like as the other whole as the other. 

14 Then the Pha- 6 And the Pharifecs 
rifees went out, and went forth, and ftrait- 
held a counfel againft way took counfel with 
him, how they might the Herodians againft 
deftroy him. him, how they might 

tj- But when Jefus deftroy him. 
knew it, he with- 7 But Jefus with- 
drew himfelf from drew himfelf with 
thence: and great mul- his difciples to the fea: 
titudes followed him, and a great multitude 
and he healed f hem all, from Galilee followed 

16 And charged him, and from Judea. 
them, that they fhould 8 And from Jeru- 
not make him known: falem, and from Idu- 

17 That it might mea, and from beyond 
be fulfilled which was Jordan , and they a- 
fpoken by Efaias the bout Tyre and Sidon, 
prophet, faying, a great multitude, 

18 Behold, myfer- when they had heard 
vant whom I have what great things he 
chofen, my beloved in did, came unto him. 
whom my foul is well 9 And he fpake to 
pleafed: I will put my his difciples, that a 
fpirit upon him, and fmall fhip fhould wait 
he fhall fhew judg- on him, becaufeofthe 
nient to the Gentiles, multitude, left: they 

19 He fhall not fhonld throng him. 
ftrive, nor cry, nei- 10 For he had healed 
ther fhall any man many, infomuch that 
hear his voice in the they prefled upon him 
ftreets. for to touch him, as 

10 A bruifed reed many as had plagues,. 

L u K E.- 

Chap. VI. 


9 Then fiid Jefus- 
unto them, I will ask 
you oni thing, Is ic 
lawful on thefabbath- 
dates to Jo good, or 
to do evil? tofa/elife 
or to deftroy it ? 

I o And looking 
round .about upon them 
all,he faid unto the man, 
Stretch forth thy hand. 
And he did fb : and 
his hand was reftored 
whole as the other. 

II And they were 
filled with madnefs; 
and communed one 
with another what 
they might do to Je- 

J OI1N. 


264 Th e Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XII. Chap. III. 

fhall he not break, and n And unclean 
moking flax fhall he fpirits , when they 
not quench, till he faw him, fell down 
fend forth judgment before him, and cried, 
unto victory. faying, Thou art the 

zi And in his name Son of God. 
fhall the Gentiles truft. ia And he ftraitly 
charged them, that 
Chap. IV. they fhould not make 

him known. 

13 And Jefuswent 
about all Gaiilee,teach- 
ing in their fynago- 
gues, and preaching 
the goipel of the king- 
dom, and healing all 
manner of ficknefs, 
and all manner of 
difeafe among the 

24 And his' fame 
went throughout all 
Syria :and they brought 
unto him all fick peo- 
ple that were taken 
with divers difeafes, 
and torments, and 
thofe which were pof- 
feiled with devils, and 
thofe which were lu- 
natick, and thofe that 
had the palfie; and he 
healed them. 

2/ And there fol- 
lowed him great mul- 
titudes of people, from 
Galilee, and fromDe- 
capolis, and from Je- 
rufalem, and from Ju- 
dea, and from beyond 


of the four EvangeUfls. z6 5 


From the Election of the twelve Apoftles till their Miffion 
upon the death of John the Baptift: containing about fix 
months fpace, from June A. T>. 31. iiWDec ember the fame 

THere is the fame reafon to reft fatisffd in the order of the feftions 
of this Period, as of thofe of either of the foregoim. — 


Matthew. Mark. Luke. 

Chap. V. Chap. III. Chap. VI. 

§. 1. \ N D feeing 13 And he goeth ix And it came to 

XI the muiti- up into a mountain, pafs in thofe days, that 

tudes, he went up in- and calleth unto him he went out into a 

to a mountain : and whom he would : and mountain to pray, and 

when he was fet, his they came unto him. continued all night in 

difciples came unto 14 And he ordain- prayer to God. ° 

him. ed twelve, that he 13 And when it was 

might fend them forth day, he called unto 

Chap. VIII. to preach: him his difciples : and 

\f And to have of them he chofe 

WHEN he was power to heal ficknef- twelve, whom alfo he 
come down fes, and to caft out named Apoftles: 
from the mountain, devils. 1 4 Simon (whom he 

great multitudes fol- 16 An.l Simon he alfo named Peter; and 
lowed him. furnameu Peter. Andrew his brother, 

17 And James the James ana John, Phi- 
fon of Zebedte, and lip and Bartholomew, 
John the brother of i? Matriiew and 
James (and he fur- Thomas, James the 
named thorn Boaner- fon of Alpheus, and 
ges, which is, The Simon called Zeiotes, 
for.s o^ thunder) ,6 Ami Judas the 

if] And Andrew , brother of James, and 
and Philip, and Bar- Jud-s Ifcariot. which 
tholomew, and Mat- alfo w;s the traitor, 
thew, and Thomas, i 7 And he came 
and James the fon of down with them, and 

L1 Alpheus, 


The Harmony 

Chap. III. 



Chap. VI. 

Chap. V. 

§. a. 2 And he o- 
pened his mouth, and 
taught them, faying, 

3 Blefled are the 
poor in fpirit: for 
theirs is the kingdom 
of heaven. 

4 Blefled are they 
that mourn : for they 
fhal be comforted. 

f Blefled are the 
meek: for they fhall 
inherit the earth. 

6 Blefled are they 
which do hunger and 
thirft after righteouf- 
neis: for they fhallbe 

7 Blefled are the 
merciful : for they 
lhall obtain mercy. 
„ 8 Blefled are the 

Alpheus, and Thad- flood in the plain, and 

deus, and Simon the the company of his 

Canaanitc, difciples, and a great 

19 And Judas If- multitude of people 

cariot, which aifo be- out of all Judea and 

trayed him. Jerufdem, and from 

the fea coaft of Tyre 

and Sidon , which 

came to hear him, and 

to be healed of their 


18 And they that 
were vexed with un- 
clean fpirits : and they 
were healed. 

19 And the whole 
multitude fought to 
touch him : for there 
went vertue out of him, 
and healed them all. 

20 And he lifted 
up his eyes on his di- 
fciples, and faid, Blef- 
fed be ye poor: for 
yours is the kingdom 
of God. 

a c Blefled are ye 
that hunger now: for 
ye fhallbe filled. Blef- 
led are ye that weep 
now : for ye fhall 

zi Blefled are ye 
when men fhall fepa- 
rate you from their 
company, and fhall re- 
proach you, and caft 
out your name as-evil, 
for the Son of mans 

23 Rejoice ye ia 
that day, and leap for 


of the four Evangelijts. 

z6 7 

Matthew. Mark. 

Chap. V. 

pure in heart: for they (hall fee 

9 Blefled are the peace-makers : 
for they (hall be called the children 
of God. 

10 Blefled are they which are 
perfecuted for righteoufnefs fake: 
for theirs is the kingdom of hea- 

1 1 Blefled are ye when men {hall 
revile you, and perfecute you, and 
fhall fay all manner of evil againft 
you falfely for my fake. 

12 Rejoice, and be exceeding 
glad : for great is your reward in 
heaven: for fo perfecuted they the 
prophets which were before you. 

1 1 Ye are the fait of the earth : 
but if the fait have loft his favour, 
wherewith (hall it be falted ? it is 
thenceforth good for nothing, but 
to be caft out, and to be troden un- 
der foot of men. 

14 Ye arc thclight of the world. 
A city that is fet on an hill, can- 
not be hid. 

1 f Neither do men light a candle, 
and put it under a bufhel: but on 
a candleftick, and it gi veth light un- 
to all that are in the houfe. 

16 Let your light fb (nine before 
men, that they may fee your good 
works, and glorify your father 
which is in heaven. 

17 Think not that I am come 
to deftroy the law or the prophets. 
I am not come to deftroy, but to 

1 8 For verily I fay unto you, Till 
heaven and earth pafs, one jot or 
one tittle (hall in no wife pafs from 
the law, till all be fulfilled. 

19 Whofoever therefore (hall 

Chap. VI. 


joy : for behold, your reward is great 
in heaven : for in the like manner did 
their fathers unto the prophets. 

24 But wo unto you that ar« 
rich : for ye have received your 

25* Wo unto you that are full : 
for ye fhall hunger. Wo unto you 
that laugh now: for ye fhall mourn 
and weep. 

26 Wo unto you when all men 
fhall fpeak well of you : for fo did 
their fathers to the falfe prophets. 

27 But I fay unto you which 
hear, Love your enemies, do good 
to them which hate you : 

28 Blefs them that curfe you, 
and pray for them which defpite- 
fully ufe you. 

29 And unto him that fmiteth 
thee on the one cheek, offer alfo 
the other : and him that taketh a- 
way thy cloke , forbid not to 
take thy coat alfo. 

30 Give co every man that ask- 
eth of thee; and of him that tak- 
eth away thy goods, ask them not 

3 1 And as yc would that men 
(hould do to you, do ye alfo to 
them likewife. 

32 For if ye love them which 
love you, what thank have ye? for 
finners alfo love thofe that love 

3 3 And if ye do good to them 
which do good to you, what thank 
have ye ? for finners alfo do even 
the fame. 

34 And if ye lend to them of 
whom ye hope to receive, what 
thank have ye? for finners alfo \ 
lend to finners, to receive as much 
LI a 



The Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. 

Chap. V. 

break one of thefe leaft command- 
men: s, and fhuli teach men io, he 
(hall be called the leaft in the king- 
dom of heaven : but whoioever 
fhall do, and teach them, the fame 
(hull be calied great in the kingdom 
of he.ven. 

20 J or I fay unto you, that ex- 
cept your righteoulhefs fhall exceed 
the rightecufnejs of the Scribes 
and Pharifees . ye frail in no 
cafe enter into the kingdom of 

21 Ye have heard, that it was 
faid by them of old time, Thou 
{halt not kill: and whofoever fhall 
kill, fhall be in danger of the judg- 

22 But I fay unto you, That 
whofoever is angry with his bro- 
ther without a caufe, fhall be in 
danger of the judgment: and who- 
foever fhall fay to his brother, Raca, 
fhall be in danger of the council: 
but whofoever fhall fay, Thou fool, 
{hall be in danger of hell-fire. 

23 Therefore, if thou bring thy 
gift to the altar, and there remem- 
breft that thy brother hath ought a- 
gainft thee * 

24 Leave there thy gift before 
the altar, and go thy way, firft be 
reconciled to thy brother, and then 
come and offer thy gift. 

25- Agree with thine adverfary 
quickly, whilft thou art in the way 
with him : left at any time the ad- 
verfary deliver thee to the judge, 
and the judge deliver thee to the 
officer, and thou be caftintoprifon. 
26 Verily I fay unto thee, thou 
ihalt by no means come out thence, 
lill thou haft paid the uttermoft 

Chap. VI. 



35- But love ye your enemies, 
and do good, and lend, hoping for 
nothing again: and your reward - 
fhall be great, and ye fhall be the 
chil Jren of the Higheft : for he is 
kind unto the unthankful, and to 
the evil. 

36 Be ye therefore merciful, as 
your Father alio is merciful. 

37 J uc ig e not > " nt * y e ff ja ll n o f 
be judged : condemn not, and ye 
fhall not be condemned : forgive, 
and ye fhall be forgiven : 

38 Give, and it fhall be given 
unto you ; good meafure, preffed 
down, and fhaken together, and 
running over, fhall men give into 
your bofom. For wiih the fame 
meafure that ye mete withal, it 
fhall be meafiued to you again. 

39 And he fpake a parable unto 
them, Can the blind lead the blind? 
mall they not both fall into the 

. ditch? 

40 The difcfple is not above his 
mafter: but eveiy one that is per- 
fect fhall be 2S his mafter. 

41 And why beholdeft thou the 
mote that is in thy brothers eye, 
but perceived: not the beam that is 
in thine own eye? 

42 Either how canft thou fayto 
thy brother, Brother, let me pull 
out the mote that is in thine eye, 
when thou thy felf beholdeft not 
the beam that is in thine own eye ? 
Thou hypocrite, caft out firft the 
beam out of thine own eye , and 
then fhalt thou fee clearly to pull 
out the mote that is in thy brothers 

43 For a good tree bringeth not 


of the jour Evangelist 


Chap. V. 


27 Ye have heard that it was faid 
by them of old time, Thou fhalt 
not commit adultery. 

48 But I fay unto you, That 
whoioever looketh on a woman 
to luft after her, hath committed 
adultery with her already in his 

29 And if thy right eye offend 
thee, pluck it out, ;,nJ c^ft it front 
thee : for it is profitable for thee that 
one of thy members mould perifh, 
and not that thy whole body mould 
be call into hell. 

30 .And it' thy right hand offend 
thee, cut it off, and caft it from 
thee: tor it is profitable for thee 
that one of thy members mould 
perifh, and not that thy whole bo- 
dy mould be caft into hell. 

31 It hath been faid, Whofoe- 
ver fhall put away his wife, let him 
give her a writing of divorcement. 

32 But I fay unto you, that 
whofoever fhall put away his wife, 
faving for the caufe of fornication, 
caufeth her to commit adultery: 
and whofoever {hail marry her that 
is divorced, committeth adultery. 

3 3 Again, ye have heard that it 
hath been (aid by them of old time, 
Thou fhalt not forfwear thy felf, 
but fh-lt perform unto the Lord 
thine oaths. 

34 But I fay unto you, Swear not 
at all , neither by heaven , for it is 
Gods throne: 

3f Nor by 'he earth, for it is 
his footftool: neither by Jerufalem, 
for it is the city of the great king. 

36 Neither fhalt thou fwear by 
thy head, becaufe thou canft not 

Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. VL 

forth corrupt fruit: neither doHi a 
corrupt tree oring forth good fruit. 

44 For every tree is known by 
his own fr.ut: tor or thorns men 
do not ga> her figs, nor of a bram- 
ble-bufh g^th.r ^ticy grapes. 

4y Agood mm oat of the good 
treafureof his heart, t ringethiorth 
that which is good : and an evil man 
out of the evil tfeafure of his heart, 
bringeth forth th t which is evil: 
for of the abundance of the heart 
his mouth fpeaketh. 

46 And why call ye me Lord, 
Lord, and do not the things which 
I fay? 

47 Whoioever cometh to me, 
andheareth my fayings, anddoeth 
them, I will fhew you to whom 
he is like. 

48 He is like a man which built 
an houfe, and digged deep, and 
laid the foundation upon a rock: 
and when the floudarofe, theftream 
beat vehemently upon that houie, 
and could not ihake it: for it was 
founded upon a rock. 

49 But he that heareth anddoeth 
not, is like a man that without a 
foundation built an houfe upon the 
earth, againft which the ft ream did 
beat vehemently, and immediately 
it fell, and the ruin of that houfe 
was great. 



zjo The Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. V. 

make one hair white or black. 

3 7 But let your communication 
be, Yea, yea; Nay, nay: fbrwhat- 
foever it more then thefe, coraeth 
of evil. 

38 Ye have heard that it hath 
been laid, An eye for an eye, and 
a tooth for a tooth. 

39 But I fay unto you, that ye 
refift not evil: but whofoever fhall 
fmite thee on thy right cheek, turn 
to him the other alfb. 

40 And if any will fue thee at 
the law, and take away thy coat, 
let him have thy cloke alfb. 

41 And whofoever fliall compel 
thee to go a mile, go with him 

41 Give to him that asketh thee, 
and from him that would borrow 
of thee, turn not thou away. 

43 Ye have heard that it hath 
been faid, Thou fhalt love thy 
neighbour, and hate thine enemy. 

44 But I fay unto you, Love 
your enemies, blefs them that curfe 
you, and do good to them that hate 
you, and pray for them which de- 
fpitefully ufe you, and perfecute 

45- That ye may be the children 
of your Father which is in heaven ; 
for he maketh his fun to rife on the 
evil and on the good, and fendeth 
rain on the juft and on theunjufr. 

46 For if ye love them which love 
you, what reward have ye? do not 
even the Publicans the fame? 

47 And if ye falute your bre- 
thren only, What do you more then 
others ? do not even the Publicans 

48 Bfi ye therefore perfedt, even 

of the four E<vangeUJls. 27 1 

Matthew. Mark. Luke* John. 

Chap. V. 

as your Father which is in heaven 
is perfect. 

Chap. VI. 

TAke heed that ye do not your 
alms before men, to be feen 
of them: otherwife ye have no re- 
ward of your father which is in 

2 Therefore, when thou doft: 
thine alms, do not found a trumpet 
before thee, as the hypocrites do, 
in the fynagogues, and in the ftreets, 
that they may have glory of men. 
Verily I fay unto you, they have 
their reward. 

3 But when thou doft alms, let 
not thy left hand know what thy 
right hand doth: 

4 That thine alms may be in 
fecret: and thy Father which feeth 
in fecret, himfelf fhall reward thee 

f And when thou prayeflr, thou 
flult not beas the hypocrites are : for 
they love to pray Handing in the 
fynagogues, and in the corners of 
the Itreets, that rhey may be feen- 
of men. Verily, I fay unto you> 
they h-ve their rew-rd. 

6 But thou, when thou prayeft, 
enter into thy cloiet, and when 
thou haft (hut thy door, pray to thy 
Father which is in fecret, and thy 
Father which feeth in fecret, fhall 
rew id thee openly. 

7 But when ye pray, ufenot 
vain repetitions, as the heathen do: 
for they think that they (hall be 
heard for their much fpe king. 

8 Be not ye therefore like unto 
them : for your Father knoweth 



The Harmony 


Chap. VI. 

what things ye have need of, be- 
fore ye ask him. 

9 After this manner therefore 
pray ye : Our Father which art in 
heaven, Hallowed be thy Name. 

10 Thy kingdom come. Thy 
will be done in earth as ids in hea- 

1 1 Give us this day our daily 

12 And forgive us our debts, 
as we forgive our debters. 

12 And lead us not into temp- 
tation, but deliver us from evil : 
For thine is the kingdom, and the 
power, and the glory, for ever. 

14 For, if ye forgive men their 
trefpaffes, your heavenly Father 
will alfo forgive you. 

if But if ye forgive not men 
their trefpaffes, nether will your 
Father forgive your trefpaffes. 

16 Moreover, when ye faft, be 
not as the hypocrites, of a fad coun- 
tenance: for they disfigure their 
faces, that they may appear unto 
men to faft. Verily I fay unto you, 
they have their reward. 

17 But thou, when thou fafteft, 
anoint thine head, and warn thy 
face : 

18 That thou appear not unto 
men to faft, but unto thy Father 
which is in fecret: and thy Father 
which feeth in fecret, ftUl reward 
thee openly. 

19 Lay not up for your felves 
treafures upon e.ith, where the 
moth and ruft doth corrupt, and 
where thieves break through and 

, zo But lay up for your felves 




of the four Evangelijls. 2.73 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chcp. VI. 

treafurcs in heaven, wlicrc nei- 
ther moth nor ruff doth corrupt, 
and where thieves do not break 
through nor (teal. 

2 1 For where your freafure is, 
there will your heart be alio. 

22 The light of the body is the 
eye : if therefore thir.e eye be fingle, 
thy whole body fhall be full of 

23 But if thine eye be evil, thy 
whole LoJy fhall ^e foil of d.rk- 
nefs. If thereiore the light that is 
in thee be d rknefs, how great is 
that darknefs? 

24 No man can ferve two ma- 
tters: tor either he will hate the 
one, and love the other; or elie he 
will hold to the one, and defpife 
the other. Ye cannot ferve God 
and mammon. 

if Therefore I fay unto you, 
Take no thought for your life, 
what ye fhall eat, or what ye fhall 
drink ; nor yet for your body, 
what ye fh.ll put on. Is not the 
life more then meat, and the body 
then raiment ? 

26 Behold the fowls of the airi 
for they low not, neither do they 
reap, nor gather into barns ; yet 
your heavenly Father feedeththem. 
Are ye not much better then 
they ? 

27 Which of you by taking 
thought can add one cubit unto his 

28 And why take ye thought 
for raiment ? Ccniider the lilies of 
the field how they grow ; they 
toil not, neither do they fpin. 

29 And yet I fay unto you, that 
<ven Solomon in all his glory, was 

Mm x ' n* 1 

' , The Harmony 

Mark. Luke. John. 


Chap. VI. 

not arayed like one of 

30 Wherefore if God io 
cloath the grafs of the field, 
which to day is, and tomor- _ 
row is caft into the oven, 
(hall he not much more clothe 
you, O ye of little faith? 

31 Therefore take no 
thought, faying, What lhall 
we eat , or what lhall we 
drink ? or wherewithal lhall 
we be cloathed. 

3Z (For after all thefe 
things do the Gentiles feek) 
for your heavenly Father 
knoweth that ye have need 
of all thefe things. 

33 But feek ye firft 
the kingdom of God, and 
his righteoufnefs , and all 
thefe things lhall be added 
unto you. 

34 Take therefore no 
thought for the morrow : 
for the morrow lhall take 
thought for the things of it 
felf: fufficient unto the day 
w the evil thereof. 

Chap. VII. 

JUdge not, that ye be not 
2 For with what judg- 
ment ye judge, ye lhall be 
judged : and with what 
meafure ye mete, it lhall be 
meafured to you agnin. 

3 And why beholdeft thou 
the mote that is in thy bro- 
thers eye, but v.onlidereft 

not the beam that is in thine ^ Qp 

own eye? 

of the four Evangelifls. 2.75 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. VII. 

4 Or how wilt thou fay to 
thy brother, Let me pull out 
the mote out of thine eye; 
and behold, a beam is in 
thine own eye ? 

$■ Thou hypocrite , nrft 
call: out the beam out of 
thine own eye; and then 
fhalt thou fee clearly to caft 
out the mote out of thy bro- 
thers eye. 

6 Give not that which is 
holy unto the dogs, neither 
call ye your pearls before 
fwine , left they trample 
them under their feet , and 
turn again and rent you. 

7 Ask, and it fhall be gi- 
ven you . feek, and ye fhall 
find : knock, and it fhall be 
opened unto you. 

8 For every one that ask- 
eth, receiveth : and he that 
feeketh, findeth : and to him 
that knocketh, it fhall be o- 

9 Or what man is there 
of you, whom if his fon 
ask bread, will he give him a 

10 Or if he ask a 'fifh, 
will he give him a ferpent? 

11 If ye then being evil, 
know how to give good gifts 
unto your children, how 
much more fhall your Father 
which is in heaven give good 
things to them that ask him ? 

i2 Therefore all things 
whatibever ye would 
that men fhould do to 
you , do yc even fo to 

Mm a tkesn; 

%-j6 The Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. VII. • 

them: for this is the law 
and the prophets. 

13 Enter ye in at the 
flrait gate; for wide is the 
gate, and broad is the way 
that leadeth to deftru&ion, 
and many there be which go 
in thereat : 

14 Becaufe ftraight is the 
gate, and narrow is the 
way which leadeth unto 
life, and few there be that 
find it. 

if Beware of falfe pro- 
phets . which come to 
you in fheeps clothing, but 
inwardly they are ravening 

16 Ye fhall know them 
by their fruits : Do men 
gather grapes of thorns, or 
figs of thirties? 

17 Even Co every good 
tree bringeth fonh good 
fruit: but a corrupt tree 
bringeth forth evil fruit. 

18 A good tree cannot 
bring forth evil fruit: neither 
can a corrupt tree bring forth, 
good fruit. 

19 Every tree that bring- 
eth not torth good fruit, 
is hewn down and caft in- 
to the fire. 

20 Wherefore by their 
fruits ye fhall know them. 

a 1 Not every one that 
faith unto me , Lord ,. 
Lord, fhall enter into the 
kingdom of heaven , but 
he that doth the will of 
my Father which is in hea- 
ven. 4 

22 Many 

of the four Evangelifts. 277 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. VII. 

it Many will fay unto 
me in that day, Lord, Lord, 
have we not prophefied in 
thy name ? and in thy name 
have caft out devils? and in 
thy name done many won- 
derful works? 

2 3 And then will I pro- 
fefs unto them , I never 
knew you : depart from me 
ye that work iniquity. 

24 Therefore, whofoever 

heareth the fe layings of mine, 

and doth rhem, I will liken 

him unto a wile man which 

' built his houfe upon a rock : 

2_f And the rain defend- 
ed, and the flouds came, and 
the winds blew, andbeat up- 
on that houfe ; and it fell 
not, for it was founded up- 
on a rock. 

26 And every one that 
heareth thefe dyings of mine, 
and doth them not, fhall be 
likened unto a foolifh man 
which built his houfe upon 
the fand : 

27 And the rain defend- 
ed, and the flouds came, and 
the winds blew, and beat up- 
on that houfe ; and it fell, 
and great was the fall of it. 

28 And it came to pafs 
when Jefus had ended thefe 
fayings, the people were a- 
ftoniihed at his do&rine. g^ 

29 For he taught them 
as one having authority, 
and not as the Scribes. 

Mm 3. §• 3- f And 

* 7 8 

The Harmofiy 


Chap. VIII. 

§. 3. f And when 
Jefus was entred into 
Capernaum , there 
came unto him a cen- 
turion , befeeching 

6 Andfaying.Lord, 
my fervant lyeth at 
home fick of the pal- 
iie , grievoufly tor- 

7 And Jefus faith 
unto him, I will come 
and heal him. 

8 The centurion 
anfwered and faid , 
Lord, I am not wor- 
thy that thou fhouldeft 
come under my roof; 
but fpeak the word 
only, and my fervant 
ihall be healed 

9 For I am a man 
under authority, hav- 
ing fouldiers under 
me : and I fay to this 
man, Go, and he 
goeth: and to another, 
Come , and he cofn- 
eth: and to my fer- 
vant, Do this, and he 
doeth it. 

10 ' When Jefus 
heard it, he marvel- 
led, and faid to them 
that followed, Verily 
I fay unto you, I have 
not found fo great 
faith, no not inlfrael. 

1 1 And I fay unto 
you, that many fhall 
come from theeaft and 
weft, and lhall fit 

Chap. III. 

19 — And they 
went into an 1 houfe. 

ao And the multi- 
tude cometh together 
again , fo that they 
could not fo much as 
eat bread. 

. 21 And when his 
friends heard of it, they 
faid, He isbelidehim- 

Chap. VII. 

NOW when he 
had ended all his 
fayings in the audience 
ol the people, he en- 
tred into Capernaum. 

2 And a certain cen- 
turions fervant, who 
was dear nnto him, 
was lick, and ready 
to die. 

2 And when he 
heard of Jefus, hefent 
unto him the elders 
of the Jews, befeech- 
ing him that he would 
come and heal his fer- 

4 And when they 
came to Jefus, they 
belbught him inftant- 
ly, faying, That he 
was worthy for whom 
he fhuuld do this. 

f For he loveth our 
nation, and he hath 
built us a fyna b ogue. 

6 Then Jefus w.nt 
with them. And when 
he was now not far 
from the houfe, the 
centurion fent friends 
to him, faying unto 
him, Lord, trouble 
not thy felf, for I am 
not worthy that thou 
fhouldeft enter under 
my roof. 

7 Wherefore nei- 
ther thought I my felf 
worthy to come unto 
thee : but iay in a word, 
and my fervant lhall be 



of the four Evangelifts. 



Chap. VIII. 

down with Abraham, 
and Ifaac, and Jacob, 
in the kingdom of 

12 But the child- 
ren of the kingdom 
fhall be caft out into 
outer darknefs: there 
fhall be weeping and 
gnafhing of teeth. 

13 And Jefus {aid 
unto the centurion, 
Go thy way, and as 
thou haft believed, Co 
be it done unto thee . 
And his iervant was 
healed in the felf 
fame hour. 


Chap. VII. 

8 For I alfo am a 
man fet under autho- 
rity, having under 
me fouldiers; and I 
lay unto one, Go, 
and he goeth : and to 
another, Come, and 
he cometh : and to my 
Iervant, Do this, and 
he doeth it. 

9 When Jefus 
heard thefe things, he 
marvelled at him, and 
turned him about, and 
faid unto the people 
that followed him, I 
lay unto you, I have 
not found fb great 
faith, no, not in Iftael. 

10 And they that 
were fent, returning 
to the houfe, found 
the fervant whole that 
had been fick. 


§.4. 11 And it 
came to pafs the day 
after, that he went 
into a city calledNain j 
and many of his di- 
Iciples went with 
him, and much peo- 

• 12 Now when he 
came nigh to the gate 
of the city, behold, 
there was a dead man 
carried out, the only 
Ion of his mother, 
and fhe was a widow: 
and much people of 
the city was with her. 

13 And when the 



The Harmony 



Lu KE. 


Chap. XL 

§.5-. 1 Now when John had 
heard in the prifon the works of 
chrift, he lent two of his difciples. 
2 And faid unto him, Art thou 
he that fhould come, or do we look 
for another? 

4 Jelus anfwered and faid unto 
them, Go and fhew John again 
thofe things which ye do hear 
and fee : 

j- The blind receive their fight, 
and the lame walk, the lepers are 
cleanfed, and the deaf hear, the 
dead are raifed up, and the poor 
have the gofpel preached to them. 

6 And blefled is he whomever 
mall not be offended u\ me. 

7 And as they departed, Jefi'S 
began to fay unto the multitudes 
concerning John, What went ye 
out into the wildernefs to fee? a 
Teed ihaken with the wind? 

Chap. VII. 

Lo rd faw her, he had companion 
on her, and faid unto her, Weep 

14 And he came and touched the 
biere, (and they that bare him Hood 
ftill) and he laid, Young man, I 
lay unto thee, Arife. 

1 f And he that was dead, fat 
up, and began to fpek : and he 
delivered him to his mother. 

1 6 ;1 n j there came a tear on dl : 
and they glorified God, laying, That 
a great piophet is nfen up among 
us; and, Tuat God hath vifued his 

1 7 And this rumor of him went 
forth throughout all Judea, and 
throughout all the region round a- 

18 And the difciples of John 
Ihewed him of all thefe things. 

19 And John calling unto him 
two of his difciples, lent them un- 
to Jelus, faying, Art thou he that 
Ihould come, or look we for ano- 

20 When the men were come 
unto him, they faid, John Baptift 
hath fent us unto thee, faying, Art 
thou he that fhould come, or look 
we tor another ? 

21 And in ffrt fame hour hecu- 
red many oi their infirmities, and 
plagues, and of evil ipirits, and to 
many that were blind he gave 

22 Then Jefus anfwering, faid 
unto them, Go your way and tell 
John what things ye have feenand 
heard, how that that the blind lee, 
the lame walk, the lepers are deanf- 

of the four Evangelijls. 


. A T T H E W. 


• Luke. 


Chap. XI. 

8 But what went ye out for to 
fee? A man clothed in foft raiment? 
behold, they that wear foft cloth- 
ing, are in kings houfes-. 

9 But what went ye out. for to 
fee? A prophet? yea, I fay unro 
youi and more then a prophet. 

10 For this is he of whom it is 
written, Behold, I fend my mef- 
fenger bebre thy face, which flu.ll 
prepare thy way before thee. 

1 1 Verily I fay unto you, among 
them that are born of women, 
there hath not rifen a greater then 
John the Baptiit: notwithstanding, 
he that is leaft in the kingdom of 
heaven, is greater then he. 

1 2 And from the days of John 
the Baptifh until now, the king- 
dom of heaven fiiffcrcth violence, 
and the violent take it by force. 

1 3 For all the prophets, and the 
law, prophefied until John. 

14 And if ye will receive it, this 
is Eltas, which was for to come. 

15- He that hath ears to hear, let 
him hear. 

16 But whereunto fhall I liken 
this generation ? It is like unto child- 
ren fitting in the markets, and cal- 
ling unto their fellows, 

17 And faying, We have piped 
unto you, and ye have not danced : 
we have mourned unto you, and 
ye have not lamented. 

io For John came neither eating 
nor drinking, and they fay, He 
hath a devil. 

19 The fon of man came eating 
and drinking, and they fay, Behold, 
a man gluttonous, and a wine-bib- 
ber, a friend of Publicans and iin- 
ners : but wifdom is juftifkd of her 

Chap. VII. 

ed, the deaf hear, the d« td arc 
railed, to the poor the go J] 

23 And bleffed is he whofbever 
(hall not be offended in me. 

24 An. I when the meflengers of 
John were departed, he began to 
ipeak unto the people concerning 
John, What went ye out into the 

wilderriefs for to fee? a reed fha- 

ken with the wind? 

25- But what went ye out for to 
fee? A man clothed in loft raiment ? 
behold, they which are gorgeoufly 
apparelled, and live delicately, are 
in kings courts. 

26 But what went ye out for to 
fee? A prophet? Yea, I fay unto 
you, and much more then a pro- 

27 This is he of whom it is 
written, Behold I fend my meflen- 
ger before thy face, which fhall 
prepare thy way before thee. 

28 For I fay unto you, Among 
thofe that are born of women, there 
is not a greater prophet than John 
the Baptift : but he that is leaft. in 
the kingdom of God, is greater 
then he. 

29 And all the people that heard 
him, and the publicanes juftified 
God, being baptized with the bap- 
tifm of John. 

30 But the Pharifees and law- 
yers rejected the cotinfel of Goda- 
gainfi: themfelves, being not bap- 
tized of him. 

3 1 And the Lord faid, Where- 
unto then fhall I liken the men of 
this generation ? and to what are 
they like ? 

3 1 They are like unto children 

Nn fitting 


The Harmony 



Chap. XI. 

§. 6. 20 Then began he to upbraid 
the cities wherein moft of his migh- 
ty works were done , becaufe they 
repented not. 

21 Wo ur:to thee Chorszin.wo 
unto thee Bethfaida: for if the 
mighty works which were done in 
you,had been done inTyre andSidon, 
they would have repented long a- 
go in fackcloth and afhes. 

zz But I lay unto you, It fhall 
be more tolerable for Tyre and Si- 
don at the day of judgment, then 
for you. 

23 And thou Capernaum, which 
art exalted unto heaven , fhalt be 
brought down to hell: for if the 
might works which have been done 
in thee, had been done in Sodom, 
it would have remained until this 

da y- , . 

24 But I fay unto you, that it 
fhall be more tolerable for the land 

Chap. VII. 


fitting in the market-place , and 
calling one to another, and faying, 
We have piped unto you , and ye 
have not danced: we have mourn- 
ed to you, and ye have not 

33 For John the Baptift came 
neither eating bread, nor drinking 
wine; and ye lay, He hah a De- 

34 The Son of man is come eat- 
ing and drinking; and ye fay, Be- 
hold a gluttonous man, and a 
wine-bibber, a friend of publicanes 
and linners. 

IS But wifdom is juftified of all 
her children. 


of the four Evangelijls. 



Chap. XI. 




of Sodom, in the day of judgment, 
then for thee. 

if At that time Jefus anfwered 
and faid, I thank thee, O Father, 
Lord of heaven and earth, becaufe 
thou haft hid thefe things from the 
wife and prudent, and haft reveal- 
ed them unto babes. 

26 Even fo Father, for fo it feem- 
ed good in thy fight. 

27 All things are delivered unto 
me of my Father: and no man 
knoweth the Son but the Father, 
neither knoweth any mantheFather, 
fave the Son, and he to whomfoe- 
ver the Son will reveal him. 

28 Come unto me all ye that la- 
bour, and are heavy laden, and I 
will give you reft. 

29 Take my yoke upon you, and 
learn of me, for I am meek and 
lowly in heart : and ye {hall find 
reft unto your fouls. 

30 For my yoke /Veafie, and my 
burden is light. 

Chap. VII. 

§.7. 36 And one of the Pha- 
rifees delired him that he would 
eat with him. And he went into 
the Pharifee's houfe, and fat down 
to meat. 

37 And behold, a woman in the 
city which was a {inner, when flic 
knew that Jefus {at at meat in the 
Pharifees houfe, brought an alaba- 
fter-boxof ointment, 

38 And flood at his feet behind 
him weeping, and began to walh 
his feet withjtears, and did wipe 
them with the hairs of her head, 
and kiffed his feet, and anointed 
them will the ointment. 

39 Now when the Pharifee 
Nn a 


2,84 The Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. VII. 

which had bidden him, faw it, he 
fpake within himfelf, faying, This 
man, if he were a prophet, would 
have known who and what man- 
ner of woman this is that touched 
him for fhe is a finner. 

40 And Jefus anfwering, faid 
unto him, Simon, I have fome- 
what to fay unto thee. And he 
faith, Mafter, fay on. 

41 There was a certain credi- 
tour, which had two debters : the 
one ought five hundred pence, and 
the the other fifty. 

42 And when they had nothing 
to pay, he frankly forgave them 
both. Tell me therefore, which of 
them will love him moft ; 

43 Simon anfwered and faid, I 
fuppofe that he to whom he forgave 
moft. And he faid unto him,Thou 
haft rightly judged. 

44 And he turned to the woman, 
and faid unto Simon, Seeft thou 
this woman?Ientred into thinehoufe, 
thou gaveft me no water for my 
feet : but fhe hath warned my feet 
with tears, and wiped them with, the 
hairs of her head. 

45- Thou gaveft me no kifs : but 
this woman, flnce the time I came 
in, hath not ceafed to kifs my feet. 

46 Mine head with oyl thou didft 
not anoint: but this woman hath 
anointed my feet with ointment. 

47 Wherefore I fay unto thee, 
Her fins which are many, are for- 
given j for fhe loved much : but to 
whom little is forgiven, the fame 
loveth little. 

48 And he faid unto her , Thy 
fins are forgiven. 

49 And they that fat at meat 


of the four Evangelijfs. 285 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. VII. 

with him, began to 
fay within themfelves, 
Who is this that for- 
giveth fins alfo? 

fo And he faid to 
the woman , Thy 
faith hath faved thee* 
go in peace. 

Chap. XII. Chap. III. Chap. VIII. 

§. 8. 22 Then was 22 And the fcribes AND it came to 

brought unto him one which; came down XTL pafs afterward, 

pofleffed with a devil, from Jerufalem, faid, that he wentthrough- 

blind and dumb: and He hath Beelzebub, out every city and 

he healed him, info- and by the prince of village preaching, and 

that the blind and the devils cafteth he fhewing the glad tid- 

dumb both fpake and out devils. ings of the kingdom 

law. 23 And he called of God: and the 

2 3 And all the peo- them unto him, and twelve were with himj 

pie were amazed, and faid unto them in pa- 2 And certain wo- 

faid, Is not this the rabies, How can Sa- men which had been 

fon of David ? tan caft out Satan? healed of evil fpirits 

24 But when the 24 And if a king- and infirmities, Mary 

Pharifees heard it, they dom be divided a- called Magdalene, out 

faid, This fellow doth gain flit felfrth it king- of whom went fe- 

not caft out devils, but dom cannot ftand. ven devils. ♦ 

by Beelzebub the if And if a houfe 3 And Joanna the 
prince of the devils, be divided againft it wife of Chuza Herods 
if And Jefus knew felf, that houfe can- fteward, andSufanna, 
their thoughts, and not ftand. and m ny others, 

faid unto them , E- 26 And if Satan which miniftred unto 
very kingdom divided rife up againft him. him of their fubftance. 
againft it lelf , is felf, and be divided, 
brought to defblation: he cannot ftand, but 
and every city or houfe h >th an end. 
divided againtt ic ielf, 27 No man can en- 
fhall not ftand. ter into a ftrong mans 

16 And if Satan ho.ife, and fpoil his 
caft out Satan, he is goods, except he will 
divided againft him- firlt bind the ftrong 
felf j how then fhall m m, and then he 
his kingdom ftand ? will fpoil his houfe. 

Nn 3 z.7 And. 


The Harmony 





Chap. XII. 

27 And it I by 
Beelzebub caft out de- 
vils, by whom do your 
children caft them 
out? therefore they 
fhall be your judges. 

28 But if I caft out 
devils by the Spirit of 
God, then the krag- 
of God is come unto 

29 Or elfe,how can 
one enter into a ftrong 
mans houfe, and ipoil 
his goods, except he 
firft bind the ftrong 
man ? and then,, he 
will fpoil his houfe. 

30 He that is not 
with me is againft 
me , and he that ga- 
thereth not with me, 
fcattereth abroad. 

31 Wherefore I fay 
unto you, All man- 
ner of lin and blaf^* 
phemy null be forgi- 
ven unto men: but 
the blafpliemy againft 
the holy Ghoft fhall 
not be forgiven unto 

32 Andwhofoever 
fpeaketh a word a- 
gainft theSonofman, 
it {hall be forgiven 
him: but whofoever 
fpeaketh againft the 
holy Ghoft, it fhall 
not be forgiven him, 
neither in this world, 
neither in the world 
to come. 

Chap. III. 

28 Verily I fay un- 
to you, All fins mall 
be forgiven unto the 
fons of men, and 
blafphemies, where- 
with foever they fhall 

29 But he that {hall 
blafpheme againft the 
holy Ghoft, hath ne- 
ver fbrgivenefs, but 
is in danger of eter- 
nal damnation: 

30 Becaufe they 
faid, He hath an un- 
clean fpirit. 

33 Eithet 

of the four Evangelijis. 


Matthe w. 



J oh 

Chap. XII. 

3 2 Either make the 
tree good, and his 
fruit good; or clfe 
make the tree corrupt, 
and his fruit corrupt . 
for the tree is known 
by his fruit. 

34. O generation of 
vipers, how can ye, 
being evil , fpeak 
good things? for out 
of the abundance of 
the heart ihe mouth 

35- A good man 
out of the good trea- 
fure of h:s heart, 
bringeth forth good 
things: and an evil 
man out of the evil 
treafure , bringeth 
forth evil things. 

36 But I uy unto 
you, That every idle 
word th -t men mall 
fpeak, they fhali give 
account thereof in the 
day of judgment. 

37 For by thy 
words thou malt be 
juftified , and by thy 
words thou fhalt be 

Chap. III. 

Chap. VIII. 

§.9. 38 Then cer- 
tain of the Scribes, 
and of the Pharifees 
anfwered , faying > 
Matter, we would fee 
a hgn rrom thee. 

39 Bui he anfwer- 
ed and laid to them, 
An evil and adulte- 

3 1 There came 
then his brethren and 
his mother, and ftand- 
ing without, fent un- 
to him, calling him. 

3 1 And the multi- 
tude fat about him, 
and they faid unto 
him , Behold , thy 

19 Then came to 
him his mother and 
his brethren , and 
could not come at 
him for the prefs. 

20 And it was told 
him by certain, which 
faid, Thy mother and 
thy brethren Hand 


2 gg The Harmony 


Mark. ' Luke. John. 

Chap. XII. Chap. III. Chap. VIII. 


1UB generation- feck- mother, and thy bre- without.defiringto'fce 
eth after a fign, and thren without feek thee. 
.i-..rt..iir„firml* for thee. 2i Andheaniw^r. 

there (hall no iign be for thee. 21 Andheaniw:r- 

Piventoit, but the 23 Andhea*fwer- ed, and faid unto them, 

ficra of the prophet ed them, faying, Who My mother and my 

jo nas is my morher, or my brethren : 

40 For as Jonas brethren? which hear the word 

was three days and 24 And he looked of God, and do it. 
three nights in the round about on them 
whales belly : fo ihall which fat about him, 
the fon of man be and faid, Behold my 
three days and three mother, and my bre- 
nights in the heart of thren. 
the earth. 35- For whofoever 

41 The men of mall do the will of 
Nineveh ihall rife in God, the fame is my 
judgment with this brother, and my filler, 
generation, and mail and mother, 
condemn it, becaufe 

they repented at the 
preaching of Jonas, 
and behold, a great- 
er then Jonas is here. 

42 The queen of 
the fouth lhall rife up 
in the judgment with 
this generation , and 
lhall condemn it : tor 
fiie came from theut- 
termoft parts of the 
earth to hear the wif- 
dom of Solomon, and 
behold, a greater then 
Solon -on if here. 

43 When the un- 
clean fpiiit is gone 
out of a man , he 
walketh through dry 
places, fceking reft, 
and findeth none. 

44 Then he faith, 
I will return into my 
Jioufc from whence 

I came 

of the four Evangelijls. 


M'atthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap XII. 

I came out; and when he is come, 
he findeth it empty, fwept, and 

45- Then goeth he , and taketh 
with himfelf feven other fpirits 
more wicked then himfelf, and they 
enter in and dwell there : and the 
laft ftate of that man is worfethcn 
the firft. Even fo fball it be alfo 
unto this wicked generation. 

46 While he yet talked to the 
people, behold, his mother and his 
brethren flood without, dcliring to 
fpeak with him. 

47 Then one faid unto him, Be- 
hold, thy mother and thy brethren 
(land without, defiring to fpeak 
with thee. 

48 But he anfwered and faid 
unto him that told him , Who is 
my mother ? and who are my bre- 

49 And he flretched forth his 
hand towards his difciples, and faid, 
Behold my mother , and my bre- 

5-0 Forwhofoever mail do the 
will of my Father which is in hea- 
ven, the fame is my brother, and 
fifter, and mother. 

Chap. XIII. Chap. IV. Chap. VIII. 

§. io.>-pHE fame A N© he began to 4 And when muck 

J_ day went A teach by the fea- people were gathered 

Jefusoutof thehoufe, fide: and there was together, and were 

and fat by the fea-fide. gathered unto him a come to him out of 

2 And great mul- great multitude, fo every city, he fpake 

titudes were gathered that he entred into a by a parable : 

together unto him, fo fhip , and fat in the f A fbwer went 

that he went into a fea, and the whole out to Sow his feed: 

fhip, and fat, and the multitude was by the and as he fowed, 

whole multitude flood fea on the land. fome fell by the way 

on the fhore. Oo 5 An4 

zpo The Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XIII. Chap. IV. Chap. VIII. 

3 And he fpake l And he taught fide, and it was trod- 
many things unto them many things by en down,and the fowls 
them in parables, fay- parables, and faid un- of the air devoured it. 
ing, Behold, a fower to them in his do- 6 And fome fell up- 
went forth to fow. ftrine, on a rock, and aflbon 

4 And when he 3 Hearken , Be- as it was sprung up, 
fbwed , fome feeds hold, there went out it withered away , 
fell by the ways fide, a fower to fow: becaufe it lacked moi- 
and the fowls came 4 And it came to fture. 

and devoured them pafsashefowed,fome 7 And fome fell a- 

op. fell by the way-lide, mong thorns, and the 

f Some fell upon and the fowls of the thorns fprang up with 

ftony places, where air came and devour- it, and choked it. 

they had not much ed it up. 8 And other fell on 

earth: and forthwith f And fome fell on good ground, and 

they fprung up , be- ftony ground, where lprang up, and bare 

caufe they had no it had not much earth, fruit an hundred-fold, 

deepnefs of earth: and immediately it And when he had faid 

6 And when the fprang up, becaufe it thefe things, he cried, 
fun was up, they were had no depth of earth. He that hath ears to 
fcorched, and becaufe 6 But when the fun heare, let him hear, 
they had not root, was up, it was fcorch- 9 And his difciplcs 
they withered away, ed, and becaufe it had asked him, faying, 

7 And fome fell a- no root, it withered What might this pa- 
mong thorns: and the away. rablebe? 

thorns fprung up and 7 And fome fell 10 And he faid. 
choked them. among thorns , and Unto you it is given 

8 But other fell in- the thorns grew up, to know the myfte- 
to good ground, and and choked it, and it ries of the kingdom 
brought forth fruit, yielded no fruit. of God: but to 'o- 
ibme an hundred- fold, 8 And other fell on thers in parables j that 
feme fixt-y-fold, -fome good ground, and did feeing they might not 
thirty-fold.^ yield fruit that fprang foe, and hearing they 

9 Who hath ears up, and increafed, and might not under - 
to hear, let hirn hear, brought forth fome ftand. 

10 And the difci- thirty, fome fixty, 11 Now the para- 
ples came, and faid and fomean hundred, ble is this: The feed 
unto him, Whyfpeak- 9 And he faid un- is the word of God. 
eft thou unto them to them, He that hath 11 Thofe by the 
in parables? ears to hear, let him way-fide , are they 

1 1 He anfwered hear. that hear ; then com- 
and faid unto them, ic And when he eth the devil , and 
Becaufe it is given un- was alone, they that taketh away the word 

of the four Evangeliffs. 

2-5? i 


Chap. XIII. 


Chap. IV. 


Chap. VIII. 

•:o you to know the 
myfteries of the king- 
dom of heaven, but to 
them it is not given. 
1 2 For wholbever 
hath, to him mail be 
given, and he fhall 
have more abundance : 
but whofoever hath 

were about him with out of thc*ir hearts, 
the twelve, asked of left they ftiould be- 
him the parable. iicve and be faved. 

1 1 And he faid un- 1 3 They on the 
to them, Unto you it rock, are they, which 
is given to know the when they hear, re- 
myftery of the king- ceive the word with 
domofGod: butun- joy; and thefe have 
to them that are with- no root, which for a 
not from him fhall be out, all thefe things while believe, and in 
taken away , even are done in parables : time of temptation 
that he hath. 12 That feeing they fall away. 

1 2 Therefore fpeak may fee, and not 14 And that which 
I to them in parables: perceive, a'nd hearing fell ameng thorns, are 
becaufe they feeing, they may hear , and they, which when 
fee not : and hearing, not underitand j left they have heard, go 
they hear not, neither at any time they forth, and are chok- . 
do they underftand, fhould be converted, ed with cares and 
14 And in them is and their fins fhould riches, and pleafures 
fulfilled the prophecy be forgiven them. of this life, and bring 
of Efaias, which faith, 13 And he faid un- no fruit to perfection, 
to them-, Know ye if But that on the 
not this parable ? and good ground, are they 
how then will you which in an honeft 
know all parables? and good heart, ha- 
14 The lower low- ving heard the word, 
eth the word. keep it, and bring 

\f And thefe are forth fruit with pa- 
grofs, and their ears they by the way-fide, tience. 
are dull of hearing, where the word is 16 No man when 
and their eyes have fown, but when they he hath lighted a can- 
they clofed ; left at any have heard, Satan die, covereth it with 
time they fhould fee cometh immediately, a veffel, or putteth it 
with their eyes , and and taketh away the under a bed: but fet- 
hear with their ears, word that was fown teth it on a candle- 
and fhould underftand in their hearts. ftick, that they which 

with their heart, and \6 And thefe are enter in may fee the 
fhould be converted, they likewife which light, 
and I fhould heal them, are fown on ftony 17 For nothing is 
16 But blefled are ground, who when fecret, that fhall not 
your eyes , for they they have heard the be made manifeft : 
fee; and your ears, word •', immediately neither any thing hid, 
for they hear. receive it with glad ■ that fhall not be 

Oo 2 

By hearing ye fhall 
hear, and fhall not un- 
derftand: and feeing 
ye fhall fee, and fhall 
not perceive. 

1/ For this peo- 
ples heart is waxed 


37 For 

2-9 i The Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. 

Chap. XIII. Chap. IV. Chap. VIII. 

i 7 For verily I fay nefs. known, and come a- 

unto you, that many i 7 And have no broad, 
prophets and righte- root in themfelves, iS Take heed 
ous men have de- and fo endure but for therefore how ye hear: 
fired to fee thofe a time : afterward for whofoever hath, 
things which ye fee, when affliction or per- to him mall be given ; 
and have not feen fecution arifeth for and whofoever hath 
them: and to hear the words fake, im- not, from him fhall 
thofe things which ye mediately they are be taken even that 
hear, and have not offended. which he feemeth to 

heard them. ^ And thefe are have. 

18 Hear ye there- they which are fown 
fore the parable of the among thorns: fuch 
fower. as hear the word. 

w i io And the cares 

Ski J W ° T t the deccitfutaefi of 
the kingdom, andun- • .„ „ , . , „ 

derftandeth it not, "fe „ 

then comeththe wick- f-^ *"f £ 

ed one, and catched " n S' n ' ^ * c 
word, and it becom- 


away that which was 
fown in his heart: 
this is he which re- 

eth unfruitful. 

20 And thefe are 

they which are fown 
ceived feed by the { , , r , 

(.j y on good ground, iuch 


as hear the word, and 

io But he that re- receive it, and bring, 
ceived the feed into forth fruit, fome 
flony places, the fame thirty-fold, fome fix- 
is he that heareth the ty, andfomeanhund- 
word, and anon with red. 
;oyreceivethit: Xl Andhefaidun- 

2i Yet hath he not to them, Is a candle, 
root in himfelf, but brought to be put un- 
dureth for a while: der a bumel, or under 
for when tribula- a bed? and not to be 
tion or perfecution a- fet on a candleftick? 
nfeth becaufe of the zz For there is no- 
word, by and by he thing hid which fhall 
is offended. not be manifefh nei- 

2 2 He alfo that re- ther was any thing 
ceived feed among the kept fecret, 'but that 
thorns, is he that it fhould come abroad. 



of the four Evangelifts. 



Chap. XIII. 

heareth the word : 
and the cares of this 
world, and the de- 
ceitfulnefs of riches 
choke the word: and 
he becometh unfruit- 

23 But he that re 

Chap. IV. 

23 If any man 
have ears to hear, let 
him hear. 

24 And he faid un- 
to them , Take heed 
what you hear: with 
what meafure ye 
mete, it mall be mea- 

ceived feed into the fured to you: andun- 
the good ground, is to you that hear, fhall 

he that heareth the 
word ,, and under- 
fhndeth»>, whichial- 
£0 beareth fruit, and 

more be given. 

if For he that 
hath, to him fhall be 
given : and he that 

bringeth forth fbme hath not, from him 

an hundred-fold, fbme fhall be taken even 

fixty, fome thirty. that which he hath. 

24 And another 16 And he faid, 

parable put he forth So is the kingdom of 

unto them , faying, God , as if a man 

The kingdom of hea- 
ven is likened unto a 
man which fowed 
good feed in his field 

fhould caft feed into 
the ground: 

27 And fhould 
fleep, and rife night 

but while men flept, and day, and the feed 
his enemy came fhould fpring and 
and fowed tares a- grow up, he know- 
mong the wheat, and eth not how. 
went his way. 28 For the earth 

26 But when the bringeth forth fruit 
blade was fprung up, of her felf, firft the 
and brought forth blade, then the ear, af- 
fruit, then appeared that the full corn in 
the tares alfo. the ear. 

27 So the fervants 29 But when the 
of the houfholder fruit is brought forth, 
came and faid unto immediately he put- 
him,Sir, lidftthounot teth in the fickle, be- 
fow good feed in thy caufe the harveft is 
field? from whence come. 

then hath it tares? 30 And he faid, 

28 He faid unto Whereunto fhall we 
them , An enemy liken the kingdom of 



Oo j. 


25>4 The Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. Johj«. 

Chap. XIII. Chap. VI. 

.hath done this. The God ? or with what 

fervants faid unto companion fhall we 

him, Wilt thou then compare it ? 
that we go and ga- 51 It //like a grain 

ther them up ? of muftard - feed , 

29 But he faid, which when it is 
Nay ■, left while ye fown in the earth, is 
gather up the tares, lefs then all the feeds 
ye root up alfo the that be in the earth, 
wheat with them. 3 j But when it is 

30 Let both grow fown, it growethup, 
together until rhe har- and becometh greater 
veft j and in the time then all herbs, and 
of harveft I will fay ftiooteth out great 
to the reapers , Ga- branches, fo that the 
ther ye together fnft fowls of the air may 
the tares, and bind lodge under the fha- 
them in bundles to dow of it. 

burn them: but ga- 33 And with ma- 
ther the wheat into ny fuch parables fpake 
my barn. he the word unto 

3 1 Another para- rhem, as they were 
ble put he forth unto able to hear it. 
them, faying, The 34 But without a 
kingdom of heaven parable fpake he not 
is like to a grain of unto them: and when 
muftard-feed, which they were alone, he 
a man took and fow- expounded all things 
cd in his field. to his difciples. 

32 Which is the 
leaft of all feeds : but 
when it is grown, it 
is the greateft among 
herbs, and becometh 
a tree : £0 that the 
birds of the air come 
and lodge in the 
branches thereof. 

33 Another para- 
ble fpake he unto 
them, The kingdom 
of heaven is like unto 
leaven, which a wo- 

of the four EvangeUJis. 195 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XIII. 

man took and hid in three mea- 

fures of meal, till the whole 

was leavened. 

34 Allthefe things fpake Jefus 

unto the multitude in parables, and 

without a parable fpake he not 

unto them. 

3J- That it might be fulfilled 

which was fpoken by the prophet, 

faying, I will open my mouth in 

parables, I will utter things which 

have been kept fecret from the 
foundation of the world. 

36 Then Jefus fent the multi- 
tude away, and went into the houfe; 
and his difciples came unto him, 
laying, Declare unto us the para- 
ble of the tares of the field. 

3 7 He anfwered and faid unto 
them, He that foweth the good 
feed, is the fon of man: 

38 The field is the world: the 
good feed are the children of the 
kingdom: but the tares are the 
children of the wicked one: 

39 The enemy that fo wed them, 
is the devil: the harveft is the end 
of the world : and the reapers are 
the angels. 

40 As therefore the tares are ga- 
thered ;.nd burnt in the fire; fo fhall 
it be in the end of this world. 

41 The fon of man fhall fend 
forth his angels, and they fhall ga- 
ther out of his kingdom all things 
that oftend , and them which do 
iniquity : 

42 And fhall caft them into a 
furnace of fire: there fhall bewail- 
ing and gnafhing of teeth. 

43 Then fhall the righteous 
fhine forth as the iun, in the king- 
dom of their Father. Who hath 

*5><> The Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XIII. 

cars to hear, let him hear. 

44 Again, the kingdom of hea- 
ven is like unto treafure hid in a 
field: the which when a man hath 
found, hehidcth, and for joy there- 
of goeth and felleth all that he hath, 
and buyeth that field. 

4y Again, the kingdom of hea- 
ven is like unto a merchant-man, 
ieeking goodly pearls : 

46 Who when he had found one 
pearl of great price, he went and 
Ibid all that he had, and bought it. 

47 Again, the kingdom of hea- 
ven is like unto a net that was caft: 
into the fea, and gathered of eve- 
ry kind. 

48 Which, when it was full, 
they drew to more, and fat down, 
and gathered the good into veflels, 
but caft the bad away. 

49 So ihall it be at the end of 
the world: the angels fhall come 
forth, and fever the wicked from 
among the juft; 

j-o And mail caft them into the 
furnace of fire : there fhall be wail- 
ing and gnafhing of teeth. 

f 1 Jelus faith unto them, Have 
ye undcrftood all thefe things ? they 
Iky unto him, Yea, Lord. I 

j-z Then faid he unto them, 
Therefore every fcribe which is in- 
ftructed unto the kingdom of hea- 
ven, is like unto a man that is an 
houfholder, which bringeth forth 
out of his treafure things new and 
old. * 

fl And it came to pafs, that 
when Jefus had fimfhed thefe para- 
bles, he departed thence. 

18 Now 

of the four EvarigeUjis. 



Chap. VIII. 

§. 12. 18 Now 
when Jefus faw great 
multitudes about him, 
he gave command- 
ment to depart unto 
the other fide. 

23 And when he 
was entred into a 
fhip, his difciples fol- 
lowed him. 

24 And behold , 
there arofe a great 
tempeftin thefea, in- 
fomuch that the fhip 
was covered with the 
waves: but he was a- 

zf And his difci- 
ples came to him, and 
awoke him, faying , 
Lord, fave us : we 

26 And he faith 
unto them, Why are 

}re fearful , O ye of 
ittle faith ? Then he 
arofe and rebuked the 
winds and thefea, and 
there was a great 

27 But the men 
marvelled , faying , 
What manner of man 
is this, that even the 
winds and the fea 
obey him? 


Chap. IV. 

2f And the fame 
day when the even 
was come, he faith 
unto them , Let us 
pais over unto the o- 
ther fide. 

36 And when they 
had fent away the 
multitude, they took 
him even as he was 
in the fhip, and there 
were alfo with him 
other little fhips. - 

37 And there arofe 
a great frorm of wind, 
and the waves beat 
into the fhip, fo that 
it was now full. 

38 And he was in 
the hinder part of the 
fhip, afleep on a pil- 
low: and they awake 
him, and fay unto 
him, Mafter, careft 
thou not that we pe- 

39 And he arofe, 
andrebuked the wind, 
and faid unto the fea, 
Peace, be ftill : and 
the wind ceafed, and 
there was a great 

40 And he faid un- 
to them, Why are ye 
fo fearful? how is it 
that you have no faith ? 

41 And they fear- 
ed exceedingly, and 
faid one to another, 
What manner of man 
is this, that even the 

Chap. VIII. 

22 Now it came 
to pafs on a certain 
day, that he went in- 
to a fhip with his di- 
fciples: andhefaid un- 
to them,Letus go over 
unto the other fide of 
the lake. And they 
lanched forth. 

23 But as they 
failed, he fell afleep: 
and there came down 
a frorm or" wind on 
the lake, and they 
were filled with water, 
and were in jeopardy. 

24 And they came 
to him, and awoke 
him, faying, Mafter, 
mafter, we perifh. 
Then he arofe, and 
rebuked the wind, 
and the raging of the 
water: and they ceaf- 
ed* and there was a 

25- And he faid un- 
to them , Where is 
your faith? And they 
being afraid,wondred, 
faying one to another, 
What manner of man 
is this ? for he com- 
mandeth even the 
winds and water, and 
they obey him. 




The Harmony 


' Chap. VIII. 

§.15. 28 And 
when he was come 
to the other fide, into 
the countrey of the 
Gergefenes, there met 
him two poiTeffed 
with devils, coming 
out of the tombs, ex- 
ceeding fierce , fo 
that no man might 
pafs by that way. 

29 And behold , 
they cryed out, fay- 
ing , What have we 
to do with thee, Jefus, 
rhou ion of God ? art 
thou come hither to 
torment us before the 

30 And there was 
a good way off from 
them, an herd of 
manyfwine, feeding. 

31 So the devils 
befought him, faying, 
if thou cafl: us out, 
fuffer us to go away 
into the heard of 

32 And he faid un- 
to them, Go. And 
when they were come 
out, they went into 
the herd of fwine: 
and behold, the whole 
herd of fwine ran 
violently down a ftecp 
place into the fea, 


Chap. IV. 

wind and the fea obey 



Chap. V. 

AND they came 
over unto the 
other fide of the fea, 
into the countrey of 
the Gadarenes. 

2 And when he 
was come out of the 
fhip , immediately 
there met him out of 
the tombs, a man 
with an unclean fpi- 

3 Who had his 
dwelling among the 
tombs , and no man 
could bind him , no 
not with chains : 

4 Becaufe that he 
had been often bound 
with f-ttcrs and 
chiins, and the chains 
had been plucked a- 
funder by him , and 
the fetters broken in 
pieces: neither could 
any man tame him. 

f And always night 
and day , he was in 
the mountains , and 
in the torn! s, crying, 
and cutting himfelf 
with ftones. 

6 But when he 
faw Jefus afar off, he 
ran and worfhipped 

7 And he cried 
with a loud voice, and 

Chap. VIII: 

26 And they ar- 
rived at the countrey 
of the Gadarenes , 
which is over againft 

27 And when he 
went forth to land, 
there met him out of 
the city , a certain 
man which had devils a 
long time,and ware no 
clothes, neither abode 
in any houfe, but in 
the tombs. 

28 When he faw 
Jefus, he cried out, 
and fell down before 
him, 2nd with aloud 
voice faid, What have 
Ito do with theejefus, 
thou Son of God moft 
high? I befeech thee 
torment me not. 

29 (For he had 
commanded the un- 
clean fpirit to come 
out of the man. For 
oftentimes it had 
caught him: and he 
was kept bound with 
chains, and in fetters ; 
and he brake the 
bands, and was dri- 
ven of the devil into 
the wildernefs) 

30 AndJ^fus'asked 
him, faying, What is 
thy name? And he 


of the four Evangelijis. %^ 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. Johk. 

Chap. VIII. Chap. V. Chap. VIII. 

and perifhcd in the £ud, What have I to faid, Legion : becaufe 
waters. do with thee, Jefus, many devils were cn- 

33 And they that thou Son of themoft tred into him. 

kept them fled, and high God? I adjure 31 And they be- 
went their ways into thee by God, that thou fought him that he 
the city, and told eve- torment me not. would not command 

ry thing, and what 8 (For hefaidunto them to go out into 
was befallen to the him, Come out of the deep, 
poflefled of the devils, the man, thou un- 31 And there was 

34 And behold , clean fpirit) there nn herd of ma- 
the whole city came 9 And he asked ny fwine feeding on 
out to meet Jefus; him , What is thy the mountain: and 
and when they faw name? And he an- they befought him 
him, they befought fwered, faying, My that he would fuffer 
him that he would name /'} Legion : for them to enter into 
depart out of their we are many. them. And he fuf- 
coafts. 10 And he befought fered them. 

him much that he 33 Then went the 
would not fend them devils out of the man, 
away out of the coun- and entred into the 
trey. fwine: and the herd 

11 Now there was ran violently down 
there nigh unto the a fteep place into the 
mountains , a great lake, and were chok- 
herd of fwine feed- ed 

ing. 34 When they that 

12 And all the de- fed them faw what 
vilsbefoughthim, fay- was done, they fled, 
ing, Send us into the and went and told it 
fwine, that we may in the city and in the 
enter into them. countrey. 

13 And forthwith 3 j Then they went 
Jefus gave them leave, out to fee what was 
And the unclean fpirits done; and came to 
went out, and entred Jefus, and found the 
into the fwine, and man out of whom 
the herd ran violently the devils were de- 
down a fteep place in- parted, fitting at the 
to the fea, (they were feet of Jefus, clothed, 
about two thoufand) and in his right mind : 
and were choked in and they were afraid, 
the fea. 3 6 They alio which 

14 And they that faw it, told them by 

Pp » foe 


The Harmony 



Chap. V. 

fed the fwine fled, 
and told it in the city, 
and in the countrey. 
And they went out 
to fee what it was 
that was done. 

if And they come 
to Jefus, and lee him 
that was poffefled 
with the devil, and 
had the legion, fitting, 
and clothed, and in 
his right mind, and 
they were afraid. 

16 And they that 
faw it, told' them 
how it befel to him 
that was pofleflcd 
with the devil, and 
alfo concerning the 

17 And they be- 
gan to pray him to de- 
part out of their 

18 And when he 
was come into the 
fliip, he that had been 
poflefled wirh the de- 
vil, prayed him that 
he might be with him. 

19 Howbeit, Jefus 
fuffered him not, but 
iaith unto him, Go 
home to thy friends, 
and tell chejn how 
great things the Lord 
hath done for thee, 
and hath hau compaf- 
iien on thee. 

to And he depart- 
ed, and began to pub- 
lish in Dccapoliss 


Chap. VIII. 

what means he that 
was pofleffed of the 
devils was healed. 

37 Then the whole 
multitude of the coun- 
trey of the Gadarenes 
round about, befought 
him to depart from 
them ; .for they were 
taken with great fear : 
and he went up into 
the lhip, and return- 
ed back again. 

38 Now the man 
out of whom the de- 
vils were departed, 
befought him that he 
might be with him : 
but Jefus fent him 
away, faying, 

39 Return to thine 
own houfe, and {hew 
how great things 
God h~th done unto 
thee And he went 
his way, and publifh- 
ed throughout the 
whole city, how great 
things Jefus had done 
unto him. 


of the four EvangeKJls. 



Chap. V. 

how great things Je- 
fus had done for him : 
and all men did mar- 




Chap. IX. 

§. 14. A NDheen- 
J\ tred into 
a (hip, and paired o- 
ver, and came into 
his own city. 

Chap. VIII. 

79 And a certain 
fcribe came, and laid 
unto him, Matter, I 
will follow thee whi- 
ther foe ver thou goeft. 

20 And Jefus faith 
unto him, The foxes 
have holes , and the . 
birds of the air have 
nefls ; but the fon of 
man hath not where 
to lay his head. 

2 1 And another of 
his difcipks faid unto 
him, Lord, fuffer me 
firft to go and bury 
my Father. 

22 But Jefus faid 
unto him, Follow me a 
and let the dead bury 
their dead. 

PP 3 

iS While 

joz The Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. IX. Chap. V. Chap. VIII. 

§.15-. 1 S While he 2 1 And when Je- 40 And it came to 

fpake thcfe things un- fus was patted over a- pafs, that when Jefus 

to them, behold, gain by fhip unto the was returned, the peo- 

there came a certain other fide, muchpeo- pie gladly received 

ruler and worfhipped pie gathered unto him, him: for they were 

him , faying , My and he was nigh unto all waiting for him. 

daughter is even now the fea. 4 1 And behold, 

dead, but come and 22 And behold , there came a man 

lay thy hand upon there comcth one of named Jairus, and he 

her, and fhe (hall live, the rulers of thefyna- was a ruler of the fyna- 

19 And Jefus arofe, gogue , Jairus by gogue : and he fell 
and followed him, and name, and when he down at Jefus feet, 
fo did his difciples. law him, he fell at and befought him that 

20 (And behold, a his feet, he would come into 
woman which was 23 And belought his houfe: 

difeafed with an iffue him greatly, faying, 42 For he had one 
of blood twelve years, My little daughter only daughter, about 
came behind him , lieth at the point of twelve years of age, 
and touched the hem death , I fmy thee and (he lay a dying, 
of his garment. come and lay thy (But as he went, the 

21 For fhe faid with- hands on her that fhe people thronged him. 
inherfelf, If I may maybe healed, and 43 And a woman 
but touch his garment, fhe fhall live. having an iflue of 

I fhall be whole. 24 And Jefus went blood twelve years, 

22 But Jefus turn- with him, and much which had fpent all 
ed him about , and people followed him, her living upon phy- 
when he faw her, he and thronged him. ficians, neither could 
faid, Daughter, be of 2y And a certain be healed of any, 
good comfort ; thy woman which had an 44 Came behind 
faith hath made thee iffue of blood twelve him, and touched the 
whole. And the wo- years, border of his garment: 
man was made whole 26 And had fuffer- and immediately 'her 
from that hour.) ed many things of iffue of blood ftanch- 

23 And when Je- many phyficians, and ed. 

fus came into the ru- had fpent all that fhe 4j- And Jefus faid, 
lers houfe, and faw had, and was nothing Who touched me? 
the minftrels and the bettered, but rather When all denied, Pe- 
people making a noife, grew worfe, ter, and they that 

24 He faid unto 27 When ihe had were with him, faid, 
them, Give place, for heard of jefus, came Mafter, the multitude 
the maid is not dead, in the prefs behind, throng thee, andprefs 
but flecpeth. And and touched his gar- thee, and fayefr thou, 
they laughed him to ment. Who touched me ? 

fcorn. 2 f But 

of the four Evangehfls. 303 

Matthew. Mark. • Luke. John. 

Chap. IX. 'Chap. V. Chap. VIII. 

ij- But when the 28 For fhe faid, If 46 And Jefus faid, 
people were put forth, I may touch but his Some body hath 
he went in, and took clothes , I {hall be touched me : for 1 
her by the hand, and whole. perceive that vertue 

the maid arofe. 29 And ftraight- is gone out of me. 

26 And the fame way the fountain of 47 And when the 
hereof went aboad in- her blood was dried woman faw that fhe 
to all that land. up: and fhe felt in was not hid, fhe came 

her body that (he trembling, and falling 

was healed of that down before him, 

plague. fhe declared unto him 

30 And Jefus im- before all the people, 
mediately knowing for what caufe fhe had 
in himfelf, that ver- touched him, and how 
tue had gone out of fhe was healed im- 
him, turned him a- mediately. 

bout in theprefs, and 48 And he faid un- 
laid, Who touched to her, Daughter, be 
my clothes? of good comfort : 

3 1 And his difci- thy faith hath made 
pies faid unto him, thee whole ; go in 
Thou feefl: the multi- peace) 

tude thronging thee, 49 While he yet 

and fayeft thou, Who fpake, there cometh 

touched me? one from the ruler of 

32 And he looked the fynagogues houfe, 
round about to fee her faying to him, Thy 
that had done this daughter is deadj 
thing. trouble not the Ma- 

33 But the wo- fter. 

man fearing and trem- fo But when Je- 
bling, knowing what fus heard it, he an- 
was done in her, came fwered him, faying, 
and fell down before Fear not: believe on- 
him, and told him all ly, and fhe fhall be 
the truth. made whole. 

34 And he faid fi And when he 
unto her, Daughter, came into the houfe.he 
thy fa'th hath made furfered no man to go 
thee wholej go in in,favePererandJamcs, 
peace, and be whole and John, and the 
of thy plague. father and the mother 

51" While he yet of the maiden. 

5-1 And 

304 The Harmony 

Matthew. Mark.- Luke. John, 

Chap. V. Chap. III. 

{pake, there came 5-1 And all wept, 
from the ruler of the and bewailed her : but 
fynagogues konfe, cer- he faid, Weep not ; 
tain which faid, Thy (he is not dead , but 
daughter is dead , fleepeth. 
Why troubleft thou 5-3 And they laugh- 
the Matter any fur- edhimtofcorn,know- 
ther? ing that {he was dead. 

36 Aflbon as Jefus $-3 And he put 
heard the word that them all out, and took 
was fpoken, he faith her by the hand, and 
unto the ruler of the called, faying, Maid, 
fynagogue, Be not a- arife. 

fraid, only believe. j-^- And her fpirit 

37 And he fufter- came again, and me a- 
ed no man to follow rofeftraightway: and 
him, fave Peter, and hecommandedtogive 
James, and John the her meat. 

brother of James. f 6 And her parents 

38 And he cometh were aftonifhed: but 
to the houfe of the he charged them that 
ruler of the fynagogue, they {hould tell no 
and feeth the tumult, man what was done, 
and them that wept 

and wailed greatly. 

39 And when he 
was come in, he 
faith unto them, Why 
make ye this ado, and 
weep? the damfel is 
not dead, but fleep- 

40 And they laugh- 
ed him to fcorn : but 
when he had put them 
all out, he taketh the 
father and the mother 
of the damfel, and 
them that were with 
him, and entreth in 
where the damfel was 

41 And he took 

of the four Evangelifts. 


M A T T H E VT. 


Chap. V. 

the damfel by the 
hand, and faid unto 
her, Talitha cumi , 
which is, being inter- 
preted, Damfel (I fay 
unto thee ) arife. 

42 And ftraight- 
waythe damfel arofe, 
and walked; for (he 
was of the age of 
twelve years : and 
they were aftonifhed 
with a great aftonilh- 

43 And he charged 
them ftraitly, that no 
man mould know it : 
and commanded that 
fomething fliould be 
given her to eat. 

Chap. IX. 

§ id; 17 And when 
Jefus departed thence, 
two blind men fol- 
lowed him , crying , 
and faying, Thou fon 
of David, have mercy 
on us. 

28 And when he 
was come into the 
houfe, the blind men 
came to him : and Je- 
fus faith unto them, 
Believe ye that I am 
able to do this ? they 
faid unto him, Yea, 

29 Then touched 
he their eyes, faying, 
According to your 
faith, be it unto you. 

30 And their eyet 


J ohm. 



The Harmony 


Chap. IX. 

were opened, andje- 
fus ftraitly charged 
them, faying, See that 
no man know it. 

31 But they, when 
they were departed, 
ipread abroad his fame 
in all that country. 

3 i As they went out, 
behold , they brought 
to him a dumb man 
poflefled with a de- 

33 And when the 
devil was call out, the 
dumb fpake: and the 
multitudes marvelled, 
faying, It was never 
£0 feen in Ifrael. 

34 But the Phari- 
fees faid, He cafteth 
out the devils through 
the prince of the de- 

Chap. XIII. 

§ 17. j-4 And when 
he was come into his 
own countrey , he 
taught them in their 
fynagogue, infomuch 
that they were afto- 
niflied , and faid , 
Whence hath this man 
this wifdom, and thefe 
mighty works ? 

jf Is not this the 
carpenters fbn ? is not 
his mother called Ma- 
ry? and his brethren, 
James, and Jofes, and 
Simony and Judas? 




Chap. VI. 

AND he went out 
from thence, and 
came into his own 
countrey, and his di- 
fciples follow him. 

2 And when the 
fabbath- day was come, 
he began to teach in 
the fynagogue : and 
many hearing him 9 
were aftonifhed , fay- 
ing , From whence 
hath this man thefe 
things? and what wif- 
dom is this which is 
given unto him , that 

?6 And 

of the four Evangelifts. 307 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XIII. Chap. VI. 

?6 And his lifters, even fuch mighty 
are they not all with works are wrought 
us ? whence then hath by his hands ? 
this man all thefe 3 Is not this the 
things ? carpenter, the fon of 

S7 And they were Mary, the brother of 
offended in him. But J-imes, and Jofes, and 
Jefus faid unto them, of Juda, and Simon ? 
A prophet is not with- and are not his fitters 
out honour, lave in here with us? And 
his owncountrey,and they were offended at 
in his own houfe. him. 

5*8 ^nd he did not 4 But Jefus faid un- 
many mighty works to them, A prophet is 
there, becaufe of their not without honour, 
uabelief. but in his own coun- 

trey, and among his 

own kin, and in bis 

own houfe. 

f And he could 

there do no mighty 

work, fave that he 

laid his hands upon a 

few fide folk , and 

healed them. 

6 And he marvel- 
led becaufe of their 


Qqa CHAP- 

8 The Harmony 


From the Mijjlon of the twelve Apoftles, till our Saviour's 
fourth Taff over : containing about four months fpacej from 
"December A. T>. 31. till April A. <D. 32. 

THE Settionsof this Period are undoubtedly in their true Order ; All of 
them being according to the agreeing Series of three of the Evangelifts, 
andfome of them according to that of all four. 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. IX* Chap. VI. Chap. IX. 

§ 1. 55- And Jefus 6 — And he went fTpHen he called his 

went about all the ci- round about the villa- JL twelve difciples 

ties and villages,teach- ges, teaching. together, and gave 

ing in their fyna- 7 And he calleth them power and au- 

gogues, and preach- unto him the twelve, thority over all devils, 

ing the gofpel of the and began to fend and to cure difeafes. 

kingdom, and healing them forth by two 2 And he fent them 

every licknefs , and and two, and gave to preach the king- 

every difeafe among them power over un- dom of God , and to 

the people. clean fpirits, heal the lick. 

36 But when he 8 And commanded 3 And he faid un- 
faw the multitudes, he them that they fhould to them, Take no- 
was moved with com- take nothing for their thing for your jour- 
paffion on them, be- journey, fave a fUff ney, neither ftaves, 
caufe they fainted, and only: no fcrip , no nor fcrip , neither 
were fcattered abroad, bread , no money in bread, neither money; 
as fr.eep having no their purfe : neither have two coats 

berd. 9 But be (hod with apiece. 

37 Then faith he fanduls : and not put 4 And whatfoever 
unto his difciples, the on two coats. . houfe ye enter into , 
harvefc truly is plente- 1 o And he faid un- there abide,and thence 
ous, but the labourers to them. In what place d< part. 

nre few. fbever ye ence- into -,- And whofoever 

38 Pray ye there- an houfe, there abide "11 not receive you, 
fore the Lord o: the till ye depart from that when you go out of 
harvefl , that he will place. that city, fhake off the 
fend forth labourers 11 And whoever very dufl: from your 
into his harveft. fhall aoi >u, feet for a teftimony 



of the four Evangelijls. l°9 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. J ohn - 

Chap. X. Chap. VI. Chap. IX. 

AND when he had nor hear you, when againft them, 
called unto him ye depart thence,lhake 6 And they depart- 
his twelve difciples , orfthe duft under your ed and went through 
he gave them power feet, for a teftimony the towns, preaching 
agetmfl unclean lpirits, again ft them. Verily thegofpel, and heal- 
to caft them out, and I lay unto you, itfhall ing everywhere. 
to heal all manner of be more tolerable for 
iicknefs, and all man- Sodom and Gomor- 
ner of difeafe. rha in the day of judg- 
z Now the names ment, then for that 
of the twelve apoftles city, 
are thefe ; The firft, 1 2 And they went 
Simon , who is called out, and preached that 
Peter, and Andrew his men fhould repent, 
brother, James the fan 13 And they caft 
of Zcbedee, and John out many devils, and 
his brother, anointed withoyl ma- 

3 Philip, and Bar- ny that were lick, and 
tholomew , Thomas , healed them. 

and Matthew the Pub- 
lican, James thefonoi 
Alpheus, and Lebbe- 
us, whofe furname 

4 Simon theCana- 
anite, and Judas Ifca- 
riot, who alfo betray- 
ed him. 

5- Thefe twelve Je- 
fus fent forth, and 
commanded them , 
faying, Go not into 
the way of the Gen- 
tiles, and into any city 
of the Samaritans en- 
ter ye not. 

6 But go rather to 
the loft fheep of the 
heufe of Ifrael. 

7 And as yc go, 
preach, faying, The 
kingdom of heaven is 
at hand. 

Q. q 3 8 Heal 


The Harmony 

Chap. X. 

8 Heal the Tick, cleanfe the le. 
pers, raife the dead, caft out devils : 
freely ye have received, freely give. 

9 Provide neither gold, nor iil- 
ver, nor brafs in your purfes j 

10 Nor fcrip for your journey, 
neither two coats, neither Ihoes, 
nor yet ftaves : ( for the workman 
is worthy of his meat. ) 

1 1 And into whatfoever city or 
town ye fhall enter, enquire who 
in it is worthy, and there abide till 
ye go thence. 

i z And when ye come into an 
houfe, falute it. 

1 3 And if the hoftfe be worthy, 
let your peace come upon it : but 
if it be not worthy, let your peace 
return to you. 

14 And whofoever (hall not re- 
ceive you , nor hear your words : 
when ye depart out of that houfe, 
or city, (hake off the duft of your 

if Verily I fay unto you, It fhall 
be more tolerable for the land of 
Sodom and Gomorrha , in the day 
of judgment, then for that city. 

16 Behold , I fend you forth as 
fheep in the midfl: of wolves : be 
ye therefore wife as ferpents, and 
harmlefs as doves. 

17 But beware of men, for they 
will delive'r you up to the councils, 
and they will fcourge you in their 

18 And ye fhall be brought be- 
fore governors and kings for my 
fake, for a teftimony againft them 
and the Gentiles. 

19 But when they deliver you 
up , take no thought how or what 
ye fhall fpeak, for it fhall be given 





of the four Evangelifts. 3 1 1 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. x. 

you in that fame hour what ye fhall 

20 For it is not ye that fpeak, 
but the Spirit of your Father which 
fpeaketh in you. 

ii And the brother (hall deliver 
up the brother to death, and the fa- 
ther the child : and the children 
fhall rife up againft their parents, 
and caufe them to be put to death. 

22 And ye fhall be hated of all 
men for my names fake : but he 
that endureth to the end , fhall be 

23 But when they perfecute you 
in this city, flee into another; for 
verily I fay unto you , ye fhall not 
have gone over the cities of Ifrael 
till the fbn of man be come. 

24 The difciple is not above his 
mailer, nor the fervant above his 

2y It is enough for the difciple 
that he be as his mafter, and the 
fervant as his lord : if they have 
called the mafter of thehoufe Beel- 
zebub, how much more Jhall they 
call them of his houfhold? 

26 Fear them not therefore; for 
there is nothing covered, that fhall 
not be revealed ; and hid, that fhall 
not be known. 

27 What I tell you in darknefs , 
that fpeak ye in light: and what ye 
hear in the ear, that preach ye up- 
on the houfe-tops. 

28 And fear not them which kill 
the body, but are not able to kill 
the foul: but rather fear him which 
is able to deftroy both foul and bo- 
dy in hell. 

29 Are not two fparrows fold 
for a farthing ? and one of them 


I z 

The Harmony 

Matthew. Mark.* Luke. John. 

Chap. X. 
I i - 

(hall not fall on the ground with- 
out your Father. 

30 But the very hairs of your 

head are all numbred. N 

3 1 Fear ye not therefore, ye are 
of more value then many lpar- 

31 Whofoever therefore fhall 
confefs me before men, him will I 
confefs alio before my Father which 
is in heaven. 

33 But whofoever (hall deny me 
before men , him will I alfo deny 
before my Father which is in hea- 

34 Think not that I am come to 
fend peace on earth : I came not to 
fend peace, but a fword. 

3 f For I am come to fet a man 
at variance againft his father, and 
the daughter againft her mother, 
and the daughter in law againft her 
mother in law. 

36 And a mans foes Jhall be they 
of his own houfhold. 

37 He that loveth father or mo- 
ther more then me, is not worthy 
of me : and he that loveth fon or 
daughter more then me, is not wor- 
thy of me. 

38 And he that taketh not his 
crofs, and followeth after me, is 
not worthy of me. 

39 He that finciethhis life (hall 
lofe it : and he that lofeth his life 
for my fake, fhall find it. 

40 He that receiyeth yon , re- 
eeiveth me : and he that receiveth 
me, receiveth him that fent me. 

41 He that receiveth a prophet, 
in the name of a prophet, fh-11 re- 
ceive a prophets reward ; and he 
that receiveth a righteous man, in 

of the four Evangelifts. 3 1 3 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John, 

Chap. X. 

the name of a righte- 
ous man, (hall receive 
a righteous mans re- 

42 Andwhofoever 
{hall give to drink un- 
to one of thefe little 
ones, a cup of cold 
water only, in the 
name of a difciple, 
Verily I fay unto you, 
he (hall in no wife 
lofe his reward. 

Chap. XT. 

AN D it came to 
pafs, whenjefus 
had made an end of 
of commanding his 
twelve difciples, he 
departed thence to 
teach and to preach in 
their cities. 

Chap. XIV. Chap. VI. Chap. IX. 

§ 2. AT that time 14 And king He- 7 Now Herod the 

XjL Herod . the rod heard of him, (for tetrarch heard of all 

Tetrarch heard of the his name was fpread that was done by him : 

fame of Jefus, abroad) and he faid, and he w,2s perplexed, 

2 And laid unto That John- the Baptift becauiethatitwasfaid 

his fervants, This is was rifen from the offome, that John was 

John the Baptift, he dead, and therefore rifen from the dead: 
is rifen from the dead, mighty works do 8 And of fome , 

and therefore mighty fhew forth themfelves that Elias had appear- 

works do fhew forth in him. ed: and of others,that 

themfelves in him. \j Others faid, one of the old pro- 

2 For Herod had That it is Elias. And phets was rifen a- 

laid hold on John, and others faid, That it is gain, 
bound him, and put a prophet, or as one 9 And Herod faid, 

him in prifon for He- of the prophets. John have I beheaded : 

rodiasfake, his bro- 16 But when He- but who is this of 

R r 


7he Harmony 

Chap. XIV. 

ther Philips wife. 

4 For 5 onn ^ a 'd 
unto him , It is not 
lawful for thee to 
have her. 

$ And when he 
would have put him 
to death, he feared the 
multitude , becaufe 
they counted him as 
a prophet. 

6 But when He- 
rods birthdiy was 
kept, the daughter of 
Herodias danced be- 
fore them , and plea- 
fed Herod. 

7 Whereupon he 
promifed with an 
oath, to give her what- 
foever fhe would ask. 

8 And {he, being 
before inftrufted of 

Jier mother, (aid, Give 
me here John Baptifts 
head in a charger. 

o And the king was 
forry: nevenhelefs for 
the oaths fake, and 
them which fat with 
him at meit, he com- 
manded it to be given 

10 And'hefentand 
beheaded John in the 

ii And his head 
was brought in a 
charger, and given to 
the damfel : and fhe 
brought it to her mo- 

iz And his difci- 

Chap. VI. 


Chap. IX. 


rod heard thereof, he whom I hear fuch 
faid, It is John whom things ? and he deii- 
I beheaded, he is ri- red to fee him. 
fen from the dead. 

17 For Herod him- 
felf had lent forth, and 
laid hold upon John, 
and bound him in pri- 
fon for Herodias fake, 
his brother Philips 
wife; for he had mar- 
ried her. 

18 For John had 
faid unto Herod, It is 
not lawful for thee to 
h-ve thy brothers 

19 Therefore He- 
rodias had a quarrel 
againfl: him.anJ would 
have killed him, but. 
fhe could not. 

20 For Herod fear- 
ed John, knowing that 
he was ajuft m^nand 
an holy, and obferved 
him , and when he 
heard him, lie did ma- 
ny things, and heard 
him gladly. 

21 And when a 
convenient day was 
come, that Herod on 
his birth- day made a 
ibpper to his lords, 
high captains, and 
chief citates of Gali- 
lee : 

22 And when the 
daughter of the faid 
Herodias cane in, and 
danced, and plealed 
Herod, and them that 


of the four Evangeli/is. 3 1 5 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XIV. Chap. VI. 

pies came, and took Tat with him, the king 
up the body, and bu- &id unto the damfel, 
ried it, and went and Ask of mewhatfoever 
told Jefus. thou wilt, and I will 

give it thee. 

23 And he fware 
unto her, Whatfbever 
thou fhalt ask of me, 
I will give it thee, un- 
to the half of my 

24 And Che went 
forth, and {aid unto 
her mother, What {hall 
I ask ? And flie faid, 
the head of John the 

if And Ihe came 
in ftraightway with 
hafte unto the king, 
and asked, faying, I 
will that thou give 
me by and by in a 
charger, the head of 
John the Baptift. 

26 And the king 
was exceeding for- 
rowful, yet for his 
oaths fake, and for 
their fakes which fat 
with him, he would 
not rejedt her. 

27 And immedi- 
ately the king fent aa 
executioner, and com- 
manded his head to be 
brought: and he went 
and beheaded him in 
the prifbn, 

28 And brought his 
head in a charger, 
and gave it to the 
damfel: andthedam- 

Rr x $ 2 , 13 When 

3 1 6 The Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. VI. 

fel gave it to her mo- 

29 And when his 

difciples heard of it, 

they came and took 

up his corps, and laid 

Chap. XIV. it in a tomb. Chap. IX. 

§5. ijWhenJefus 20 And the apoftles ro Andtheapoftles 
heard «///, he dcpar- gathered themfelves wh en they were re- 
ted thence by ihip in- together unto Jefus, turned, told him all 
to a defert pace, a- and told him all things, that they had done. 
part : and when the both what they had And he took them, 
people had heard done, and what they and went afide pri- 
thereof, they followed I had taught. vate l y in to a defert 

him on toot out of 2l And he faid un- p ] a<:e , belonging to 
the cities. tothem,Comeyeyour the city called Beth- 

14 And Jelus went felves apart into a de- faida 
forth, and law a great fert place , and reft a , / A nd the people 
multitude, and was while: for there were when they knew it 
moved with compaf- many coming and go- followed him :■ arid he 
hon toward them and ing, and they had no received them, and 
he healed their fick. leifure fo much as to fpake unto them of 

eat « the kingdom of God, 

52 And they de- an d healed them that 

parted into a defert had need of healing. 

place by fhip private- 

2 2 And the people 

iaw them departing, 

and many knew him, 

and ran afoot thither, 

out of all cities, and 

outwent them, and 

came together unto 


34 Andjefus,when 

he came out, faw 

much people, and was 

moved with compaf- 

fion toward them, be- 

caufe they were as 

ftieep not having a 

§4» if And 

of the four Evangelijis 



Chap. XIV. 

§4. if And when 
it was evening, his 
difciples came to him, 
faying , This is a de- 
fert place, and the 
time is now pafc; fend 
the multitude away, 
that they may go into 
the villages, and buy 
themfelves victuals. 

16 But Jefus laid 
unto them, They need 
not depart, give ye 
them to eat. 

17 And they fay 
unto him , we have 
here but fiye loaves 
and two fifhes. • 

1 8 He laid , Bring 
them hither to me. 

19 And he com- 
manded the multitude 
to fit down on the 
grafs, and took the 
five loaves, and the 
two fifhes , and look- 
ing up to heaven, he 
blefled, andbrake,and 
gave the loaves to his 
difciples, and the di- 
fciples to the multi- 

20 And they did all 
cat, and were rilled : 
and they took up of 
the fragments that re- 
mained, twelve baf- 
kets full. 

a 1 And they that 


Chap. VI. 

fhepherd : and he be- 
gan to teach them 
many things. 

3/ And when the 
day was now far fpent, 
his difciples came un- 
to him, and laid, This 
is a defert place, and 
now the time is far 
patted : 

36 .Send them a- 
way, that they may 
go into the countrey 
round about, and in- 
to the villages, and 
buy themfelves bread: 
for they have nothing 
to eat. 

37 He anfwered 
and 4aid unto them, 
Give ye them to eat. 
And they" fay unto 
him, fhall we go and 
buy two hundred pe- 
ny- worth of bread, 
and gi/e them to eat? 

38 He faith unto 
them , How many 
loaves have ye ? go 
and fee. And when 
they knew, they fay, 
Five, and two fifhes. 

39 And he com- 
manded them to make 
all fit down by com, 
panies upon the green 

40 And they fat 
down in ranks by 
hundreds, and by fif- 

41 And when he 


Chap. IX. 

12 And when the 
day began to wear 
away, then came the 
twelve and faid unto 
him, Send the multi- 
tude away, that they 
may go into the towns 
and countrey round 
about, and lodge, and 
get victuals : tor we 
are here in a defert 

1 3 But he faid un- 
to them, Give ye them 
to eat. And they faid, 
We have no more 
but five loaves and 
two fifhes i except we 
fhould go and buy 
meat for all this peo- 

14 For they were 
about five thoufand 
men. And he faid to 
his difciples, Make 
them fit down by fif- 
ties in a company. 

if And they did 
fo, and made them 
all fit down. 

16 Then he took 
the five loaves and the 
two fifh s, and look- 
ing up to heaven, he 
blelledthem,and brake, 
and gave to the dilci- 
plcs to fet before the 

17 And they did 
Rr 3 


Chap. VI. 

AFter thefe things 
Jefus went over 
the fea of Galilee, 
which is the fea of Ti- 

2 And a great mul- 
titude followed him, 
becaufe they faw his 
miracles which he did 
on them that were 

3 And Jefus went 
up into a mountain, 
and there he fat with 
his difciples. 

4 And thepattover, 
a fea ft of the Jews was 

f When Jefus then 
lift up his eyes, and 
faw a great company 
come unto him, he 
faith unto Philip, 
Whence fhall we buy 
bread that thefe may 
eat ? 

6 (And this he faid 
to prove him : for he 
himfelf knew what 
he would do. ) 

7 Philip anfwered 
him , Two hundred 
penny-worth of bread 
is not iufficient for 
them , that every one 
of them may take a 

8 One of his difci- 
ples, Andrew, Simon 


3 i8 

The Harmony 


Chap. XIV. 

had eaten were about 
five thoufand men, be- 
fide.women and chil- 
dren. . 

x 2 And ftr-ight- 
way Jefus conftrained 
his diiciples to get in- 
to a {hip , and to go 
before him unto the 
other fide;, while he 
fent the multitudes a- 

2 I And when he 
had fent the multi- 
tudes away, he went 
up into a mountain 
apart to pray : and 
when the evening was 
come, he was there a- 

M A K K. 

Chap. VI. 

had t.ken the five 
loaves and the two 
fifties , he looked up 
to heaven, and blefied, 
and brake the loaves, 
and gave them to his 
diiciples to fet before 
them ; and the two 
fifties divided he a- 
mong them all. 

41 And they did all 
eat, :nd were filled. 

45 And they took ' 
up tweh e baskets full 
of the fragments, and 
of the fifhefc. 

44 And they that 
did eat of thcToaves, 
were about five thou- 
sand men. 

4 j- And ftraightway 
he conftrained his di- 
fciples to get into the 
fhip, and to go to the 
other fide before unto 
Bethfaida , while he 
lent away the people. 

46 And when he 
had fent them away, 
he departed into a 
mountain to pray. 


Chap. IX. 

J O HN. 

Chap. VI. 


eat, and were all filled : Peters brother 

an J I h'_Tc was taken unto him , 

up ol fragments that 9 There is a lad 

remained to them : 
twelve baskets. 

here, which hath five 
barley, loaves, and two 
fmall fifties: but what 
are they among fo ma- 
ny ? 

I o And Jefus laid, 
Make the men fit 
down. Now there 
w..s much grafi in the 
place. So the men fat 
down, in number a- 
bout five thoufand. 

I I Ana Jelus took 
the loaves, and when 
he had given thanks, 
he diltributed to the 
diiciples, and the di- 
fciples to them that 

■•were fet down ; and 
likewife of the fifhes, 
as much as they would. 

1 2 When they were 
filled, he faid unto his 
diiciples, Gather up 
the fragments that re- 
main, that nothing be 

1 3 Therefore they 
gathered them toge- 
ther, and filled twelve 
baskets with the frag- 
ments of the five bar- 
ley-loaves , which re- 
mained over and a- 
bovc, unto them that 
had eaten. thofe men, 
when they had feen 
the miracle that Jefus 
did, faid, This is of a 
truth that prophet 

§J. 24$Ut 

of the four Evangelijls, 

5 1 * 

M a t t u k vr. 



Chap. XIV. 

§f. 24 But the fhip 
was now in the mid ft 
.oftheiea, toiled with 
waves : for the wind 
was contrary. 

z? And in the fourth 
watch of the night, 
Jefus went unto them 
walking on the fea 

26 And when the 
difciples faw him 
walking on the fea, 
they were troubled, 
faying, It is a fpirit; 
and they cryed out for 

27 But ftia'ghtway 
Jefus ip^ke untothem, 
faying, Be of good 
cheer , it is I, be not 

28 And Peter r.n- 
fw-ivd him and laid, 
Lord, if it be thou, 
bid me come unto 
thee on the water. 

29 And he faid, 
Come. And when Pe- 

Chap. VI. 

47 And when even 
was come, the fhip 
w-s in the midft of 
the fea, and he alone 
on the land. 

48 And he faw 
them toiling in row- 
ing : (for the wind 
was contrary unto 
them) and about the 
fourth watch of the 
night he cometh unto 
them , walking upon 
the fea, and would 
have pafled by them. 

49 But when they 
faw him walking up- 
on the fea, th^y iup- 
poied it had been a 
ipirit, and cried out. 

fo (For they all law 
him, and were tiou- 
bled ) And immedi- 
ately he talked with 
them, and faith unto 
them, Be of good 
cheer, it is I, be not 


Chap. VI. 

that mould come in- 
to the world. 

1 f When Jefus there- 
fore perceived that 
they would come and 
take him by force, to 
make him a king, he 
departed again into a 
mountain himfelf a- 

1 5 And when even 
was now come, his 
difciples went down 
unto the fea, 

17 And entred in- 
to a fhip, and went 
over the fea toward 
Capernaum : and it 
was now dark, and 
Jefus was not come 
to them. 

18 An J the fea a- 
rofe, by reaibn of a 
great wind that blew. 

19 So when they 
had rowed about five 
and twenty, or thirty 
furlongs, they fee Je» 
fus walking on the 
fea, an.l drawing nigh 
unto the fhip : and 
they were afraid. 

20 Buthe faith un- 
to them, It is L be not 

2 1 Then they wil- 
lingly received him 
into the fhip: and im- 
mediately the fhip was 
at the land whither 
they went. 

3 2o The Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XIV. Chap. VI. 

fccr was come down j-i And he went 

ost of the Ihip , he up unto them into the 

walked on the water, fhip, and the wind 

to go to Jefus. ccaled: and they were 

30 But when he fore amazed in them- 
faw the wind boi- felyes beyond mea- 
itrous, he was afraid : fure, and wondred. 
and beginning to link, fi For tiey confi- 
ne cryed, faying, Lord dered not the miracle 
fave me. of the loaves, for their 

31 And immediate- heart was hardened, 
ly Jefus lbretc hed forth 5- 3 And when they 
his hand , and caught had paffeu over, they 
hirrt , and faid unto came into the land of 
him, O thou of little Gennelaret, and drew 
faith, wherefore didlt to the fhore. 

thou doubt? 5"4 And when they 

32 And when they were come out of the 
were come into the fhip, ftraightway they 
Ihip, the wind ceafed. knew him, 

33 Then they that j-^- Arid ran through 
were in the {hip, came that whole region 
and worfhipped him , round about, and be- 
faying,Ofatruththou gan to carry about in 
art the Son of God. beds thole that were 

34 And when they lick, where they heard 
were gone over, they he was. 

came into the land of $6 Andwhitherfb- 
Gennefaret. ever he entred, into 

35- And when the villages, or cities, or 
men of that place had countrey, they laid 
knowledge of him , the lick in the ifreets, 
they fent out into all andbefought him that 
that country round a- they might touch, if 
bout, and brought un- it were but the border 
to him all that were of his garment: and 
difeaied, as many as touched 

36 And hefought him , were made 
him, that they might whole, 
only touch the hem of 
his garment : and -j.s 
many as touched were 
made perfectly whole. 

§6. zzThe 

of the four Evangelijls. 321 

Matthevt. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. VI. 

% 6. 1 1 The day following, when 
the ^people which ftood on the 
other fide of the fea, faw that there 
was none other boat there, fave 
that one whereinto his difciples 
were entred , and that Jefus went 
not with his difciples into the boat, 
but that his difciples were gone a- 
way alone ■ 

23 (Howbeit there came other 
boats from Tiberias, nigh unto the 
place where they did eat bread, af> 
that the Lord had given thanks.) 

14 When the people therefore 
faw that Jefus was not there, nei- 
ther his difciples, they alfo took 
fhipping, and came to Capernaum, 
feeking for Jefus. 

if And when they had found 
him on the other fide of the fea, 
they laid unto him , Rabbi , when 
cameft thou hither? 

26 Jefus anfwered them and faid, 
Verily verily I fay unto you, Ye 
feek me, not becaufe ye faw the 
miracles , but becaufe ye did eat of 
the loaves, and were filled. 

27 Labour not for the meat 
which perifheth, but for that meat 
which endureth unto everlafting 
life, which the Son of man fhall 
give unto you : for him hath God 
the Father fealed. 

28 Then faid they unto him, 
What fhall we do , that we might 
work the works of God ? 

29 Jefus anfwered and faid un- 
to them, This is the work of God, 
that ye believe on him whom he 
hath fent. 

30 They faid therefore unto 
him, What fign fheweft thou then, 
that we may fee, and believe thee? 

S f what 

3zz The Harmony 

Matthew* Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. VI. 

what doft thou work ? 
• 31 Our fathers did eat manna 

in the defert; as it is written, He 
gave them bread from heaven to 

3 2 Then Jefus faid unto them, 
Verily verily I fay unto you, Mofes 
gave you not that bread from hea- 
ven j but my Father giveth you the 
true bread from heaven. 

3 3 For the bread of God is he 
which cometh down from heaven, 
and giveth life unto the world. 

34 Then faid they unto him , 
Lord, evermore give us this bread. 

3f And Jefus faid unto them, I 
am the bread of life : he that co- 
meth to me, (hall never hunger 5 
and he that believeth on me , lhall 
never thirft. 

36 But I faid unto you, that ye 
alfo have feen me, and believe cot. 

37 All rhat the Father giveth 
me , lhall come to me ; and him 
that cometh to me , I will in no 
wife caft out. 

38 For I came down from hea- 
ven, not to do mine own will, 
but the will of him that fcnt me. 

39 And this is the Fathers will 
which hath fcnt me , that of all 
which he hath given me, I fhould 
lofe nothing, but {hould rciie it up 
again at the laft day. 

40 And this is the will of him 
that fent me, that everyone which 
fecth the Son, and believeth on 
him, may have cverlafting life: and 
I will raife him up at the laft day. 

41 The Jews then murmured at 
. him, becaufe he faid, I am the 

bread which came down from hea- 

42 And 

of the four Evangelifts. 3 1 5 

Matthew.. Mark. Luke. Jo hi;. 

Chap. VI. 

41 And they faid, Is not thisjc- 
fus the ion of Jofeph, whole father 
and mother we know ? how is it 
then that he faith , I came down 
from heaven ? 

4} Jefus therefore anfwered 3nd 
faid unto them , Murmure not a- 
mong your felves. 

44 No man can come to me, 
except the Father which hath fent 
me , draw him : and I will raiie 
him up at the laft day. 

4 j- It is written in the prophets, 
And they fhall be all taught of God. 
Every man therefore that hath 
heard, and hath learned of the Fa- 
ther, cometh unto me. 
> 46 Not that any man hath feen. 

the Father, fave he which is of 
God, he hath feen the Father. 

47 Verily verily I fay unto you, 
He that believeth on me hath ever- 
lafting life. 

48 I am that bread of life. 

/ 49 Your fathers did eat manna . 

in the wildernefs, and are dead. 

5-0 This is the bread which co- 
meth down from heaven, that a 
man may eat thereof and not die. 

f 1 I am the living bread, which 
came down from heaven : if any 
man eat of this bread, he fhall live 
for ever : and the bread that I will 
give, is my ftefh, which I will give 
for the life of the world. 

fi The Jews therefore ftrove a- 
mongft themfelves, faying, How 
can this man give us his flemto eat? 

5-3 Then Jefus faid uoto them, 
Verily verily I fay unto you, Except 
ye eat the fleih of the Son of man, 
and drink his blood, ye' have no 
life in you, 
S f i f4 Whofo 


The Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. [John. 

Chap. VH 

54, Whofo eateth my flefh, and 
drinketh my blood, hath eternal 
life, and I will raife him up at the 
laft day. 

jy For my flefh is meat indeed, 
and my blood is drink indeed. 

y6 He that eateth my flefh, and 
drinketh my blood, dwelleth in 
me, and I in him. 

j7 As the living Father hath 
fent me, and I live by the Father: 
fo, he that eateth me, even he fhall 
live by me. 

5-8 This is that bread which 
came down from heaven : not as 
your fathers did eat manna, and 
are dead : he that eateth of this 
bread, fhall live for ever. 

yo Thefe things faid he in the 
fynagogue, as he taught in Caper- 

60 Many therefore of his difci- 
ples, when they had heard this, faid, 
This is an hard faying 1 , who can 
hear it ? 

6 1 When Jefus knew in himfelf, 
that his difciples murmured at it, 
he faid unto them, Doth this offend 
you ? 

6x What and if ye fhall fee the 
fon of man afcend up where he 
was before ? 

63 It is the fpirit that quicknefh, 
the flefh profiteth nothing : the 
words that I fpeak unto you, they 
are fpirit, and they are life. 

64 But there are fome of you 
that believe not. For Jefus knew 
from the beginning, who they were 
that believed not, and who fhould 
betray him. 

6f And he faid , Therefore faid 

I unto you, that no man can come 


of the four Evangelifts. 3 z $ 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. 


Chap. VI. 

unto me, except it were given un- 
to him of my Father. 

66 From that time many of his 
difciples went back, and walked 
no more with him. 

6y Then faid Jefus unto the 
twelve, Will ye alio go away? 

68 Then Simon Peter anfwercd 
him, Lord, to whom fhall we go ? 
thou haft the words of eternal 

©9 And we believe, andarefure 
that thou art that Chrift the Son of 
the living God. 

70 Jefus anfwered them , Have 
not I chofen you twelve, and one 
of you is a devil ? 

71 He fpake of Judas Ifcariot 
thefon of Simon : for he it was that 
fhould betray him, being one of 
the twelve. 

sf i ;har 

3 1£ The Harmony 


From out* Saviour's fourth Tajfover till his Transfiguration : 
containing about five months lpacc, from April A. C D. 32. 
till September the fame year. 

THis Period, and all its Sections, Jmceeding diretlly according to the Or- 
der of thofe Evangelifis -which are here concern 'd, is certainly in the true 
Order of Time. 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XV. Chap. VII. 

§ i.*Tp Hen came to >npHen came toge- 

X Jefus fcribes X ther unto him 

and pharifees, which the pharifees, and ccr- 

were of Jerufalem, tain of the fcribes, 

faying, which came from Je- 

2 Why do thy dU rufalem. 

fciples tranfgrefs the 2 And when they 

tradition of the el- faw lbme of his di- 

ders ? for they wafh fciples eat bread with 

not their hands when defiled (that is to fay, 

they eat bread. withunwafnen)hands, 

3 But he anfwercd they found fault, 
and laid unto them , 3 For the Pharifees, 
Why do you alfotranf- and all the Jews , ex- 
grefs the command- cept they warn their 
ment of God by your hands oft , eat not , 
tradition ? holding the tradition 

4 For God com- of the ciders. 
■manded, faying, Ho- 4 And when thy 
nour thy father and come from the mar- 
mother: and, He that ket, except they waft), 
curfeth father or mo- they eat no^. Andma- 
ther, let him die the ny other things there 
death. be, which they have 

f Butyefay, Who- received to hold, as 
foever ftull fay to his the waihing of cups 
father or his mother, and pots, bralen v ti- 
lt is a gift by what- fels, and of tables. 


of the four Evangelijls. 3 2.7 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XV. Chap. VII. 

foever thou might'eft f Then the Phari- 
be profited by me, rifees and fcribes ask- 

6 And honour not ed him , Why walk 
his father or his mo- not thy difciples ae- 
ther , he /hall be free, cording to the tradi- 
Thus have ye made tion of the elders, but 
the commandment of eat bread with unwa- 
God of none effed fhen hands ? 

by your tradition. 6 Heanfweredand 

7 Ye hypocrites, faid unto them , Well 
well did Eiaias pro- hathEfaiasprophefied 
phefie of you, faying, of you hypocrites, as 

8 This people draw- it is written, This peo- 
eth nigh unto me with pie honoureth me 
their mouth , and ho- with their lips , but 
noureth me with their their heart is tar from 
lips : but their heart me. 

is far from me. 7 Howbeit, in vain 

9 But in vain they do they worihip me, 
do worihip me, teach- teaching for doctrines 
ing for doEhines the the commandments of 
commandments of men. 

men. 8 For laying afide 

io And he called the commandment of 
the multitude, and God, ye hold the tra- 
faid unto them, Hear dition of men, as the 
and underftand. walking of pots and 

ii Not that which cups: and many other 
goeth into the mouth fuchlike things ye do. 
defileth a man : but 9 And he laid unto 
that which cometh them, Full well ye 
out of the mouth, this rejeel: the command- 
defileth a man. ment of God, that ye 

12 Then came his may keep your own 
difciples, and faid un- tradition. 

to him, Knoweftthou 10 For Mofes faid, 

that the Pharifees were Honour thy father and 

offended after they thy mother : and , 

heard this faying? Whofb curfeth father 

13 Butheanfwer- or mother, let him 
ed and faid , Every die the death. 

plant which my hea- 11 But ye fay, If a 
venly father hath not man fhall fay to his 

planted 3 

3 1 8 The Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. ' John. 

Chap. XV; Chap. VII. 

planted, {hall be root- father or mother, It is 
ed up. Corban, that is to fay, 

14 Let them alone: a gift, by whatfoever 
they be blind leaders thou mighteft be pro- 
of the blind. And if fited by me : he Jhall 
the blind lead the be free. 
blind, both (hall fall 12 And ye fuffer 
into the ditch. him no more to do 

15- Thenanfwered ought for his father 
Peter, and faid unto or his mother: 
him, Declare unto us 13 Making the word 
this parable. of God of none ef- 

16 And Jefus faid, feci through your tra- 
Are ye alfo yet with- dition, which ye have 
out underftanding? delivered: and many 

17 Do not ye yet fuch like things do ye. 
tmderftand, that what- 14 And when he 
foever entreth in at had called all the peo- 
the mouth , goeth in- pie unto him, he faid 
to the belly , and is unto them , Hearken 
caft out into the unto me every one of 
draught ? you, and underftand. 

18 But thofe things iy There is no- 
which proceed out of thing from without a 
the mouth, come forth man that entring into 
from the heart , and him can defile him : 
they defile the man. but the things which 

19 For out of the come out of him, thofe 
heart proceed evil are they that defile the 
thoughts, murders, a- man. 

dulteries, fornications, 16 If any man have 
thefts, falfe witnefs , ears to hear, let him 
blafphemies. hear. 

20 Thefe are the 17 And when he 
things which defile a was entred into the 
man : but to eat with houfe from the peo- 
unwafhen hands defi- pie, his difciples ask- 
leth not a man. ed him concerning the 


! 8 And he faith un- 
to them , Are ye fo 
without underftand- 
ing alfo ? Do ye not 


of the four Ewangelifis. 3 29 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. VII. 

perceive, that whatfb- 
ever thing from with- 
out entreth into the 
man, it cannot defile 

19 Becaufe it en- 
treth not into his heart, 
but into the belly, and 
goeth out into the 
draught, purging all 

20 And he faid, 
That which cometh 
out of the man, that 
defileth the man. 

1 1 For from with- 
in , out of the heart 
of men, proceed evil 
thoughts, adulteries, 
fornications, murders, 

22 Thefts, cove- 
toufnefs, wickednels, 
deceit, lafcivioulhefs, 
an evil eye , blaiphe- 
my, pride, foolifh- 
nefs . 

23 All thefe evil 
things come from 
within, and defile the 

Chap. XV. man. 

§2. 21 Then Jefus 24 And from thence 
went thence, and de- he arofe, and went 
parted into the coafts into the borders of 
of Tyre and Sidon. Tyre and Sidon , and 

22 And behold, a entered into an houfe, 
woman of Canaan and would have no 
came out of the fame man know it; but he 
coafts, and cryed un- could not be hid. 
to him, faying, Have 25* For a certain 
mercyonme,OLord, woman whofe young „ 
thou ion of David ; daughter had an un- 
my daughter is grie- clean fpirit, heard of 

T t vouiUr 

3 3 o The Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XV. Chap. VII. 

voufly vexed with a him, and came and 
devil. fell at his feet : 

23 Butheanfwer- 26 (The woman 
ed her not a word, was a Greek, a Syro- 
And his difciples came phenician by nation) 
andbefoughthim,fay- and fhe befought him 
ing , Send her away, that he would caft 
for fhe cryeth after us. forth the devil out of 

24 But he anfwer- her daughter. 

ed and faid, I am not 27 But Jefus faid 
ient, but unto the loft unto her, Let the chil- 
flieep of the houfe of drenfirft be filled: for 
Ifrael. it is not meet to take 

2y Then came (he the childrens bread , 
and worshipped him, and to caft it unto the 
faying, Lord, help me. dogs. 

'26 But he anfwer- 28 And fheanfwer- 
ed and faid , It is not ed and laid unto him, 
meet to take the chil- Yes Lord : yet the 
drens bread, and to dogs under the table 
caft it to dogs. eat of the childrens 

27 And flie faid, crumbs. 

Truth Lord: yet the 29 /-nd hefaidun- 
dogs cat of the crumbs to her , For this fay- 
which fall from their ing, go thy way, the 
mafters table. devil is gone out of 

28 Then Jefus an- thy daughter. 
fwered and laid unto 20 And when fhe 
her, O woman, great was come to her 
it thy faith : be it un- houfe, fhe found the 
to thee even as thou devil gone out, and 
wilt. And her daugh- her daughter laid up- 
ter was made whole on the bed. 

from that very hour. 

§ 5. 29 And Jefus 31 And again, de- 
departed from thence, parting from thecoafts 
and came nigh unto of Tyre and Sidon, he 
the fea of Galilee, and c me unto the fea of 
went up into a moun- Galilee , through the 
tain , aud fat down midft of the coafts of ■ 
there. Decapolis. 

2 c And great mul- 32 And they bring 

of the four Ewngelijts. 3 3 1 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XV. Chap. VII. 

titudes came unto unto him one that was 
him , having with deaf, and had an im- 
them thofe that were pediment in his fpeech: 
lame, blind, dumb, and they befecth him 
maimed , and many to put his hand upon 
others, and cad them him. 
down at Jefus feet,and 33 And he took 
he healed them .: him afide from the 

31 Infomuch that multitude, and put his 
the multitude won- fingers into his ears, 
dred when they faw and he fpit, and touch- 
thedumb tofpeak,the ed his tongue, 
maimed to be whole, 34 Andlookingup 
the lame to walk, and to heaven, he fighed, 
the blind to fee: and and faith unto him, 
they glorified the God Ephphatha, that is, Be 
of Ifrael. opened. 

3 j- And ftraight way 

his ears were opened, 

and the firing of his 

tongue was loofed, 

and he fpake plain. 

36 And he charged 
them that they fhould 
tell no man : but the 
more he charged 
them, £0 much the 
more a great deal they 
publifhed it, 

37 And were be- 
yond meafure afto- 
nifhed, faying, He hath 
done all things well : 
he maketh both the 
deaf to hear, and the 
dumb to fpeak. 

T t 2 $4; 3iTh« 

332- The Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XV. Chap. VIII. 

§4. 31 Then Jefus TN thofe days the 

called hisdifciplesun- J. multitude being 

to him , and faid , I very great, and having 

have companion on nothing to eat, Jefus 

the multitude, becaufe called his difciples un- 

they continue with to him , and faith un- 

me now three days , to them , 
and have nothing to 2 I have compafli- 

eat : and I will not on on the multitude, 

fend them away faft- becaufe they have now 

ing, left they faint in been with me three 

the way. days , and have no- 

3 3 And his difci- thing to eat : 
pies fay unto him, 2 And if I fend 

Whence fhould we them away fafting to 

have fo much bread their own houfes, they 

in the wildernefs, as will faint by the way: 

to fill fo great a mul- for divers of them 

titude? came from far. 

34 And Jefus faith 4 And his difciples 

unto them, How ma- anfweredhim, From 

ny loaves have ye ? whence can a man fa- 

and they faid, Seven, tisfie thefe men with 

and a few little fifties, bread here in the wil- 

3J* And he com- dernefs? 
manded the multi- $ And he asked 

rude to fit down on them, how many 

the ground. loaves have ye ? And 

36 And he took the they faid, fey en. 
feven loaves, and the 6 And he com- 
fifhesjand gave thanks, manded the people to 
and brake them , and fit down . on the 
gave to his difciples , ground : and he took 
and the difciples to the feven loaves, and 
the multitude. gave thanks,and brake, 

37 And they did and gave to his difci- 
all eat, and were filled : pies to fet before them : 
and they took up of and they did fet them 
the broken meat that before the people, 
was left , feven b:.f- 7 And they had a 
kets full. few fmall fifties: and 

33 And they that he blciled, and corn- 
did cat, were four manded to fet them 

of the four Evangelifls. 3 3 3 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XV. Chap. VIII. 

thoufand men, befide alfo before them. 
women and children. 8 So they did eat, 

39 And he lent a- and were filled : and . 
way the multitude, they took up of the 
and took fhip, and broken meat that was 
came into the coafts left- feven baskets. 
of Magdala. 9 And they that had 

eaten were about four 

thousand; aadhefent 

them away. 

1 o And itraightway 

he entred into a fhip 

with his difciples, and 

came into the parts of 
Chap. XVI. Dalmanutha. 

§5-.^T<HE Pharifees n And the Phari- 
_L alfo with the fees came forth, and 
Sadducees, came, and began to queftion with 
tempting, defired him him , feekirg of him 
that he would (hew a fign from heaven, 
them a fign from hea- tempting him. 
ven. 1 2, And he fighed 

2 Heanfweredand deeply in his fpirit, 
faid unto them, When and faith , Why doth 
it is evening, ye lay, this generation feek 
it will be fair weather, after a fign ? verily I 
for the sky is red. fay unto you, There 

2 And in the morn- fhall no fign be given 
ing, *>w/7/&?foulwea- to this generation, 
ther to day : for the t 2 And he left 
sky is red and low- them, and entring hi- 
ring. Oyehypocrites, to the fhip again, de- 
yecan difcern vheface parted to the other 
of the sky, but can ye fide. 
not difcern the figns 14 Now the di/ci- 
of the times? pies had forgotten to 

4 A wicked and take bread,neither had 
adulterous generation they in the fhip with 
feeketh after a fign, them more then one. 
and there fhall no (ign loaf, 
be given unto it, but ij And he charged 
the fign of the pro- them, faying, Take 

Tt 3 - ; phct 

2 2 4 The Harmony 

Matthew.. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XVI. Chap. VIII. 

phct Jonas. And he heed', beware of the 
left them, and depart- leaven of the Phari- 
e( j # fees, and of the leaven 

5- And when his di- of Herod. 
fciples were come to 16 And they rea- 
the other fide, they foned among them- 
had forgotten to take felves , faying , It is 
k reac ), becaufe we have no 

6 Then Jefus faid bread, 
unto them, Take heed, 17 AndwhenJefus 
and beware of the lea- knew it, he faith un- 
ven of the Pharifees, to them, Why reafon 
and of the Sadducees. ye, becaufe ye have no 

7 And they reafon- bread? perceive ye not 
ed among themfelves, yet, neither under- 
faying , It is becaufe ftand ? have ye your 
we have taken no heart yet hardened ? 
bread. 18 Having eyes, fee 

8 Which when Je- ye not ? and having 
fus perceived, he laid ears, heir ye not? and 
unto them, O ye of do ye not remember? 
little faith, why rea- 19 When I brake 
ion ye among your the five loaves among 
felves, becaufe ye have five thoufand, how 
brought no bread ? many baskets full of 

9 Do ye not yet fragments took ye up? 
underftand , neither They fay unto him , 
remember the five Twelve. 
loaves of the five io And when the 
thoufand , and how feven among four 
many baskets ye took thoufand, how many 
. u p ? baskets full of frag- 

10 Neither the fe- ments took ye up? 
ven loaves of the four And they faid, Seven, 
thoufand, and how 21 And he faid un- 
many baskets ye took to them , How is it 
U p ? that ye do not under- 

1 1 How is it that ftand ? 
ye do not underftand, 

that I fpake it not to 
you concerning bread, 
that ye fhould beware 
of the leaven of the 

of the four Eqjangelifts 



Chap. XVI. 

Pharifees, and of the 
Sadducees ? 

1 2 Then under- 
stood they how that 
he bad them not be- 
ware of the leaven of 
bread, but of the do- 
ctrine of the Phari- 
fees, and of the Sad- 


Chap. VIII. 

§6. 22 And he co- 
meth to Bethfaida, and 
they bring a blind 
man unto him, and 
befought him to touch 

2 s And he took the 
blind man by the hand, 
and led him out of the 
town ; and when he 
had fpit on his eyes , 
and put his hands up- 
on him, he asked him 
if he faw ought. 

24 And he looked 
up, andfaid, I fee men 
as trees, walking. 

2_f After that, he 
put bis hands again 
upon his eyes, and 
made him look up: 
and he was* reftored, 
and faw every man 

26 Andhefenthim 
away to his houfe, fay- 
ing, Neither go into 
the town, nor tell it 
to any in the town, 



7. 13 When 

3 3 6 ' The Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John* 

Chap. XVI. Chap. VIII. Chap. IX. 

§7. ^Whenjefus 27 And Jefus went 18 And it came to 
came into the Coafts out, and his Ufciples, pafs as he was alone 
o! Cefarea Philippine into the towns of Ce- praying, his difciples 
asked his difciples, farea Philippi: and by were with him: and 
laying, Whom do men the way he asked his he asked them, fay-, 
fay, that I, the fon of diiciples, faving unto ing, Whom fay the 
man> am ? them, Whom do men people that I am ? 

14 And they faid, fay that I am? 19 They anfwer- 

Some fay that thou 28 And they an. ing,faid, John the Bap- 
art John the Baptift, fwered, John the Bap- tift: butfomey^y,Eli- 
fome Elias, and others tift: but fome fay, as; and others/ay, that 
Teremias , or one of Elias 5 and others, One one of the old pro- 
the prophets. of the prophets. phets is rifen again. 

ij- He faith unto 29 And he faith un- 20 He faid unto 
them, But whom lay to them , But whom them, But whom fay 
ye that I am? fay ye that I am ? And yeth.t I am? Peter 

1 6 And Simon Pe- Peter anfwered and anfwering, faid, The 
ter anfwered and faid, faith unto him, Thou Chrift of God. 
Thou art Chrift the art the Chrift. 2 1 And he ftraitly 
Son of the living God. 30 And he charged charged them and 

1 7 And Jelus an- them that they fhould commanded them to 
fwered and laid unto tell no man of him. tell no man that thing, 
him, BlefTed art thou 31 And he began 22 S.ying, the fon 
Simon Bar-jona : for to teach them, that the of man muft fufter 
flefh and blood hath Son of man muft fuf- many tilings , and be 
not revealed it unto fer many things, and rejected ot the elders, 
thee, but my father be rejected of the el- and chief priefts, and 
which is in heaven. ders, and of the chief fcribes, and be llain , 

18 And I fay alio priefts and fcribes, and and be railed the third 
unto thee, that thou be killed, and after day. 

art Peter, and upon three days rife again. 23 And he faid to 

this rock I will build 3 2 And he ip.ike them all , If any man 
my church : and the that faying openly, will come after me, 
gates of hell fhall not And Peter took him, let him deny himielf, 
prevail againft it. and began to rebuke and take up his crofs 

19 And Twill give him. daily, and follow me. 
untd thee the keys of 23 But when he 24 For whofoever 
the kingdom of hea- had turned about, and will fave his life, fhail 
yen: and wh-tfoever looked on his difci- lofe it : but whofoever 
thou fhalt bind on pics, he rebuked Peter, will lofe his life for 
earth, fhall be bound faying,. Get thee be- my fake, the fame fhall 
in heaven: ajidwhat- hind me, Satan: for fave it. 

Soever thou link loofe thou fa voureft not the i$ For what is a 

of the four Evangelifts 



Chap. XVI. 


on earth , (hall 
loofed in heaven. 

20 Then charged 
he his dikiples that 
they fhould tell no 
man that he was Je- 
fus the Chrift. 

21 From that time 
forth began Jefus to 
(hew unto his difci- 
ples, how that he mull 
go unto Jerufalem,and 
luffer many things of 
the elders, and chief 
priefts, and fcribes,and 
be killed, and be rai- 
fed again the third day. 

2 2 Then Peter took 
him, and began to re- 
buke him, laying, Be 
it far from thee, Lord : 
this mall not be unto 

23 But he turned, 
and laid unto Peter, 
Get thee behind me, 
Satan, thou art an of- 
fence unto me : for 
thou favoureft not the 
things that be of God, 
but thofe that be of 

24 Then faid Je- 
fus unto his difciples, 
If any man will come 
after me, let him de- 
ny himfelf, and take 
up his crofs, and fol- 
low me. 

if For whofoever 
will fave his life, {hall 
lofe it : and whofo- 
ever will lofe his life 


Chap. VIII. 

things that be of God, 
but the things that be 
of men. 

34 And when he 
had called the people 
unto him, with his di- 
fciples alfo, he faid 
unto j them, Whofoe- 
ver will come after 
me, let him deny him- 
felf, and take up his 
crofs, and follow me. 

3j- For whofoever 
will lave his life, {hall 
lofe it } but whofoe- 
ver {hall lofe his life 
for my fake and the 
gofpels, the fame {hall 
fave it. 

36 For what {hall 
it profit a man, if he 
{hall gain the whole 
world, and lofe his 
own foul ? 

37 Or what {hall a 
man give in exchange 
for his foul? 

3 8Whofoever there- 
fore {hall be alhamed 
of me, and of my 
words, in this adul- 
terous and finful ge- 
neration, of him alfo 
{hall the Son of man 
be aftiamed when he 
cometh in the glory of 
his Father, with the 
holy angels. 

Chap. IX. 

N D he faid un-" 
to them, Verily 


Chap. IX. 

man advantaged , if 
he gain the whole 
world, and lo£c him- 
felf, or be call: away ? 

26 For whofoever 
{hall be alhamed of me 
and of my words, of 
him {hall the Son of 
man be alhamed,when 
he {hall come in his 
own glory and in his 
Fathers, and of the 
holy angels. 

27 But I tell you 
of a truth , there bo 
fome {landing here 
which Ihall not taftc 
of death, till they fee 
the kingdom of God. 



V v 


2 2 8 The Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XVI. Chap. IX. 

for my fake, fhall find I fay unto you, that 
it. there be fbme of them 

26" For what lis a that ftand here, which 
man profited, if he fhall not tad: of death, 
fhall gain the whole till they have feen the 
world, and lofe his kingdom of God come 
own foul ? or what with power. 
mail a man give in 
exchange for his foul? 

27 For the Son of 
man fhall come in the 
glory of his Father, 
with his angels ; and 
then he fhall reward 
every man according 
to his works. 

28 Verily I % un- 
to you, Therebcibme 
ftandinghere, which 
fhall not tafte of death, 
till they fee the Son of 
man coming in his 


of the four Evangelifts. 

5 35> 


From our Saviour's Transfiguration^ till the Feaft of Taberna- 
cles following : containing about a months fpace •, from 
September A.T>. 32. till October the fame year. 

THE Order of the Settions of this Period has no more difficulty than > 
the foregoing. 


Chap. XVII. 

§ 1. AND after fix 
.Tl. days, Jefus ta- 
keth Peter, James, and 
John his brother, and 
bringeth them up in- 
to an high mountain 
apart , 

2 And was tranf- 
figured before them , 
and his face did fhine 
as the fun, and his rai- 
ment was white as 
the light. 

3 And behold, there 
appeared unto them 
Mofes and Elias talk- 
ing with him. 

4 Then anfwered 
Peter, and faid unto 
Jefus, Lord, it is good 
for us to be here : if" 
thou wilt, let us make 
here three tabernacles ; 
one for thee, and one 
for Mofes, and one for 

f While he yet 
ipake, behold, a bright 

Chap. IX. 

2 And after fix days, 
Jefus taketh with him, 
Peter, and James, and 
John,andleadeth them 
up into an high moun- 
tain apart by them- 
felves : and he was 
transfigured before 

3 And his raiment 
became mining, ex- 
ceeding white as 
fnow ; fb as no fuller 
on earth can white 

4 And there ap- 
peared unto them Eli- 
as, with Mofes : and. 
they were talking with 

? And Peter an- 
fwered and faid to Je- 
fus, Mafter, it is good 
for us to be here : and 
let us make three ta- 
bernacles ; one for 
chee, and one for Mo- 
fes, and one for Elias, 

Chap. IX. 

28 And it came to 
pafs about an eight 
days after thefe fay- 
ings, he took Peter, 
and John, and James, 
and went up into a 
mountain to pray. 

a 9 And as he pray- 
ed, the fafhion of his 
countenance was al- 
tered, and his raiment 
tons white and glitter- 

30 And behold, 
there talked with him 
two men, which were 
Mofes and Elias. 

3 r Who appeared 
in glory, and fpake of 
his deceafe which he 
mould accomplifh at 

32 Bat Peter, and 
they that were with 
him, were heavy with 
fleep: and when they 
were awake, they faw 
his glory, and the two 
V v 2 

J O H K. 



The Harmony 


Chap. XVII. 

Chap. IX. 


Chap. IX. 

cloud overfhadowed 6 For he will: not men that flood with 
them : and behold , a what to fay, for they him. 
voice out of the cloud were fore afraid. 33 And it came to 

which faid, This is my 7 And there was a pafs, as they departed 
beloved Son, in whom cloud that overfha- from him , Peter faid 
I am well pleafed ; dowed them : and a unto Jefus> Matter, it 
hear ye him. voice came out of the is good for us to be 

6 And when the di- cloud, faying, This is here} and let us make 
fciples heard it, they my beloved Son: hear three tabernacles, one 
fell on their face, and him. for thee, and one for 
were fore afraid. 8 And fuddenly Mofes, and one for 

7 And Jefus came when they had looked Elias : not knowing 
and touched them,and round about, they faw what he faid. 

faid, Arife, and be not no man any more, 34 While he thus 
afraid. fave Jefus only with fpake, there came a 

8 And when they themfelves. cloud ,. and overfba- 
had lift up their eyes, 9, And as they came dowed them: and 
they faw no man, fave down from the moun- they feared as they 
jefus only. tain, he charged them entred into the cloud. 

9 And as they came that they fhould tell 35- And there came 
down from the moun- no man what things a voice out of the 
tain , Jefus charged they had feen, till the cloud, faying, This is 
diem, faying, Tell the Son of man were ri- my beloved Son, hear 
vifion to no man, un- fen. from the dead. him. 

til the fon of man be 10 And they kept 36 And when the 
rifen again from the that faying with them- voice was paft, Jefus 
dead. felves,queftioningone was found alone: and 

10 And his difci- with another what the they kept it clofe, and 
pies asked him, faying, riling from the dead told no man in thofe 
Why then fay the fhould mean. days any of thofe 
icribes, that Elias mufl 11 And they asked things which they had 
firfl come? him, faying, Why % feen. 

1 1 And Jefus an- the fcribes that Elias 
fwered and faid unto mufl firfl come ? 
them, Elias truly fhall 12 Andheanfwer- 
firftcome, andreflore ed and told them, Eli- 
all things: as verily coraeth firfl, 

12 But 1 fay un- and refloreth all 
to you , that Elias is things, and how it is 
come already, and written of the Son of 
they knew him not, man, that he mufl fuf- 
but have done unto fer many things, and 
him whatfocver they be ,fct at nought. 



of the four E^uangelijls. 


Chap. XVII. 

lifted,': likewife fhall 
alfo the Son of man 
fuffer of them. 

13 Then the difci- 
ples underftood that 
he fpake unto them of 
John the Baptift. 


Chap. IX. 

13 But I lay unto 
you , that Elias is in- 
deed come, and they 
have done unto him 
whatfoever they lift- 
ed, as it is written of 


Chap. IX. 

Jb H N. 

§ z. 14 And when 
they were come to the 
multitude, there came 
to him a certain man, 
kneeling down to 
him, and faying, 

if Lord, have mer- 
cy on my fon, for he 
is lunatick, and fore 
vexed : for oft-times 
he falleth into the fire, 
and oft into the wa- 

16 And I brought 
him to thy difciples, 
and they could not 
cure him. 

1 7 Then Jefus an- 
fwered and faid, O 
faithlefs and perverfe 
generation, how long 
fhall I be with you? 
how long fhall I fuf- 
fer you ? bring him 
hither to me. 

18 And Jefus re- 
buked the devil, and 
he departed out of 
him : and the child 
was cured from that 
very hour. 

19 Then came the 
difciples to Jefus a- 
part, and faid, Why 

14 And when he 
came to bis difciples, 
he faw a great multi- 
tude about them, and 
the fcribes queftion- 
ingwith them. 

if And ftraightway 
all the people, when 
they beheld him, were 
greatly amazed, and 
running to him, falu- 
ted him. 

16 And he asked 
the fcribes, Whatque- 
ftion ye with them ? 

1 7 And one of the 
multitude anfwered 
and faid, Mafter, I 
have brought unto 
thee my fon, which 
hath a dumb fpirit: 

18 And wherefoe- 
ver he taketh him, he 
teareth him 5 and he 
fometh, andgnafheth 
with his teeth, and pi- 
neth away: and I fpake 
to thy difciples, that 
they fhould caft him 
out, and they could 

19 He anfwered 
him, and faith, O 
faithlefs generation , 

37 And it 'came to. 
pails, that on the next 
day, when they were 
come down from the 
hill, much people met 

3.8 And behold , »< 
man of the company 
cryed out, faying, Ma- 
fter, I befeech thee 
look upon my fon,. 
for he is mine only 

39 Andlo, a. fpirit 
taketh him, and he 
fuddenly crieth out, 
and it teareth him that 
he fometh again, and 
bruifing him , hardly, 
departeth from him. 

40 And I befbught 
thy difciples to caft : 
him out, and they 
could not. 

41 And Jefus an- 
fwering, faid, O faith- 
lefs and perverfe ge- 
neration, how long; 
fhall I be with you, 
and fuffer you ? Bring ; 
thy fon hither. 

42 And as he was 
yet a coming, the de- 
vil threw him down, 

V v 3 

242, 1h' e Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XVII. " Chap. IX. Chap. IX. 

could not we caft him how long fhall I be and tare him: andje- 
out? with you? how long fus rebuked the un- 

20 And Jefus find fhall I fuffer you ? clean fpirit, -and heal- 
unto them, Becaufe^of bring him unto me. ed the child, and de- 
your unbelief: for ve- 20 And they brought livered him again to 
rily I fay unto you, If him unto him : and his father. 

ye have faith as a grain when he faw him, 43 And they were 

of muftard-feed , ye ftraightway the fpirit all amazed at the 

fhall fay unto this tare him, and he feh mighty power of 

mountain, Remove on the ground, and God: But while they 

hence unto yonder wallowed, fomfirig. wondved every one at 
place , and it fhall re- 21 Arid he asked all things which Jefus 

move ; and nothing his father, How long did, he faid unto his 

fhall be unpoflible un- is it ago fince this difciples, ' 

to you. came unto him? And 44 Let thefe fay- 

2 1 Howbeit this ^ e &id> Of a child. ings fink down into 
kind goeth not out, ai And oft-times your ears: for the Son 
but by prayer and fait- it hath caft him into of man fhall be deli- 
ing, the fire, and into the vered into the hands 

22 And while they waters to acftroy him: of men. 

abode in Galilee, Je- but if thou canft do 47 But they under- 

fus faid unto them, anything, have com- flood not this faying, 

The Son of man fhall P a ^on on us , and and it was hid from 

be betrayed into the help us. them, that they per- 

hands of men. 2 3 Jefus faid unto ceived it not : and they 

23 And they fhall h'" 1 » ^ cll ° 11 canft feared to ask him of 
kill him, and the third believe, all things are that faying. ; ' 
day he fliall be raifed po'hble to hirn that 

again : and they were belrevcth. 

exceeding forry.- 2 4 And ftraightway 

the father of the child 

cried out , and faid 

with tears, Lord, I 

believe 5 help thou 

mine unbelief. 

25- When Jefus faw 

that the people came 

running together, he 

rebuked the foul fpi- 
rit, faying unto him, 

Thou dumb and deaf 

fpirit , I charge thee , 

*jome out of him, and 


of the four EvangeBJls. 343 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. IX. 

enter no more into him. 

26 And the fpirit cried, and rent 
him fore , and came out of him ; 

, and he was as one dead, infbmuch 

that many faid, He is dead. 

27 But Jefus took him by the 
hand , and lifted him up , and he 

28 And when he was come into 
the houfe, his difciples asked him 
privately, Why could not we caft 
him out? 

29 And he faid unto them, This 
kind can come forth by nothing, 
but by prayer and fading. 

20 And they departed thence, 
and pafTed through Galilee j and he 
would not that any man fhould 
know it. 

3 1 For he taught his difciples, 
and faid unto them, The Son of 
man is delivered into the hands of 
men, and they fhall kill him; and 
after that he is killed, he fhall rife 
the third day. 

32 But they underftood not that 
faying, and ; were afraid t© ask 

344 The Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XVII. 

§ 3. 24 And when they were 
come to Capernaum , they that re- 
ceived tribute-money , came to Pe- 
ter, and laid, Doth n«t your Matter 
pay tribute? 

25- He faith, Yes. And when he 
-was come into the houfe, Jefus pre- 
vented him, faying, What thinkeft 
thou, Simon ? of whom do the kings 
of the earth take cuftom or tribute? 
of their own children, or of ftran- 
gers ? 

26 Peter faith unto him, Of Gran- 
gers. Jefus faith unto him, Then 
are the children free. 

27 Notwithstanding, left we 
fhould offend them, go thou to the 
fea, and caft an hook, and take up 
the fifh that firfb cometh up : and 
when thou haft opened his mouth, 
thou fhalt find a piece of money: 
that take , and give unto them for 
me and thee. 

Chap. XVIII. Chap. IX. Chap. IX. 

$4. AT the fame 3 3 And he came to 46 Then there a- 

J\ time came Capernaum , and be- rofe a reafoning a- 

the difciples unto Je- ing in the houfe, he mong them, which of 

fus, faying, Who is the asked them, What was them fhould be great- 

.greateft in the king- it that ye difputed a- eft. 

dom of heaven? mong your felves , by . 47 And Jefus per- 

2 And Jefus called the way ? ceiving the thought 
a little child unto him, 34 But they held of their heart, took a 
and fet him in the their peace: for by the child, and fet him by 
midft of them, way they had difputed him. 

3 And faid, Verily among them [elves , 48 And faid unto- 
I fay unto you, Except who Jhould be the them,Whofoever fhall 
ye be converted , and greateft. receive this child in 
become as little chil- 35- And he fat down my name, receiveth 
dren, ye fhall not en- and called the twelve, me : and whofbever 
ter into the kingdom and faith unto them, fhall receive me, re- 
ef heaven. If any man deftre to ceiveth him that fent 

4 Whofc 

of the fonv Evangelijts. 345 

Matthew. Mv - Luke. John. 

Chap. XVIII. Chap. T X. Chap. XL 

4Whofoeverthere- be firfc, the fame fhall me : for he that is leaft 

fore {hall humble him- be ; I id fer- among you all, the 

felf as this little child, vant of all. faifie lhall be great. 

the fame is greateft in 36 And he took a 49 And John an- 

the kingdom of hea- child , and fee him in fwered and laid, Ma- 

ven. the midft of them: fter, we fawonecaft- 

f And whofo (hall and when he had ta- ing out devils in thy 

receive one fuch little ken him in his arms, name; and we forbad 

child in my name, re- he laid unto them , him , becaufe he, fol- 
ceiveth me. 37 Whomever (hall loweth not with us. 

6 But whofo (hall receive one of fuch fo And Jefus faid 
offend one of thefe children in my name, unto him, Forbid him 
little ones which be- receiveth me: and not: for he that is not 
lieve in me, it were whofoever (hall re- againft us, is for us. 
better for him that a ceive me , receiveth 

milftone were hanged not me, but him that 

about his neck, and fent me. 
that he were drown- 58 And John an- 

ed in the depth of the fwered him , faying , 

fea. Mafkr, we faw one 

7 Wo unto the carting out devils in 
world becaufe of of- thy name, and he fol- 
fences : for it muft loweth not us ; and 
needs be that offences we forbad him , be- 
come: but wo to that caufe he followeth 
man by whom the of- not us. 

fence cometh. 39 But Jefus faid, 

8 Wherefore if thy forbid him not : for 
hand or thy foot of- there is no man which 
fend thee, cut them fhall do a miracle in 
off, and caft them from my name, that can 
thee : it is better for lightly fpeak evil of 
thee to enter into life me. 

halt or maimed , ra- 40 For he that is 

ther then having two not sgainft us , is on 

hands, or two feet, to our part. 
be caft into everlaft- 41 For whofoever 

ing fire. fhall give you a cup 

9 And if thine eye of water to drink, in 
offend thee, pluck it my name, becaufe ye 
out, and caft/'? from belong to Chrift, ve- 
thee : it is better for rily I fay unto you, he 
thee to enter into life fhall not lofe his re- 


The Harmony 

Chapr .XVIII. 


Chap. IX. 



with one eye , rather ward. 

then having two eyes 4» And whofoever 

to be caft into hell- 

lhall offend one of 
thefe little ones that 
believe in me, it is 
better for him, that a 
milftone were hanged 
about his neck, and 
he were caft into the 

43 And if thy hand 
offend thee, cut it off: 
it is better for thee to 
enter into life maim- 
ed, then having two 
hands, to go into hell, 
into the fire that ne- 
ver lhall be ,uenched: 
44 Where *their 
worm dieth not, and 
the fire is not quench- 

4f And if thy foot 
offend thee, cut it off ; 
it is better for thee to 
enter halt into life, 
then having two feet, 
to be caft into hell, in- 
to the fire that never 
lhall be quenched : 

46 Where their 
worm dicth not, and 
the fire is not quench- 

47 And if thine eye 
offend thee, plurk it 
oat : it is better for 
thee to enter into the 
kingdom of Goivv th 
one eye, then having 
two eyes to be caft 
into hell- fire: 

48 Where their 

of the four E^uangelijts. 



Chap. XVIII. 

§ f. io Take heed 
that ye defpife not one 
of thefe little ones; for 
I fay unto you, that in 
heaven their angels do 
always behold the face 
of my Father which is 
in heaven. 

1 1 For the Son of 
man is come to fave 
that which was loft. 

ii How think ye? 
if a man have an hun- 
dred fheep, and one of 
them be gone aftray, 
doth he not leave the 
ninety and nine, and 
goeth into the moun- 
tains, and feeketh that 
which is gone a- 
ftray ? 

13 And if fd be 
that he find it , verily 
I fay unto you, he re- 
joyceth more of that 
Jheep,ihen of the nine- 
ty and nine which 
went not aftray. 


Chap. IX. 

worm dicth not, and 
the fire is not quench- 

49 For every one 
(hall be falted with 
fire, and every facri- 
fice fhall be falted with 

fo Salt h good : 
but if the fait have 
loft his faltnefs.where- 
with will ye feafbn 
it ? I lave fait in your 
felves, and have peace 
one with another. 



X x a 

t4 Even 

2^8 The Harmony 

" Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XVIII. 

14 Even fo it 'is not the will of 
your Father which is in heaven, 
that one of thefe little ones fhould 

if Moreover, if thy brother (hall ^ 

irefpafs againft thee, go and tell 
him his fault between thee and him 
alone : if he fhall hear thee , thou 
haft gained thy brother. 

16 But if he will not hear thee, 
then take with thee one or two 
more, that in the mouth of two or 
three witnefles every word may be 

17 And if he fhall negleft to 
hear them, tell it unto the church : 
but if he neglect to hear the church, 
let him be unto thee as an heathen 
man, and a publicane. 

18 Verily I fay unto you,what- 
foever ye fhall bind on earth, fhall 
be bound in heaven : and whatfo- 
ever ye fhall loofe on earth, fhall 
be loofed in heaven. 

19 Again I fay unto you, that if 
two of you fhall agree on earth, as 
touching any thing that they fhall 
ask, it fhall be done for them of my 
hither which is in heaven. 

20 For where two or three 
are gathered together in my name, 
there am I in the mid ft of them. 

2 1 Then came Peter to him, and 
faid, Lord, how oft fhall my bro- 
ther fin againft me, and I forgive 
him? till feven times? 

ai Jefus faith unto him , I fay 
not unto thee, Until feven times : 
but, until feventy times feven. 

25 Therefore is the kingdom of 
heaven likened unto a certain king 
which would take account of his 


24 And 

of the four Evangelijls. 3 49 

Matthew. Mark. Luke.- John. 

Chap. XVIII. 

24 And when he had begun to 
reckon, one was brought unto him 
which ought him ten thoufand ta- 

z? But forafmuch as he had not 
to pay, his lord commanded him 
to be fold, and his wife and chil- 
dren, and all that he had, and pay- 
ment to be made. 

z6 The fervant therefore fell 
down , and worfhipped him , fay- 
ing, Lord, have patience with me , 
and I will pay thee all. 

27 Then the lord of that fer- 
vant was moved with compaffion , 
and loofed him, and forgave him 
the debt. 

28 But the fame fervant went out, 
and found one of his fellow-fer- 
vants, which ought him an hun- 
dred pence : and he laid hands on 
him , and took him by the throat , 
faying, Pay me that thou owed. 

29 AnJ his fellow-fervant fell 
down at his feet, and befoughthim, 
faying, Have patience with me, and 
I will pay thee all. 

30 And he would not : but went 
and caft him into prifon, till he 
fhould pay the debt. 

3 1 So when his fellow-fervants 
faw what was done, they were very 
forry, and came and told unto their 
lord all that was done. 

22 Then his lord, after that he 
had called him , fail unto him , O 
thou wicked fervant, I forgave thee 
all that debt, becaufe thou defiredfl: 
me : 

33 Shculdeft not thou alfo have 
had companion on thy fellow-fer- 
vant, even as I had pity on thee ? 

24 And his lord was wroth, and 

- 50 The Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XVIII. 

delivered htm to the tormentors, 
till he mould pay all that was due 
unto him. 

35- So likewife mail my hea- 
venly Father do alfo unto you , it 
ye from your hearts forgive not 
every one his brother their tref- 

Chap. XIX. Chap. X. 

AN D it came to pafs, that when A N D he arofe from 
Jefus had finifhed thefe fay- J\ thence, and com- 
ings, he departed from Galilee, and eth into the coafts of 
came into the coafts of Judea, be- Judea, by the farther 
yond Jordan : fide of Jordan : and 

2 And great multitudes follow- the people refort un- 
ed him, and he healed them there, to him again ; and as 
he was wont, he 
taught them again. 

c h a r; 

of the four Evangelijis; 3 5 1 


From the Feaft of Tabernacles till the Feaft of 'Dedication fol- 
lowing : containing the ipace of two months and ten days, 
from OcJober A. C D. 32 > till ^December the fame year. 

THat this Period and its particular Sections are in their proper Places, will 
be eafily granted, if we can but prove that the Journey to Jerufalem, 
recorded in the latter part of the ninth Chapter of St. Luke, is the fame with 
that in the beginning of the feventh Chapter of St. John, to the Feaft of Taber- 
nacles, upon which the Series both here and afterward does principally depend. 
Now that it is the very fame , will be provd by the following -Arguments* 
(i.J We have already provd ', that this Journey to Jerufalem, in St. John, 
was the very firft which our Saviour took thither within the compafs of the 
Annals of the other Three Evange lifts ; and fince this is the firft which we find 
in any of them , it will naturally appear to be one and the fame Journey. 
(1.) This Journey in St. John was after a very long ab fence from Jerufalem, 
as we have alrtady prov d ; and St. Luke'* Words upon the Journey men- 
tion d by him, imply no lefs alfo, Jefus knowing that the Days were fulfilled 
that he ihould be received up, he ftedfaftly fet his face to go to Jerufalem $ 
Intimating, that he now at laft fet his face to go into thofe Dangers at Jeru- 
falem, on account of the Completion of the Time for his Death and Afumption 3 
which till that time was compleated, he had hitherto avoided by a long Abfence 
from that City. (3 .) -After this Journey we have both in St. Luke and St. John 
an -Account of Chrift's going up to Jerufalem twice, and no more; which, be- 
canfe they will naturally be allow d to correfpond to^ one another, do as natu- 
rally permit us to allow thofe before us to correfpond to each other in the fame 
Evange lifts. (^.) This Journey in St. Luke could neither be before nor after 
that in St. John to the Feaft of Tabernacles ; and therefore was the very fame ; 
It could not be before ; for Chrift was abfent from Jerufalem for Two years 
and. an half be. ore this Feaft, as we have already demonftrated. It could not 
be alter; fur then we have not fuffic tent room for the two other Journeys fuc- 
ceeding this in the fame Go/pel. For as to the Journey at the raiftng of Laza- . 
rus, it was not f<? Jerufalem, but to Bethany : Nay, fo far was our Saviour 

352, The Harmony 

from going thence to Jerufalem at this time, that he was obligd for his fafety 
to retire out of the reach of the Sanhedrin unto the City Ephraim, near Hazor 
in Galilee, as we pall fee hereafter, 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. VII. 

§ t. A Fter thefe things , Jefus 
J\. walked in Galilee: foi he 
would not walk in Jewry, becaufe 
the Jews fought to kill him. 

2 Now the Jews feaft of taber- 
nacles was at hand. 

3 His brethren therefore faid un- 
to him, Depart hence , and go into 
Judea, becaufe thy difciples alio may 
fee the works that thou doeft. 

4 For there is no man that doeth 
any thing in fecret, and he himfelf 
feeketh to be known openly : If 
thou do thefe things, mew thyfelf 
to the world. 

$ For neither did his brethren 
believe in him. 

6 Then Jefus faid unto them, My 
time is not yet come: but your time 
is alway ready. 

7 The world cannot hate you ; 
but me it hateth, becaufe I teftifyof 
it, that the works thereof are evil. 

8 Go ye up unto this feaft: I go 
not up yet unto this feaft , for my 
time is not yet full come. 

9 When he had faid thef: words 
unto them, he abode JIM in Galilee. 

io But when his brethren were 
gone up, then went he alfo up un- 
to the feaft, not openly, but as it 
were in fecret. 

§2. j-iAnd 

of the four Evangelijfs. 3 5 3 

v Matthev. Mark. Luke. 

Ghap. IX. 


§ 2. ft And it came to pafs, when 
the time was come that he fhould 
be received up, he ftedfaflly fet his 
face to go to Jerufalem, 

fx And fent meflengers before 
his face : and they went , and en- 
tred into a village of the Samari- 
tanes to make ready for him. 

fl And they did not receive him, 
becaufe his face was as though he 
would go to Jerufalem. 

5-4 And when his difciples James 
and John faw this, they faid, Lord, 
wilt thou that we command fire 
to come down from heaven , and 
confume them , even as Elias 

ff But he turned , and rebuked 
them, and faid, Ye know not what 
manner of fpirit ye are of. 

f6 For the Son of man is not 
come to deftroy mens lives , but to 
Cave them. And they went to ano- 
ther village. 

fj And it came to pafs that as 
they went in the way, afcertain 
man faid unto him, Lord, I will 
follow thee whitherfbever thou 

f8 And Jefus faid unto him.Foxes 
have holes, and birds of the air have 
nefts , but the Son of man hath not 
where to lay his head. 

5*9 And he faid unto another, 
Follow me: but he faid, Lord, fuf- 
fer me firft to go and bury my fa- 

60 Jefus faid unto him, Let the 
dead bury their dead ; but go 
thou and preach the kingdom of 

61 And another alfo faid, Lord, 
I will follow thee : but let me firft 

354 The Harmony 

Matthe^ Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. IX. 

go bid them farewel 
which are at home at 
my houfe. 

62 And Jefus faid 
unto him, No man ha- 
ving put his hand to 
the plough, and look- 
ing back, is fit for the Chap. VII. 
kingdom of God. 

§3. 11 Then the 
Jews fought him at 
the feuft, and faid, 
"Where is he? 

12 And there was 
much murmuring a- 
mong the people con- 
cerning him: forfome 
laid, He is a good man : 
others faid, Nay; but 
he deceiveth the peo- 

fpake openly of him, 



( LioJ , rn':; 


for fear of the Jews. 

14 Now about the 
midft of the feaft, Je- 
fus went up into the 
temple, anJ taught. 

1 f And the Jews 
marvelled , faying ± 
How knoweth this 
man letters , having 
never leurned ? 

16 Jefus 1 nfwered 
them, an! (kid, My 
dodtrine is not min?, 
but his that fentaie. 

17 It any man will 
do his will, he (hall 
know of the doctrine, 
whether it be of Go.l. 
or whether I ipe^k of 

18 He 


of the four Evangelifis. 


,L U K E. 

3 5 5" 

Chap. VII. 


18 He that fpcaketli of himfelf, 
fceketli his own glory : but he 1 tut 
feeketh his gloi y that lent him, the 
fume is true , and no unnghtcoui- 
neis is in him. 

19 Did not Mofes give you the 
law, andyet none of you kecpeth the 
law ? why go ye about to kill mc? 

20 The people anfwered and faid, 
Thou hall: a devil : whogoeth about 
to kill thee ? 

2 1 Jrfus pnfwered and faid unto 
them , I have done one work , and 
ye all marvel. 

22 Mofes therefore gave unto 
you circumcihon, ( not becaufe it is 
of Mofes , but of the fathers ) and 
ye on the fabbath-day circumcife a 

23 If a man on the fabbath-day 
receive circumcihon , that the law 
of Mofes fliould not be broken j are 
ye angry at me, becaufe I have made 
a man every whit whole on the 

24 Judge not according to the 
appearance, but judge righteous 

zf Then faid fome of them of 
JerufJem , Is not this he whom 
they feek to kill? 

26 But lo, he fpeaketh boldly, 
and they fay nothingunto him: do 
the rulers know indeed that this is 
the very Chrilt ? 

27 Howbeit we know this man 
whence he is : but when Chrift 
cometh, no man knoweth whence 
he is. 

28 Then cried Jefus in the tem- 
ple as he taught, faying, Ye both 
know me, and ye know whence I 
am : and I am not come of my felf, 

Y y x bur 

3 5 6 The Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. VII. 

but he that fent me is true, whom 
ye know not. 

29 But I know him , for I am 
from him, and he hath fent me. 

30 Then they fought to take him : 
but no man laid hands on him, be- 
caufehis hour was not yet come. 

3 1 And many of the people be- 
lieved on him, and faid, When 
Chrifl cometh. will he do more mi- 
racles then thefe which this man 
hath done ? 

§ 4. 3 1 The Pharifees heard that 
the people murmured iuch things 
concerning him : and the Pharifees, 
and the chief priefts fent officers to 
take him. 

3 3 Then faid Jefus unto them, 
Yet a little while am I with you , 
and then I go unto him that fent 

34 Ye (hall feek me, and fhall 
not find me : and where I am, thi- 
ther ye cannot come. 

35- Then faid the Jews among 
themfelves, Whither will he go, 
that we fhall not find him ? will he 
go unto the difperfed among the 
Gentiles, and teach the Gentiles? 

3 6 What manner of faying is this 
thit he faid, Ye fhall feek me, and 
fhall not find me : and where I am, 
thither ye cannot come? 

3 7 In the laft day, that great day 
of the feaft, Jefiis flood and cried, 
faying, If any man thirft , let him 
come unto me, and drink. 

38 He that believeth on me, as 
the fcripture hath faid , out of his 
belly fhall flow rivers of living wa- 

39 (But this fpakehe of the Spi- 


of the four Evangelifis. 5 57 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. VII. 

rit, which they that believe on him, 
ihould receive : for the holy Ghoft 
was not yet given, becaufe that Je- 
fus was not yet glorified) 

40 Many of the people there- 
fore, when they heard this faying, 
faid, Of a truth this is the prophet. 

4 1 Others Grid, This is the Chrift. 
But fome faid , Shall Chrift come 
out of Galilee ? 

42 H-th not the fcripture faid, 
That Chrift cometh of the feed of 
David, and out of the town of Beth- 
lehem, where David was? 

45 So there was a divifion- a- 
mong the people becaufe of him. 

44 .And fome of them would 
have taken him ; but no man laid 
hands on him. 

4jr Then came the officers to the 
chief priefts and Pharifees ; and they 
faid unto them, Why have ye not 
brought him ? 

46 The officers anfwered , Ne- 
ver man fpake like this man. 

47 Then anfwered them the Pha- 
rifees, are ye alfo deceived ? 

48 Have any of the Rulers, or 
of the Pharifees believed on him? 

49 But this people who know- 
ethnot the law are curfed. 

5-0 Nicodemus faith unto them, 
( he that came to Je-fus by night, be- 
ing one of them) 

f\ Doth our law judge any man 
before it hear him, and know what 
he doeth? 

5*2 They anfwered, and faid un- 
to him , Art thou alfo of Galilee ? 
Search, and look: for out of Gali- 
lee arifeth no prophet. 

^■5 And every man went unto his 
own houfe. 

Y. y 3 §j% Jefus 

358 The Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. VIII. 

§ f. TEfus went unto the mount of 
J Olives : 
i And early in the morning he 
came again into the ten pic, and all 
the people came unto him ; and he 
fat down, and taugiv iheni. 

3 And the Scrit es and Pharifees 
brought unto him .. wok an taken 
in adultery; ;.nd when they had fee 
her in the midft , 

4 They lay unto him, Maficr, this 
woman w s taken in adultery, in 
the very act. 

f Now Moles in the law com- 
manded us, thai inch fhould be 
ftoned : but what taycir thou ? 

6 This they 'aid, tempting him, 
that they might havetoaccule him. 
But Jefus ftooped down, and with 
his finger wrote on the ground as 
though he heard them not. 

7 So when they continued ask- 
ing him, he lift up himfelf, and faid 
unto them , He that is without fin 
among you, lethimfirftcafta ftone 
at her 

8 And again he ftooped down, 
and wrote on the groun 1. 

9 And they which hea^d it, be- 
ing convicted by their ow --onf.i- 
ence, went out one by one, ec n- 
ning at the eldeft, eien unto tht ft : 
and Jefus was left alone, and i.e 
woman flanding in the midft. 

10 When Jefus had li't up him- 
felf, and faw none but the woman", 
he faid unto her, Woman , where 
are thofe thine accufers ? hath no 
man condemned thee ? 

11 ShefaiJ,No man, Lord. And 
Jefus faid unto her, Neither do I 
condemn thee: go, and fin no 

iz The 

of the four Evangelifls 


Matthew. Mark. 

. ■ 


~io no'-: 




d l\ 

■ ' 







Chap. VIII. 

ii Then fpake Jefus again unto 
them, faying. I am the light of the 
world : he that followeth me, fhall 
not walk in darknefs, but mall have 
the light of life. 

1 3 The Pharifees therefore faid 
unto him , Thou beareft record of 
thy felf ; thy record is not true. 

14 Jefus anfwcred and faid un- 
to them, Though I bear record of 
my ielf, yet my record is true: for 
I know whence I came, and whi- 
ther I go ; but ye cannot tell whence 
I come, and whither I go. 

iy Ye judge after the flelh, I 
judge no man. 

16 And yet if I judge, my judg- 
ment is true : for I am not alone, 
but I and the Father that fent me. 

17 It is alio written in your law, 
that the teftimony of two men is 

1 8 I am one that bear witnefs of 
my lelf, and the Father that fent 
me, bearcth witnefs of me. 

tq Then faid they unto him. 
Where is thy Father? Jefus anfwer- 
ed, Ye neither know me, nor my Fa- 
ther: if ye had known mcyefhould 
have known my Father alio. 

20 Theft words fpake Jefus in 
the trefuryrs he taught in the tem- 
ple: .n.l no man laid hands on him, 
for his hour was n:t yet come. 

21 Then faid Jefus again unto 
them , T go my way, and ye fhall 
feek me, ;.nd frail die in your iins; 
whither I go, ye cannot corre. 

22 Then faid the Jews, wiil he 
kill himlelf? beeaufe hekkh, Whi- 
I go, ye cannot come. 

23 And he laid unto them, Ye 
aie from beneath, lam from above : 


^co The Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. VIIT. 

ye are of this world , I am not of 
this world. 

14 I faid therefore unto you, that 
ye lhall die in your fins : for if ye 
believe not that lam he, ye (hall die 
in your fins. 

%f Then faid they unto him, Who 
art thou ? And Jefus faith unto them, 
Even the fame that I faid unto you 
from the beginning. 
. z6 I have many things to fay, and 
to judge of you: but he that fent 
me, is true ; and I lpeak to the world 
thofe things which I have heard of 

17 They underftood not that he 
Ipake to them of the Father. 

28 Then faid Jefus unto them, 
When ye have lift up the Son of 
man, tben {hall ye know that I am 
he, and that I do nothing of my 
{elf; but as my Father hath taught 
me, I fpeak thefe things. 

19 And he that fent me, is with 
me : the Father hath not left me a- 
lone : for I do always thofe things 
that pleafe him. 

30 As he ipake thefe words, ma- 
ny believed on him. 

3 1 Then faid Jefus to thofe Jewi 
which believed on him , If ye con- 
tinue in my word , then are ye my 
difciples indeed; 

$6. 31 And ye fliall know the 
truth, and the truth lhall make you 

33 They anfwered him , We be 
Abrahams feed, and were never in 
bondage to any man : how fayeft 
thou, Ye (hall be made free ? 

34 Jefus anfwered them, Verily 
verily I fay unto you , Whofoever 

of the four Evangelijh. 361 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. VIII. 

committeth fin, is the fervant of 

35- And the fervant abiJeth not 
in the houic for ever: but the Son 
abideth ever. 

36 If the Son therefore fhall 
make you free, ye {lull be free in- 

37 I know that ye are Abrahams 
feed; but ye leek to kill me, becaufe 
my word hath no place in you. 

38 I fpeak that which I have 
feen with my Father : and ye do 
that which ye have feen with your 

39 They anfwered and faid un- 
to him, Abraham is our father. Je- 
fus faith unto them , If ye were A- 
brahams children, ye would do the 
works of Abraham. 

40 But now ye feek to kill me, 
a man that hath told you the truth, 
which I have heard of God: this did 
not Abraham. 

41 Ye do the deeds of your fa- 
ther. Then faid they to him, We 
be not born of fornication , we have 
one Father, even God. 

41 Jefus faid unto them, if God 
were your Father, ye would love 
me : for I proceeded forth, and came 
from God, neither came I of my 
felf, but he fent me. 

43 Whydoyenotunderfhndmy 
fpeech ? even becaufe ye cannot hear 
my word. 

44 Ye are of your father the de- 
vil, and the lufts of your father ye 
will do : he was a murderer from 
the beginning, and abode not in the 
truth, becaufe there is no truth in 
him. When he fpeaketh a lye, he 
fpeaketh of his own : for he is a 

^ z liar, 

$6i The Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. ■ 

Chap. VIII. 

liar, and the father of it. 

4f And becaufe I tell you the 
truth, ye believe me not. 

46 Which of you convincethmc 
of fin? And if 1 fay the truth, why 
do ye not believe me ? 

47 He that is of God, heareth.' 
Gods words : ye therefore hear 
them not, becaufe ye are not of 

48 Then anfwered the Jews, and 
faid unto him, Say we not well, that 
thou art a Samaritan , and haft a 
devil ? 

49 Jefus anfwered, I have not a 
devil i but I honour my Father, and 
ye do dishonour me. 

5-0 And I feek not mine own 
glory: there'is one that feeketh and 

$■1 Verily verily I fay unto you, 
If a man keep my faying , he fhall 
never fee death. 

5-2 Then faid the Jews unto him, 
Now we know that thou haft a de- 
vil. Abraham is dead, and the pro- 
phets ; and thou fayeft , If a man 
keep my faying, he fhall never tafte 
of death*. 

j-3 Art thou greater then our fa- 
ther Abraham, which is dead ? and 
the prophets are dead : whom ma- 
keftthou thyfelf? 

5-4 Jefus anfwered , If I honour 
my felf, my honour is nothing, it 
is my Father that honoureth me, of 
whom ye fay, that he is your God: 

ff Yet ye have not known 
him j but 1 know him : and if I 
fhould fay, I know him not, I fhall 
be a liar like unto you: but I know 
him, and keep his faying. 

5-6 Your father Abraham rejoy- 

of the four Evangelip. 363 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. VIIT. 

ced to fee my day : and he faw it, 
and was glad. 

f7 Then faid the Jews unto him, 
Thou art not yet fifty years old, snd 
haft thou feen Abraham? 

j-8 Jefus faid unto them, Veriljr 
verily I fay unto you, Before Abra- 
ham was, I am. 

5-9 Then took they up ftones to 
caft at him: but Jefus hid himfelf, 
and went out of the temple, going 
through the midft of them, and fo 
pa fled by. 

Chap. IX. 

§ 7. A N D as Jefus pafled by, he 
J\ faw a man which was blind 
from his birth. 

2 And his difciples asked him, 
faying, Mafter, who did fin, this 
man , or his parents , that he was 
born blind ? 

3 Jefus anfwered, Neither hath 
this man finned, nor his parents: 
but that the works of God (hould 
be made manifeft in him. 

4 I muft work the works of him 
that fent me, while it is day : the 
night cometh when no man can 

j As long as I am in the world, 
I am the light of the world. 

6 When he had thus fpoken, he 
fpat on the ground, and made clay 
of the fpittle, and he anointed the 
eyes of the blind man with the 

7 And faid unto him , Go wafh 
in the pool of Siloam (which is by 
interpretation, Sent.) He went his 
way therefore, and wafhed, and 
came feeing, 

Z z z 8 The. 

3^4 The Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. IX. 

S The neighbours therefore, and 
they which before had feen him, 
that he was blind, faid, Is not this 
he that fat and begged ? 

9 Some faid, This is he : others 
faid, He is like him : but he faid, I 
am be. 

i o Therefore faid they unto him , 
How were thine eyes opened ? 

1 1 He anfwered and faid. A man 
that is called Jefus, made clay, and 
anointed mine eyes , and faid unto 
me, Go to the pool of Siloam, and 
wafh : and I went and wafhed, and 
I received fight. 

12 Then faid they unto him, 
Where is he ? He faid, I know not. 

i j They brought to the Pharifees 
him that aforetime was blind. 

14 And it was the fabbath-day 
when Jefus made the clay , and 
opened his eyes. 

if Then again the Pharifees alfb 
asked him how he had received his 
light. He faid unro them , He put 
clay upon mine eyes, and I wafhed, 
and do lee. 

16 Therefore faid fome of the 
Pharifees, This man is not of God, 
becaufe he keepeth not the fabbath- 
day. Others faid, How can a man 
that is a finner , do fuch miracles ? 
And there was a diviiion among 

17 They fay unto the blind man 
again, what fayeft thou of him, 
that he hath opened thine eyes? He 
faid, He is a prophet. 

18 But the Jews did not believe 
concerning him , that he had been 
blind , and received his fight, until 
they called the parents or him that 
had received his fight. 

19 And 

of the four EwangeliJIs. 3 6 5 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. IX. 

1 9 And they asked them, faying, 
Is this your fbn , who ye fay was 
born blind ? how then doth he now 

20 His parents anfwered them 
and faid, We know that this is our 
ion, and that he was born blind . 

21 But by what means he now 
feeth, we know not ; or who hath 
opened his eyes, we know not : he 
is of age, ask him, he fhallfpeak 
for himfelf. 

22 Thefe words fpake his pa- 
rents, becaufe they feared the Jews : 
for the Jews had agreed already, that 
if any man did confefs that he was 
Chrift, he mould be put out of the 

22 Therefore faid his parents, 
He is of age, ask him. 

24 Then again called they the 
man that was blind , and faid unto 
him, Give God the praife : we know 
that this man is a ilnner. 

25- He anfwered and faid, Whe- 
ther he be a finner or no , I know 
not : one thing I know, rhat where- 
as 'I was blind, now I fee. 

26 Then faid they to him again, 
What did he to thee? how opened. 
he thine eyes ? 

27 He anfwered them, I have 
told you already, and ye did not- 

. hear : wherefore would ye hear it 
again ? will ye alio be his difci- 
files ? 

28 Then they reviled him, and 
iaid, Thou art his difciple; but we 
are Mofes diiciples. 

29 We know that God fpake un- 
. to Mofes : as for this fellow , wc 

know not from whence he is. 
20 The man anfwered and faid 
z z 3 unto, 


The Harmony 


Mar k. 


Chap. X. 


Chap. IX. 

unto them* Why, herein is a mar- 
vellous thing, that ye know nof 
from whence he is, and^ye* he hath 
opened mine eyes. 

31 Now we know that God 
hearcth not Tinners: but if any man 
be a worfhippei of God, anddoeth 
his will, him he heareth. 

32 Since the world began was 
it not heard that any man opened 
the eyes of one that was born blind. 

3 3 If this man were not of God, 
he could do nothing. 

34 They anfwered and faid un- 
to him, Thou waft altogether born 
in iins, and doft thou teach us ? 
And they caft him out. 

§8. A Fter 

things, the 
Lord appointed other 
feventyalfo, and fent 
them two and two 
before his face into 
every city, and place, 
whither he himfelf 
would come. 

x Therefore faid he 
unto them, The har- 
veft truly is great, but 
the labourers are few : 
pray ye therefore the 
Lord of the harveft, 
that he would fend 
forth labourers into 
his harveft. 

3 Go your ways: 
behold I fend you 
forth as lambs among 

4 Carry neither 
purfe, nor fcrip , nor 


of the four Evangelifls. 3 c 7 

1 ■ — 1. 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. X. 

(hoes . and falute no man by the 

f And into whatfbever houfe ye 
enter, firft fay, Peace be to this houfe. 

6 And if the ion of peace be 
there, your peace fhall reft upon it : 
if not, it (hall turn to you again. 

7 And in the fame houfe remain, 
eating and drinking fuch things as 
they give : for the labourer is wor- 
thy of his hire. Go not from houfe 
to houfe. 

8 And into whatfbever city ye 
enter, and they receive you, eat 
fuch things as are fet before you. 

9 And heal the fick that are 
therein, and fay unto them, The 
kingdom of God is come nigh unto 

I o But into whatfoever city ye 
enter, and they receive you not, go 
your ways out into the ftreets of 
the fame, and fay, 

I I Even the very duft of your 
city which cleaveth on us, we do 
wipe off againft you : notwithftand- 
ing be ye fureof this, that the king- 
dom of God is come nigh unto 

1 2 But I fay unto you , that it 
fhall be more tolerable in that day 
for Sodom, then for that city. 

1 3 Wo unto thee Chorazin, wo 
unto thee Bet.hfaida : for if the 
mighty works had been done in 
Tyre and Sidon ,. which have been 
done in you, they had a great while 
ago repented, litting m lackcloth 
and afhes. 

14 But it fhall be more tolerable 
for Tyre and Sidon at the judgment, 
then for you. 

iS And thou Capernaum, which 

3 68 The Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. Johi 

Chap. X. 

art exalted to heaven, (halt be thruft 
down to hell. 

1 6 He that heareth you, hcareth 
me: and he that defpifeth you, de- 
fpifeth me : and he that defpifeth 
me, defpifeth him that fcnt me. 

§9. 17 And the feventy returned 
again with joy, faying, Lord, even 
the devils are fubjeft unto us through 
thy name. 

18 And he faid unto them, I 
beheld Satan as lightning fall from 

19 Behold, I give unto you 
power to tread on ferpents and fcor- 
pions, and over all the power of the 
enemy ; and nothing mail by any 
means hurt you. 

20 Notwithftanding in this re- 
joyce not, that the fpirits are fub- 

. je£t unto you : but rather rejoyce, 
becaufe your names are written in 

2 1 In that hour Jefus rejoyced 
' in fpirit, and faid, I thank thee, O 

Father, Lord of heaven and earth , 
that thou haft hid thefe things from 
the wife and prudent, and haft re- 
vealed them unto babes : even fb 
Father, for fo it feemed good in thy 

22 All things are delivered to 
me of my Father : and no man 
knoweth who the Son is , but the 
Father ; and who the Father is, but 
the Son, and he to whom the Son 
will reveal him. 

2 3 And he turned him unto his 
difciples, and faid privately, Blef- 
fed are the eyes which fee the things 
that ye fee. 

24 For I tell you, that many 


of the four Evangelifts. $69 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. Johk, 

Chap. X. 

prophets and kings have defired to 
fee thofc things which ye fee , and 
have not feen them ; and to hear 
thofe things which ye hear, and 
have not heard them. 

$ 1 0. if And behold, a certain 
lawyer flood up, and tempted him, 
faying, Mafter, what fhall I do to 
inherit eternal life? 

26 He did unto him, What is 
written in the law ? "how rcadeft 
thou ? 

27 And he anfwering, faid, Thou 

lhalt love the Lord thy God with all 

thy heart, and with all thy foul, and 

with all thy ftrength, and with all 
thy mind j and thy neighbour as 
thy felf. 

28 And he did unto him, Thou 
haft anfwered right : this do, and 
thou (halt live. 

29 But he willing to juftifie him- 
ielf, faid untojefus, And who k 
my neighbour ? 

30 Andjefiis anfwering, faid, A 
certain man went down from Je- 
rufalem to Jericho, and fell among 
thieves which ftripped him of his 
raiment, and wounded him, and 
departed, leaving him half-dead. 

31 And by chance there came 
down a certain prieft that way j 
and when he faw him, he pafled 
by on the other fide. 

32 And likewifea Levite,when 
he was at the place, came and look- 
ed on him, and pafled by on the 
other fide. 

33 But a certain Samaritan , as 
he journeyed, came where he was : 
and when he faw him, he had com- 
panion on him, 

A a a ?4 An4 

37° Th e Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. X. 

34 And went to him, and bound 
up his wounds, pouring in oyl and 
wine, and fet him on his own 
beaft, and brought him to an inn, 
and took care of him. 

35* And on the morrow when he 
departed, he took out two pence, 
and gave them to the hoft, and 
faid unto him, Take care of him $ 
and whatiiever thou fpendeft more, 
when I come again I will repay 

36 Which now of thefe three, 
thinkeft thou, was neighbour unto 
him that fell among the thieves ? 

37 And he faid, He that fhewed 
mercy on him. Then faid Jefiis 
unto him, Go, and do thou like- 

§ ir. 38 Now it came to pafs, 
as they went, that he entred into 
a certain village: and a certain wo- 
man named Martha, received him 
into her houfe. 

39 And fhe had a fitter called 
Mary, which alfo fat at Jefus feet, 
and heard his word. 

40 But Martha was cumbred a- 
bout much ferving, and came to 
him, and faid, Lord, doft thou not 
care that my lifter hath left me to 
ferve alone ? bid her therefore that 
fhe help me. 

. 4 1 And Jefiis anfwered, and faid 
unto her, Martha, Martha, thou art 
careful, and troubled about many 

4z But one thing is needful. And 
Mary hath chofen that good part, . 
which fhallnot be taken away from 

§ 12; And 

of the four EvangeUjls. 371 

Matthew. Mark. Lore. John. 

Chap. XT. 

§ 12. AND it came to pafs, that 
Xjl as he was praying in a 
certain place: when he ceafed, one 
of his difciples faid unto him, Lord, 
teach us to pray, as John alfo taught 
his difciples. 

2 And he faid unto them, When 
ye pray, fay, Our Father which art 
in heaven, Hallowed be thy name. 
Thy kingdom come. Thy will be 
done, as in heaven, fo in earth. 

3 Give us day by day our daily 

4 And forgive us our fins ; for 
we alfo forgive every one that is 
indebted to us. And lead us not into 
temptation, but deliver us from evil. 

f And he faid unto them, Which 
of you mail have a friend, and fhall 
go unto him at midnight , and fay 
unto him , Friend , lend me three 

6 For a friend of mine in his 
journey is come to me, and I hare 
nothing to fet before him: 

7 And he from within fhall an- 
fwer and fay, Trouble me not: the 
door is now {hut, and my children 
are with me in bed ; I cannot rife 
and give thee. 

8 I fay unto you, Though he will 
not rife and give him, becaufe he is 
his friend : yet becaufe of his im- 
portunity, he will rife and give him 
as many as he needeth. 

9 And I fay unto you, Ask, and 
it fhall be given you : feek, and ye 
fhall find : knock, and it fhall be 
opened unto you. 

1 o For every one that asketh, re- 
ceiveth: and he that feeketh, find- 
eth : and to him that knocketh* it 
fhall be opened. 

A a a e it tf 

3 7 * 1%e Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. 

Chap. XI. 


i i If a fon {hall ask bread of 
say of you that is a father, will he 
give him a ftone? or if he ask a fifli, 
will he for a fifh give him a fer- 
pent ? 

12 Or if he fhall ask an egg, 
will he offer him a fcorpion ? 

13 If ye then, being evil, know 
how to give good gifts unto your 
children : how much more (hall 
your heavenly Father give the holy 
Spirit to them that ask him? 

§13. 14 And he was calling out 
a devil, and it was dumb. And it 
came to paft , when the devil was 
gone out, the dumb fpake : and 
the people wondred. 

15- But fome of them faid, He 
cafteth out devils through Beelze- 
bub, the chief of the devils. 

16 And others tempting him, 
fought of him afign from heaven. 

T7 But he knowing their thoughts, 
faid unto them, Every kingdom di- 
vided againft it felf , is brought to 
defolation : and a houfe divided a- 
gainffa houfe, falleth. 

18 If Satan alfo be divided a- 
gainft himfelf, how fhall his king- 
dom (land ? becaufe ye fay that I 
caff out devils through Beelzebub. 

19 And if I by Beelzebub caff 
out devils, by whom do your fons 
caff them out? therefore fhall they 
be your judges; 

20 But if I with the finger of 
God caff out devils, no doubt the 
kingdom of God is come upon you. 

2 1 When a ftrong man armed 
keepeth his palace, his goods are in 

22 But when a ftronger then he 


■ MV- ■ "* ■ '1 

I ■ ■ M l J 1 ii I ■ ■ ■»»— ■— « »— » i II 

of r#* /oar EvangeUjis. 3 7 3 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XI. 

{hall come upon him, and over- 
come him, he taketh from him all 
his armour wherein he trufted, and 
divideth his fpoils. 

23 He that is not with me, is a- 
gainft me : and he that gathereth 
not with me, fcattereth. 

24 When the unclean fpirit is 
gone out of a man, he walketh 
through dry places , feeking reft : 
and finding none , he faith , I will 
return unto my houfe whence I 
came out. 

z? And when he cometh, he 
findeth it fwept and garnifhed. 

26 Then goeth he, and taketh 
to him ieven other fpirits more 
wicked then himfelf, and they en- 
ter in , and dwell there: and the laft 
ftate of that man is worfe then the 

27 And it came to pafs as he 
/pake thefe things, a certain wo- 
man of the company lift up her 
voice, and faid unto him, Blefled is 
the womb that bare thee, and the 
paps which thou haft fucked. 

28 But he faid, Yea, rather blefl 
fed are they that hear the, word of 
God and keep it. 

29 And when the people were 
gathered thick together, he began 
to fay, This is an evil generation : 
they feek a fign, and there fhall no 
fign be given it, but the fign of Jo- 
nas the prophet. 

30 For as Jonas was a fign unto 
the Ninevites, fo fhall alfo the Son 
of man be to this generation. 

3 1 The queen of the fouth fhall 
rife up in the judgment with the 
men of this generation , and con- 
demn them : f or.fhe came from the 

A a a 3 utter.. 

The Harmony 

Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XI. 

uttermoft parts of the earth, to hear 
the wifdom of Solomon ; and be- 
hold, a greater then Solomon is 

3 1 The men of Nineve fhall rife 
up in the judgment with this gene- 
ration, and (hall condemn it : for 
they repented at the preaching of 
Jonas ; and behold, a greater then 
Jonas is here. 

33 No man when he hath light- 
ed a candle , putteth it in a fecret 
place , neither under a bufhel ; but 
on a candlcftick , that they which 
come in may fee the light. 

34 The light of the body is the 
eye : therefore when thine eye is 
fingle, thy whole body alio is full 
of light : but when thine eye is evil, 
thy body alfo is full of darknefs. 

35- Take heed therefore, that the 
light which is in thee be not dark- 

36 If thy whole body therefore 
be full of light, having no part 
dark, the whole fhall be full of 
light, as when the bright fhining of 
a candle doth give thee light. 

§ 14. 37 And as he fpake, a cer- 
tain Pharifee befbught him to dine 
with him : and he went in and fat 
down to meat. 

38 And when the T?harifee faw 
it, he marvelled that he had not 
firft wafhed before dinner. 

39 And the Lord faid unto him, 
Now do ye Pharifees make clean 
the outfide of the cup and the plat- 
ter: but your inward part is full of 
ravening and wickednefs. 

40 Ye fools, did not he that 
• made that which is without, make 


of the four Evangelijls. 


Matthew. Mark. Luke. 

Chap. XI. 

that which is within alfo ? 

4 1 But rather give alms of fuch 
things as you have: and behold, all 
things are clean unto you. 

42 But wo unto you Pharifees: 
ye tithe mint and rue and all man- 
ner of herbs, and pafs over judg- 
ment and the love of God : thefe 
ought ye to hare done, and not to 
leave the other undone. 

45 Wo unto you Pharifees : for 
ye love the uppermoft feats in the 
fynagogues, and greetings in the 

44 Wo unto you, Scribes and 
Pharifees, Hypocrites: for ye are as 
graves which appear not, and the 
men that walk over them, are not 
aware of them. 

4jr Then anfwered one of the 
lawyers, and faid unto him, Matter, 
thus faying, thou reproacheft us alfb. 

46 And he faid, Wo unto you 
alfb ye lawyers : for ye lade men 
with burdens grievous- to be born, 
and ye your felves touch not the 
burdens with one of your fingers. 

47 Wo unto you : for ye build 
the fepulchres of the prophets, and 
your fathers killed them. 

48 Truly ye bear witnefs that yc 
allow the deeds of your fathers-: 
for they indeed killed them, and ye 
build their fepulchres. 

49 Therefore alfb faid the wif. 
dom of God, I will fend them pro. 
phets and apoflles, and fome of them- 
they fhall flay and persecute : 

fo That the blood of all the pro- 
phets, which was fhed from the 
foundation of the world, may be. 
required of this generation ; 

f\ From the blood of Abel unto 



2 7 C The Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XI. 

the blood-of Zacharias, which pe- 
rilled between the altar and the 
temple : verily I fay unto you , it 
{hail be required of this generation. 

5-2 Wo unto you lawyers: roi ye 
have taken away -he key of know- 
ledge : ye entrea noc 111 your ielves, 
and them that were enuring in, ye 

f 3 And as he {aid thefe things 
unto them, theScribesandthePha- 
rifees began to urge him vehement- 
ly, and to provoke him to {peak of 
many things. 

$•4 Laying wait for him, and 
.feeking to catch fomething out of 
his mouth, that they might accufe 

Chap. XII. 

§ if. TN the mean time, when 
JL there were gathered toge- 
ther an innumerable multitude of 
people, infomuch that they trode 
■one upon another , he began to {ay 
unto his difciples firft of all , Be- 
ware ye of the leaven of the Pha- 
rifees, which is hypocrifie. 

% For there is nothing covered, 
that fhall not be revealed ; neither 
.hid, that {hall not be known. 

3 Therefore whatlbever ye have 
fpoken in darknefs , {hall be heard 
in the light : and that which ye have 
fpoken in the ear in clofets, fhall be 
proclaimed upon the houfe-tops. 

4 And I fay unto you my friends, 
JBe not afraid of them that kill the 
body, and after that, have no more 
that they can do. 

f But I will forewarn you whom 
you fhall fear : Fear him, which af- 


of the four Evangelifts. 377 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XII. 

ter he hath killed , hath power to 
call into hell; yea, I fay unto you, 
tear him. 

6 Are not five fparrows fold for 
two farthings, and not one of them 
is forgotten before God ? 

7 But even the very hairs of your 
head are all numbred. Fear not 
therefore : ye are of more value then 
many fparrows. 

8 Alio I fay unto you , whofo- 
ever fhall confefs me before men, 
him fiull the Son of man alio con- 
fefs before the angels of God. 

9 But he that denieth me before 
men, fhall be denied before the an- 
gels of God. 

I o And whofoever fhall fpeak a 
word againft the Son of man, it 
fhall be forgiven him : but unto 
him that blafphemeth againft the 
holyGhoft, it fhall not be forgiven. 

II And when they bring you 
unto the fynagogues, and unto ma. 
giftrates, and powers, take ye no 
thought how or what thing ye fhall 
anfwer, or what ye fhall fay : 

1 1 For the holy Ghoft fhall teach 
you in the fame hour what ye 
ought to fay. 

1 3 And one of the company faid 
unto him, Mafter, fpeak to my bro- 
ther, that he divide the inheritance 
with me. 

14 And he faid unto him, Man, 
who made me a Judge , or a divi- 
der over you ? 

iy And he faid unto them, Take 
heed, and beware of covetoufhefs : 
for a mans life coniifteth not in the 
abundance of the things which he 

i(J And he fpake a parable un- 
B bb 


. 11 I I — ' 

3-78 The Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XII. 

to them, faying, The ground of a 
certain rich man brought forth plen- 

17 And he thought within him- 
felf , faying , What fhall I do, be- 
caufe I have no room where to be- 
ftow my fruits ? 

18 And he faid, this will I do : 
I will pull down my barns and 
build greater : and there will I be- 
ftow all my fruits and my goods. 

19 And I will fay to my foul, 
Soul, thou haft much goods laid up 
for many years ; take thine eafe , 
eat, drink, and be merry. 

zo But God faid unto him, Thou 
fool, this night thy foul fhall be re- 
ouired of thee : then whofe fhall 
rhofe things be which thou haft pro- 
vided ? 

2 1 So is he that layeth up trea- 
sure for himfelf, and is not rich to- 
wards God. 

2 a And he faid unto his difci- 
ples, Therefore I fay unto you, Take 
no thought for your life, what ye 
fhall eat j neither for the body, what 
ye fhall put on. 

22 The life is more then meat, 
and the body is more then rai- 

24 Confider the ravens : for they 
neither fow nor reap ; which nei- 
ther have ftore-houfe nor barn; and 
God feedcth them : How much 
more a re ye better then the fowls ? 

2f And which of you with ta- 
king thought can add to his ftature 
one cubit? 

26 If ye then be not able to do 
that thing which is leaft, why take 
ye thought for the reft ? 

17 Confider the lilies how they 


of the four E<vangelijls. 3 7 9 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XII. 

» grow: They toyl not, they fpin 

not : and yet I fay unto you , that 
Solomon in all his glory, was not 
arayed like one of thefe. 

28 If then God fo clothe the 
grafs, which is to day in the field, 
and to morrow is cafl: into the oven 
how much more will he clothe you, 
O ye of little faith ? 

29 And feek not ye what ye 
fhall eat , or what ye (hall drink , 
neither be ye of doubtful mind. 

30 For all thefe things do the 
nations of the world feek after : 
and your Father knoweth that ye 
have need of thefe things. 

3 1 But rather feek ye the king- 
dom of God , and all thefe things 
(hall be added unto you. 

32 Fear not, little flock ; for it 
is your Fathers good pleafure to 
give you the kingdom. 

33 Sell that ye have, and give 
alms : provide your felves bags 
which wax not old , a treafure in 
the heavens that faileth not, where 
no thief approacheth, neither moth 

34 For where your treafure is, 
there will your heart be alfo. 

35- Let your loyns be girded a- 
bout, and your lights burning ; 

36 And ye your felves like unto 
men that wait for their lord, when 
he will return from the wedding, 
that when he cometh, and knock- 
eth , they may open unto him im- 

37 Bleffed are thofe fervants, 
whom the lord when he cometh 
fhall find watching : verily, I fay 
unto you, that he fhall gird him- 
felf , and make them to fit down 

B b b 2 t° 

2 go The Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XII. 

to meat, and will come forth and 
ferve them. 

38 And if he fhall come in the 
fecond watch, or come in the third 
watch, and find them lb, blefled are 
thofe fervants . 

39 And this know, that if the 
good-man of the houfe had known 
what hour the thief would come, 
he would have watched , and not 
have fuffered his houfe to be bro- 
ken through. 

40 Be ye therefore ready alfo: 
for the Son of man cometh at an 
hour when ye think not. 

41 Then Peter faid unto him, 
Lord, fpeakeft thou this parable un- 
to us, or even to all ? 

42 And the Lord faid, who then 
is that faithful and wife fleward, 
whom his lord fhall make ruler over 
his houfhold, to give them their 
portion of meat in due feafon ? _ 

43 BlefTed is that fer van t, whom 
his lord when he cometh fhall find 
fo doing. 

44 Of a truth I fay unto you, 
that he will make him ruler over 
all that he hath. 

45- But and if that fervant fay in 
his heart, My lord delayeth his com- 
ing 5 and fhall begin to beat the 
men-fervants, and maidens, and to 
eat and drink, and to be drunken: 

46 The lord of that fervant will 
come in a day when he looketh not 
for him, and at an hour when he is 

•not aware, and will cut him in Hin- 
der, and will appoint him his por- 
tion with the unbelievers. 

47 And that fervant which knew 
his lords will, and prepared not 
him/elf, neither did according to 

of the four Evangelijts. 3 S 1 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XII. 

his will, fhall be beaten with many 

48 But he that knew not, and 
did commit things worthy ot ftripes, 
fhall be beaten with few firipes. 
For unto whomsoever much is gi- 
ven, of him lhail be much required : 
and to whom men have committed 
much, of him they will ask the 

49 I am come to fend fire on the 
earth, and what will I, if it be al- 
ready kindled ? 

5-0 But I have a baptiim to be 
baptized with, and how am I ftrait- 
ned till it be accomplished I 

f x Suppofe ye that I am come 
to give peace on earth ? I tell you, 
Nay j but rather diviiion. 

f% For from henceforth there 
ihall be five in one houfe divided, 
three againft two, and two againft 

f 3 The father fhall be divided a- 
gainft the fon , and the fon againft: 
the father : the mother againft the 
daughter, and the daughter againft 
the mother : the mother in law a- 
gainft her daughter in law, and the 
daughter in law againft her mother 
in law. 

/4 And he faid alio to the peo- 
ple, When ye fee a cloud rife out 
of the weft, ftraightway ye fay, 
there cometh a fhowre j and fo 
it is. 

ff And when ye fee the fouth- 
wind blow , ye fay, There will be 
heat; and it cometh to pafs. 

f6 Ye hypocrites, ye can difccrn 
the face of the skie, and of the 
earth : but how is it, that, ye do not 
difcern this time ? ^ 

B ;b b 3 n yea' 

3 8 z The Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XII. 

$7 Yea, and why even of your 
felves judge ye not what is right ?" 

5-8 When thou gocft with thine 
adverfary to the magtftrate, as thou 
art in the way, give diligence that 
thou mayeft be delivered from him; 
left he hale thee to the judge , and 
the judge deliver thee to the officer, 
and the officer caft thee into prifon. 

5-9 I tell thee, thou (halt not de- 
part thence , till thou haft paid the 
very laft mite. 

Chap. XIII. 

§ 16. fT«Here were prefent at that 
X feafbn, fome that told 
him of the Galileans, whofe blood 
Pilate had mingled with their fa- 

2 And Jefus anfwering, faid un- 
to them, Suppofe ye that thefe Ga- 
lileans were tinners above all the 

Galileans, becaufe they fufrered fuch ^ 


3 I tell you, Nay : but except ye * 
repent, ye fhall all likewife perifh. 

4 Or thofe eighteen, upan whom 
the towre in Siloam fell, and flew 
them , think ye that they were fin- 
ners above all men that dwelt in 
Jerufalem ? 

? I tell you, Nay: but except ye 
iepent, ye fhall all likewife pe- 

6 He fpake alfo this parable: A 
certain man had a fig-tree planted 
in his vineyard , and he came and 
fought fruit thereon, and found 

7 Then faid he unto the drefler 
of his vineyard, Behold, thefe'three 
years I come feeking fruit on this 


■•i""^ ■ ■ ■ ^^»™««n««Bs s 

of the four Evangelijls. 3 8 3 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XIII. 

fig-tree, and find none: cut it down, 
why cumbreth it the ground ? 

8 And he anfwering , faid unto 
him, Lord, let it alone this year al- 
io, till I fhall dig about it, and dung 
it : 

9 And if it bear fruit, well: and 
if not, then after that thou lhalt cut 
it down. 

§ 1 7, 10 And he was teaching in 
one of the fynagogues on the fab- 

1 1 And behold, there was a wo- 
t man which had a fpirit of infirmity 

eighteen years, and was bowed to- 
gether, and could in no wife lift 
up herfelf. 

1 2 And when Jefus faw her, he 
called her to him, and faid unto 
her, Woman, thou art looled from 
thine infirmity. 

1 3 And he laid his hands on her : 
and immediately fhe was made 
ftraight, and glorified God. 

14 And the ruler of the fyna- 
gogue anfwered with indignation, 
becaufe that Jefus had healed on the 
labbath-day, and faid unto the peo- 
ple, There are fix days in which 
men ought to work : in them there- 
fore come and be healed , and not 
on the fabbath-day. 

1 f The Lord then anfwered him, 
and faid, Thou hypocrite, doth not 
each one of you on the fabbathloofe 
his ox or his afs from the flail, and 
lead him. away to watering? 

16 And ought not this woman 
being a daughter of Abraham, whom 
Satan hath bound, !o thefe eighteen 
years, be loofed from this bond on 
the fabbath-day ?; 

17 And 

384 T^ e Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XIII. 

ry And when he had faid thefe 
things, all his adverfaries were a- 
fhamed : and all the people rejoy- 
ced for all the glorious things that 
were done by him. 

18 Then laid he, Unto what is 
the kingdom of God like ? and 
whereunto (hall I referable it? 

19 It is like a grain of mufrard- 
feed , which a man took, and call 
into his garden, and it grew, and 
waxed a great tree : and the fowls 
of the air lodged in the branches 
of it. 

20 And again he faid, Whereunto 
fhall I liken the kingdom of God? 

a 1 It is like leaven, which a wo- 
man took and hid in three meafures 
of meal, till the whole was lea- 

ai And he went through the ci- 
ties and villages, teaching and jour- 
nying towards Jerusalem. 


of the four Evangelijls. 385 


From the Feaft of dedication-, till the Death of Lazarus : 
containing about Two months fpace, from 'December A.D. 
3 2 . till February A.T). 33. 

THE Order of mofl of the Sections of this Period will be eafy enough, if 
we obferve but one things which has not hitherto > I thinly, been taken 
notice of by any-, viz. That our Saviour fent the Blind Man to the Fool of 
Siloam, as he went from the Feaft of Tabernacles : But that he did not after- 
ward light on him, and difcourfe him till the Feaft of Dedication following. 
That this is a true Obfervation, I fhall fjew from thefe Arguments, (i .) The 
.Accidents and Events which intervene between the jtnding this Blind Man to 
the Pool of Siloam, and our Saviour s difcourfe with him afterwards, mufi take 
up a conjiderable time ; nap perhaps not much lefs than the whole Interval be- 
tween the two Feafls here mentioned. The Blind Alan is fent to the Pool of 
Siloam. He Waflies therein -, recovers his Sight. His Neighbours are inform d 
of it. They are divided about him : Some fay he was the Perfon that had been 
Blind ; others cannot believe it. He afjures 'em he is the fame Perfon. The 
Sanhedrin hear of it. He is conven'd before them firfi without his Parents, 
and then with them. After fever al Examinations, and a legal Procefs, they 
Excommunicate him. After this, how long we know not-, our Saviour hears 
of his Excommunication., and lights on him again : Informs him that he is the 
Meffias., and receives Adoration from him accordingly. Could all thefe Ac- 
cidents belong to the fame time at the Feaft of Tabernacles ? Ifuppofe not : Efpe- 
cially confidering , (i.) The great hafte with which our Saviour was leaving 
Jerufalem, when he fent the Blind Man to Waft) in the Pool of Siloam. He had 
juft then ef aped Stoning ; and as he was patting away in hafte from his Ad- 
verfaries, he fends the Blind Man away to the Pool. Can we imagin any thinv 
elfe, but that he directly went on his way, and left Jerufalem forthwith ? Nay, 
(l.) Our Saviour feems to have been fo far from flaying there till all the 
forementiond Events were over, that he appears to be gone before the return of 
the Blind Man from the Pool; for otherwife He, upon the recovery of his Sight, 
would have return d, and enquird for him that curd him ; of which we have 
not a fy liable in the Hiflory, but rather the contrary. (<\.) This is alfo con- 
firm 'd by the way of the mention of the Feafl of Dedication, immediately upon 

C c c our 

3 8 6 The Harmony 

our Lord's difcourfe with this A4an, and with thofe who thereupon argued againfi 
him : And it was the Feaft of Dedication at Jerufalem, and it was Winter ; 
and Jefus walked in the Temple in Solomon's Cloifters, &c. Where we have 
not a word of any Journey /<? Jerufalem undertaken after the Difc our fes fore- 
going ■> but rather an intimation, that Jefus was then, and might have been for 
fome time at Jerufalem, agreeably to the Series of the prefent Harmony. That 
the reft of thtsFeriod, containing chiefly part of the i^th, all the \/\th, iph, - 
1 6th, and part of the ijth Chapters of St. Luke, is in its right place, beyond 
Jordan, but not in Judea ; and after the Feaft of Dedication, but not before 
it, is plain from the Conclufion of the i$th Chapter, where our Saviour is bid 
to be zone* left Herod jloould kill him-, which is a certain Jign that he was now 
not in Judea, under Pilate' j Jurifditlion, but in Peraea, beyond Jordan, un- 
der that of Herod. Where alfo our Saviour, fpeakjng of Jerufalem, fays ex- 
prefsly, They (hall not fee me till they (hall fay, Blefledbe he thatcometh 
m the Name of the Lord ; i. e. not till my Triumphal Entry into Jerufalem;, 
five days before my Paffwn. Which is a like evident Token that this was not be- 
fore, but after ?/# Feaft of Dedication, as 'tis here placd in the prefent Har- 
mony. And it muft be obferv'd withal, that the Branches of this Section are fo 
frequently mifplac d hitherto in the Harmonies of the Evangelifts, that even that 
Great Man,Bifoop Richardfon himfelfby whom the true Order of the Evangelifts 
has been much better ftated, than by any other whomfoever, and to whom we have 
been principally obltgd in this Harmony, was miftaken alfo, and thereby very 
much perplex d in this part of our Saviour's Hiftorj. 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. IX. 

§ \> 3i" Jefus heard that they had 
caft him out ■■> and when he had 
found him, he faid unto him, Doft 
thou believe on the Son of God ? 

36 He anfwered and faid, Who 
is he, Lord, that! might believe on 

37 And Jefus faid unto him,Thou 
haft both feen him, and it is he that 
talketh with thee. 

38 And he faid, Lord, I believe. 
And he worfhipped him. 

39 And 

of the four Evafigelifls. 3 87 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. Joht*. 

Chap. IX. 

39 And Jefus Cud, For judgment 
I am come into this world : that 
they which Tee not, might fee ; and 
that they which fee, might be made 

40 And fotne of the Pharifees 
which were with him heard thefe 
words, and faid unto him, Are we 
blind alio ? 

41 Jefus faid unto them, If ye 
were blind, ye fhould have no fin : 
but now ye fay, We fee s therefore 
your fin remaineth. 


§ 2."T7"Erily verily I fay unto you, 
V He that entreth not by the 
door into the fheepfold , but climb- 
eth up fome other way, the fame is 
a thief and a robber. 

2 But he that entreth in by the 
door, is the fhepherd of the fheep. 

3 To him the porter openeth; 
and the fheep hear his voice : and 
he calleth his own fheep by name, 
and leadeth them out. 

4 And when he putteth forth his 
own fheep , he goeth before them , 
and the fheep follow him : for they 
know his voice. 

f And a ftranger will they not 
follow, but will flee from him : for 
they know not the voice of Gran- 

6 This parable fpake Jefus unto 
them : but they underftood not what 
things they were which he fpake 
unto them. 

7 Then faid Jefus unto them a- 
gain, Verily verily I fay unto you, 
I am the door of the fheep. 

$ All that ever came before me, 
C c c z are 

388 The Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. X. 

are thieves and robbers : but the 
fheep did not hear them. 

9 I am the door : by me if any 
man enter in, he (hall be faved, and 
fhall go in and out, and find pa- 

10 The thief cometh not, but 
for to Meal, and to kill, and to de- 
ftroy : I am come that they might 
have life, and that they might have 
it more abundantly. 

1 1 I am the good fhepherd : the 
good fhepherd giveth his life for the 

1 2 But he that is an hireling, and 
not the fhepherd , whole own the 
iheep are not, feeth the wolf com- 
ing, and lea veth the fheep,and flceth ; 
and the wolf catcheth them , and 
fcattereth the fheep. 

1 3 The hireling fleeth , becaufe 
he is an hireling, and careth not for 
the fheep. 

14 I am the good fhepherd, and 
know my ftjep, and am known of 

if As the Father knoweth me, 
even fb know I the Father : and I 
lay down my life for the fheep. 

1 6 And other fheep I have, which 
are not of this fold . them alfo I 
mufl bring, and they fhall hear my 
voice j and there fhall be one fold, 
and one fhepherd. 

17 Therefore doth my Father 
love me, becaufe I lay down my 
life, that I might take it again. 

18 No man taketh it from me, 
but 1 lay it down of my felf: I have 
power to lay it down , and I have 
power to take it again. This com- 
mandment have I received of my 

19 There 

of the four Evangelijls. $%5> 

Matthew* Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. X. 

19 There was a divifion there- 
fore again among the Jews for thefc 

20 And many of them faid, He 
hath a devil, and is mad ; why hear 
ye him? 

2 1 Others faid, Thefe are not the 
words of him that hath a devil : 
Can a devil open the eyes of the 
blind ? 

§3. 22 And it was at Jerufalem 
the feaft of the dedication, and it 
was winter. 

2 3 And Jefus walked in the tem- 
ple in Solomons porch. 

24 Then came the Jews round 
about him, and faid unto him, How 
long doft thou make us to doubt? 
If thou be the Chrift, tell us plainly. 

if Jefus anfwered them, I told 
you, and ye believed not : the works 
that I do in my Fathers name, they 
bear witnefs of me. 

26 But ye believe not ; becaufe 
ye are not of my fheep , as 1 faid 
unto you. 

27 My iheep hear my voice, and 
I know them, and they follow 

28 And I give unto them eternal 
life, and they {hall never perifh, nei- 
ther mail any pluck them out of my 

29 My father which gave them 
me, is greater then all : and none 
is able to pluck them out of my Fa- 
thers hand. 

30 I and my Father are one. 

3 1 Then the Jews took up ftones 
again to flone him. 

32 Jefus anfwered them, Many 

good works have I fhewed you from 1 

C c c 3 my 

35>o The Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. L«ke. John. 

Chap. X. 

my Father j for which of thofe 
works do ye ftone me ? 

3 3 The Jews anfwered him, fay- 
ing, For a good work we ftone thee 
not j but for blafphemy.and becaufe 
that thou, being a man, makeft thy 

34 Jefus anfwered them , Is it 
not written in your law, I faid, Ye 
are gods ? 

$y If he called them gods, unto 
whom the word of God came, and 
the fcripture cannot be broken : 

36 Say ye of him whom the Fa- 
ther hath fan&ified , and fent into 
the world, Thou blafphemeft j be- 
caufe I faid, I am the Son of God? 

37 If I do not the works of my 
Father, believe me not. 

38 But if I do, though ye be- 
lieve not me , believe the works : 
that ye may know and believe that 
the Father is in me, and I in him. 

39 Therefore they fought again 
to take him : but he elcaped out of 
their hand, 

40 And went away again be- 
yond Jordan, into the place where 

Chap. XIII. John at firft baptized j and there he 

^ 4. 23 Then faid 
one unto him , Lord, 
are there few that be 
faved ? And he faid 
unto them, 

34 Strive to enter 
in at the ftrait gate : 
for many, I fay unto 
you, will feek to en- 
ter in , and mail not 
be able. 

25- When once the 
mafter of the houfe is 


of the four Evangelijls. $91 

Matthew. MaHk. Luke. John. 

Chap. XIII. 

rifen up, and hath (hut to. the door, 
and ye begin to ftand without, and 
to knock at the door, faying, Lord* 
Lord , open unto us ; and he fhali. 
anfwer, and fay unto you, I know 
you not whence you are : 

a 6 Then (hall ye begin to fay, 
We have eaten and drunk in thy 
prefence , and thou haft taught in 
our ftreets. 

27 But he ihall lay, I tell you, I 
know you not whence you are ; de- 
part from me all ye workers of ini- 

a 8 There (hall be weeping and 
gnaftung of teeth, when ye (hall fee 
Abraham, and Iiaac, and Jacob, and 
all the prophets in the kingdom of 
Cod, and you your J r elves thruftout. 

29 And they (ball come from the 
eaft, and from the weft, and from 
the north, and from thefouth, and 
(hall fit down in the kingdom of 

30 And behold, there are laft 
which (hall be firft, and there are 
iirft which (ball be laft. 

3 1 The fame day there came cer- 
tain of the Pharifees , faying unto 
him, Get thee out, and depart hence : 
for Herod will kill thee. 

1% And lie faid unto them, Go 
ye and tell that fox, Behold, I caft 
out devils, and I do cures to day 
and to morrow, and the third day 
I (ball be perfected. 

33 Neverthelefs, Imuftwalkto 
day and to morrow, and the day 
following : for it cannot be that a 
prophet perifti out of Jerufalem. 

34 O Jerufalemjeruialem, which 
killeft the prophets, and ftoneft them 
*hat are fent unto thee : how often 


3 5? z The Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XIII. 

Would I have gathered thy children 
together , as a hen doth gather her 
brood under her wings, and ye 
-would not ? 

35- Behold, your houfe is left un- 
to you defolate: and verily I fay 
•unto you , ye fhall not fee me, un- 
til the time when ye fhall fay, Blef- 
fed is he that cometh in the name 
of the T.orH 

Chap. XIV. 

§ f ■ A ^ ^ ll came to P a ^' as nc 

A went into the houfe of one 
of the chief Pharifees to eat bread 
on the iabbath-day, that they watch- 
ed biro. 

2 And behold , there was a cer- 
tain man before him which had the 

3 And Jefus anfwering, fpake 
unto the Lawyers and Pharifees, fay- 

' ing, Is it lawful to heal on the fab- 

4 And they held their peace. And 
he took him and healed him , and 
let him go : 

f And anfwered them , laying. 
Which of you fhall have an afs or 
an ox fallen into a pit, and will not 
ftraightway pull him out on the 
fabbath-day ? 

6 And they could not anfwer 
him again to thefe things. 

7 And he put forth a parable to 
thofe which were bidden, when he 
marked how they chofe out the 
chief rooms 5 faying unto them, 

8 When thou art bidden of any 
man to a wedding, fit not down in 
the highefl room : left a more ho- 
nourable man then thou be bidden 

of him } 9 And 

of the four Evangelifts. 32$ 

Matthews Mark. Luke. 

Chap. XIV. 


9 And he that bade thee and him, 
come and fay to thee, Give this man 
place ; and thou begin with fliame 
to take the loweft room. 

i o But when thou art bidden, go 
and fit down in the loweft room * 
that when he that bade thee cometh, 
he may fay unto thee, Friend, go up 
higher : then fhalt thou have wor- 
ship >in the prefence of them that fit 
at meat with thee. 

ii Forwhofoeverexaitethhira- 
felf, fhall be abafed ; and he that 
humbleth himfelf, fhall be exalted. 
12 Thenfaid he him that 
bade him, When thou makeft a din- 
ner or a fupper, call not thy friends. 
nor thy brethren, neither thy kinf- 
men, nor thy rich neighbours; left 
they alfb bid thee again , and a re- 
jcpmpenfe be made thee. 

1 2 But when thou makeft a feaft, 
call the poor, the maimed, the lame, 
the blind : 

14 And thou fhalt be blefTed ; for 
they cannot recompenfe thee : for 
thou fhalt be recompenfed at the re- 
furre&ion of the jufh • 

if And when one of them that 
fat at meat with him , heard thefc 
things, he faid unto him, BlefTed it 
he that fhall eat bread in the king- 
dom of God. 

1 6 Then faid he unto him, A cer- 
tain man made a great fupper, and 
bade many: 

17 Andfenthisfervantatfupper- 
time, to fay to them that were bid- 
den, Come, for all things are now 

18 And they all with otxconfent 
began to make excufe. The firft 
faid unto him, I have bought a piece 

Ddd of 

3 5? 4 "7k e Harmony 

- ... . ■ j. »i — .."- ' " ■ " " • ' ' 

Matthew.. Mark, Luke. John. 

Cbap. XIV. 

of ground, and I muft needs go and 
fee it : I pray thee have me excu- 

1 9 And another faid, I have bought 
five yoke of oxen, and I go to prove 
them : I pray thee have me excufed. 

20 And another faid, I have mar- 
ried a wife, and therefore I cannot 

zi So that fervant came, and 
•jhewed his lord thefe things. Then 
the matter of the houfe being an- 
gry, faid to his fervant, Go out 
quickly into the ftreets and lanes of 
the city, and bring in hither the poor, 
and the maimed, and the halt, and 
the blind. 

ii And the fervant faid, Lord, it 
U done as thou haft commanded, 
and yet there is room. 
/ .23. And the lord faid unto the fer- 

vant, Go out into the high-ways and 
hedges, and compel them to come 
in, that my houfe may -be filled. 
. 24 Fori fay unto you, that none 
of thofe men which were bidden, 
ihall tafte of my fupper. 

§ 6. 25- And there went great mul- 
titudes with him : and he turned , 
and faid unto them, 

26 If any man come to me, and 
hate not his father, and mother, and 
wife, and children, and brethren , 
and fi'-ers, yea, and his own life 
alfo, he cannot be my difciple. 

27 And whofoever doth not bear 
his crofs, and come after me, can- 
not be my difciple. 

28 For whic h of you intending 
to build atowre, fitteth not down 
firft, and counteth the coft, whe- 
ther he hxvzfnffkient to finifh it ? 

2p Left 

of the fomEwtofigeUJli 





Chap. XIV. 

o to Left haply after "he hath laid 
the-f undation* and is not able to 
firiifh it, all that bdiold'ir, begin to 
mock him, "' 

3-0 Saying, this- man began to 
build, and was not able to finilh. 

3 1 Or what king going to make 
war againft another king , fitted) 
not d6wn firft, and confulteth whe- 
ther he be able with ten thoufand 
to meet him that cometh againft 
him with twenty thoufond ? 

32 Orelfe, while the other is 
yet a great way off, he fendeth an 
ambaflage, and defireth conditions 
of peace. 

3 3 So likewife, whomever he be 
of you , that forfaketh not all that 
he hath, he cannot be my difciple. 

34 Salt & good : but if the fait 
have loft hisiavour, wherewith fhall 
it be feafbned ? 

35- It is neither fit for the land, 
nor yet for the dunghil ; but men 
caft it out. He that hath ears to 
hear, let him hear. 

Chap. XV. 

§ 7. *TiHen drew near unto him 
_L all the publicans and tin- 
ners for to hear him. 

2 And the Pharifees and Scribes 
murmured, faying, This man recei- 
veth finners, and eateth with them. 

3 And he fpake this parable unto 
them, faying, 

4 What man of you having an 
hundred fheep, if he lofe one of 
them, doth not leave the ninety and 
nine in the wildernefs, and go after 
that which is loft, until he find it? 

D d d 7. 


j- And 

^ 9 6 ^ e Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XV. 

f And when he hath, found it, he 
layeth/Vonhisfhoulders, rejoycingi 

6 And when he cometh home, 
he calleth together his friends and 
neighbours, faying unto them, Re- 
joyce with me, for I have found my 
iheep which was loft. 

7 I fay unto you , that likewife 
joy fhall be in heaven over one fin- 
ner that repenteth, more then over 
ninety and nine juft perfons, which 
need no repentance. 

8 Either what woman having ten 
pieces of filver, if fhe lofe one piece, 
doth not light a candle, and fweep 
the houfe , and feek diligently till 
fhe find it ? 

9 And when fhe hath found //, 
fhe calleth her friends and ^neigh- 
bours together, faying,Rejoyce with 
me, for Ihave found the piece which 
I had loft. 

io Likewifel fay unto you.There 
is joy in the prefence of the angels of 
God, over one finner that repenteth. 

1 1 Aud he laid , A certain man 
had two fbns : 

i x And the younger of them faid 
to his father , Father, give me the 
portion of goods that falleth to me. 
And he divided unto them his living. 

1 3 And not many days after, the 
younger fon gathered all together, 
and took his journey into a far 
countrey, and there wafted his fub- 
ftance with riotous living. 

14 And when he had fpent all, 
there arofe a. mighty famine in that 
land i and he began to be in want. 

1 j- Andhewentandjoynedhim- 
felf to a citizen of that countrey j 
and he fent him into the fields to 
feed fwine. 

of the four Eyangelijls. 35>7 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XV. 

16 And he would fain have filled 
his belly with the husks that the 

* {wine did eat : and no man gave 
unto him. 

17 And when he came to him- 
felf, he fiid, How many hired fer- 
vants of my fathers have bread e- 
nough and to fpare, and I perifh 
with hunger ? 

18 I will arife, and go to my fa- 
• ther, and will iayunro him, Father, 

I have finned againft heaven, and 
before thee, 

19 And am no more worthy to 
be called thy Ion: make me as one 
of thy hired fervants. 

20 And he arofe, and came to 
his- father. But when he was yet a 
great way off, his father faw him , 
and had companion, and ran, and 
fell on his neek , and kifled him. 

ai And die fon faid unto him, 
Father, I have finned againft heaven s 
and in thy fight, and am no more 
worthy to be called thy fon. 

a a But the father faid to his fer- 
vants, Bring forth thebeft robe, and 
put it on him , and put a ring on 
feis hand, and fhoes on Bis feet. 

23 And bring hither the fatted 
calf, and kill it, and let us eat and 
be merry. 

24 For this my fon was dead, and 
is alive again j he was loft , and is 
found. And they began to be merry. 

z? Now his elder fon was in the 
field : and as he came and drew 
nigh to the houfe, he heard mufick 
and dancing. 

26 And he called oneof the fer- 
vants, and asked what thefe things 

27 And he faid unto him, Thy 

D d d 3 brethev' 

3 <> 8 , The Harmony 

Matthew, Mark. ... L'jke. 

Chap. XV. 

brother is come y and thy father 
hath killed; the fatted calf, becaufe 
he hath received him fafejarid found. 

28 And he was angry, and would 
. not go in : therefore came his fa- 

, ther out, and intreated him. 

29 And he anfwering, faid to 
his father, Lo, thefe many years do 
I ferve thee, neither tranfgrefled I 

,. at any time ,thy commandment, 
.and yet thou never gaveft me a kid, 
that I might make merry with my 

iricnoU ; ' 

30 But afloon as, this thy fon 
was come , which hath devoured 
thy living with harlots, thou haft 
■killed for him the. fatted calf. 

3 1 And he fay unto him , Son, 
thou art ever with me, and all that 
Ihaye is thine. • 

32 It was meet th*t we fhould 
make merry, and be glad: for this 
thy brother was dead , and is a- 

.', live again j and -was loft, and is 

Chap. XVI. 

§ 8. AN D he faid alfo unto his 
XX difa'ples, There was a cer- 
tain rich man which had a fteward ; 
and the fame was accufed unto him 
that he had wafVd his goods. 

2 Arid he called him , and faid 
unto him, Kow is it that I hear this 
of thee ? give an account of thy 
fteward (hip : for thou mayeft be no 
longer fteward. 

3 Then the fteward laid within 
himfelf , What (hall I do ? for my. 
lord taketh away from me the ftew- 
ardlhip : I cannot dig, to beg I am 

Jo HS, 

4 I am 

of the four E<vangelijis. 3 ^ $ 

Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XVI. 

4 I am reiblved what to do, that 
when I am put out of the fteward- 
fhip, they may receive me into their 

f So he called every one of his 
lords debters unto him, and {aid un- 
. to the firft, How much owefl thou 
unto my lord ? 

6 And he (aid?, An hundred mea- 
sures of oyl. And he faid unto him, 
Take thy bill, and lit down quickly, 
and write fifty. 

7 Then iaid he to another, And 
how much oweft thou? And he 
faid, Aniiundred meafures of wheat. 
And he iaid unto him,' Take thy bill, 
and write fourfcore. 

8 And the lord commended the 
unjuft. fteward, becaufe he had done 
wiiely : for the children of this 
world are in their generation wifer 
then the children of light, 

9 And I lay unro you , Make to 
your felves friends of the mammon 
of unrighteoufnefs g that when ye 
fail, they may receive you into ever- 
iafUng habitations. 

loHethatistaithfulin that which 
is leafr, is faithful alfo in much : and 
he that is unjuft in the leaft, is un- 
juft alio in much. 

1 1 If therefore ye have not been 
faithful in the unrighteous mam- 
mon, who will commit to your 
truft the true riches ? 

12 And if ye have not been faith- 
ful in that which is another mans, 
who fliall give you that which is 
your own ? 

13 No fervant can ferve two 
matters: for either he will hate the 
one, and love the other; orelfe he 
will hold to the one, and defpife 


400 The Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XVI. 

the other. Ye cannot ierve God 
and mammon. 

»4 And the Pharifces alio who 
were covetous, heard all thci'e 
things : and they derided him. 

ij* And he faid unto them, Ye 
are they which juftifie your felves 
before men j but God knoweth 
your hearts : for that which is 
highly efteemed amongft men , is 
abomination in the light of God. 

16 The law and the prophets 
were until John : iince that time 
the kingdom of God is preached, 
and every man preireth into it. 

17 And it is eafier for heaven 
and earth to pais, then one tittle of 
the law to fail. 

18 Whoibever putteth away his 
wife, and marrieth another, com- 
mitteth adultery : and whoibever 
marrieth her that is put away from 
her husband, committeth adultery. 

§ 0. 19 There was a certain rich 
man, which was clothed in purple 
and fine linen , and fared fumptu- 
ouily every day. 

20 And there was a certain beg- 
gar named Lazarus, which was laid 
at his gate, full of ibres, 

21 And defiring to be fed with 
the crumbs which fell from the rich 
mans table : moreover, the dogs 
came and licked his fores. 

22 And it came to pafs that the 
begger died, and was carried by the 
angels into Abrahams bofom : the 
rich man alio died, and was buried. 

25 And in hell he lift up his eyes, 
being in torments , and feeth Abra- 
ham afar off, and Lazarus in his 
bofom, 2 ' 4 And 

m — — — I I, 

of the four Evangelijts. 40 1 

Matthew. Ma^k. Luke. Johk. 

Chap. XVI. 

24 And he cried and faid, Father 
Abraham, have mercy on me, and 
fend Lazarus that he may dip the 
tip of his finger in water and cool 
my tongue ; for I am tormented in 
this flame. 

if But Abraham faid, Son, re- 
member that thou in thy life-time 
receivedft thy good things, and like- 
wife Lazarus evil things: but now 
he is comforted , and thou art tor- 

26 And befides all this, between 
us and you there is a great gulf 
fixed : £6 that they which would 
pafs from hence to you, cannot,- 
neither can they pafs to us , that 
mould come from thence. 

27 Then he faid » I pray thee 
therefore father, that thou wouldefl 
fend him to my fathers houfe: 

28 For I have five brethren ; that 
he may teftify unto them, left they 
alfb come into this place of tor- 

29 Abraham faith unto him, they 
have Mofes and the prophets ; let 
them hear them. 

30 And he faid, Nay, father A- 
braham : but if one went unto them 
from the dead, they will repent. 

31 And he faid unto them, If they 
hear not Mofes and the prophets, 
neither will they be perfwaded, 
though one role from the dead. 

Chap. XVII. 

% 1 i.*Tf«Hen laid he unto thedifci* 
JL pies, It is impoflible but 
that offences will come : but wo 
unto him through whom they 

E c c aft 


-.- ■- J ,rni ^- 

40 2, The Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. Johk. 

Chap. XVII. 

a It were better for him that a 
milftone were hanged about his 
neck, and he caft into the lea, then 
that he fhould offend one of thefe 
little ones. 

3 Take heed to your felves : If 
thy brother trefpafs againft thee, re- 
buke him; and if he repent, forgive 

4 And if he trefpafs againft thee 
feven times in a day, and feven 
times in a day turn again to thee , 
faying, I repent; thou fhalt forgive 

f And the apoftles faid unto the 
Lord, Increafe our faith. 

6 And the Lord faid, If ye had 
faith as a grain of muftard-feed, ye 
might fay unto this fycamine-tree, 
Be thou plucked up by the root, and 
be thou planted in the lea ; and it 
Should obey you. 

7 But which of you having a 
fcrvant plowing, or feeding cattel, 
will fay unto him by and by, when 
he is come from the field , Go and 
lit down to meat? 

8 And will not rather lay unto 
him, Make ready wherewith I may 
fup, and gird thy felf, and ferve 
me, till I have eaten and drunken ; 
and afterward thou fhalt eaf and 
drink ? 

9 Doth he thank that fervant be- 
caufe he did the things that were 
commanded him ? I trow not. 

, i6 So like wife ye, when ye fhall 
have done all thofe things which 
are commanded you, fay, We arc 
unprofitable fervants: we have done 
that which was our duty to do. 


of the four Evangelijls. 403 


From tkeTtedth of Lazarus > till the Beginning of the Taffover- 
Week : containing about fix weeks, from February A. T>. 3 3. 
till March the fame year. 

IF we remember that we left Chrifl beyond Jordan, at the Conclufwr. of the 
former Period^ according to the Accounts both of St. Luke and St. John. 
That from thence ■, by St. John's Accounts, he went to Bethany toraife Laza- 
rus'; and after that retird to Ephraim, near Hazor, in the remoter Parts of 
Galilee : And withal obferve, that St. Luke fays, His lafi Journey was through 
the, midfi of Samaria and Galilee, as it mufi be from Ephraim; we foall cajily 
find, that the feveral Seclions of this Chapter are in their proper places in the 
prefent Harmony. 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. X. 

§ 1. 41 A N D many refbrted unto 
A him,andfaid, John did 
no miracle: but all things that John 
ipake of this man, were true. 

42 And many believed on him 

Chap. XI. 

NOW a certain man was 
lick, named Lazarus of 
Bethany, the town of Mary and 
her lifter Martha. 

2 ( It was that Mary which a- 
nointed the Lord with ointment, 
and wiped his feet with her hair, 
whole brother Lazarus was lick.) 

3 Therefore his fillers lent unto 
him, faying, Lord, behold 3 he whom 
thou loveft, is fick. 

4 When Jefus heard that, hefaid , 
This ficknels is not unto death, but 

E e e z for 

404 The Harmony 

A-TTHEwr. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XI. 

for the glory of God, that the Son 
of God might be glorified thereby. 
f Now Jefus loved Martha, and 
her fifter, and Lazarus. 

6 When he had heard therefore 
that he was fick, he abode two days 
full in the fame place where he was. 

7 Then after that, faith he to his 
difciples, Let us go into Judea again. 

8 His difciples fay unto him, 
Mafter, the Jews of late fought to 
(lone thee ; and goeft thou thither 

9 Jefus anfwered, Are there not 
twelve hours in the day ? If any 
man walk in the day, he ftumbleth 
not , becaufe he feeth the light of 
this world. 

I o But if a man walk in the night, 
he ftumbleth, becaufe there is na 
light in him. 

I I Thefe things faidhe: and af- 
ter that, he faith unto them, Our 
friend Lazarus fleepeth j but I go, 
that I may awake him out of fleep. 

iz Then faid his difciples, Lord, 
if he fleep, he fhali do well. 

13 Howbeit Jefus fpake of his 
death: but they thought that he 
had fpoken of taking of reft in 

14 Then faid Jefus unto them 
plainly, Lazarus is dead. 

1 $■ And I am glad for your fakes, 
that I was not there (to the intent 
ye may believe) neverthelefs, let us 
go unto him. 

16 Then faid Thomas, which is 
called Didymus, unto his fellow- 
difciples , Let us alfo go , that we 
may die with him. 

§i. 7 1 Then 

of the four Evangelijis* 405 

Matthew. Mabk. Luke. John. 

Chap. XI. 

§2. 17 Then when Jefus came,. 
he found that he had iien in the 
grave four days already. 

18 (Now Bethany was nigh un£o 
Jeruialem.about fifteen furlongs off) 

19 And many of the Jews came 
to Martha and Mary, to comfort 
them concerning their brother. 

20 Th n Martha, aflbon as fhc 
heard that Jefus was coming, went 
and met him : but Mary fat fiill ia 
the houfe. 

21 Then faid Martha unto Jefus, 
Lord, if thou hadft been here, my 
brother had not died. 

22 But I know, that even now 
whatfoever thou wilt ask of God, 
God will give it thee. 

a 3 Jefus faith unto her, Thy bro- 
ther fhall rife again. 

24 Martha faith unto him, I know 
that he fhall rife again in the refiir- 
rection at the laft day. 

25- Jefus faid unto her, I am the 
refurre&ion, and the life : he that 
believeth in me, though he were 
dead, yet fhall he live ; 

26 And whofoever liveth , and 
believeth in me, fhall never die. Be- 
Ueveft thou this ? 

27 She faith unto him, Yea, 
Lord : I believe that thou art the 
Chrift &e Son of God which fhould 
come into the world. 

28 And when fhe had fo faid, fhe 
went her way, and called Mary her 
fitter fecrefly , faying, The Matter 
is come, and calkrh ,or thee. 

29 Aflbon as fhc heard that, fhc 
arofe quickly, and came unto him, 

30 Now Jefus was not yet come 
into the town, but was in that place 
where Martha met him, 

E e e 3, 31 The-. 

4 o 6 The Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. Lvke. Johk. 

Chap. XI. 

3 1 The Jews then which were 
with her in the houfe, and com- 
forted her, when they faw Mary 
that fhe rofe up hafhly , and went 
out, followed her, faying, She go- 
eth unto the grave, to weep there. 

3 2 Then when Mary was come 
where Jefus was, and faw him, fhe 
fell down at his feet , laying unto 
him, Lord, if thou hadft been here, 
my brother had not died. 

33 When Jefus therefore faw her 
weeping, and the Jews alfo weeping 
which jame with her, he groaned 
in the fpirit and was troubled , 

34 And faid, Where have ye laid 
him ? They fay unto him,Lord,come 
and fee. 

3^ Jefus wept. 

36 Then faid the Jews, Behold 
how he loved him. 

3 7 And fome of them faid, Could 
not this man which opened the eyes 
of the blind, have caufed that even 
this man (hould not have died ? 

38 Jefus therefore again groan- 
ing in himfelf, cometh to the grave. 
It was a cave, and a ftone lay up- 
on it. 

39 Jefus faid, Take ye away the 
ftone. Martha, the fifter of him 
that was dead, faith unto him, Lord, 
by this time he ftinketh : for he hath 
been dead four days. 

40 Jefus faith unto her , Said I 
not unto thee, that if thou would- 
eft believe, thou ftiouldeft fee the 
glory of God ? 

41 Then they took away the 
ftone from the place where the dead 
was laid. And Jefus lift up his eyes, 
and faid, Father, I thank thee that 
thou haft heard me. 

4z And 

of the four Evangelijis. 407 

Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XL 

• 41 And I knew that thou heareft 

me always : but becaufe or" the peo- 
ple which ftand by, I faid it, that 
they may believe that thou haft fent 

43 And when he thus had ipo- 
ken , he cried with a loud voice, 
Lazarus, come forth. 

44 And he that was dead came 
forth, bound hand and foot with 
grave-clothes : and his face was 
bound about with a napkin. Jefus 
faith unto them , Loofe him , and 
let him go. 

45- Then many of the Jews which 
came to Mary, and had feen the 
things which Jefus did, believed on 
. him. 

§ 3. 46 But fome of them went 
thtir ways to the Pharifees, and told 
them what things Jefus had done. 

47 Then gathered the chief priefts 
and the Pharifees a councel , and 
faid, What do we? for this man do- 
eth many miracles. 

48 If we let him thus alone, all 
men will believe on him ; and the 
Romans fhall come and take away 
both our place and nation. 

49 And one of them named Caia- 
phas, being the high pried that fame 
year, laid unto them, Ye know no- 
thing at all : 

j-o Nor coniider that it is expe- 
dient for us , that one man fhould 
die for the people, and that the 
whole nation perifh not. 

fi And this fpake he not of him- 
felf : but being high prielt that year, 
he propheiied that Jefus fhould die 
n for that nation : 

ft And not for that nation only, 

4 o8 The Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XI. 

but that alfo he fhouid gather toge- 
ther in one , the children of God 
that were fcattercd abroad. 

5-3 Th j n from that clay forth, 
they took counfel together for to 
put him to i nth. 

$■4 jefus therefore walked no 

more openly among the Jews; but 

went thence into a countrey near 

to the wildernefs, into a city called 

Chap. XVII. Ephraim, and there continued with 

his difciples. 
§4. 1 1 And it came 
to pafs, as he went to 
Jerufalem, that he paf- 
ied through the midft 
of Samaria and Gali- 

ii And as he en- 
tred into a certain vil- 
lage, there met him 
ten men that were le- 
pers , which ftood a- 

13 And they lifted 
up their voices* and 
faid, Jefus Mafter,have 
mercy on us. 

14 And when he 
faw them, he faid un- 
to them, Go ihew 
your lelves unto the 
priefts. And it came 
to pafs that as they 
went,they were dean- 

ij* And one of them, 
when he faw that he 
was healed , fumed 
back, and with c; loud 
voice glorified God, 

16 And fell down 
-on h'n face at his feet, 


of the four Evangelifts. 4° 9 

Mark. Luke. Johh. 

Chap. XVII. 

giving him thanks : and he was 
a Samaritan. 

17 Andjefus anfwering, faid, 
Were there not ten cleanfcd? but 
where are the nine ? 

1 8 There are not found that re- 
turned to give glory to God , fave 
this flranger. 

19 And he faid unto him, Arife, 
go thy way ; thy faith hath made 
thee whole. 

§ j. 20 And when he was de- 
manded of the Pharifecs, when the 
kingdom of God mould come; he 
anfwered them and faid, The king- 
dom of God cometh not with ob- 

21 Neither mall they {ay, Lo 
here, or, lo there : for behold, the 
kingdom of God is within you. 

22 And he faid unto the difci- 
ples, The days will come when ye 
lhall defire to fee one of the day* 
of the Son of man, and ye {hall not 
fee it. 

2 3 And they mall fay to you, See 
here, or fee there; go not after them, 
nor follow them. 

24 For as the lightning that light- 
neth out of the one part under hea- 
ven, fhineth unto the other fart un- 
der heaven: fo (hall alfo the Son of 
man be in his day. 

25* But firft muft he fuffer many 
things , and be rejected of this ge- 

26 And as it was in the days of 
Noe, fo mail it be alfo in the days 
of the Son of man. 

27 They did eat, they drank, 
they married wives, they were gi- 
ven in marriage, until the day that 

F f f Noc 

4 10 The Harmony 


Matthew. Mark. " Luke. 

Chap. XVII. 

Noe entred into the ark : and the 
flood came, and deftroyed them all. 

28 Likewife alfo as it was in the 
days of Lot, they did eat, they drank, 
they bought, they fold, they planted, 
they builded : 

29 But the fame day that Lot 
went out of Sodom , it rained fire 
and brimftone from heaven, and 
deftroyed them all : 

30 Even thus (hall it be in the 
day when the Son of man is re- 

3 1 In that day, he which (hall be 
upon the houfe-top, and his ftuff 
in the houfe, let him not come down 
to take it away : and he that is in 
the field , let him likewife not re- 
turn back. 

32 Remember Lots wife. 

33 Whofoever (hall feek to fave 
his life, fhall loie it : and whofoe- 
ver fhall lofe his life, fhall preferve 

34 I tell you, in that night there 
fhall be two men in one bed ; the 
one fhall be taken , and the other 
fhall be left. 

3 f Two women fhall be grind- 
ing together ; the one fhall be ta- 
ken, and the other left. 

36 Two men fhall be in the field; 
the one fhall be taken, and the other 

37 And they anfwered, and faid 
unto him, Where, Lord? And he 
faid unto them , Wherefoever the 
body is , thither will the eagles be 
gathered together. 

J° H N. 

§6. AND 

of the four Evangelijls. 41 1 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XVIII. 

§ 6. A ND he fpake a parable un- 
A to them, to this end, that 
men ought always to pray, and not 
to faint. 

2 Saying, There was in a city a 
judge, which feared not .God, nei- 
ther regarded man. 
•■ 3 And there was a widow in that 

city, and (he came unto him, fay- 
ing, Avenge me of mine adver- 

fai 7' 

4 And he would not for a while; 

but afterward he faid within him- 
felf, Though I fear not God, nor 
regard man ; 

f Yet becaufe this widow trou- 
bled me, I will avenge her, left by 
her continual coming ihe weary 

6 And the Lord faid, Hear what 
the unjuft judge faith. 

7 And mall not God avenge hie 
own eleft, which cry day and night 
unto him, though he bare long with 

8 I tell you that he will avenge 
them fpeedily. Neverthelefs, when 
the Son of man cometh, mall he 
find faith on the eartfer ? 

9 And he fpake this parable un- 
to certain which trufted in them- 
felves that they were righteous, and 
defpifed others : 

10 Two men went up into the 
temple to pray; the one aPharifee, 
the other a Publican. 

1 1 The Pharifee ftood and pray- 
ed thus with himfelf, God I thank 
thee, that I am not as other men 
are, extortioners, unjuft, adulter- 
ers, or even as this Publican. 

12 I faft twice in the week , I 
give tithes of all that I poflefs. 

Fff 1 *5 And 

4 1 % The Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XVIII. 

1 3 And the Publi- 
can ftanding afar off, 
would not lift up fo 
much as his eyes unto 
heaven, biitfmote up- 
onhisbreaft, laying, 
God be merciful to me 
a {inner. 

14 I tell you, this 
man went down to 
his houfe juftified ra- 
ther then the other: 
for every one that ex- 
alteth himfelf, fhall be 
abafed ; and he that 

Chap. XIX. Chap. X. humbleth himfelf , 

$7. gThePharifees ' * And the Pharifees 
alfo came unto him, came to him, and ask- 
temptinghim,andfay- cd him, Is it lawful 
inguntohim,Isitlaw- for a man to put away 
ful for a man to put a- his wife? tempting 
way his wife for every him. 
caufe? 3 Andheanfwered 

4 Andheanfwered and faid unto them, 
and faid unto them , What did Mofes corn- 
Have ye not read, that mand you ? 
he which made them 4 And they faid, 
at the beginning, made Moles fuffered to 
them male and fe- write a bill of divorce- 
male ? ment, and to put her 

f And faid, For this away. 
caufe fhall a man leave 5 And Jefus anfwer- 
father and mother, and ed and faid unto them, 
fhall cleave to his wife: For the hardnefs of 
and they twain fhall your heart, he wrote 
be one flefh. you this precept. 

6 Wherefore they 6 But from the be- 
are no more twain , ginning of the creati- 
but one flefh. What on, God made them 
therefore God hath male and female. 
joyned together, let 7 For this caufe Hull 
no man put afrnder. a man leave his father 

fhall be exalted. 

7. They 

of the four Evangelijls. 


Chap. XIX. 

7 They fay unto 
him, Why did Mofes 
then command to give 
a writing of divorce- 
ment, and to put her 
away ? 

8 He faith unto 
them* Mofes, becaufe 
of the hardnefsof your 
hearts, fuffered you to 
put away your wives : 
but from the begin- 
ning it was not fo. 

9 And I fay unto 
you, Whofoever (hall 
put away his wife, ex- 
cept it be for fornica- 
tion, and (hall marry 
another, committeth 
adultery : and whofo 
marrieth her which is 
put away, doth com- 
mit adultery. 

10 His difciples fay 
unto him, If the cafe 
of the man be ib with 
his wife, it is not good 
to marry. 

1 1 But he laid un- 
to them, All men can- 
not receive thifrfaying, 
fave they to whom it 
is given. 

iz For there are 
fbme eunuchs, which 
were fo born from 
their mothers womb: 
and there are fome eu- 
nuchs, which were 
made eunuchs of men : 
and there be eunuchs, 
which have made 
themfelves eunuchs 


Chap. X, 

and mother,and cleave 
to his wife; 

8 And '.'.ty twain 
(hall be one flelh : fo 
then they are no more 
twain, butonerlefh. 

9 What therefore 
God hath joyned to- 
gcther,let not man put 

10 Andinthehoufe 
his difciples asked him 
again of the fame mat- 

11 And he faith un- 
to them , Whofoever 
fhall put away his 
wife, and marry ano- 
ther, committeth a- 
dultery againft her. 

12. And if a wo- 
man fhall put away 
her husband, and be 
married to another 9 
fhe committeth adul- 



Ff f 


4i 4 Tk e Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. L'^ke. John. 

Chap. XIX. Chap. X. Chap. XVIII. 

for the kingdom of 
heavens fake. He that 
is able to receive it, 
let him receive it. 

§8. 1 3 Then were ^ 3 And they brought if And they brought 
there brought unto y 0ung children to unto him alfo infants, 
him little children, him, that he mould that he ttioold tauch 
that he mould pat bis t0 uch them ; and his them: btrt Wfcen'fe 
hands on them, and difciples rebuked thofe difciples fr v v it , they 
pray : and the difci- that brought them. rebuked rhern. 
>ples rebuked them. r4 But when Jefus 16 But Jefus called 

14 But Jefus faid, f aw ,>, he was much them unto htm, and 
Surfer little children, difpleafed, and faid un- faid, Surfer little chil- 
and forbid them not to them,Suffer the little dren to come 'unto 
to come unto me: for children to come unto me, and forbid them 
of fuch is the king- me, and forbid them not: for of fuch is the 
dom of heaven, not : for of fuch is the kingdom of God. 

1 j- And he laid his kingdom of God. 1 7 Verily I fay un- 

hands on them , and 15- Verily I fay un- to you, whomever 
•departed thence. t o you, Whomever (hall not receive the 

16 And behold, one fli a n not receive the kingdom of God as a 
came, and faid unto kingdom of God as a little child, fhallinno 
him, Good mafter, little child, he (hall wile enter therein, 
what good thing (hall not enter therein. 18 Arid a certain 
I do that I may have ,6 And he took ruler asked him, fay- 
eternal lite ? them up in his arms, ing,Good mafter,what 

1 7 And he faid un- pu t his hands upon mall I do to inherit 
to him, Why callefl: them, and blelfed eternal life? 

thou me good"? there them. 19 And Jefus faid 

is none good but one, , 7 And when he unto him, Why callefl: 
that is God: but if was gone forth into thou me good? none 
thou wilt enter intc the way, there came is good fave one, that 
life keep the com- one running , and is, God. 
mandments. kneeled to him, and 20 Thou knowefl: 

j 8 He faith unto asked him, Good ma- the commandments, 
him, Which ? Jefus fter, what (hall I do Do not commit adul- 
faid , Thou (halt do that I may inherit e- tery, Do not kill, Do 
no murder, Thou malt ternal life ? not flea], Do not bear 

not commit adultery, 18 And Jefus faid falfe witnefs, Honour 
Thou malt not fleal, unto him, Why callefl: thy rather and thy mo- 
Thou fhalt not be.r thou me good ? there ther. 
fuUe witnefs, is none good, but one, n And he faid, All 


of the four Evangelifls. 4 1 5 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XIX. Chap. X. Chap. XVIII. 

ip Honour thy fa- that is, God. thefe have I kept from 

ther and thy mother : 19 Thou knoweft my youth up. 
and, Thou (halt love the commandments , 2z Now whenje- 
thy neighbour as thy Do not commit adul- fus heard thefe things, 
felf. tery, Do not kill, Do he faid unto him, Yet 

20 The young man not ileal, Do not bear lack eft thou one thing : 
faith unto him , All falfe witnefs, Defraud fell all that thou haft, 
thefe things have I not,H©nour thy father and diftribute unto the 
kept from my youth and mother. poor , and thou malt 
up: what lack I yet ? 20 Andheanfwer- have treafure in hea- 

21 Jefus faid unto ed and faid unto him, ven : and come, fol- 
ium , If thou wilt be Mafter, all thefe have low me. 

per fe&,go and fell that I obferved from my 23 And when he 

thou haft, and give to youth. heard this, he was 

the poor, and thou 21 Then Jefus be- very forrowful : for 

fhalt have treafure in holding him , loved he was very rich, 

heaven: and come and him, and faid unto 24 And when Je- 

fbllow me. him , One thing thou fus faw that he was 

22 But when the lackeft: go thy way, very forrowful , he 
young man heard that fell whatfoever thou faid, How hardly (hall 
faying, he went away haft , and give to the they that have riches 
forrowful: for he had poor; and thou fhalt enter into the king- 
great poffeflions. have treafure in hea- dom of God ! 

23 Then faid Jefus ven; and come, take 2/ For it is eafier 
unto his difciples, Ve- up the crofs, and fol- for a camel to go 
rily I fay unto you , low me. through a needles eye, 
that a rich man (hall 22 And he was fad then for a rich man to. 
hardly enter into the at that faying, and enter into the king- 
kingdom of heaven, went away grieved : dom of God. 

24 And again I fay for he had great pof- 26 And they that 
unto you, It is ealier fefllons. heard it, faid, Who 
for a camel to go 23 And Jefus look- then can be faved ? 
through the eye ot a ed round about, and 27 And he faid, 
needle, then for a rich faith unto his difciples, The things which are 
man to enter into the How hardly (hall they unpoffible with men, 
kingdom of God. that have riches enter are poffible with God. 

2y When his difci- into the kingdom of 28 Then Peter faid, 
pics hcaru//,f hey were God \ Lo, we have left all, 

exceedingly amazed , 24 And the difci- and followed thee, 
faying, Who then can pics were aftonifhed 29 And he (aid un- 
be faved ? at his words. But Je- to them , Verily I fay 

26 But Jefus beheld fus anfwereth again, unto you, there is no 
them, and faid unto and faith unto them, man that hath left 


4i 6 The Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. Ljke. John. 

Chap. XIX. Chap. X. Chap. XVIII. 

them, With men this Children, how hard houfe, or parents, or 

isunpoffible, but with is it for them th3t brethren, or wife, or 

God all things arepof- truft in riches, to en- childifn, for the king, 

iible. ter into the kingdom dom ot Gods 'ike, 

27 Thenanfwered of God! 30 Who fhaU not 
-Peter , and faid unto 2 f It is eafier for a receive m~nirola more 
him, Behold, we have camel to go through in this preient time, 
forfaken all, and fo'- the eye of a needle, and in the world to 
lowed thee j what then for a rich man to come life everiafting. 
lhall we have there- enter into the king- 
fore ? dom of God. 

28 And Jefus faid 26 And they were 
unto them, Verily I aftonilhed out of mea- 
fay unto you, that ye fure, faying among 
which have followed themfelves, Who then 
me in the regenera- can be faveJ ? 

tion, when the Son 27 And Jefus look- 
of man lhall lit in ing upon them, faith, 
the throne of his glo- with men *>» impofii- 
ry, ye alio lhall *tt ble, but not with God: 
upon twelv- thiun^s, for with God all things 
judging the twelve are pofllble. 
tribes of Ifrael. 28 Then Peter be- 

29 And every one gan to fa^ unto him, 
that hath fcrfaken Lo, we have left all , 
houfes,or b»erriren,or and have followed 
lifters, or father, or thee. 

mother, or wife, or 29 And jefus an- 

children, or lands for fwered and laid, Ve- 

my names :ake, lhall riry I lay unto you, 

receive an hundred- There is no man that 

fold, and lhall inherit hath left houfe, orbTC- 

everlafting life. thren, or fillers, or fa- 

30 But many that ther, or mother, or 
tire firft, lhall be laft; wife, or children, or 
?.nd the laft /I} all be lands, for my fake and 

ffirft. the gofpels , 

30 But he lhall re- 
ceive an hundred-fold 
now in this time, hou- 
fes, and brethren, and 
fillers, and mothers > 
and children , and 


of the four Evangelifts. 



Chap. XX. 

§p.T-iOR the kingdom of heaven 
1. is like unto a man that is 
an houfholder, which went out ear- 
ly in the morning to hire labourers. 
into his vineyard. 

2 And when he had agreed with 
the labourers for a peny a day, he 
fent them into his vineyard. 

3 And he went out about the 
third hour, and faw others (landing 
idle in the market-place, 

4 And faid unto them, Go ye al- 
io into the vineyard , and whatfo- 
ever is right, I will give you. And 
they went their way. 

$• Again he went out about the 
lixth and ninth hour, and did like- 

6 And about the eleventh hour 
he went out, and found others (land- 
ing idle, and faith unto them, Why 
ftand ye here all the day idle ? 

7 They fay unto him, Becaufe no 
man hath hired us. He faith unto 
them, Go ye alfo into the vineyard, 
and whatfoever is right, that mall 
ye receive. 

8 So when even was come, the 
lord of the vineyard faith unto his 
{reward, Call the labourers, and give 
them their hire, beginning from the 
laft unto the fijft. 

9 And when they came that were 
hired about the eleventh hour, they 
received every man a peny. 

1 o But when the firft came, they 
fuppofed that they mould have re- 


Chap. X. 

lands, with perfec- 
tions; and in the world 
to come eternal life. 

3 1 But many that 
are firft, fhall be laft: 
and the laft, firft. 





4 1 8 The Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. Johk. 

Chap. XX. 

ceived more, and they likewife re- 
ceived every man a peny. 

1 1 And when they had received 
it, they murmured againft the good 
man of the houfe, 

1 2 Saying.Thefe laft have wrought 
but one hour, and thou haft made 
them equal unto us, which have 
born the burden and heat of the 

1 3 But he anfwered one of them, 
and faid, Friend, I do thee no wrong : 
didft not thou agree with me for a 

14 Take that thine is, and go 
thy way: I will give unto this laft, 
even as unto thee. 

1 f Is it not lawful for me to do 
what I will with mine own ? is thine 
eye evil, becaufe I am good ? 

16 So the laft fhall be firft, and 
the firft, laft : for many be called, 
but few chofen. Chap. X. Chap. XVTII. 

§ 10. 17 And Jefus going up to 32 And they were 31 Then he took 
jerufalem , took the twelve difci- in the way going up unto him the twelve, 
pies apart in the way, and faid unto to Jerufalem : and Je- and faid unto them , 
them , fus went before them ; Behold , we go up to 

18 Behold, we go up to Jerufa- and they were ama- Jerufalem , and all 
lem, and the Son of man fhall be zed, and as they fol- things that are writ- 
betrayed unto the chief priefts, and lowed, they were a- ten by the prophets 
unto the fcribes, and they fhall con- fiaid. And he took concerning the Son of 
demn him to death, again the twelve, and man fhall be accom- 

19 And fhall deliver him to the began to tell them plifhed. 

Gentiles to mock, and to fcourge, what things fhould 32 For he fhall be 
and to crucifie him : and the third happen unto him , delivered unto the 
day he fhall rife again. 33 Saying, Behold,, and fhall be 

20 Then came to him the mo- wegouptojerufalem, mocked, and fpitefully 
ther of Zi'bedee's children, with her and the Son of man entreated and {pitted 
fons, worfhipping him, and dcfiring fhall be delivered un- on ; 

a certain thing of him. to the chief priefts , 33 And they fhall 

2t And he faid unto her , What and unto the fcribes: fcourge him, and put 

wilt thou ? She faith unto him , and they fhall con- him to death : and the 


of the four Evangelifts 



Chap. XX. 

Grant that thefe my 
two fbns may fit, 
the one on thy right 
hand , and the other 
on the left in thy king- 

a 2 But Jefus an- 
fwered and faid , Ye 
know not what ye 
ask. Are ye able to 
drink of the cup that 
I (hall drink of, and 
to be baptized with 
the baptifm that I am 
baptized with? They 
fay unto him, We are 

23 And he faith 
unto them, Ye fhall 
drink indeed of my 
cup, and be baptized 
with the baptifm that 
I am baptized with: 
but to fit on my right 
hand, and on my left, 
is not mine to give, but 
itjhall be given to them 
for whom it is prepa- 
red of my Father. 

24 And when the 
ten heard it, they were 
moved with indigna- 
tion againft the two 

x$ But Jefus called 
them unto him , and 
faid, Ye know that 
the princes of the Gen- 
tiles exercife domini- 
on over them,and they 
that are great, exercife 
authority upon them. 

26 But it (hall not 


Chap. X. 

demn him to death, 
and fhall deliver him 
to the Gentiles ; 

34 And they fhall 
mock him, and fhall 
fcourge him, and fhall 
fpit upon him, and 
fhall kill him: and the 
third day he fhall rife 

35* And James and 
John the fons of Ze- 
bedee come unto him, 
faying, Mafter, we 
would that thou 
fhouldefl do for us 
whatfbever we fhall 

36 And he faid un- 
to them, What would 
ye that I fhould do for 

37 They faid unto 
him, Grant unto us 
that we may fit , on« 
on thy right hand, and 
the other on thy left 
hand, in thy glory. t 

38 But Jefus faid 
unto them, Ye know 
not what ye ask: can 
ye drink of the cup 
that I drink of? and 
be baptized with the 
baptifm that I am bap- 
tized with? 

39 And they faid 
unto him, We can. 
And Jefus faid unto 
them, Ye fhall indeed 
drink of the cup that 
I drink of; and with 
the baptifm that I am 


Chap. XVIII. 

third day he fhall rife 

34 And they un- 
derftood none of theie 
things : and this fay- 
ing was hid from 
them, neither knew 
they the things whick 
were fpoken. 


Ggg * 

4io The Harmony 

Matthew. Mark* Luke. John. 

Chap. XX. Chap. X- 

be fo among you: but baptized withall, (hall 

whofoever will be ye be baptized : 

great among you, let 40 But to fit on my 

him be your minifter. right hand and on my 

27 And whofoever left hand, is not mine 
will be chief among to give, but itjhall be 
you > let him be your given to them for 
iervant. whom it is prepa- 

28 Even as the Son red. 

©f man came not to 41 And when the 
be miniftred unto, but ten heard it, they be- 
to minifter,and to give gan to be much dif 
his life a ranfbm for pleafed with James 
many, and John. 

42 But Jefus called 
them to him, and faith 
unto them, Te know 
that they which are 
accounted to rule over 
the Gentiles , exercife 
lordfhip over them j 
and their great ones* 
exercife authority up- 
on them. 

43 But fo fhall it 
not be among you: 
but whofoever will be 
great among you, fhall 
be your minifter. 

44 And whofoever 
of you will be the 
ehiefefh fhall be fer- 
vant of all. 

4j For even the 
Son of man came not 
to be miniftred unto, 
but to minifter, and 
to give his life a ran- 
fbm tor many. 

§ 1 *. 29 And 

of the four E<vangelifls. 


Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XX. Chap. X. Chap. XVIII. 

§ 1 f. 29 And as they 46 And they came jj- And it came to 
departed from Jeri- to Jericho : and as he pais, that as he was 
cho , a great multi- went out of Jericho come nigh unto Jeri- 
tude followed him. with his dhciples,, arid cho, a certain blind 

30 And behold/wo a grc r number otpeo- man iat by the way- 
blind men fitting by pie. ^lino Baytimeus, fide begging. 

the way- fide, when the ion of Timeus, lat 36 And hearing the 
they heard that Jefus by the high-way iide, multitude pais by, he 
paired by, cried out, begging. asked what it meant, 

laying, Have mercy 47 And when he 37 And they told 
onus, O Lord, thou heard that it was Jefus him, thatjefusof Na- 
fon of David. of Nazareth, he began zareth pafleth by. 

31 And the multi- to cry out, and fay, 38 And he cried, 
tudi rebuked them, Jefus,. thou fon of Da- faying, Jeiiis, Thou 
bec^ufe they fhould vid, have mercy on Son of David, have 
hold their peace : but me. mercy on me. 

they cried the more, 48 And many char- 39 And they which 
faying , Have mercy ged him that he fhould went before, rebuked 
ejnus, O Lord, thou hold his peace: but he him, that he fhould 
lbn of David. cried the more a great hold his peace : but 

32 And Jefus ftood deal, Thou fon of Da- he cried fo much the 
frill, and called them, vid, have mercy on more, Thou Soa of 
and faid, What will ye me. David, have mercy on 
that I fhould do unto 49 And Jefus ftood me. 

you ? ftill, and commanded 40 And Jefus ftood 

33 They fay unto him to be called : and and commanded him 
him, Lord, that our they call the blind to be brought unto 
eyes may be opened man, faying unto him, him : and when he was 

34 So Jefus had Be of good comfort, come near, he asked 
co^-.paffion on them, rife; he calleth thee, him, 

and toucheJ their yo And he carting 41 Saying, What 
eyes: and immediate- away his garment, wilt thou that I fhall 
ly their eyes received rofe, and came to Je- do unto thee? And he 
fight, and they follow- has. faid, Lord, that I may 

edhim. 5" J And Jefus an- receive my light. 

fwered and laid unto 4a And Jefus faid 
him , What wilt thou unto him, Receive thy. 
that I fhould do unto fighc : thy faith hath . 
thee? The blind man faved thee, 
faid unto him, Lord, 43 And immediate- 
that I might receive ly he received his fight, 
my fight. and followed him, glo- 

Ggg J. ?i- And 

4Z2 The Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. Johk. 

Chap. X, Chap. XVIII. 

$•2 And Jefus faid rifying GcH . and ill 
unto him, Go thy way ; the people \vhcr» they 
thy faith hath made faw/f, gavepraiieun- 
thee whole. And im- to God. 
mediately he received 
his fight, and followed Chap. XIX. 

Jefus in the way. 

§ ra. A N D Jefus 
J\. entred and 
pafled through Jeri- 

2 .And behold,*/; ere 
•»» s a man n? med Zac- 
cheus, whicii was the 
chief among the pub- 
licans, and he was 

3 And he fought 
to fee Jefus who he 
was, and could not for 
the prexs , becaufe he 
was little of ftature. 

4 And he ran be- 
fore, and climbed up 
into a fycamore-tree 
to fee him , for he was 
to pais that way. 

f And when Jefus 
came to the place, he 
looked up, and faw 
him, and faid unto 
him, Zaccheus. make 
hafte.and come down^ 
for to day I muft abide 
at thy houfe. 

6 And he ' made 
haftcand came down, 
and received him joy- 

7 And when they 
faw it , they all mur- 
mured, faying, That 
he was gone to be 

of the four Evangelijis. 413 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John, 

Chap. XIX. 

gueft with a man that is a fin- 

8 And Zaccheus flood, and faid 
unto the Lord , Behold, Lord, the 
half of my goods I give to the poor : 
and if I have taken any thing front 
any man by faife accufation , I re- 
ftore him' fourfold. 

9 And Jelus faid unto him, This 
day is ialvation come to this uouie, 
foribmuch as he alfo is the fon of 

10 For the Son of man is come 
to feek and to fave that which was 

1 1 And as they heard thefe things, 
he added, and fpake a parable, be- 
caufe he was nigh to Jerufalem , 
and becaufe they thought that the 
kingdom of God ftiould immediate- 
ly appear. 

ii He Cud therefore, A certain 
nobleman went into a far countrey, 
to receive for hirnfelf a kingdom, 
and to return. 

1 3 And he called his ten fervants, 
and delivered them ten pounds, 
and faid unto them, Occupy till I 

14 But his citizens hated him, 
and fent a meflage after him, fay- 
ing, We will not have this man to 
reign over us. 

1 j* And it came to pafs, that when 
he was returned, having received 
the kingdom, then he commanded 
thefefervants to be called unto him, 
to whom he had given the money, 
that he might know how much 
every man had gained by trading. 

16 Then came the firft, laying, 
Lord , thy pound hath gained ten 

if AMI 

4*4 Th e Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XIX. 

17 And he faid w to him, Well, 
thou good fervanv becaui. thou 
haft been faithful \h a ven tittle, 
-have thou authority over ten s. 

j 8 And the fccondcame, .. : g, 
Lord , thy pound hath gaincu five 

19 And he faid likewife to him; 
Be thou alfo over five cities 

20 And another came, faying, 
Lord, behold, here is thy pound 
which I have kept laid up in a nap- 

2 1 For I feared thee, becau fe thou 
art an auftere man : thou takeft up 
that thou layedft not down, and 
reapeft that thou didft not fow. 

22 And he faith unto him , Out 
of thine own mouth will I judge 
thee, thou wicked fervant Thou 
kneweft that I was an auftere man, 
taking up that I laid not down, and 
reaping that I did not low : 

23 Wherefore then gaveft not 
thou my money into the bank, that 
at my coming I might have requi- 
red mine own with ufury ? 

24 And he faid unto them that 
Jftood by, Take from him the pound, 

and give it to him that hath ten 

25- (And they faid unto him, 
Lord, he hath ten pounds. J 

26 For I fay unto you, that unto 
every one which hath , fhall be gi- 
ven : and from him that hath not, 
even that he hath fhall be taken 
away from him. 

27 But thofe mine enemies 
which would not that I fhould 
reign over them, bring hither, and 
flay them before me. 

aS And 

of the four Evangetijls. 415 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XIX. 

28 And when he 
had thus fpoken, he 
went before, afcend- Chap. Xl 

ing up to Jerufalem. 

paflbver was nigh at 
hand : and many went 
out of the countrey 
up to Jerufalem be- 
fore the paflbver, to 
purine themfelves. 

y 6 Then fought they 
for Jefus, and fpake a- 
mong themfelves, as 
they flood in the tem- 
ple, What think ye, 
that he will not come 

$7 Now both the 
chief priefts and the 
Pharifees had given a 
commandment, that 
if any man knew 
where he were, he 
fliould fliew it, that 
they might take hutu 

H h h CHAP. 

4*6 The Harmony 


From the Beginning of the Taffover-Weeh till the Taffover it 
felf: containing the fpace of Six days j from Saturday March 
28. tillThurfday April 2. 

THE Setlions of this, and of the Tivo other Periods following, do fo natu- 
rally and exaclly rank^ themfelves in the fame Order in -which they are 
plac'din this Harmony, that they fiand in need of no particular Explication here. 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XII. 

§ i. *TiHen Jcfus, fix days before 
X the paflbver, came to Be- 
thany , where Lazarus was which 
had been dead, whom he raifed from 
the dead. 

2 There they made him a fupper, 
and Martha ferved : but Lazarus was 
one of them that fat at the table 
with him. 

3 Then took Mary a pound of 
ointment, of fpikenard, very cofl> 
Iy, and anointed the feet of Jefus, 
and wiped his feet with her hair: 
and .the houfe was filled with the 
odour of the ointment. 

4 Then faith one of *is difci- 
ples, Judas Ifcariot, Simons fon 
which mould betray him, 

f Why was not this ointment 
fold for three hundred pence, and 
given to the poor? 

6 This he faid, not that he cared 
for the poor ; but becaufe he was a 
thief, and had the bag, and bare 
what was put therein. 

7 Then faid Jefus, Let her alone : 
againft the day of my burying hath 
Ihe kept this. 

& For 

of the four Evangelijls. 42.7 

Matthew. Mark, Luke. John. 

Chap. XII. 

8 For the poor ah 
ways ye have with 
you ; but me ye have 
not always. 

9 Much people ot 
the Jews therefore 
knew that he was 
there : and they came, 
not for Jefus fake on- 
ly, but that they might 
fee Lazarus alfo.whom 
he had raifed from the 

10 But the chief 
priefts confulted, that 
they might put Laza- 
rus alio to death ; 

1 1 Becaufe that by 
reafbn of him many 
of the Jews went a- 
way, and believed on 

Chap. XXL Chap. XI. Chap. XIX. Jefus. 

§z. A ND when they AND when they 29 And it came to i* On the next 

A drew nigh un- J\ came nigh to Je- pafs, when he was day, much people that 

toJerufalem,andwere rufalem , unto Beth- come nigh to Beth- were come to the feaft, 

come to Bethphage, phage, and Bethany, phage and Bethany, at when they heard that 

unto the mount of at the mount of Olives, the mount called the Jefus was coming to 

Olives, then fent Jefus he fendeth forth two mount of Olives, he Jerufalem, 

twodifciples, ' of his difciples , fent two of his difci- 13 Took branches 

2 Saying unto them, 2 And faith unto pies, of palm-trees, and 

Go into the village them, Go your way 30 Saying, Go ye went forth to meet 

over againftyou, and into the village over into the village over him, and cried, Ho- 

ftraightway ye fhall agamft you ; and af- againfr. you ; in the fanna , blefled is the 

find an afs tied , and foon as ye be entred which at your entring King of Ifrael that 

a colt with her: loofe into it, ye fhall find a ye fhall find a colt ti- cometh in the name 

them, and bring them colt tied, whereon ne- ed, whereon yet ne- of the Lord, 

unto me. ver man fat; loofe ver man fat: loofe 14 And Jefus when 

3 And if any man him, and bring him. him , and bring him he had found a young 

fay ought unto you, 3 And if any man hither. afs, fat thereon; as it 

ye fhall fay, The Lord fay unto you, Why do 3 1 And if any man is written, 

hath need of them; ye this ? fay ye that the ask you , Why do ye ij-Fearnot.daugh- 

and ftraightway he Lord hath need of loofe him ? thus fhall ter of Sion : behold 

H h h 2 will 

4Z g The Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XXI. Chap. XI. Chap. XIX. Chap. XII. 

will Tend them. him; and ftraightway ye fay unto him, Be- thy kingcometh, fit- 

a All this was done, he will fend him hi- caufe the Lord hath ting on an afles colt, 
that it might be ful- ther. need of him. 16 Thefe things un- 
filled which was fpo- 4 And they went 32 And they that derftood not his difci- 
ken by the prophet , their way, and found were fent, went their pies at the firft : but 
faying, the colt tied by the way, and found even when Jefus was glori- 
■fTellyethedaugh- door without, in a as he had faid unto fied, then remembred 
ter of Sion, Behold, thy place where two ways them . they that thefe things 
kingcometh unto thee, met: and they loofe 3 3 And as they were were written of him, 
meek, and fitting up- him. loofing the colt , the and that they haddone 
on an afs, and a colt f And certain of owners thereof faid thefe things unto him. 
the fole of an afs. them that flood there, unto them, Why loofe 1 7 The people there- 

6 And the difciples faid unto them, What ye the colt ? fore that was with 
went, and did as Jefus do ye loofing the colt? 34 And they faid, him when he called 
commanded them, 6 And they faid un- the Lord hath need of Lazarus out of his 

7 And brought the to them even as Jefus him. grave, and raifed him 
afs, and the colt, and hid commanded: and 35- And they brought from the dead, bare 
put on. them their they let them go. him to Jefus: and they record. 

clothes, and they fct 7 And they brought caft their garments up- 18 For this caufe 
/,/>» thereon, the. celt to fefus, and on the colt, and they the people alfo met 

8 And a very great caft their garments on fet Jefus thereon. him , for that they 
multitude fpread their him; and he fat upon 36 And as he went, heard that he had done 
garments in the way; him. they fpread their this miracle. 

others cut down bran- 8 And many fpread clothes in the way. 19. The Pharifees 

ches from the trees, their garments in the 37 And when he therefore faid among 

and ftrawed thtm in way: and others cut was come nigh, even themfelves , Perceive 

the way. down branches off the now at the defcent of ye how ye prevail no- 

9 And the multi- trees,and ftrawed them the mount of Olives, thing ? behold , the 
tades that went before, in the way. the whole multitude world is gone after, 
and that followed, cri- 9 And they that of the difciples began him. 

ed, faying, Hofanna went before, and they to rejoyce, and praife 

to the fon of David; that followed , cried, God with a loud voice, 

bleffed is he that com- faying, Hofanna, blef- for all the mighty, 

eth in the name of the fed is be that cometh works that they had 

Lord, Hofanna in the in the name of the feen. 

higheft. Lord. 38 Saying, Bleffed 

I o And when he 1 o Bleffed be the be the king that corn- 
was come into Jera- kingdom of our father eth in the name of the 
falem, all the city was David, that cometh in Lord: peace in hea- 
moved, faying, Who the name of the Lord; ven, and glory in the 
is this ? Hofanna in the high- higheft. 

II And the multi- eft. 39 Andfomeof the 
tude feid, This is Je- 1.1 And Jefus en- Pharifees from among 



Chap. XXI. 

fus, the prophet of Na- 
zareth of Galilee. 

ii And Jefus went 
into the tempk of 
God, and caft out all 
them that fold and 
bought in the temple, 
and overthrew the ta- 
bles of the money- 
changers, and the feats 
. of them that fold 

13 And faid unto 
them, It is written, 
My houfelhall be call- 
ed the houfe of pray- 
er, but ye have made 
it a den of thieves. 

14 And the blind 
and the lame came to 
him in the temple, and 
he healed them. 

1 j And when the 
chief priefts and fcribes 
faw the wonderful 
things that he did, and 
the children crying in 
the temple, and faying, 
Hofinna to the fon of 
David; they were fore 

16 And faid unto 
him , Heareft thou 
what thefe fay? And 
Jefus faith unto them, 
Yea j have ye never 
read.Out of the mouth 
of babes and fucklin^s 
thou haft perfected 

J 7 And he left them, 
and went out of the 
city into Bethany, and 
he lodged there. 

of the four Evangelifts. 



Chap. XI. 

tred into Terufalem , 
and into the temple; 
and when he had 
looked round about 
upon all things, and 
now the even-tide was 
come, he went out 
unto Bethany with the 

Chap. XIX. 

the multitude faid un- 
to him, Mafter, rebuke 
thy difciples. 

40 Andheanfwer- 
ed, and faid unto them, 
I tell you, that if 
thefe fhould hold their 
peace,the ftoneswould 
immediately cry out, 

41 And when he 
was come near, he be- 
held the city,and wept 
over it, 

4» Saying, If thou 
hadft known, even 
thou, at leaft in this 
thy day, the things 
which belong unto thy 
peace .' but now they 
are hid from thine 

43 For the days 
fhall come upon thee, 
that thine enemies fhall 
caft a trench about 
thee, and compafs thee 
round, and keep thee 
in on every fide, 

44 And fhall lay 
thee even with the 
ground, and thy chil- 
dren within thee; and 
they fhall not leave in 
thee one ftone upon 
another: becaufe thou 
kneweft not the time 
of thy vifitation. 

4? And he went 
jnto the temple, and 
began to caft out them 
that fold therein, and 
them that bought, 

H h h 3 



The Harmony 

Chap. XXI. 

§3. 1 8 Now in the 
morning as he return- 
ed into the city, he 

19 And when he 
faw a fig-tree in the 
way, he came to it, 
and found nothing 
thereon, but leaves on- 
ly, and faid unto it, 
Let no fruit grow on 
thee henceforward for 
ever. And prefently 
the fig-tree withered 

Mark. Luke. 

Chap. XI. Chap. XIX. 

It is written, My houfe 
is the houfe of prayer : 
but ye have made it a 
den ot sieves. 

1 2 And on the mor- 47 ,ad he taught 
row when they were daily in the temple. 
come from Bethany, But the chief priefts 
he was hungry. and the fcribes , and 

13 And feeing a fig- the chief of the peo- 
tree afar 'off, Having pie fought to defiroy 
leaves, he came, if hap- him , 

ly he might find any 48 And couid not 
thing thereon : and find what they might 
when he came to it, do : for all the people 
he found nothing but were very attentive to 
leaves; for the time hear him. 
of figs was not yet. 

14 And Jefus an- 
fwered and faid unto 
it, No man eat fruit 
of thee hereafter for 
ever. And his difei- 
ples heard it. 

if And they come 
to Jerufalem : and Je- 
fus went into the 
temple, and began to 
caft out them that fold 
and bought in the tem- 
ple, and overthrew the 
tables of the money- 
changers, and the feaf s 
of them that fold 
doves j 

1 6 And would not 
fuffer that any man 
fhould carry any veflel 
through the temple. 

17 And he taught, 
faying unto them, Is it 
not written, My houic 
-Khali be called of all 

Chap. XII. 

20 And there were 
lain Greeks among 

ft, that came up to 
worfhipatthe feaft: 

z 1 The fame came 
therefore to Philip , 
which was of Beth- 
faida of Galilee , and 
defired him , faying / 
Sir, we would fee Je- 

21 Philip cometh 
and telleth Andrew : 
and again,Andrewand 
Philip told Jefus. 

23 And Jefus an- 
fwered them, laying, 
The hour is come, that 
the Son of man fhould 
be glorified. 

24 Verily verily I 
fay unto you, Except 
a corn of wheat fall 
into the ground , and 
die, it abideth alone: 
but if it die, it bring- 
eth forth much fruit. 

2f He that loveth 
his life, fhall lofe it : 
and he that hateth his 
life in this world, fhall 
keep it unto life eter- 

26 If any man ferve 
me,let him follow me ; 
and where I am, there 
fhall alfo my fervant 
be : if any man ferve 

of the four E<vangelifts 




Chap. XI. 

nations the houfe of 
prayer ? but ye have 
made it a den of 

1 8 And the fcribes 
and the chief priefts 
heard it, and fought 
how they might de- 
ftroy him : for they 
feared him, becaufe all 
the people was afto- 
nifhed at his doctrine. 

ip And when even 
was come,he went out 
of the city. 



Chap. XII. 

me, him will my Fa. 
ther honour. 

27 Now is my foul 
troubled ; and what 
fhall I fay? Father, 
fave me from this 
hour : but for this 
caufe camel unto this 

28 Father, glorifie 
thy name. Then came 
there a voice from 
heaven, faying, I have 
both glorified it, and 
will glorifie it again. 

29 The people there- 
fore that flood by, and 
heard it, faid that it 
thundred: others faid. 
An angel fpake to 

30 Jefus anfwered 
and faid, This voice 
came not becaufe of 
me, but for your fakes* 

3 1 Now is the judg- 
ment of this world : 
now fhall the prince 
of this world be caft 

32 And I, if I be 
lifted up from the 
earth, will. draw all 
men unto me. 

33 (This he faid, 
fignifying what death 
he fhould die.J 

34 The people an- 
fwered him, We have 
heard out of the law 5 
that Chriftabideth for 
ever: and how fayed 
thou, The Son of man 


452, The Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XII. 

muft be lift up ? who is this Son of 

35* Then Jefus faid unto them , 
Yet a little while is the light with 
you : walk while ye have, the light, 
left darknefs come upon you : for he 
that walketh in darknefs, knoweth 
not whither he goeth. 

36 While ye have light, believe 
in the light, that ye may be the chil- 
dren of light. Thefe things fpake 
Jefus and departed , and did hide 
himfelf from them. 

37 But though he had done Co 
many miracles before them, yet they 
believed not on him : 

38 That the faying of Efaias the 
prophet might be fulfilled, which 
he fpake, Lord, who hath believed 
our report ? and to whom hath the 
arm of the Lord been revealed ? 

39 Therefore they could not be- 
lieve, bccaufe that Efaias faid again, 

40 He hath blinded their eyes , 
and hardened their heart j that they 
(hould not fee with their eyes, nor 
underftand with their heart, and be 
converted, and I fhould heal them. 

41 Thefe things faid Efaias, when 
he faw his glory, and fpake of 

42 Neverthelefs, among the chief 
rulers alfb, many believed on him j 
but becaufe of the Pharifees they 
did not confefs £/'/», left they fhould 
be put out of the fynagogue. 

43 For they loved the praife of 
men, more then the praife of God. 

44 Jefus cried, and faid, he that 
believeth on me , believeth not on 
me, but on him that fent me. 

4y And he that feeth me, leeth 
him that fent me. 

. 46 lam 

of the four Evangelijis. 

43 5 


Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XII. 

46 I am come a light into the 
world, that whofbever believeth on 
me, fhould not abide in darknefs. 

47 And ifany man hear my words i 
and believe not, I judge him not; 
for I came not to judge the world, 
but to fave the world. 

48 Hethatrejedteth me, andre- 
ceiveth not my words, hath one 
that judgeth him : the word that I 
have ipoken, the fame (hall judge 
him in the laft day. 

49 For I have not fpoken of my 
felf; but the Father which fentme, 
he gave ma commandment, what 
I fhould fay, and what I fhould 

fo And I know that his com- 
mandment is life everlafting : what- 
fbever I fpeak therefore, even as the 
Father faid unto me, fo I fpeak. 

Chap. XXI. 

§ 4. 20 And when 
the difciples faw it, 
they marvelled, fay- 
ing, How foon is the 
fig-tree withered a- 
way ? 

2 1 Jefus anfwered 
and faid unto them, 
Verily I fay unto you, 
If ye have faith, and 
doubt not, ye fhall 
not only do this which 
is done to the fig-tree, 
but alfo if ye fhall fay 
unto this mountain , 
Be thou removed, and 
be thou caft into the 
fea; it fhall be done. 

22 And all things 

Chap. XI. 

20 And in the morn- 
ing, as they patted by, 
they faw the fig-tree 
dried up from the 

2 1 And Peter call- 
ing to remembrance, 
faith unto him, Matter, 
behold , the fig-tree 
which thou curfedft, 
is withered away. 

22 And Jefus an- 
fwering , faith unto 
them, Have faith in 

23 For verily I fay 
unto you, that whofo- 
ever fhall fay unto this 
mountain. Be thou re- 

Chap. XX. 

AND it came to 
pafs, that on one 
of thofe days, as he 
taught the people in 
thetemple.and preach- 
ed the gofpel, the chief 
priefts and the fcribes 
came upon him with 
the elders, 

2 And fpake unto 
him, faying, Tell us, 
by what authority do- 
eft thou thefe things? 
or who is he that gave 
thee this authority? 

3 And he anfwer- 
ed, and faid unto them, 
I will alfo ask you one 
thing ; and anfwer me : 


434 The 

AiAfTHEr. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XXI. Chap. XI. Chap. XX. 

whatfbever ye fhall moved, and be thou 4 The baptifm of 
ask in prayer, belie- caft into thefea, and John, was it from hea- 
ving, ye fhall receive, mail not doubt in his ven, or of men? 

13 And when he heart, but fhall believe $ And they reafon- 
was come into the that thofe thingswhich ed with themielves , 
tern pie, the chiefprit lis he faith (hall come to faying, If we fhall 
and the elders of the pafs, he mail have fay, From heaven ; he 
people came unto him whatfoever he faith, will fay, Why then be- 
as he was teaching , 24 Therefore I fay lieved ye him not ? 
and faid, By what au- unto you, What things 6 But and if we fay, 
thority doeft thou foever ye defire when Of men ; all the peo- 
thefe things? and who ye pray, believe that pie will flone us : for 
gave thee this autho- ye receive them, and they be perfwaded 
rity ? yc fhill have them. that John was a pro- 

24 And Jefus an- 25- And when ye phet. 
fwered and faid unto flan J praying, forgive, 7 And they anfwer- 
them, I alio will ask if" ye have ought a- ed, that they could not 
you one thing, whkh gamftany: that your tell whence it was. 
if ye tell me , I in like Father ..alio which is in 8 And Jefus faid un- 
wife will tell you by heaven may forgive to them, Neither tell 
what authority I do you your trefpaffes. I you by what autho- 
thefe things ? 26 But if you do not rity I do thefe things. 

25- The baptifm of forgive, neither will 9 Then began he 
*ohn, whence was it? your Father which is to fpeak to the people 
trom heaven, or of inheaven,forgiveyour this parable: A cer- 
rnen ? And they rea- trefpailes. tain man planted a 

ibned with themielves, 27 And they come vineyard, and let it 
faying, If we fhall fay, again to Jerusalem : forth to husbandmen , 
From heaven j he will and as he was walking and went into a far 
fay unto us, Why did in the temple, there countrey for a long 
ye not then believe come to him the chief time, 
him? prieffs, and thefcribes, ro And at jhe fea- 

z6 But if we fhall and the ciders, fon, he fent a fervant 

fay, Of men ; we fear 28 And iay unto to the husbandmen, 
the people ; for all hold him, By what autho- that they fhould give 
John as a prophet. rity doeil thou thefe him of the fruit of the 

27 And they an- things? and who gave vineyard: butthehuf- 
fwered Jefus, and laid, thee this authority to bandmen beat him, and 
We cannot tell. And do thefe things ? fent^iwzaway empty, 

he faid unto them, 29 AnJ Jefus an- 11 And again he 
Neither tell I you by fwered and Yaid un'o fent another iervant; 
what authority I do them, 1 will &Wb ask and they beat him al- 
thefe things. of you one cjuefUon, fo, and entreated him 

28 But 

of the four Evangelifts. 


Chap. XXI. 

18 But what think 
you ? A certain man 
had two fons, and he 
came to the firft, and 
laid, Son, go work to 
day in my vineyard. 

19 He anfwered 
and laid, I will not : 
but afterward he re- 
pented, and went. 

30 And he came 
to the fecond, and faid 
likewife. And he an- 
fwered and faid, I go, 
fir; and went not. 

31 Whether of them 
twain did the will of 
his father ? They fay 
unto him , The firft. 
Jefus faith unto them, 
Verily T fay unto you, 
that the publicans and 
the harlots go into the 
kingdom of God be- 
fore you. 

32 For John came 
unto you in the way 
of righteoufnefs, and 
ye believed him not: 
but the publicans and 
the huilots believed 
him. And ye when 
ye- had ieen it , repent- 
ed not afterward, that 
ye might believe him. 

33 Hear .another 
parable : There was 
a certain houiholder 
which planted a vine- 
yard, and hedged it 
round about, and dig- 
ged a winc-prefs in it, 
aad builtatowre, and 


Chap. XI. 


Chap. XX. 

and anfwerme, and fhamcfully, and fcnt 
I will tell you by what him away empty, 
authority I do thefc 12 And again he 
things. fent the third : and 

30 Thebaptifm of they wounded him al- 
John, was it from hea- (6, and caft him out. 
ven, or of men? an- 13 Then faid the 
fwer me. Lord of the vineyard, 

3 1 And they rea- What fhall I do ? I will 
foned with them- fend my beloved fon : 
felves, faying, If we it may be they Will 
fhall fay, From heaven, reverence him when 
hewill fay, Whythen they fee him. 

did ye not believe him? 14 But when the 

32 But if we fhall husbandmen fa whim, 
fay, Of men, they they reafoned among 
feared the people : for themfelves , faying , 
all men counted John, This is the heir: come, 
that he was a prophet let us kill him, that the 
indeed. inheritance may be 

33 And they an- ours. 

fwered and faid unto ty So they caft him. 
Jefus, We cannot tell, out of the vineyard , 
And Jefus anfwering, and killed him. What 
faith unto them, Nei- therefore fhall the lord 
ther do I tell you by of the vineyard do un- 
what authority I do to them ? 
thefe things. 1 6 He fhall come 

and deftroy thefe huf- 
Chap. XII. bandmen, and fhall 

give the vineyard to 

AND he began to others. And when 
fpeak unto them they heard it, they 
by parables. A certain faid , God forbid, 
man planted a vine- 17 And he beheld 
yard, and let an hedge them, and faid, what 
about it, and digged a is this then that is 
place for the wine-fat, written , The ftone 
and built a towre, and which the bui'ders re- 
let it out to husband- jedted, the fame is be- 
men, and went into a come the head of the 
far countrcy. corner? 

2 And at the fealbn 18 Whofoever fhall 
I i i a 



45 6 The Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XXI. Chap. XII. Chap. XX. 

let it out to husband- he fent to the husband- fall upon that (tone, 
men, and went into a men a fervant , thit fliall be broken: but 
far countrey. he might receive from 0.1 whomfoever it fliall 

34 And when the the husbandmen of the fall, it will grind him 
time of the fruit drew fruit of the vineyard, to powder, 
near , he fent his fer- 3 And they caught 
vants to the husband- him and beat him, and 
men, that they might fent him away empty, 
receive the fruits of it. 4 And again he fent 

if And the huf- unto them another fer- 
bandmen took his fer- vant, and at him they 
vants, and beat one, caft ftones,and wound- 
and killed another,and ed him in the head and 
ftoned another. fent htm away fhame- 

36 Again, he fent fully handled. : ■ 
ether fervants, mo 5- And again he 

then the firft : and they fent another ; and him 
did unto them like- they killed: and many 
■wife. others, beating fame, 

37 But hit of all , and killing fome. y 
he fent unto them his 6 Having yet there- 

ion, faying, They will fore one ion, his well- . :. 

reverence my fon. beloved , he fent him 

38 But when the alfo laft unto them., 
husbandmen faw the faying, They will re- 
uon, they faid among vcrence my ion. 
rhemfelves,Thisisthe 7 But thofe huf- 
Leir, come, let us kill bandmen faid amongft 
him, and let us feife themfelves,Thisisthe 
on his inheritance. heir ; come, let us kill 

39>nd they caught him, and the inheri- 
him, and caft him out tance fliall be ours, 
of the vineyard, and 8 And they took 
{lew him. him, and killed him, 

40 When the Lord and caff him out oi the 
therefore of the vine- vineyard. 

yard cometh, what 9 What fhall there- 
will he do unto thofe fore the Lord of the 
husbandmen? vineyard do? he will 

41 They fay unto come an J deftroy the 
him,He will miferably husbandmen, and will 
deftroy thofe wicked give the vineyard mi- 
ni en, and will let toothers.. 

of the four Evangelijis. 437 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XXI. Chap. XII. 

out his vineyard unto io And have ye not 
other husbandmen , read this fcripture ? 
which frail render The ftone which the 
him the fruits in their builders rejected is be- 
ieaibns. come the head of the 

42 Jefus faith unto corner, 
them, Did ye never n This was the 
read in the fcriptures, Lords doing, and it is 
The ftone which the marvellous in our 
builders rejected , the eyes, 
fame is become the i ^ And they fought 
head of the corner: to lay hold on him, but 
this is the Lords do- feared the people, for 
ing, and it is marvel- they knew that he had 
lous in our eyes ? fpoken the parable a- 

43 Therefore fay I gainftthem: and they 
unto you, The king- left him,and went their 
dom of God fhall- be way. 

taken from you, and 
given to a nation 
bringing forth the 
fruits thereof. 

44 Andwhofbever 
fhall fall on this ftone, 
fhall be broken : but 
on whomfbever it fhall 
fall, it will grind him 
to powder. 

4_f And when the 
chief priefts and ha- 
rifees had heard his 
parables, they percei- 
ved that he fpake of 

46 But when they 
fought to lay hands on 
him, they feared the 
multitude , becaufe 
they took him for a 

I i * 3 AND 

4 $ 8 The Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. Johk. 

Chap. XXII. 

AN D Jefus anfwered, and fpakc 
unto them again by parables, 
. and faid, 

a The kingdom of heaven is like 
unto a certain king, which made a 
marriage tor his fon, 

3 And lent forth his fervants to 
call them that were bidden to the 
wedding: and they would not come. 

4 Again he lent forth other fer- 
vants, faying, Tell them which are 
bidden, Behold, I have prepared my 
dinner : my oxen and my fadings 
are killed, and all things are ready: 
come unto the marriage. 

$• But they made light of it, and 
went their ways , one to his farm , 
another to his merchandife : 

6 And the remnant took his fer- 
vants, and entreated them fpitefully, 
and flew them. 

7 But when the king heard there- 
of, he was wroth: and he fent forth 
his armies, and deftroyed thole mur- 
derers, and burnt up their city. 

8 Then faith he to his fervants, 
The wedding is ready, but they 
which were bidden were not wor- 

9 Go ye therefore into the high- 
ways, and as many as ye mail find, 
.bid to the marriage. 

io So thole fervants went out 
into the bigh-wnys, and gathered 
together all as many as they found, 
both bad and good ; and the wed- 
ding was furnifhed with guefts. 

1 1 And when the king came in 
to fee the guefts , he law there a 
man which had not on a wedding- 
garment : 

12 And he faith unto him, Friend, 
how cameft thou in hither, not ha- 


of the four Rqjamelijis. 4 2 9 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XXII. 

ving a wedding-gar- 
ment ? And he was 

13 Then faid the 
king to the fervants, 
Bind him hand and 
foo; and take him a- 
wa r, and ca ft &/>» into 
ou- : darkne% there 
ma 2 weeping and 
gr ihing of teeth. 

f For many are 
called, but tew are 
chofen. Chap. XII. Chap. XX, 

§f. if Then went 13 And they fend 19 And the chief 

the Pharifees.snd took unto him certain of priefts and the fcribes 

counfel how they the Pharifees , and of the fame hour fought 

mighr intangle him the catch to lay hands on him ; 

in his talk. him in his words. and they feared the 

16 And they fent 14 And when they people: for they per- 
out unto him their were come, they fay ceived that he had lpo- 
difciples, with the He- unto him, Mailer, we ken this parable a- 
rodians, faying, Ma- know that thou art gainft them. 

fter, we know that true, and cireft for no 20 And they watch- 
thou art true, and man : for thou regard- edbim, and fent forth 
teacheft the way of eft not the perlon of fpies , which fhould 
Gouintiuih neither men, but teacheft the feign themfelves juft 
eareft thou for any way of God in truth: men, that they might 
man: for rhu 1.: regard- Is it lawful to give take hold of his words, 
eft not the perfen of tribute to Cefar, or that fo they might de- 
men, not ? liver him unto the 

17 Tdl us there- ij Shall we give, power and authority 
fore , What thinkeft or fhall we not give ? of the governour. 
thou? Is it lawful to But he knovmg their 21 And they asked 
give triSutc unto Ce- hypoenfie, laid unto him, faying, Mafter, 
iar, or,wt? them, Why tempt ye we know that thou 

18 But Jefis per- me? bring me a peny, fayeft and teacheft 
ceiveci their witl ed- that I may fee /'/. rightly, neither ac- 
neis, and fait, Why 16 And they brought cepteft thou the per- 
temp.- ye ire, yc hy • : and he faith unto fon of any, but teach 
poaius"- 1 theu Whole is this eft the way of God 

jq Shew me the image and fuperlcrip- truly. 


44 o The Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XXII. Chap. XII. Chip. XX. 

tribute-money. And tion ? And -they faid 22 Is it lawful for 

they brought unto him unto him, Cefars. us to give tribute unto 
-a peny. 1 7 And Jefus an- Cefai , or no ? 

20 And he faith un- fwering , faid unto 13 B< heperce' ved 
to them, Whole is this them, Render to Ce- the;, crafthiefs , * 
image and fupeiicrip- far the things that are taid unto, them, Whj 
tion? Cefars, and to God th. tempi ye me? 

21 They fay unto things that are Gods 24 Shew me a pe- 
him, Cefars. Then And they marvelled ny: whrfc image and 
faith he unto them, at him. iu peri' -iotion hath it? 
-Render therefore un- 18 Then come un- Tliey nfwered and 
to Cefar, the things to him the Sadducees, faid, efars. 
■which are Cefars; and which fay there is no 2? And he faid un- 
untoGod, the things refurrecrion ; and they to ihui, Render here- 
that are Gods. asked him, faying , fore unto "Cefar he 

22 When they had ro Matter, Mofes things which be Ce- 
heard thefe words, they wrote unto us, If a fars, and unto God 
marvelled , and left mans brother die, and the things which be 
him, and went their leave his wife behind Gods. 

-way. him, and leave no 26 And they could 

23 The fame day children, that hisbro- not take hold of his 
came to him the Sad- ther (hould take his words before the peo- 
ducees, which lay that wife, and raife up feed pie : and they marvel- 
there is no refurre&i- unto his brother. led at his anfwer, and 
on, and asked him, 20 Now there were held their peace. 

24 Saying, Mafter, feven brethren : and 27 Then came to 
Mofes faid, If a man the firft took a wife, him certain of the 
die, having no chil- and dying left no feed. Sadducees (which de- 
dren, his brother (hall 21 And the fecond ny that there is any 
marry his wife , and took her , and died , refurre&ion) and they 
raife up feed unto his neither left he any asked him, _ 
brother. feed : and the third 28 Saying, Mafter, 

25- Now there were likewife. Mofes wrote unto us, 

with us feven bre- 22 And the feven if any mans brother 

thren, and the firft had her, and left no die, having a wife, and 

when he had married feed : laft of all the he die without chil- 

a wife, deceafed, and woman died alfo. dren, that his brother 

having no iiiue , left 22 In the refurre- mould take his wife, 

his wife unto his bro- ction therefore, when and raife up feed unto 

ther. they (hall rife, whole his brother. 

26 Likewife the wife (hail (lie be of 2oTherewcrethere- 

fecond alfo, and the them ? for the feven fore feven brethren 

•thirdjunto the feventh. had her ro wife. and the firft took 

of the four Ewangelijls. 441 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XXII. Chap. XII. Chap. XX. 

27 And lafl: of all 24 And Jefus an- wife, and died with- 
the woman died alio, fwering , faid unto out children. 

28 Therefore in the them, Do ye not there- 30 And the fccond 
refurrection , whofe fore err , becaufe ye took her to wife, and 
wife fhall fhe be of know not the fcrip- he died childlefs. 

the feven ? for they tures , neither the 3 1 And the third 

all had her. power of God ? took her ,• and in like 

29 Jefus anfwercd, if For when they manner the feven alfo. 
and fiid unto them , fhall rife from the And they left no chil- 
Ye do err, not know- dead , they neither dren, and died. • 

ing the fcriptures, nor marry, nor are given 32 Lad of all the 
the power of God. in marriage : but are woman died alfo. 

30 For in the re- as the angels which 3 3 Therefore in the 
furrection they nei- are in heaven. refurre&ion , whofe 
ther marry, nor are 26 And as touch- wife of them is fhe? 
given in marriage; but ing the dead, that they for feven had her to 
are as the angels of rile , have ye not read wife, 

God in heaven. in the book of Mofes, 34 And Jefus an- 

31 But as touching how in the bufh God fwering, {'aid unto 
the refurrection of the fpake unto him , fay- them, The children of 
dead, have ye not read ing, I am the God of this world marry, and 
that which was fpo- Abraham, and the God are given in marriage: 
ken unto you by God, oflfaac, and the God 3^ But they which 
faying, of Jacob? . fhall be accounted 

32 IamtheGodof 27 He is not the worthy to obtain that 
Abraham, and the God God of the dead, but world, and the refur- 
oflfaac, and the God the God of the living: re6t ion from the dead, 
of Jacob? God is not ye therefore do great- neither marry, nor 
the God of the dead , ly err. are given in marri- 
but of the living. 28 And one of the age. 

33 And when the Scribes came, and ha- 3 6 Neither can they 
multitude heard this, ving heard them rea- die any more ; for they 
they were aftonifhed foning together , and are equal unto the an- 
at his doctrine. perceiving that he had gels, and are the chil- 

34 But when the anfwered them well, dren of God , being 
Pharifees had heard asked him , Which is the children of the re- 
that he had put the the firft command- furreclion. 
Sadducees to filence, ment of all? 37 Now that the 
they were gathered 29 And Jefus an- dead are raifed, even 
together. fwered him, The firfl Mofes fhewed at the 

3f Then one of of all the command- bufh, when he calleth 
them which was a ments is , Hear, O If- the Lord the God of 
lawyer, asked him a rael, the Lord our Abraham, and the God 

Kkk queftioa, 

442, The Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XXII. Chap. XII. Chap. XX. 

queftion , tempting God is one Lord ; or Ifaac, and the God 
him, and faying, 30 And thou fhalt of Jacob. 

36 Mafter, which love the Lord thy God 38 For he is not a 
is the great command- with all thy heart, and God of the dead, but 
mcnt in the law? with all thy foul, and of the living: lor alL 

37 Jefus faid unto with all thy mind, and live unto him. 

him, Thou fhalt love with all thy ftrength : 39 Then certain of 

the Lord thy God with this is the firft com- the Scribes anfwering, 

all thy heart, and with mandment. faid, Mafter, thou hafc 

all thy foul, and with 3 1 And the fecond well faid. 

all thy mind. is like, namely this, 40 And after that, 

38 This is the firft Thou fhalt love thy they durft not ask him. 
and great command- neighbour as thy felf : any queftion at all. 
ment. there is none other 4 1 And he faid un- 

39 And the fecond commandment great- to them, How fay they 
is like unto it , Thou er then thefe. that Chrift is Davids 
fhalt love thy neigh- 32 And the Scribe fon ? 

bour as thy felf. faid unto him , Well 4a And David him- 

40 On thefe two Mafter, thou haft faid felf faith in the book 
commandments hang the truth: for there is of pfalms, The Lord 
all the law and the one God, and there is faid unto my Lord ,, 
prophets. none other but he. Sit thou on my right 

41 While the Pha- 3.3 And to love him hand, 

ri fees were gathered with all the heart, and 43 Till I make thine 

together , Jefus asked with all the under- enemies thy footftool. 

them, ftanding, and with all 44 David therefore 

41 Saying, What the foul, and with all calleth him Lord, how 

think ye of Chrift, the ftrength, and to is he then his fon ? 

whole fon is he? They love his neighbour as 4^ Then in the au- 

fay unto him, The Jon himfelf, is more then dience of all the peo- 

af David. all whole-burnt-offer- pie, he faid unto his 

43 He faith unto ings and facrifices. difciples, 

them, How then doth 34 And when Jefus 46 Beware of the 

David in fpirit call faw that he anfwered Scribes, which defire. 

him Lord, faying, difcreetly, he faid un- to walk in long robes,. 

44 The Lord faid to him, Thou art not and love greetings in 
onto my Lord,Sit thou far from the kingdom the markets, and the. 
on my right hand, till of God. And no man higheft feats in the fy- 
I make thine enemies after that durft ask nagogues,and the chief 
thy footftool ? him any queftion. rooms at feafts j 

45- If David then 35- And Jefus an- 47 Which devour 

call him Lord, how is fwered and faid, while widows houfes, and 

fee his fon ? he taught in the tem- for a fhew make long. 

46 As4 

of the four Evangelijfs. 443 


Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XXII. Chap. XII. Chap. XX, 

46 And no man pic, How fay the prayers : the fame fhall 
was able to anfwer Scribes that Chrift is receive greater dam- 
him a word, neither the fon of David ? nation. 
durft any man (from 36 For David him- 
that day forth) ask felt fud by the holy Chap. XXI. 

him any more quefti- Ghoft, The Lord laid 

ons. to my Lord, Sit thou A N D he looked 

on my right hand, till XX up, and faw the 

Chap. XXIII. I make thine enemies rich men calling their 
thy footftool. gifts into the treafury. 

THen fpake Jefus 37 David therefore 2 And he faw alio 
to the multitude, himielf calleth him a certain poor widow, 
and to his difciples, Lord ; and whence is calling in thither two 

2 S-ying,The Scribes he */;«« his fon ? And mites. 
andthePhariiees fitin the common people 3 And he faid, Of 
Moles feat. heard him gladly. a truth I lay unto you, 

3 All therefore what- 38 And he faid un- that this poor widow 
foever they bid you ob- to them in his do- hath call in more then 
lerve,?^obferveand 6trine, Beware of the they all. 

do; but do not ye af- Scribes, which love to 4 For all thefe have 
tcr their works : for go in long clothing, of their abundance 
they fay, and do not. and love falutations in call in unto the of- 

4 For they bind the market-places, ferings of God : but 
heavy burdens, and 39 And the chief fhe of her penury hath 
grievous to be born, feats in the fyna- call in all the living 
and lay them on mens gogues, and the up- that fhe had. 
moulders , but they permoft rooms at 
themfelves will not feafts : 
move them with one 40 Which devour 
of their fingers. widows houfes , and 

f But all their works for a pretence make 
they do, for to be feen long prayers: thefe 
of men : they make fhall receive greater 
broad their phylacle- damnation, 
ries, and enlarge the 41 And Jefus fat 
borders of their gar- over againft the trea- 
ments , fury, and beheld how 

6 And love the the people call money 
uppermofl rooms at into the treafury : and • 
feafts , and the chief many that were rich 

feats in the fyna- call in much, 
gogues, 42 And there came 

7 And greetings in a certain poor widow, 


444 The Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. X. Chap. XII. 

the markets, and to and (he threw in two 
be called of men , mites, which make a 
Rabbi, Rabbi. farthing. 

8 But be not ye 43 And he called 
called Rabbi : for one unto him his difci- 
is your Matter, even pies, and faith unto 
Chrift, and all ye are them, Verily I fayun- 
brethren. to you, that this poor 

9 And call no man widow hath caft more 
your father upon the in, then all they which 
earth: for one is your have caft into the trea- 
father which is in hea- fury. 

V en. 44 For all they did 

10 Neither be ye caft in of their abun- 
called maflers: for one dance: but fhe of her 
is your mafter, even want did caft in all 
Chrift. that the had, even all 

1 1 But he that is her living, 
greateft among you* 

Jhall be your fervant. 

12 Andwhofoever 
ihall exalt himfelf,fhall 
beabafed; and he that 
fhall humble himfelf, 
fliall be exalted. 

13 But woe unto 
you Scribes and Phari- 
sees, hypocrites; for ye 
fhut up the kingdom of 
heaven againft men : 
for ye neither go in 
your fclves, neither 
iuffer^ethem that are 
entring, to go in. 

14 Woe unto you 
Scribes and Pharifees, 
hypocrites; foryede- 
vou r widows houfes , 
and for a pretence 
make long prayers j 
therefore ye lhall re- 
ceive the greater dam- 

of the four Evangelijls. 445 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. Johk. 

Chap. XXIII. 

if Woe unto you Scribes and 
Pharifees,hypocrites ; for ye compifs 
iea and land to make one profelyte, 
and when he is. made, ye make him 
twofold more the child of hell then 
your felves. 

1 6 Woe unto you, ye blind guides, 
which fay, Whofoever fhall fwear 
by the temple , it is nothing : but 
whofoever ihall fwear by the gold 
of the temple, he is a debter. 

17 Ye fools, and blind: for whe- 
ther is greater, the gold, or the tem- 
ple that fan&ifieth the gold? 

18 And whofoever ihall fwear 
by the altar, it is nothing : but who- 
foever fweareth by the gift that is 
upon it, he is guilty. 

19 Ye fools, and blind: for whe- 
ther is greater, the gift, or the altar 
that fanftifieth the gift? 

10 Whofo therefore Ihall fwear 
by the altar, fweareth by it, and by 
all things thereon. 

n And whofo Ihall fwear by the 
temple, fweareth by it, and by him 
that dwelleth therein. 

22 And he that fhall fwear by 
heaven, fweareth by the throne of 
God, and by him that iitteth there- 

2 3 Wo unto you Scribes and Pha- 
rifees, hypocrites ; for ye pay tithe 
of mintandanife, and cummin, and 
have omitted the weightier matters 
of the law, judgment, mercy, and 
faith: thefe ought ye to have done, 
and not to leave the other undone. 

24 Ye blind guides, which ftrain 
at a gnar, and (wallow a camel. 

25- Wo unto you Scribes and Pha- 
rifees, hypocrites ; for ye make clean 
the outftde of the cup, and of the 

K k k 3 platt* 

446 The Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XXIII. 

platter, but within they are full of 
extortion and excefs. 

i6 Thou blind Pharifee, cleanfe 
firfl: that -which is within the cup and 
platter, that theoutfideof them may 
be clean alio. 

27 Wo unto you Scribes and Pha- 
rifees,hypocrites ; for ye are like un- 
to whited fepulchres, which indeed 
appear beautiful outward, but are 
within full of dead mens bones, and 
of all uncleannefs. 

28 Even fo ye alfo outwardly ap- 
pear righreous unto men, but with- 
in ye are full of hypocrifie and ini- 

29 Wo unto you Scribes and Pha- 
rifees, hypocrites ; becaufe ye build 
the tombs of the prophets, and gar- 
nifh the fepulchres of the righte- 

30 And fay, If we had been in 
the days of our fathers, we would 
not have been partakers with them 
in the blood of the prophets. 

31 Wherefore ye be witnefles 
unto your felves, that ye are the chil- 
dren of them which killed the pro- 

3 2 Fill ye up then the meafure of 
your fathers. 

33 Ye ferpents, ye generation of 
vipers, how can ye efcape the dam- 
nation of hell ? * 

34 Wherefore behold, I fend un- 
to you prophets, and wife men, and 
fcribes; and fome of them ye fhall 
kill and crucifie, and fome of them 
fhall ye fcourgeinyourfynagogues, 
and perfecute them from ciiy to 
city i 

35- That upon you may come all 
she righteous biood (hed upon the 


of the four Evangelifts. 447 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XXIII. 

earth, from the blood of righteous 
Abel , unto the blood of Zacharias, 
fon of Barachias, whom ye flew 
between the temple and the altar. 

36 Verily I fay unto you. All 
thefe things fhall come upon this 

37 O Jerufalem,Jerufalem,thou 
that killed the prophets, and ftoneft 
them which are fent unto thee, how 
often would I have gathered thy 
children together even as a hen ga- 
thereth her chickens under her 
wings, and ye would not J 

38 Behold, your houfeis left un- 
to you defolate. 

39 For I fay unto you, Ye fhall 
not fee me henceforth, till ye fhall 
fay, Bleffed is he that cometh in the 
name of the Lord. 

Chap. XXIV. Chap. XIII. Chap. XXL 

§ 6. A N D Jefus went out, and AND as he went f And as fome 
J\ departed rrom the temple ; J\ out of the tem- fpake of the temple, 
and his difciples came to him for to pie, one of his difci- how it was adorned 
fhew him the buildings of the tem- pies faith unto him, with goodly ftones, 
pie. Mafter, fee what man- and gifts, he faid, 

2 And Jefus faid unto them, See ner of ftones, and what 6 As for th^e things 
ye not all thefe things? Verily I fay buildings are here. which ye behold , the 
unto you, There fhall not be left a And Jefus anfwer- days will come, in the 
here one ftone upon another, that ing, faid unto him, which there fhall not 
fhall not be thrown down. Seeft thou thefe great be left one ftone upon 

3 And as he fat upon the mount buildings ? there fhall another, that fhall not 
of Olives , the difciples came unto not be left one ftone be thrown down, 
him privately, faying, Tell us, when upon another, that 7 And they asked 
fhall thefe things be ? and whatyW/ fhall not be thrown him, faying, Mafter,. 
be the fign of thy coming, and of down. but when fhall thefe 
the end of the world ? 3 And as he fat things be ? and what 

4 And Jefus anfwered, and faid upon the mount of fign will there be when 
unto them, Take heed that no man Olives , over againft thefe things (hall come 
deceive you. the temple, Peter, and to pafs ? 

f For many fhall come in my James, and John, and 8 And he faid, Take 


448 ^° e Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XXIV. Chap. XIII. Chap. XXI. 

name, faying, I am Andrew asked him heed that ye be not de- 

Chrift : and (hall de- privately, ceived : for many mail 

ceive many. 4 Tell us, when fhall come in my name, fay- 

6 And ye (hall hear thefe things be? and ing, lamChrifii and 
of wars, and rumours what fliall be] the fign the time dra weth near, 
of wars : fee that ye when all thefe things go ye not therefore af- 
be not troubled: for fhall be fulfilled ? terthem. 

all thefe things mud jAnd Jefusanfwer- 9 But when ye fhall 
come to pals, but the ing them, began to fay, hear of wars and corn- 
end is not yet. Take heed left any motions, be not terri- 

7 For nation fhall man deceive you. fied : for thefe things 
rife againft nation, and 6 For many fhall muftfirft come to pais, 
kingdom againft king- come in my name, but the end is not by 
dom : and there fhall faying , I am Chrifi : and by. 

be famines, and pefti- and fhall deceive ma- 10 Then faid he 
lences , and earth- ny. unto them , Nation 

quakes, in divers pla- 7 And when ye fhall rife againft nati- 
ce§. fhall hear of wars, and on, and kingdom a- 

8 All thefe are the rumours of wars, be gainft kingdom: 
beginning of forrows. ye not troubled: for 1 1 And great earth- 

9 Then (hall they fitch things muA needs quakes fhall be in di- 
deliver you up to be be, but the end /hall vers places, and fa- 
affli&ed, and fhall kill not be yet. mines, and peftilences, 
you : and ye fhall be 8 For nation fhall and fearful fights, and 
hated of all nations for rife againft nation, and great figns fhall there 
my names fake. kingdom againft king- be from heaven. 

10 And then fhall dom: and there fhall 12 But before all 
many be offended, and be earthquakes in di- thefe things they fhall 
fhall betray one ano- "vers places, and there lay their hands on you, 
ther, and fhall hate fhall be famines, and and perfecu te_y<;#, de- 
one another. troubles : thefe are the livering you up to the 

1 1 And many falfe beginnings of for- fy nagogues, and into 
prophets fhall rife, and rows. prifons, being brought 
fhall deceive many. 9 But take heed to before kings and rulers 

tz Andbecaufeini- yourfelves: for they for my names fake, 

quity fhall abound, the fhall deliver you up to 13' And it fhall turn 

love ofmany fhall wax councels j and in the toyouforateftimony. 

cold. fynagogues ye fhall be 14 Settle/* there- 

13 But he that fhall beaten, and ye fhall be fore in your hearts, not 
endure unto the end, brought before rulers to meditate before, 
the fame fhall be fa- and kings for my fake, what ye fhall anfwer. 
ved. for a teftimony againft if For I will give 

14 And this gofpel them. you a mouth and wif- 

of the four Ewangelijls. 



Chap. XXIV. 

of the kingdom fhall 
be preached in all the 
world , for a witnefs 
unto all nations, and 
then fhall the end 

if When ye there- 
fore (hall fee the abo- 
mination of defolati- 
on, fpoken of by Da- 
niel the prophet, ftand 
in the holy place , 
( whofo readeth , let 
him underftand.) 

16 Then let them 
which be in Judea flee 
into the mountains. 

17 Let him which 
is on the houfe-top, 
not come down to 
take any thing out of 
his houfe : 

18 Neither let him 
which is in the field , 
return back to take his 

19 And wo unto 
them that are with 
child, and to them 
that give fuck in thofe 

10 But pray ye that 
your flight be not in 
the winter, neither on 
the fabbath-day. 

21 For then fhall 
be great tribulation, 
fuch as was not fince 
the beginning of the 
world to this time, no, 
nor ever fhall be. 

a a And except thofe 
daysihould be fhort- 

Chap. XIII. 

10 And the gofpel 
muft firftbepublifhed 
among all nations. 

1 1 But when they 
fhall lead you, and de- 
liver you up, take no 
thought before-hand 
what ye fhall fpeak , 
neither do ye preme- 
ditate: but whatfoever 
fhall be given you in 
that hour , that fpeak 
ye: for it is not ye that 
fpeak, but the holy 

12 Now the bro- 
ther fhall betray the 
brother to death, and 
the father the ion : and 
children fhall rife up 
again ft their parents, 
and fhall caufe them 
to be put to death. 

1 3 And ye fhall be 
hated of all men for 
my names fake : but 
he that fhall endure 
unto the end, the fame 
fhall be faved. 

1+ But when ye 
fhall fee the abomina- 
tion of defolation , 
fpoken of by Daniel 
the prophet, ftand- 
ing where it ought 
not, (let him that read- 
eth underftand ) then 
let them that be in Ju- 
dea, flee to the moun- 
tains : 

1 f And let him that 
is on the houfe-top, 
not go down into the 


Chap. XXI. 

dom , which all your 
adverfaries fhall not 
be able to gainfay, nor 

16 And ye fhall he 
betrayed both by pa- 
rents, and brethren, 
and kinsfolks , and 
friends ; and fotne of 
you fhall they caufe to 
be put to death. 

17 And ye fhall be 
hated of all men for 
my names fake. 

18 But there fhall 
not an hair of your 
head perifh. 

19 In your pati- 
ence poffefs ye your 

20 And when yc 
fhall fee Jerufalem 
.compafled with ar- 
mies, then know that 
the defolation thereof 
is nigh. 

21 Then let thenl*- 
which are in Judea, 
flee to the mountains} 
and let them which 
are inthemidft of it, 
depart out j and let not 
them that are in the 
countreys, enter there- 

at Forthefebethe 
days of vengeance, 
that all things which 
are written may be ful- 

23 But wo unto 
them that are with 
child, and to them 




45 o 

The Harmony 


Chap. XXIV. 

ned, there fhould no 
flelh be faved : but for 
the elects fake thofe 
days fhall be fhortned. 

23 Then if any man 
fhall fay unto you, Lo, 
hcre/i Chrift, or there: 
believe it not. 

24 For there fhall 
arife falfe Chrifts, and 
falfe Prophets, and 
fhall fhew great figns 
and wonders, info- 
much that ( if it were 
poffible) they fhall de- 
ceive the very elect. 

zf Behold, I have 
told you before. 

26 Wherefore, if 
they fhall fay unto 
you, Behold, he is in 
the defert, go not 
forth : behold, he is in 
the fecret chambersv 
believe it not. 

27 For as the light- 
ning cometh out of the 
caff, and fhineth even 
unto the weft : fo fhall 
2Kb the coming of the 
Son of man be. 

28 For wherefbe- 
ver the carcafe is, there 
will the eagles be ga- 
thered together. 

29 Immediately af- 
ter the tribulation of 
thofe days, fhall the 
fun be darkned, and 
the moon fhall not 
give her light, and the 
rtars fhall fall from 
keaven, andthepow- 


Chap. XIII. 

houfe, neither enter 
therein , to take any 
thing out of his houfe. 

16 And let him that 
is in the field, not turn 
back again for to take 
up his garment. 

17 But wo to them 
that are with child, 
and to them that give 
fuck in thofe days. 

1 8 And pray ye that 
your flight be not in 
the winter. 

19 For in thofe 
days fhall be affliction, 
fuch as was not from 
the beginning of the 
creation which God 
created,unto this time, 
neither fhall be. 

20 And except that 
the Lord had fhort- 
ned thofe days,no flefh 
fhould be faved : but 
for the elects fake, 
whom he hath cho- 
fcn, he hath fhortned 
the days. 

21 And then, if any 
man fhall fay to you, 
Lo, here is Chrift, or 
lo, he is there: believe 
him not. 

22 For falfe Chrifts, 
and falfe Prophets fhall 
rife, and fhall fhew 
figns and wonders , 
to feduce , if it were 
poffible, even the e- 

2 3 But take ye heed: 
behold, I have foretold 


Chap. XXI. 

that give fuck in thofe 
days : for there fhall 
be great diftrefs in the 
land, and wrath upon 
this people. 

24 And they fhall 
fall by the edge of the 
fword, and fhall be 
led away captive into 
all nations: and Jeru- 
falem fhall be trodden 
down of the Gentiles, 
until the times of the 
Gentiles be fulfilled. 

if And there fhall 
be figns in the fun, 
and in the moon, and 
in the ftars ; and upon 
the earth diftrefs of 
nations, with perplexi- 
ty, the fea and the 
waves roaring } 

26 Mens hearts fail- 
ing them for fear, and 
for looking after thofe 
things which are com- 
ing on the earth : for 
the powers of heaven 
fhall be fhaken. 

27 And then fhall 
they fee the Son of 
man coming in a cloud 
with power and great 

28 And when thefe 
things begin to come 
to pafs, then look up, 
and lift up your heads ; 
for your redemption 
draweth nigh. 

29 And he fpake 
to them a parable . 
Behold the fig-tree, 


of the four Evangelijls. 45 1 

atthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XXIV. Chap. XIII. Chap. XXI. 

crs of the heavens fhall you all things. arid all the trees ; 

be fhaken. 24 But in thofe 30 When they now 

30 And then fhall days, after that tribu- fhoot forth, yefeeani 
appear the fign of the lation , the fun fhall know of your own 
Son of man in hea- be darkened, and the felves , that fummer 
ven : and then fhall all moon fhall not give is now nigh at hand, 
the tribes of the earth her light : 3 1 So likewife ye, 
mourn, and they fhall 25- And the Iters of when ye fee thefc 
fee the Son of man heaven fhall fall, and things come to pafs, 
coming in the clouds the powers that arc in know ye that the 
of heaven,with power heaven fhall be fha- kingdom of God is 
and great glory. ken. - nigh at hand; 

31 And he fhall fend 26 And then fhall 32 Verily I fay un- 
his angels with a great they fee the Son of to you, This genera- 
found of a trumpet, man coming in the tion fhall not pafs a- 
and they fhall gather clouds, with great way, till all be fulfil- 
together his elett power and glory. led. 

from the four winds, 27 And then fhall 3? Heaven and earth 

from one end of hea- he fend his angels, and fhall pafs away : but 

ven to the other. fhall gather together my words fhall not 

32 Now learn a his eleclrfrom the four pafs away. 

parable of the fig- winds, from the ut- 34 And take heed 

tree: When his branch termoft part of the to your felves , left at 

is yet tender, and put- earth , to the utter- any time your hearts 

teth forth leaves , ye moft part of heaven, be over-charged with 
know that fummer is 28 Now learn a furfeiting and drun- 

nigh : parable of the fig-tree : kennefs, and cares of 

3 3 So likewife ye, When her branch is this life , and fo that 

when ye fhall fee all yet tender, and put- day come upon you 

thefe things , know teth forth leaves , ye unawares, 

that it is near, even at know that fummer is if For as a fhare 

the doors. near : fhall it come on all 

34 Verily I fay un- 29 So ye in like them that dwell on 
to you, This genera- manner, when ye fhall the fece of the whole 
tion fhall not pafs, till fee thefe things come earth. ' 
all thefe things be ful- to pafs , know that it 3 6 Watch ye there- 
filled, is nigh, even at the fore, and pray always, 
35- Heaven and earth doors. that ye may be ac- 
fhall pafs away, but 30 Verily I fay un- counted worthy to e- 
my words fhall not to you, that this gene- fcape^all thefe things 
pafs away. ration fhall not pafs, that fhall come to pafs, 

36 But of that day till all thefe things be and to ftand before the 

and hour knoweth no done. Son of man. 

L 1 1 z maa 

452, The Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XXIV. Chap. XIII. Chap. XXL 

man , no , not the an- 3 1 Heaven and earth 3 7 And in the day- 
gels of heaven , but fhaLl pafs away : but time he was teaching 
my Father onely. my words fhall not in the temple , and at 

37 But as the days pafs away. night he went out, and 
of Noe were, (o ftiall 3 1 But of that day abode in the mount 
alfb the coming of the and that hour know- that is called the mount 
Son of man be. eth no man , no, not of Olives. 

38 For as in the the angels which are 38 And all the peo- 
days that were before in heaven, neither the pie came early in the 
the floud , they were Son, but the Father, morning to him in 
eating and drinking, 33 Take ye heed, the temple, for to hear 
marrying, and giving watch and pray: for him. 

in marriage, until the ye know not when the 

day that Noe entred time is. 

into the ark* 34 For the Son of 

39 And knew not man is as a man taking 
until the floud came, afar journey, who left 
and took them all a- his houfe, and gave au- 
way ; fo (hall alfo the thority to his fervants, 
coming of the Son of and to every man his 
man be. work, and command- 

40 Then fhall two ed the porter to watch. 
be in the field, the one 3 s Watch ye there- 
mall betaken, and the fore, (for ye know not 
other left. when the mafter of 

41 Two women /hall the houfe cometh; at 
be grinding at the mill, even, or at mid-night, 
the one fhall be taken, or at the cock-crow- 
jnd the other left. ing, or in the morn- 

42 Watch therefore, ing. ) 

for ye know not what 36 Left coming fud- 
hour your Lord doth denly, he find you 
come. fleeping. 

43 But know this, 37 And what I fay 
that if the good-man unto you, I fay unto 
of the houfe had all, Watch. 
known in what watcfy 

the thief would come, 
lie would have watch- 
ed ,and would not have 
fuffered his houfe to be 
broken up. 

44 There- 

of the four Evangelifls. 45 y 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. Jouk. 

Chap. XXIV. 

44 Therefore be ye alfo ready: 
for in fuch an hour as you think not, 
the Son of man cometh. 

4y Who then is a faithful and 
wife fervant, whom his Lord hath 
made ruler over his houfhold, to give 
them meat in due feafon ? 

46 Blefled is that fervant, whom 
his Lord when he cometh, fhall find 
fo doing. 

47 Verily I fay unto you, that he 
(hall make him ruler over all his 

48 But and if that evil fervant 
fhall fay in his heart, My lord de- 
layeth his coming, 

49 And fhall begin to fmite his 
fellow-fervants,and to eat and drink 
with the drunken : 

5 The Lord of that fervant fhall 
come in a day when he looketh not 
for him , and in an hour that he is 
n«t aware of ; 

f\ And fhall cut him afunder, 
and appoint him his portion with the 
hypocrites : there fhall be weeping 
and gnafhing of teeth. 

Chap. XXV. 

THen fhall the kingdom of hea- 
ven be likened unto ten vir- 
gins, which took their lamps, and 
went forth to meet the bridegroom. 

2 And five of them were wife,, 
and five were foolifh. 

3 They that were foolifh took 
their lamps, and took no oil with 

4 But the wife took oil in their 
vefiels with their lamps. 

f While the bridegroom tarried* 
they all flumbred and fiept. 

L 11 a i And 

454 The Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. Jqhk. 

Chap. XXV. 

6 And at midnight there was a 
cry made, Behold, the bridegroom 
cometh, go ye out to meet him. 

7 Then all thofe virgins arofe, 
■and trimmed their lamps. 

8 And the foolifh faid unto the 
wife, Give us of your oil, for our 
lamps are gone out. 

9 But the wife anfwered, iay- 
ing, Notfo -, left there be not enough 
for us and you : but go ye rather to 
them that fell, and buy for your 

io And while they went to buy , 
the bridegroom came, and they that 
were ready, went in with him to 
the marriage, and the door was 

i r Afterward came alfo the other 
virgins, faying, Lord, Lord, open 
to us. 

i z But he anfwered and faid, Ve- 
rily, I fay unto you, I know you 

1 3 Watch therefore, for ye know 
neither the day, nor the hour, where- 
in the Son of man cometh. 

14 For the kingdom of heaven is 
as a man travelling into a far coun- 
trey, who called his own fervants, 
and delivered unto them his goods : 

if And unto one he gave five ta- 
lents , to another two, and to ano- 
ther one, to every man according 
to his fevcral ability, and ftraight- 
way took his journey. 

1 6 Then he that had received the 
five talents, went and traded with 
the fame, and made them other five 

17 And likewife he that had re- 
ceived two, he alio gained other 

18 But 

of the four EvangeUfls. 455 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XXV. 

18 But he that had received one, 
went and digged in the earth, and 
hid his lords money. 

19 After a long time, the lord of 
thofe fervants cometh, and reckon- 
eth with them. 

20 And fo he that had received 
five talents, came and brought other 
five talents, faying, Lord, thou de- 
liveredft unto me five talents : be- 
hold , I have gained beiides them 
five talents more. 

21 His lord faid unto him, Well 
done, thou good and faithful fer- 
vant ; thou haft been faithful over 
a few things, I will make thee ru- 
ler over many things : enter thou 
into the joy of thy lord. 

22 He alfo that had received two 
talents, came and faid, Lord, thou 
deliveredft unto me two talents: be- 
hold, I have gained two other ta- 
lents befides them. 

23 His lord faid unto him, Well 
done, good and faithful fervant j 
thou haft been faithful over a few 
things, I will make thee ruler over 
many things : enter thou into the 
joy of thy lord. 

24 Then he which had received 
the one talent, came and faid, LordJ 
knew thee that thou art an hard 
man, reaping where thou haft not 
fown, and gathering where thou 
haft not ftrawed : 

2j- And I was afraid, and went 
and hid thy talent in the earth : lo, 
there thou haft that is thine. 

26 His lord anfwered and faid 
unto him, Thou wicked and floth- 
ful fervant, thou kneweft that I 
reap where I fowednot, and gather 
where I haye not ftrawed : 

%j Thou 

45 6 The Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XXV. 

27 Thou oughteft therefore to 
have put my money to the exchan- 
gers, and then at my coming I 
fhould have received mine own with 

28 Take therefore the talent from 
htm, and give it unto him which 
hath ten talents. 

29 For unto every one that hath 
{hall be given, and he fhall have 
abundance: but from him that hath 
not (hall be taken away, even that 
which he hath. 

30 And caft ye the unprofitable 
fervant into outer darknefs : there 
{hall be weeping and gnafhing of 

3 1 When the Son of man fhall 
come in his glory, and all the holy 
angels with him , then fhall he fit 
upon the throne of his glory. 

32 And before him fhall be ga- 
thered all nations 5 and he fhall fe- 
parate them one from another, as 
a fhepherd divideth his fheep from 
the goats : 

33 And he fhall fet the fheep on 
his right hand, but the goats on the 

34 Then {hall the King fay unto 
them on his right hand , Come ye 
blefTed of my Father, inherit the 
kingdom prepared for you from the 
foundation of the world. 

3f For I was an hungred, and 
ye gave me meat: I was thirfty, and 
ye gave me drink : I was a ftranger, 
and ye took me in : 

36 Naked, and ye cloathedme: 
I was fick, and ye vifited me : I 
was in prifon , and ye came unto 

of the four Evangeli/ls. 4 5 7 

— — I I ' H I ' ' " ' 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XXV. 

37 Then fhall the righteous an- 
fwer him, faying, Lord, when faw 
we thee an hungred, and fed thee ? 
or thirfty, and gave thee drink ? 

3 8 When faw we thee a ftra nger , 
and took thee in ? or naked, and 
cloathed thee ? 

39 Or when faw we thee fick, 
or in prifon, and came unto thee ? 

40 And the King fhall anfwer, 
and fay unto them, Verily I fay un- 
to you, In as much as ye have done 
it unto one of the leaft of thefe my 
brethren, ye have done it unto me. 

41 Then fhall he fay alfb unto 
them on the left hand, Depart from 
me, ye curfed, into everlafting fire, 
prepared for the devil and his an- 

41 For I was an hungred , and 
ye gave me no meat : I was thirfty, 
and ye gave me no drink : 

43 I was a ftranger, and ye took 
me not in : naked, and ye cloathed 
me not : fick, and in prifon, and ye 
vifited me not. 

44 Then fhall they alfb anfwer 
him, faying, Lord, when faw we 
thee an hungred , or athirft , or a 
ftranger , or naked , or fick , or in 
prifon , and did not minifter unto 
thee ? 

45- Then fhall he anfwer them, 
faying, Verily I fay unto you, In 
as much as ye did it not to one of 
the leaft of thefe , ye did it not to 

46 And thefe fhall go away into 
everlafting punifhment : but the 
righteous into life eternal 

M m m § 7. AN D 

ac 8 The Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XXVI. Chap. XIV. Chap. XXII. 

§7' A N D it came A Ftertwodays.was vrOW the feaft of 
./\.topafs,when J\ the feaji of the JLN unieavened bread 
Tefus had finifhed all paflbver, and of un- drew nigh, which is 
thefe fayings , he faid leavened bread : and called the paflbver. 
unto his diiciples. the chief priefts and 2 And the chief priefts 
2 Ye know that af- the fcribes ibught how and fcribes fought how 
ter two day sis i he feaji they might take him they might kill him* 
of the paflbver, and by craft, and put him for they feared the 
the Son of man is be- to death. people. 

trayed to be crucified. 2 But they (aid, Not 3 Then entred Sa- 
2 Then aflembled on the fea(Way, left tan into Judas furna- 
together the chief there be an uproar of medlfcariot, being of 
priefts, and the fcribes, the people. the number of the 

and the elders of the 3 And being in Be- twelve, 
people, unto the pa- thauy, inthehoufeof 4 And he went his 
lace of the high prieft, Simon the leper, as he w ay, and communed 
who was called Caia- fat at meat, there came with the chief priefts 
ph as f a woman, having an and captains, how he 

4' And confulted alabafter-box of oint- might betray him un- 
that they might take ment of fpikenard , to them. 
Tefus by fubtilty, and very precious ; and flie y And they were 
foil him. brake the box , and glad, and covenanted 

<■ But they faid, Not poured it on his head, to give him money, 
on the feaft.<tey, left 4 And there were 6 And he promi- 
there be an uproar a- fome that had indig- fed, and fought oppor- 
mong the people. nation within them- tunity to betray him 
6 Now when Jefus felves, and faid, Why un to them in the ab- 
was in Bethany, in the was this wafte of the fence of the multi- 
houfe of Simon the le- ointment made ? tude. 

p efj f For it might have 

j There came un- been fold for more 
to him a woman ha- then three hundred 
ving an alabafter-box pence, and have been 
of very precious oint- given to the poor. And 
ment, and poured it they murmured a- 
on his head, as he fat gainft her. 
at meat. 6 And Jefus faid, 

8 But when his di- Let her alone, why 
fciplesfaw/V, they had trouble ye her? (he 
indignation,faying,To hath wrought a good 
what purpofe is this work on me. 
wa fl: ? 7 For ye have the 

9 For this oint- poor with you always, 

of the four Evangelijls, 45 9 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XXVI. Chap. XIV. 

ment might have been and whenfoever ye 

fold for much, and gi- will, ye may do them 

ven to the poor. good : but me ye have 

10 Whenjefusun- not always, 
derftoodifrhefaidun- 8 She hath done 
to them, Why trouble what fhe could : (he is 
ye the woman ? for come aforehand to a- 
fhe hath wrought a noint my body to the 
good work upon me. burying. 

1 1 For ye have the 9 Verily I fay unto 
poor always with you, you, Wherefbever this 
but me ye have not al- gofpel (hall be preach, 
ways. ed throughout the 

1 4 For in that (he whole world, this alfb 
hath poured this oint- that (he hath done (hall 
ment on my body, (he be fpoken of, for a me- 
did it for my burial. morial of her. 

1 3 Verily I fay un- 1 o And Judas Ifca- 
toyou, Whereibewr riot, one of the twelve, 
this golpel (hall be went unto the chief 
preached in the whole priefts, to betray him 
world, there (hallalfo unto them. 

this, that this woman n And when they 
hath done, be told for heard it, they were 
a memorial of her. glad, and promifedto 

14 Then one of the give Wm money. And 
twelve, called Judas he fought how he 
I(cariot,went unto the might conveniently 
chief priefts, hetray. him. 

if And faid unto 
than, What will ye 
give me, and I will 
deliver him unto you? 
And they covenanted 
with him for thirty 
pieces of filvcr. 

16 And from that 
time he fought oppor- 
tunity to betray him. 

.' ' ' 1 

M m m 1 NOW 

460 The Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XIII. 

§ 8. XJO W before the feaft of the 
JLN paffover, when Jefus knew 
that his hour was come, .that he 
fhould depart out of this world un- 
to the Father, having loved his own 
which were in the world, he loved 
them unto the end. 

2 And fupper being ended, (the 
devil having now put into the heart 
of Judas Iicariot, Simons fon t to 
betray him) 

3 Jefus knowing that the Father 
had given all things into his hands, 
and that he was come from God, 
and went to God, 

4 He rifeth from fupper, and laid 
afide his garments, and took a towel, 
and girded himfelf. 

f After that , he poureth water 
into a bafon, and began to wafh the 
difciples feet, and to wipe them with 
the towel wherewith he was girded. 

6 Then cometh he to Simon Pe- 
ter : and Peter faith unto him , Lord, 
doft thou warn my feet? 

7 Jefus anfwered and faid unta 
him, What I do thou knoweft not 
now > but thou fhalt know here- 

8 Peter faith unto him, Thou 
(halt never wafh my feet. Jefus an- 
fwered him, If I wafh thee not, 
thou haft no part with me. 

9 Simon Peter faith unto him, 
Lord, not my feet only, but alfomy 

. hands and my head. 

i o Jefus faith to him, He that is 
wafhed, needeth not, fave to wafh 
bis feet, but is clean every whit : and 
ye are clean, but not all. 

1 1 For he knew who fhould be- 
tray him ; therefore faid he, Ye are 
not all clean. 

i* So 

• « ■ — — — ^— > « -— 

of the four Evangelijis. 4^1 

1 — .^ —"■»■—— 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XIII. 

1 2 So after he had wafhed their 
feet , and had taken his garments, 
and was let down again, he faid un- 
to them, Know ye what I have done 
to you ? 

1 3 Ye call me Mafter, ind Lord : 
and ye lay well; for fo I am. 

14 If I thsnyour Lord and Mafter,. 
have wu flied your feet, ye alfo ought 
to wafh one anothers feet 

1/ For I have given you an ex- 
ample, that ye fhould do as I have 
done to you. 

16 Verily verily I fay unto you, 
The fervant is not greater then his 
Lord, neither he that is fent, greater 
then he that fent him. 

17 If ye know thefe things, hap- 
py are ye if ye do them. 

18 Ifpeaknotof you all; I know 
whom I have chofen : but that the 
fcripture may be fulfilled , He that 
eateth bread with me, hath lift up 
his heel againft me. 

19 Now I tell you before it come, 
that when it is cometopafs, ye may 
believe that lam he. 

20 Verily verily I fay unto you, 
He that receiveth whomfbever I 
fend, receiveth me: and he that re- 
ceiveth me, receiveth him that fent 

21 When Jefus had thus faid, he 
was troubled in fpirir, and teftified, 
and faid, Verily verily I fay unto 
you, that one of you fhall betray 

2 2 Then the difciples looked one 
on another, doubting of whom he 

23 Now there was leaning on 
Jefus bofom , one of his difciples 
whom Jefus loved. 

M m m 3 Simon- 

A f G^ The Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XIII. 

24 Simon Peter therefore beck- 
ened to him, that he Ihould ask who 
it fhould be of whom he fpake. 

25- He then lying on Jefus breaft. 
faith unto him, Lord, who is it? 

26 Jefus anfwered , He it is to 
whom I fhail give a fop , when I 
have dipped it. And when he had 
dipped the fop, he gave it to Judas 
Ifcariot, the f on of Simon. 

27 And after the fop, Satan en- 
tred into him. Then faid Jefus un- 
to him, That thou doeft,do quickly. 

28 Now no man at the table 
knew for what intent he fpake this 
unto him. 

29 For fbme of them thought, be- 
caufe Judas had the bag, that Jefus 
had faid unto him, Buy thofe things 
that we have need of againft the 
feaft: or that he Ihould give fome» 
thing to the poor. 

30 He then having received the 
fop, went immediately out : audit 

§ 9. 3 1 Therefore when he was 
gone out, Jefus faid, Now is the 
Son of man glorified, and God is 
glorified in him. 

32 If God be glorified in him, 
God fhall al/b glorifie him in him- 
felf, and fhall flraightway glorifie 

33 Little children, yet a little 
while I am with you. Ye fhall feek 
me : and as I faid unto the Jews, 
Whither I go, ye cannot comej Co 
now I fay unto you. 

34 A new commandment I give 
unto you, That ye love one another; 
as I have loved you, that ye alfb love 
we another. 


of the four Evangelijis. 4 6 3 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XIII. 

If By this (hall all men know 
that ye are my difciples, if ye have 
love one to another. 

36 Simon Peter faid unto him. 
Lord, whither goeft thou ? Jefus 
anfwered him, Whither I go, thou 
canft not follow me now; but thou 
(halt follow me arterwards. 

37 Peter faid unto hioi, Lord , 
why cannot I follow thee now ? I 
will lay down my life for thy fake. 

38 J<-*fus anfwered him, Wilt 
thou lay down thy lite foil my fake? 
Verily verily I fay unto thee, The 
cock (hall not crow, till thou haft 
denied me thrice. 

Chap. XIV. 

LE T not your heart be troubled : 
ye believe in God, believe alfo 
in me. 

± In my fathers houfe are many 
manfions; if it were notfo, I would 
have told you : I go to prepare a 
place for you. 

3 And if I go and prepare a 
place for you , I will come again, 
and receive you unto my felf, that 
where I am, there ye may be alfb. 

4 And whither I go, ye know, 
and the way ye know. 

/ Thomas faith unto him, Lord,," 
we know not whither thou goeft, 
and how can we know the way ? 

6 Jefus faith unto him, I am the 
way, and the truth, and the life : 
no man cometh unto the Father 
but by me. 

7 If ye had known me, ye (hould 
have known my Father alfb : and 
from henceforth ye know him, and 
have feen him, 

8 Philip 

4^4 The Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XIV. 

8 Philip faith unto him , Lord , 
fliew us the Father, and it fufficcth 

9 Jefus faith unto him , Have I 
been fo long time with you , and 
yet haft thou not known me, Phi- 
lip ? he that hath feen me, hath feen 
the Father j and how fayeft thou 
then, Shew us the Father ? 

io Believed thou not that I am 
in the Father ; and the Father in 
me ? the words that I fpeak unto 
you , I fpeak not of my felf : but 
the Father that dwelleth in me, he 
doeth the works. 

1 1 Believe me that I am in the 
Father, and the Father in me: or 
elfe believe me for the very works 

12 Verily verily I fay unto you, 
He that believeth on me, the works 
that I do, fhall he do alfo, and greater 
works then thefe fhall he do; becaufe 
I go unto my Father. 

1 3 And whatfbever ye (hall ask 
in my name, that will I do, that 
the Father may be glorified in the 

14 If ye ask any thing in' my 
name, I will do it. 

\f If ye love me, keep my com- 

16 And I will pray the Father, 
and he fhall give you another Com- 
forter, that he may abide with you 
for ever. 

1 7 Eve n the Spirit of truth, whom 
the world cannot receive, becaufe 
it feeth him not, neither knoweth 
him : but ye know him, for he dwel- 
leth with you, and fhall be in you; 

1 8 I will not leave you comfort- 
Jefs > I will come to you. 

19 Yet 

of the four Evangelifts. 465 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XIV. 

to Yet a little while, and the. 
world feeth me no more : but ye 
fee me : becaufe I live, ye (hall live 

20 At that day ye (hall know, 
that I am in my Father, and you in 
me, and I in you. 

2 1 He that hath my command- 
ments , and keepeth them , he it is 
that loveth me : and he that loveth 
me (hall be loved of my Father, and 
I will love him, and will manifefl: 

22 Judas faith unto him, not Ifca- 
riot, Lord, how is it that thou wilt 
manifeft thy felf unto us , and not 
unto the world ? 

23 Jefus anfwered and faid unto 
him, If a man love me, he will 
keep my words : and my Father 
will love him , and we will come 
unto him, and make our abode with. 

24 He that loveth me not, keep- 
eth not my fayings : and the word 
which you hear, is not mine, but 
the Fathers which fent me. 

if Thefe things have I fpoken 
unto you , being yet prefent with 

26 But the Comforter, which it 
the holy Ghoft, whom the Father 
will fend in my name, he (hall teach 
you all things, and bring all things 
to your remembrance , whatfoever 
I have faid unto you. 

27 Peace I leave with you, my 
peace I give unto you : not as the 
world giveth, give I unto you. Let 
not your heart be troubled, neither 
let it be afraid. 

2 8 Ye have heard how I faid un- 
to you, I go away, and come again 
^ N n n unt» 

466 The Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. ■ 

Chap. XIV. 

unto you. If ye loved me, ye would 
rejoyce , becaufe I faid , I go unto 
the Father : for my Father is greater 
then I. 

29 And now I have told you be- 
fore it come to pafs, that when it is 
come to pafs, ye might believe. 

3 c Hereafter I will not talk much 
with you : for the prince of this 
world cometh , and hath nothing 
in me. 

3 1 But that the world may know 
that I love the Father } and as the 
Father gave me commandment, 
even fo I do. Arife, let us go 

Chap. XV. 

$ 1 o.T Am the true vine, and my 
X Father is the husbandman. 

2 Every branch in me that bear- 
cth not fruit, he taketh away : and 
every branch that beareth fruit, he 
purgeth it, that it may bring forth 
more fruit. 

3 Now ye are clean through the 
word which I have fpoken unto 

4 Abide in me, and I in you. As 
the branch cannot bear fruit of it 
felf, except it abide in the vine: no 
more can ye, except ye abide in me. 

f I am the vine, ye are the bran- 
ches : He that abideth in me, and I 
in him, the fame bringeth forth 
much fruit : for without me ye can 
do nothing. 

6 If a man abide not in me, he 
is caft forth as a branch, and is wi- 
thered i and men gather them, and 
call them into the fire, and they are 

7 ^ 

of the four Evangetifts. 4^7 

Matthsw. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XV. 

7 If ye abide in me, and my words 
abide in you, ye fhall ask what yc 
will, and it (hall be done unto you. 

8 Herein is my Father glorified, 
that ye bear much fruit, fo mall yc 
be my difciples. 

p As the Father hath loved me, 
fo have I loved you : continue ye in 
my love. 

io It ye keep my command- 
ments , ye fhall abide in my love : 
even as I have kept my Fathers com- 
mandments, and abide in his love. 

1 1 Thefe things have I fpokea 
unto you, that my joy might remain 
in you, and that your joy might be 

i a This is my commandment, 
That ye love one another, as I have 
loved you. 

13 Greater love hath no man 
then this , that a man lay down his 
life for his friends. 

14 Ye are my friends , if ye do 
whatfbever I command you. 

1/ Henceforth I call you notfer- 
vantsj for thefervantknoweth not 
what his lord doeth : but I have cal- 
led you friends ; for all things that 
I have heard of my Father, I have 
made known unto you. 

16 Ye have not chofen me, but 
I have chofen you , and ordained 
you , that you fhould go and bring 
forth fruit, and that your fruit mould 
remain : ,that whatfoever ye fhall 
ask of the Father in my name, he 
may give it you. 

1 7 Thefe things I command you, 
that ye love one another. 

18 If the world hate you, ye 
know that it hated me before it ha- 
ted you. 

N n n 2 19 If 

468 The Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. Johk. 

Chap. XV. 

19 If ye were of the world, the 
world would love his own: but 
becaufe ye are not of the world , 
but I have chofen you out of the 
world , therefore the world hateth 

20 Remember the word that I 
faid unto you , The fervant is not 
greater then the lord. If they have 
perfecuted me, they will alfo per- 
lecute you : if they have kept my 
faying , they will keep yours 

2 1 But all thefe things will they 
do unto you for my names fake, be- 
caufe they know not him that fent 

22 If I had not come, and fpo- 
ken unto them , they had not had 
fin : but now they have no clokc 
for their fin. 

2 3 He that hateth me, hateth my 
Father alfo. 

24 If I had not done among 
them the works which none other 
man did, they had not had fin : but 
now they have both feen, and hated 
both me and my Father. 

tf But this cometh to fafs, that 
the word might be fulfilled that is 
written in their law , They hated 
me without a caufe. 

26 But when the Comforter is 
come, whom I will fend unto you 

• from the Father, even the Spirit of 

truth, which proceedeth from the 
Father, he fhall teftify of me. 

27 And ye alio fhall bear wit- 
nefs, becaufe ye have been with me 
from the beginning. 


of the four Evangelifls. ^Cs> 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XVI. 

THefe things have I fpoken unto 
you, that ye fhould not be of- 

a They fhall put you out of the 
fynagogues : yea, the time cometh, 
that whofoever killeth you , will 
think that he doeth God fervice. 

3 And thefe things will they do 
unto you , becaufe they have not 
known the Father, nor me. 

4 But thefe things have I told 
you, that when the time (hall come, 
ye may remember that I told you of 
them. And thefe things I faid not 

m unto you at the beginning, becaufe 

I was with you. 

f But now I go my way to him 
that fent me, and none of you ask- 
eth me, Whither goeft thou ? 

6 But becaufe I have faid thefe 
things unto you, forrowhath filled 
your heart. 

7 Neverthelefs , I tell you the 
truth j It is expedient for you that 
I go away; for if I go not away, 
the Comforter will not come unto 
you j but if I depart, I will fend 
him unto you. 

8 And when he is come, he will 
reprove the world of fin, and of 
righteoufnefs, and of judgment: 

9 Of fin, becaufe they believe 
not on me ; 

10 Of righteoufnefs, becaufe I 
go to my Father, and ye fee me no 
more j 

ii Of judgment, becaufe the 
prince of this world is judged. 

12 I have yet many things to 
fay unto you , but ye cannot bear 
them now. 

i 3 Howbeit, when he the Spirit 

of truth is come, he will guide you 

N n n 3 into 


The Harmony 


Chap. XXVI. 

§ it. 17 Now the 

nrft day of the feafl 
of unleavened bread , 
the difciples came to 
lefts, faying unto him, 
Where wilt thou that 
we prepare for thee to 
eat the paflbver ? 

18 And he faid, Go 
into the city to fuch a 
man,and fay unto him, 
The Matter faith, My 
time is at hand, I will 
keep the paflbver at 
thy houfe with my di- 

19 And the difci- 
ples did as Jefus had 
appointed them , and 
they made ready the 

Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XVI. 

into all truth: for he fliall not fpeak 
of himfelf ; but whatfoever he fliall 
hear , that fhall he fpeak : and he 
will fhew you things to come. 

14. He fhall glorify me : for he 
fhall receive of mine, and /hall fhew 
it unto you. 

if All things that the Father 
hath, are mine ; therefore faid I, that 
he fhall take of mine, and fhall fhew 
it unto you. 

16 A little while, and ye fhall 
not fee me : and again, a little while 
and ye fhall fee me, becaufe I go t© 
the Father. 

Chap. XIV. 

11 Andthefirftday 
of unleavened bread, 
when they -killed the 
paflbver, his difciples 
faid unto him, Where 
wilt thou that we go 
and prepare, that thou 
mayeft eat the paflb- 
ver ? 

1 3 And he fendeth 
forth two of his difci- 
ples, and faith unto 
them, Go ye into the 
city, and there fhall 
meet you a man bear- 
ing a pitcher of wa- 
ter : follow him. 

14 And wherefoe- 
vcr he fhall go in, fay 
ye to the good-man of 
the houfe, TheMafter 
faith , Where is the 

fieft-chambcr, where 
fhall eat the paflbver 
with my difciples ? 

Chap. XXII. 

7 Then came the 
day of unleavened 
bread, when the paflb- 
ver muft be killed. 

and John, faying, Go 
and prepare us the 
paflbver, that we may 

9 And they faid un- 
to him , Where wilt 
thou that we prepare ? 

10 And he faid un- 
them, Behold,when ye 
are entred into the ci- 
ty, there fhall a man 
meet you , bearing a 
pitcher of water, fol- 
low him into the houfe 
where he entreth in. 

1 1 And ye fhall fay 
unto the good-man of 
thehoufe, TheMafter 
faith unto thee, Where 
is the gueft-chamber, 

1$ And 

of the four Evangelijls. 47 1 

Chap. XIV. Chap. XXII. 

15- And he will where I fhall eat the 

ftiew you a large upper pafTover with my di- 

room furnifhed and fciples ? 
prepared: there make 12 And he fhall 

ready for us. mew you a large up- 

16 And his difci- per room fumifhed : 

pies went forth, and there make ready. 
came into the city, and 1 2 And they went 

found as he had faid and found as he had 

unto them: and they faid unto them : and 

made ready the pafTo- they made ready the 

ver. paflbver. 


From thtT ajfover it/elf, till the Death ofChrift: containing 
about 2 1 Hours -, from fix a clock at night 3 April '2. till three 
a clock in the afternoon, April 3. 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XXVI. Chap. XIV. Chap. XXII. 


the even ing he cometh with hour was come, he fat 
was come,he fat down the twelve. down, and the twelve 

with the twelve. 1 8 And as they fat, apoftles with him. 

2 1 And as they did and did eat, Jefusfaid, if And he faid un- 
eat, he faid, Verily, I Verily I fay unto you, to them , With deiire 
fay unto you, that one One of you which eat- I have defired to eat 
of you fhall betray me. eth with me, fhall be- this paflbver with you 

2i And they were tray me. before I fufter. 

exceeding forrowful , 19 And they began \6 For I fay unto 
and began every one to be forrowful , and you , I will not any 
of them to fay unto to fay unto him one by more eat thereof, un- 
him, Lord, Is it I ? one, Is it I? and ano- til it be fulfilled in th# 

13 And 

47- The Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. 

Chap. XXVI. Chap. XIV. Chap. XXII. 

23 And he anfwer- ther faid , Is it I? kingdom of God. 
cd and faid, He that 20 And he anfwer- 17 And he took the 
dippeth his hand with ed and laid unto them, cup, and gave thanks, 
me in the difh, the It is one of the twelve, and faid, Take this, 
fame lhall betray me. that dippeth with me and divide it among 

24 The Son of man in the di(h. yourfelves. 

goeth as it is written 2 1 The Son of man 1 8 For I fay unto 

of him: but wo unto indeed goeth, as it is you, I will not drink 

that man by whom the written of him : but of the fruit of the v ine, 

Son of man is betray- wo to that man by until the kingdom of 

ed: it had been good whom the Son of man God lhall come, 

for that man,if he had is betrayed: good were ip And he took 

not been born. it for that man if he bread.and gave thanks, 

2 j- Then Judas, which had never been born, and brake it, and gave 

betrayed him, anfwer- 2 2 And as they did unto them faying.This 

ed, and faid, Mafter.Is eat, Jefus took bread, i s my body which is 

it I? He faid unto him, andbleffed, and brake given for you: this 

Thou haft faid. it, and gave to them, do in remembrance of 

26 And as they and faid, Take, eat; me . 

were eating , Jefus this is my body. io Like wife alfo the 

took bread, andbleffed 23 And he took the cup after fupper, fay- 

it 9 and brake//, and cup, and when he had ing, This cup is the 

gave it to the difci- given thanks, he gave new teftament in my 

pies, and faid, Take, it to them : and they blood, which is fhed 

eat ; this is my body, all drank of it. for you. 

27 And he took the x\ And he faid un- i. But behold, the 
cup, and gave thanks, to them, This is my hand of him that be- 
and gave it to them, blood of the new te- trayeth me, is with me 
faying , Drink ye all ftament, which is ftied on the table. 

of it. for many. 22 And truly the 

28 For this is my 25- Verily I fayun- Son of man goeth as 
blood of the new te- to you, Twill drink it was determined: but 
ftament, which is fhed no more of the fruit wo unto that man by 
for many for the re- of the vine, until that whom he is betrayed. 
miffion of lins. day that I drink it new 23 And they began 

29 But I fay unto in the kingdom ofGod. to enquire among 
you, I will not drink 26 And when they themfelves, which of 
henceforth of this fruit had fimg an hymn, them itwas that mould 
of the vine, until that they went out into the do this thing. 

day when I drink it mount of Olives, 
new with you in my 
Fathers kingdom. 


30 And 

of the four Evangelijls 



Chap. XXVI. 

30 And when they 
had fung an hymn , 
they went out into the 
mount of Olives. 


Chap. XIV. 


31 Thenfaithjefos 
unto them, All ye fhall 
be offended becaufe of 
me this night : for it 
is written, I will finite 
the fhepherd, and the 
fheep of the flock fhall 
be fcattered aoio-id. 

32 But after I am 

27 And Jefus faith 
unto them, Allyefhall 
be offended becaufeof 
me this night : for it 
is written, I will finite 
the fhepherd, and the 
fheep fhall be {bat- 

28 But after that I 


Chap, XXII. 

§ 1. 24 And there was alio a ftrife 
among them, which of them fhould 
be accounted the greateft. 

x$ And he faid unto them, The 
kings of the Gentiles exercife lord- 
ihip over them; and they that exer- 
cife authority upon them, are called 

26 But ye /hall not 6e fo: but he 
that is greateft among you, let him 
be as the younger } and he that is 
chief, as he that doth ferve. 

27 For whether //greater, he that 
fitteth at meat, or he that ferveth ? 
is not he that fitteth at meat? but I 
am among you as he that ferveth. 

28 Ye are they which have con- 
tinued with me in my temptati- 

29 And I appoint unto you a 
kingdom, as my father hath ap- 
pointed unto me . 

30 That ye may eat and drink at 
my table in my kingdom, and fit on 
thrones, judging the twelve tribe6 
of Iirael. 

3 1 And the Lord faid, Simon, 
Simon, behold, Satan hath defired 
to have you, that he may Mt you 
as wheat : 

32 But- 1 have prayed for thee, 
that thy faith fail not ; and when 
thou art converted , ftrengthen thy 

3 3 And he faid unto him, Lord, 
I am ready to go with thee both in- 
to prilbn, and to death. 

34 And he faid, I tell thee, Peter, 
the cock fhall not crow this day, be- 
O o o 


474 The Harmony 

Matthew. Mask. Luke. John, 

Chap. XXVI. Chap. XtV. Chap. XXII. 

rifen again, I will go am rifen, I willgobe- fore that thou ihalt 
before you intoGalilce. fore you into Galilee, thrice deny thac thou 

33 Peter anfwered 29 But Peter faid knoweft me. 

and faid unto him, untohim.Althoughall 3^ And he faid un- 

Though all men mall fhall be offended, yet to them, When I fent 

be offended becaufeof mil not I. you without purfe.and 

thee, yet will I never 30 And Jefus faith icrip, and (hoes, lacked 

be offended. unto him, Verily I fay ye any thing ? And 

34 Jefus faid unto unto thee, that this they faid, Nothing, 
him, Verily I fay unto day, e-ven in this night 3 6 Then faid he un- 
thee, that this night before the cock crow to them, But now he 
before the cock crow, twice, thou fhalt deny that hath a purfe, let 
thou fhalt deny me me thrice. . him take it, and like- 
thrice. 31 Buthefpakethe wife his fcrip : and he 

3j- Peter faid unto more vehemently, If I that hath no fword, 
him, Though I fhould fhould die with thee, I let him fell his gar- 
die with thee, yet will will not deny thee in ment, and buy one. 
I not deny thee. Like- any wife. Likewifeal- 37 For 1 fay unto 
wife alfo faid all the fbfaid they all. you, that this that is 

difciples. . written, muft yet be 

^ccomplifhed in me, 
And he was reckoned 
among the tranfgref- 
ibrs : for the things 
concerning me have 
an end. 

38 And they faid, 
Lord, behold, here^re 
two fword s. And he 
faid unto them , It is 

39 And he came 
out, and went, as he 
was wont, to the 

# mount of Olives; and 

his difciples alio fol- 
lowed him. 

$3. f7Thea 

of the four EvaHgeliJis. 475 

MATTH«r. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XVI. * 

§ 3. 17 Then faid fome of hit 
difciples among themfelves , What 
• is this that he lakh unto us, A little 

while and ye fhall not fee me: and 
again, a little while and ye {hall fee 
me : and , Becaufe I go to the Fa* 

18 They faid therefore, What is 
this that he faith, A little while ? we 
cannot tell what he faith. 

19 Now Jefus knew that they 
were defirous to ask him, and faid 
unto them, Do ye enquire among 
your felves of that I faid , A little 
while and ye fhall not fee me: and 
again, a little while and ye (hall fee 
me ? 

20 Verily verily I fay unto you, 
that ye fhall weep and lament, but 
the world fhall rejoyce: and ye fhall 
be forrowful, but your forrow fhall 
be turned into joyA 

2 r A woman when fhe is in tra- 
vail, hath forrow, becaufe her hour 
is come : but afToon as fhe is deli- 
vered of the child, fhe remembreth 
no more the anguifh, for joy that a 
man is born into the world. 

22 And ye now therefore have 
forrow : but I will fee you again, 
and your heart fhall rejoyce, and 
your joy no man taketh from 

23 And in that day ye fhall ask 
me nothing: Verily verily I fay un- 
to you, Whatfoever ye fhall ask the 
Father in my name, he will give it 

24 Hitherto have ye asked no- 
thing in my name : ask, and ye fhall 
receive, that your joy may be full. 

O o 2 if Thefc 

47 & Th* Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XVI. 

1/ Thefe things have I fpoken 
unto you in proverbs : the time 
comcth when I fli 11 no more fpeak 
unto you in proverbs, but I (hall 
(hew you plainly of the Father. 

z6 At that day yc (hall ask in 
my name : and I fay not unto you» 
that I will pray the Father for 

27 For the Father himfelf loveth 
you, becaufe ye have loved me, and 
have believed that I ame out from 

28 I came forth from the Father s 
and am come into the world : again, 
I leave the world, and go to the Fa- 

29 His difciples {aid unto him, 
Lo, now fpeakeft thou plainly, and 
fpeakeft no proverb. 

30 Now are we fure that thou 
knoweft all things, and needed not 
that any man (hould ask thee : by 
this we believe that thou cameft 
forth from God. 

2 1 Jefus anfwered them, Do ye 
now believe ? 

3 2 Behold, the hour cometh, yea, 
is now come, that ye (hall be fcat- 
tered , every man to his own , and 
(hall leave me alone : and yet I am 
not alone, becaufe the Father is 
with me. 

3 3 Thcfe things I have fpoken 
unto you, that in me ye might have 
peace. In the world ye (hall have 
tribulation : but be of good cheer, 
I have overcome the world. 

§4. Thefe 

of the four Euangelifis. 477 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XVII. 

§4.*T , Hefe words fpake Jefus j 
X and lift up his eyes to hea- 
ven , and faid , Father, the hour is 
come; glorifie thy Son, that thy Son 
alfo may glorifie thee. 

a As thou haft given him power 
over all flefh , that he fhould give 
eternal life to as many as thou haft 
given him. 

3 And this is life eternal , that 
they might know thee the only true 
God , and Jefus Chrift whom thou 
haft fent. 

4 I have glorified thee on the 
earth : I have finifhea the work 
which thou gaveft me to do. 

f And now, O Father , glorifie 
thou me with thine own felf", with 
the glory which I had with thee be- 
fore the world was. 

6 I have manifefted thy namfl 
unto the men which thou gaveft me 
out of the world: thine they were, 
and thou gaveft them me ; and they 
have kept thy word. 

7 Now they have known that 
all things whatfbever thou haft gi- 
ven me, are of thee. 

8 For I have given unto them 
the words which thou gaveft me 5 
and they have received them , and 
have known furely that I came out 
from thee, and they have believed 
that thou didft fend me. 

9 I pray for them : I pray not 
for the world, but for them which 
thou haft given me j for they are 

10 And all mine are thine, and 
thine are mine, and I am glorified 
in them. 

O o o 3 11 And 

L » I » ■! ' - i " » 

478 The Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XVII. 

1 1 And now I am no more in 
the world, but thefe are in the 
world, and I am come to thee. 
Holy Father, keep through thine 
own name thofe , whom thou haft 
given me, that they may be one, as 
we are. 

12 While I was with them in 
the world, I kept them in thy 
name : thofe that thou gaveft me 
I have kept , and none of them is 
loft , but the fon of perdition : 
that the fcripture might be fulfil- 

1 5 And now come I to thee: and 
thefe things I fpeak in the world , 
that they might have my joy fulfil- 
led in themfelves. 

14 I have given them thy 
word j and the world hath hated 
them , becaufe they are not of the 
world, even as I am not of the 

1 $• I pray not that thou fhouldeft 
take them out of the world, but 
that thou moulded: keep them from 
the evil. 

16 They are not of the world, 
even as I am not of the world. 

17 San&ify them through thy 
truth : thy word is truth. 

18 As thou haft fentme into the 
world, even Co have I alfo fent 
them into the world. 

ip And for their fakes I fan&ify 
my felf , that they alfo might be 
ian&ined through the truth. 

ao Neither pray I for thefe a- 
lone, but for them alfo which 
mall believe on me through their 
word : 

ai That 

of the four EvangeUJis. 4™ 

Matthew. Mar*> Luke. John. 

Chap. XVII. 

* 1 That they all may be one, as 
thou Father art in me, and I in 
thee 5 that they alfo may be one in 
us: that the world may believe that 
thou haft fent me. 

a a And the glory which thou 
gaveftme, I have given them : that 
they may be one, even as we are 

a 3 I in them, and thou in me, 
that they may be made perfect 
in one, and that the world may 
know that thou haft fent me, and 
haft loved them, as thou haft lo- 
ved me. 

24 Father, I will that they al- 
io whom thou haft given me, be 
with me where I am j that they 
may behold my glory which thou 
haft given me: for thou lovedft 
me before the foundation of the 

zf O righteous Father, the world 
hath not known thee ; but I have 
known thee, and thefe have known 
that thou haft fent me. 

26 And I have declared unto 
them thy name, and will declare 
tt: that the love wherewith thou ' 
haft loved me, may be in them, - 
and I in them. 

$/. 3$ Then 


The Harmony 


Chap. XXVI. 

eth Jefus with them 
unto a place called 
Gethfemaue, and faith 
unto the difciples, Sit 
ye here, while I go 
and pray yonder. 

37 And he took 
with him Peter, and 
the two fons of Ze- 
bedee, and began to be 
forrowful, and very 

38 Then faith he 
unto them, My foul 
is exceeding forrow- 
ful, even unto death : 
tarry ye here, and 
watch with me. 

39 And he went a 
little further, and fell 
on his face,and prayed , 
faying, O my Father, 
if it be poffible,let this 

Chap. XIV. 

32 Andfthey came 
to a place which was 
named Gethfemane : 
and he faith to his di- 
fciples, Sit ye here, 
while I fhall pray. 

33 And he taketh 
with him Peter , and 


Chap. XXII. 

40 And when he 
was at the place , he 
faid unto them, Pray, 
that ye enter not into 


41 And he was with- 
drawn from them a- 
bout a (tones caff, and 

James, and John, and kneeled down, and 
began to be fore ama- prayed , 


chap. xvm. 

WHen Jefus had 
fpoken thefe ' 
words, he went forth 
with his difciples oyer 
the brook Cedron , 
where was a garden > 
into the which he en- 
tred, and his difci- 

zed, and to be very 42 Saying, Father, 
heavy , if thou be willing, re- 

34 And faith unto move this cup from 
them , My foul is ex- me : neverthelefs, not 
ceeding ibrrowful un- my will, but thine be 
to death : tarry ye done, 
here, and watch. 42 And there ap- 

3$ And he went peared an angel unto 
forward a little , and him from heaven, 
fell on the ground, and ftrengthening him. 
prayed, that if it were 44, And being in an 
poilible the hour agony.he prayed more 
might pafs from him. earneftly : and his 
36 And he faid, Ab- fweat was as it were 
cup pafs from me: ne- ba, Father ,. all things great drops of blood 
verthelefs , not as I are poffi'ole unto thee, falling down to the 
will, but as thou wilt, take away this cup ground. 

4e And he cometh from me: neverthe- 4^ And when he 
unto the difciples, and lefs, not what I will, rofe up from prayer, 
findeth them afleep , but what thou wilt, and was come to his 
and faith unto Peter, 3 7 And he cometh, difciples, he found 
What, could ye not and findeth them fleep- them fleeping for 
watch with me one ing, and faith unto forrow, 
hour ? ■ Peter, Simon, fleepeft 46 And faid unto 

41 Watch and pray, thou? couldft not thou them, Why fleep ye ? 
that ye enter not into watch one hour ? rife, and pray, left ye 
temptation: thefpirk 38 Watch ye and enter into temptati- 
indeed is willing, but pray, left ye enter in- on. 

the fleih is weak. to temptation : the 

42 He went away fpirit truly is ready, 
again the fecond time, but the flelh is weak. 
and prayed, faying, O 39 And again he 
my Father, if this cup went away, and pray- 


of the four Evangelijls. 481 

Matthew. • Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XXVI. Chap. XIV. Chap. XXII. Chap. XVIII. 

may noe pafs away ed, and fpake the fame 
from me, except I words, 
drink it, thy will be 40 And when he re- 
done, turned, he found them 

43 And he came aileep again, (for their 

and found them afleep eyes were heavy) nei- 

again : for their eyes wift they what to an- 

were heavy. fwer him. 

44 And he left them, 41 And he cometh 

and went away again, the third time, and 

and prayed the third faith unto them, Sleep 

time, faying the fame on now, and take your 

words. reft: it is enough, the 

4^ Then cometh he hour is come; behold, 

to his difciples , and the Son of man is b&- 

faith unto them, Sleep trayed into the hands 

on now, and take your of finners. 

reft; behold, the hour 42 Rife up, let us 

is at hand, and the Son go ; lo, he that betray- 

of man is betrayed in- eth me is at hand, 
to the hands of fin- 

46 Rife, let us be 
going : behold, he is 
at hand that doth be- 
tray me. 

§6. 47 And while 43 And immediate- 47 And while he 2. And Judas alfo 

he yet fpake, lo, Judas ly, white he yet fpake, yet fpake, behold, a which betrayed him, 

one of the twelve cometh Judas, one of multitude, and he that knew the place : for 

came, and with him the twelve, and with was called Judas, one Jefus oft-times refort- 

agreatmultitudc,with him a great multi- of the twelve, went ed thither with his di- 

fwords and ftaves , tude with fwords and before them,and drew fciples. 

from the chief priefts ftaves, from the chief near unto Jefus, to kifs 3 Judas then having 

and elders of the peo- priefts, and the fcribes, him. received a band of 

pie. and the elders. 48 But Jefus faid meajand officers from 

48 Now he that be- 44 And he that be- unto him, Judas, be- the chief priefts and 
trayed him, gave them trayed him, had given trayeft thou the Son of Pharifees, cometh thi- 
afign, faying, Whom- them a token, faying, man with a kifs ? ther with Ian terns.and 
foever I fhall kifs, that Whomfoevcr I fhall 49 When they which torches, and weapons, 
fame is he, hold him kifs, that fame is he ; were about him, faw 4 Jefus therefore 
faft. take him, and leacLjvhat would follow, knowing all things 

49 And forthwith him away fafely. ^hey faid unto him , that fhould come up- 

P p p on 


The Harmony 


Chap. XXVI. 


Chap. XIV. 

he came to Jefus, and 45- And aflbon as he 
faid, Hail matter, and was come, he goeth 
kilted him. ftraightway to him , 

fo And Jefus faid and faith, Matter, ma- 
unto him, Friend, fter, and kitted him. 
wherefore art thou 46 And they laid 
come ? Then came their hands on him 
they and laid han/is on and took him. 
Jefus, and took him. 47 And one of them 

5-1 And behold, one that flood by, drew a 
of them which were fword , and fmote a 
with Jefus, ftretched fervant of the high 
out his hand, and drew prieft, and cut off his 
his fword, and ftroke ear. 
a fervant of the high 48 And Jefus an- 
priefts, and fmote off fwered and faid unto 
his ear. them , Are ye come 

fz Then faid Jefus out as againft a thief , 
unto him, Put up a- with fwordsand with 
gain thy fword'into his ftaves, to take me? 
place; for all they that 49 I was daily with 
take the fword , fhall you in the temple , 
perifh with the fword. teaching, and ye took 

5-3 Thinkeft thou me hot: ljut the fcrip- 
that I cannot now tures mutt t>e fulfil- 
pray to my Father, and led. 
he fhall prefently give fo And they all 
mc more then twelve forfook him, and fled. 


Chap. XXII. 

Lord, fhall we fmite 
with the fword ? 

So And one of them 
fmote the fervant of 
the high priett, and cut 
off his right ear. 

5-1 And Jefus an- 
fwered and laid, Suf- 
fer ye thus far. And 
he touched his ear, and 
healed him. 

5-2 Then Jefus faid 
unto the chief priefts, 
and captains of the 
temple, and the elders 
which were come to 
him , Be ye come out 
as againft a thief, with 
fwords and ftaves? 

5-3 When I was dai- 
ly with you in the tem- 
ple, ye ftretched forth 
no hands againft me : 
but this' is your hour, 
and the power of 

legions of angels ? 

5- 1 And there fol- 

f4 But how then lowed him a certain 
fhall the fcriptures be young man, having a 
fulfilled , that thus it linen cloth caft about 
muft be ? his naked body ; 'and 

f? In that fame the young men laid 
hour faid Jefus to the hold on him. 
multitudes" , Are ye ^ a And he left the 
come out as againft linen cloth, and fled 
a thief with fwords from them naked, 
and ftaves for to take 
me ? I fat daily with 
you teaching in the 

temple , and "ye laid m 

no hold on me. 


Chip. XVIII. 

on him , went forth, 
and faid unto them, 
Whom feek ye ? 

5- They anfwered 
him, Jefus of Naza- 
reth. Jefus faith un- 
to them, lam he. And 
Judas alfo which be- 
trayed him, ftood with 

6 Aflbon then as 
he had faid unto them, 
I am he, they went 
backward and fell to 
the ground. 

7 Then asked !he 
them again, Whom 
feek ye ? And they faid, 
Jefus of Nazareth. 

8 Jefus anfwered, I 
have told you that I am 
he. If therefore ye 
feek me, let thefe go 
their way : 

9 That the faying 
might be fulfilled 
which he fpake, Of 
them which thou ga- 
veft me, have I loft 

te Then Simon Pe- 
ter having a fword > 
drew it, and fmote the 
high priefts fervant, 
and cut off his right 
ear .The fervants name 
was Malchus. 

1 1 Then faid Jefus 
unto Peter, Put up thy 
fword into the fheath : 
the cup which my Fa- 
ther hath given me, 
fhall I not drink it? 
?6 But 

of the four Evangelijfs. 



Chap. XXVI. 

$6 But all this was 
done, that the fcrip- 
tures of the prophets 
might be fulfilled. 
Then all the difcipies 
fbrfook him, and fled. 

§7. j7 And they that 
had laid hold on Jefus, 
led him away to Caia- 
phas the high pried: , 
where the fcribes and 
the elders were affem- 

/8 But Peter fol- 
lowed him afar off 
unto the .high priefts 
palace, and went in, 
and fat with the fer- 
vants to 'fee the end. 

f 9 Now the chief 
priefts and elders, and 
all the councel, fought 
falfe witnefs againft 
Jefus to put him to 

60 But found none: 
yea, though many falfe 
witnefles came, yet 
found they none. At 
the laftcame two falfe 
witnefles , 

61 And faid, This 
fellow faid , I am able 
to deftroy the temple 
of God, and to build 
it in three days. 

61 And the high 
pricft arofe , and fiid 
unto him, Anfwereft 
thou nothing ? what 
is it which thefe wit- 
nefs againft thee ? 

Chap. XIV. 

Chap. XXII. 

SI And they led Je- 
fus away to the high 
prieft; and with him 
were aflembled all the 
chief priefts', and the 
elders, and the icribes. 

/4 And Peter fol- 
lowed him afar off, 
even into the palace 
of the high prieft: and 
he fat with the fer- 
vants, and warmed 
himfelf at' the fire. 

ff And the chief 
priefts, and all the 
councel fought for 
witnefs againft Jefus 
to put him to death, 
and found none. 

f6 For many bare 
falfe witnefs againft 
him, but their wit- 
nefs agreed not toge- 

• 5-7 And there arofe 
certain, and barefalie 
witnefs againft him, 

5-8 We heard him 
fay, I will deftroy this 
temple that is made 
with hands, and with- 
in three days I will 
build another made 
without hands. 

5-9 But neither fo 

5*4 Then took they 
him, and led him, and 
brought him into the 
high priefts hou fe. And 
Peter followed afar 

ff And when they 
had kindled a fire in 
the niidftof the hall, 
and were fet down to - 
gether, Peter fat down 
among them. 

$6 But a certain 
maid beheld him as he 
fat by the fire, and ear- 
neftly looked upon 
him, and faid, This 
man was alfb with 

fj And he denied 
him faying , Woman, 
I know him not. 

^8 And after a little 
while > another faw 
him, and faid, Thou 
art alio of them. And 
Peter faid, Man, I am 

5-9 And about the 
fpace of one hour af- 
ter, another confident- 
ly affirmed; faying, Of 
a truth this fellow alfo 
was with him 3 for he 
is a Galilean. 

60 And Peter faid, 

P pp x 


Chap. XVIII. 

1 1 Then the band, 
and the captain , and 
officers of the Jews 
took Jefus, and bound 

13 And led him a- 
way to Annas firft (for 
he was father in law 
to Caiaphas , which 
was the high prieft 
that fame year. ) 

14 Now Caiaphas 
was he which gave 
counfel to the Jews, 
that it was expedient 
that one man fhould 
die for the people. 

1 j- And Simon Pe- 
ter followed Jefus,and 
fo did another difci- 
ple. That difciple was 
known unto the high 
prieft, and went in 
with Jefus into the 
palace of the high 

16 But Peter ftood 
at the door without. 
Then went out that 
other difciple which 
was known unto the 
high prieft, and fpake 
unto her that kept the 
door, and brought in 

17 Then faith the 
darufel that kept the 
door unto Peter, Art 
not thou alfo one or 
this mans difcipies ? 
He faith, I am not. 

18 And 

4 8 4 

The Harmony 

Chap. XXVI. 

63 But Jefus held 
his peace. And the 
high prieft anfwered 
and faid unto him , I 
adjure thee by the li- 
ving God , that thou 
tell us, whether thou 
be the Chrift, the Son 
of God. 

64 Jefus faith unto 
him, Thou haft faid : 
neverthelefs 1 fay un- 
to you, Hereafter fhall 
ye fee the Son of man 
iitting on the right 
hand of power , and 
coming in the clouds 
of heaven. 

65- Then the high 
prieft rent his clothes, 
faying, He hath fpo- 
ken blafphemy ; what 
further need have we 
of witneffes? behold, 
now ye have heard his 

66 What think ye? 
They anfwered and 
faid, He is guilty of 

67 Then did they 
fpit in his face, and 
buffeted him, and o- 
thers fmote him with 
the palms of their 

68 Saying, Prophe- 
fie unto us.thou Chrift, 
who is he that fmote 

69 Now Peter fat 
ivithout in the palace : 
.mda damfel came urt- 


Chap. XIV. 

did their witnefs a- 
gree together. 

60 And the high 
prieft flood up in the 
midft, and asked Jefus, 
faying,Anfwereft thou 
nothing ? what is it 
which thefe witnefs 
againft thee? 

61 But he held his 
peace, and anfwered 
nothing. Again the 
high pneft asked him, 
and faid unto him, Art 
thou the Chrift, the 
Son of the blefled ? 

6z And Jefus faid, 
I am : and ye fhall fee 
the Son of man fitting 
on the right hand of 
power, and coming 
in the clouds of hea- 

63 Then the high 
prieft rent his clothes, 
and faith, What need 
we any further wit- 
neffes ? 

64 Ye have heard 
the blafphemy : what 
think ye? And they all 
condemned him to be 
guilty of death. 

6f And fbme be- 
gan to fpit on him , and 
to cover his face, and 
to buffet him, and to 
lay unto him, Prophe- 
lie : and the fervants 
did ftrikehim with the 
palms of their hands. « 

66 And as Peter was 
beneath in the palace, 


Chap. XXII. 

Man, I know not what 
thou fayeft. And im- 
mediately while he 
yet fpake, the cock 

61 And the Lord 
turned , and looked 
upon Peter; and Peter 
remembred the word 
of the Lord, how he 
had faid unto him, Be- 
fore che cock crow, 
thou fhalt deny me 

61 And Peter went 
out, and wept bitterly. 

63 And the men 
that held Jefus, mock- 
ed him, and fmote him. 

64 And when they 
had blindfolded him, 
they ftroke him on the 
face, and asked him, 
faying, Prophefie,who 
is it that fmote thee ? 

6y And many other 
things blafphemoufly 
fpake they againft 

66 Andaflbonasit 
was day, the elders of 
the people, and the 
chief priefts, and the 
fcribes came together, 
and led him into their 
counfel , 

67 Saying, Art thou 
the Chrift? tell us. And 
he faid unto them, If 
I tell you', you will 
not believe. 

68 Andiflalfoask 
you, you will not an- 

Chap. XVIII. 

18 And the fer- 
vants and officers 
flood there, who had 
made a fire of coals, 
( for it was cold) and 
they warmed them- 
lelves ; and Peter flood 
with them, and warm- 
ed himfelf. 

1 9 The high prieft 
then asked Jefus of his 
difciples, and of his 

20 Jefus anfwered 
him, I fpake openly 
to the world ; I ever 
taught in the fyna- 
gogue, and in the 
temple, whither the 
Jews always reforf, 
and in fecret have I 
faid nothing. 

21 Why askeft thou 
me ? ask them which 
heard me, what I have 
faid unto them : be- 
hold, they know what 
I faid. 

xx And when he 
had thus fpoken, one 
of the officers which 
•flood by, ftroke Jefus 
with the palm of his 
hand, faying, Anfwer- 
eft thou the high prieft 
fo ? 

23 Jefus anfwered 
him, If I have fpoken 
evil , bear witnefs of 
the evil ■ but if well, 
why fmiteft thou me? 


fent him bound unto 


of the four Evangelifls. 485 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XXVI. Chap. XIV. Chap. XXII. Chap. XVIII. 

to him, faying, Thou there cometh one of fwer me, nor let me Caiaphas the high 

alfo waft with Jefus of the maids of the high go. pncft.) 

Galilee. prieft. 69 Hereafter fhall *j" And Simon Pe- 

70 But he denied 67 And when fhe the Son of man fit on ter ftood and warmed 
before them all, fay- faw Peter warming the right hand of the himfelf . They faid 
ing, I know not what himfelf, fhe looked up- power of God. therefore unto him, 
thoufayeft. on him, and faid, And 70 Then fa id they Art not thou alfo one 

7 1 And when he thou alio waft with all, Art thou then the of his difciples ? He 
was gone out into the Jefus of Nazareth. Son of God? And he denied it, and faid, I 
porch , another maid <58 But he denied, faid unto them , Ye am not. 

law him, and faid un- faying, I know not, fay that I am. *6 One of the fer- 

to them that were neither underftand I 71 And they faid, vants of the high 

there, Th\s felion was what thoufayeft. And What need we any fur- prieft f being his kinf- 

alfb with Jefus of Na- he went out into the ther witnefs ? for we ma n whofe ear Peter 

zareth. porch, and the cock our felves have heard cutoff) faith, Did I 

72 And again he crew. of his own mouth. not fee thee in the gar- 
denied with an oath, 69 And a maid faw ^en with him? 

I do not know the him again, and began a 7 Peter then de- 
man, to fay to them that niea< a g a in, and imme- 

73 And after a ftood by, This is one diately the cock crew* 
while came unto him of them. 

they that ftood by, and 70 And he denied 
faid to Peter , Surely it again. And a little 
thou alfo art one of after, they that ftood 
them, for thy fpeech by faid again to Peter, 
bewrayeth thee. Surely thou art one of 

74 Then began he them : for thou art 
tocurfe and tofwear, a Galilean, and thy 
faying, I know not fpeech agreeth thereto. 
the man. And im- 71 But he began 
mediately the cock to curfe and to fwear, 
crew. y<*y/ȣ,Iknownotthis 

75" And Peter re- raanofwhomyefpeak. 
membred the words 72 And the fecond 
of Jefus, which faid time the cock crew* 
unto him, Before the And Peter called to 
cockcrow, thoufhalt mind the word that 
deny me thrice. And Jefus faid unto him, 
he went out, and wept Before the cock crow 
bitterly. twice, thou fhalt deny 

me thrice. And when 

he thought thereon, he 


Pp p 3 $8. Vfh^ 


The Harmony 


Chap. XXVII. 

Chap. XV. 

§S. XTTHEN the AND ftraightway 
, VV morning j\. in the morning 
was come, all the the chief priefts held 
chief priefts and el- a confutation with 
ders of the people, the elders and fcribes, 
took counfel againft and the whole coun- 
Jefus to put him to fel, and bound Jefus, 
death, and carried him away, 

2. And when they and delivered htm to 
had bound him, they Pilate, 
led htm away, and de- 2 And Pilate asked 
liver ed him to Pontius him, Art thou the king 
Pilate the governour. of the Jews ? And he 

3 Thenjudas which anfwering, faid unto 
had betrayed him , him, Thou fayeft it. 
when he faw that he 3 And the chief 
was condemned , re- priefts accufed him of 
pehted himfelf , and many things: but he 
brought again the thir- anfwered nothing. 

ty pieces of filver to 4 And Pilate asked 
the chief priefts and him again, faying, An- 
elders, fwereft' thou nothing ? 

4 Saying, I have behold how many 
finned, in that I have things they witnefs a- 
betrayed the innocent gainft thee. 

blood. And they faid, f But Jefus yet an- 
What urinous? fee fwered nothing; fo 
thou to that. that -Pilate marvelled. 

$■ And he ca ft down 
the pieces of filver in 
the temple, and de- 
parted, and went and 
hanged himfelf. 

6 And the chief 
priefts took the filver 
pieces, and faid , It is 
not lawful for to put 
them into the treafu- 
ry, becaufc it is the 
price of blood. 

7 And they took 
counfel, and bought 
with them the potters 

Chap. XXIII. 

AN D the whole 
multitude of them 
arofe, and led him un- 
to Pilate. 

x And they began 
to accufe him, faying, 
We found this fellow 
perverting the nation, 
and forbidding to give 
tribute to Cefar, fay- 
ing, that he himfelf is 
Chrift a king. 

John. v 
Chap. XVIII. 

28 Then led they 
Jefus from Caiaphas 
unto the hall of judg- 
ment: and it was car- 
ly.and they themfelves 
went not into the 
judgment -hall, left 
they fhould be defiled: 
but that they might eat 
the paftbver. 

29 Pilate then went 
out unto them, and 
faid, What accufation 
bring you againft this 

30 They anfwered 
and faid unto him, If 
he were not a male- 
fa£tour,we would not 
have delivered him up 
unto thee. 

31 Then faid Pilate 
unto them , Take ye 
him and judge him 
a ccordi ng to you r la w. 
The Jews therefore 
faid unto him, It is not 
lawful for us to put 
any man to death: 

32 That the faying 
of Jefus might be ful- 
filled, which he fpake, 
fignifying what death 
he fhould die. 


of the four Evangelifts. 487 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap, xxvir. 

field to bury ftrangers in. 

8 Wherefore that field was cal- 
led, The field of blood unto this 

9 (Then was fufilled that which 
was fpoken by Jeremy the prophet, 
faying, And they took the thirty 
pieces of filver, the price of him 
that was valued, whom they of the 
children of Ifrael did value: 

I o And gave them for the pot- 
ters field , as the Lord appointed 
me. ) 

II And Jefus flood before the 
governour ; and the governour 
asked him, faying, Art thou the 
king of the Jews ? And Jefus faid 
unto him, Thou fayeft. 

1 1 And when he was accufed 
of the chief priefts and elders, he 
anfwered nothing. 

1 3 Then faith Pilate unto him, 
Heareft thou not how many things 
they witnefs againft thee ? 

j 4 And he anfwered him to ne- 
ver a word , inibmuch that the go- 
vernour marvelled greatly. 

Chap. XV. Chap. XXIII. Chap. XVIII. 

§9. 1 y Now at that 6 Now at that feaft 5 And Pilate asked 33 Then Pilate en- 

feaft the governour he releafed unto them him, faying, Art thou tred into the judg- 

was wont to releafe one prifoner, whom- the king of the Jews? ment-hall again, and 

unto the people a pri- foever they defired. And he anfwered him called Jefus, and faid 

foner, whom they 7 And there was and faid, Thou fayeft unto him, Art thou the 

would. one named Barabbas, it. king of the Jews ? 

\6 And they had which lay bound with 4 Then faid Pilate 34 Jefus anfwered 

then a notable prifo- them that had made to the chief priefts, him, Sayeft thou this 

ner, called Barabbas. infurredKonwith him, and to the people, I thing of thy felf, or 

17 Therefore when who had committed find no fault in this did others tell it thee 

they were gathered murder in .the infur- man. of me ? 

together, Pilate faid reftion. f And they were 3 y Pilate anfwered, 

unto them, Whom 8 And the multi- the more fierce, fay- Am I a Jew ? Thine 


488 the Harmony 

Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XXVII. Chap. XV. Chap. XXIII. Chap. XVIII. 

will ye that I releafe ing, He ftirreth up own nation, and the 

ointo you ? Barabbas, gan to deiirc him to do the people, teaching chief priefts have de- 

or Jefus, which is cal- as he had ever done throughout all Jewry, livered thee unto mfi : 

led Chrift? unto them. beginning from Gali- What haft thou done ? 

18 For he knew 9 But Pilate an- lee to this place. 36 Jefus anfwered, 
that for envy they had fwered them, laying, 6 When Pilate heard My kingdom is not of 
delivered him. Will ye that I releaie of Galilee , he asked this world : if my king- 

19 When he was unto you the king of whether the man were dom were of this 
fet down on the judg- the Jews ? a Galilean. world, then would my 
ment-feat , his wite 10 (For he knew 7 And aflbon as he fervants fight , that I 
fent unto him, faying, that the chief priefts knew that he belong- Ihould not be deliver- 
Have thou nothing to had delivered him for ed unto Herods jurif- ed to the Jews: but 
do with that juft man: envy.) diction, he fent him now is my kingdom 
forlhavefufferedma- n But the chief to Herod, who him- not from hence. 

ny things this day in a priefts moved the peo- felf was alfo at Jeru- 37 Pilate therefore 

dream, becaufe of him. pie, that he mould ra- falem at that time. faid unto him, Art 

xq But the chief ther releafe Barabbas 8 And when Herod thou a king then ? Je- 

priefts and elders per- unto them. faw Jefus, he was ex- fus anfwered , Thou 

fwaded the multitude 12 And Pilate an- ceeding glad: for he fayeft that I am a 

that they (hould ask faid again was defirous to fee king. To this end 

Barabbas, and deftroy unto them, What will him of a long feafon, was I born, and for 

Jefus. ye then that I mall do becaufe he had heard this caufe came I into 

21 The governour un to him whom ye many things of him ; the world,that I ihould 

anfwered and faid un- call the king of the and he hoped to have bear witnefs unto the 

to them, Whether of jews? feen fome miracle truth, Every one that 

the twain will ye that ,3 And they cried done by him. is of the truth, heareth 

I releafe unto you ? ou t again , Crucifie 9 Then he quefti- my voice. 

They faid, Barabbas. him. oned with him in ma- 38 Pilate faith unto 

xx Pilate faith unto 14 Then Pilate faid ny words; but he an- him, What is truth? 

them, What fhall I do un t them, Why, what fwered him nothing. And when he had faid 

then with Jefus,which ev \\ hath he done? 10 And the chief this, he went out a- 

is called Chrift? They ^ nc j t hey C1 i ec j ou c priefts and fcribes gain unto the Jews, 

all fay unto him, Let the more exceedingly, ftood, and vehement- and faith unto them, 

him be crucified. Crucifie him. ly accufed him. I find in him no fault 

13 And the gover- 1 1 And Herod with at all. 

nour faid, Why what his men of war fet 39 But ye have a 

evil hath he done ? But him at nought : and cuftom, that I Ihould 

tHey cried out the mocked him , and a- releafe unto you one 

more, faying, Let him rayed him in a gor- at the p.flbver : will 

.be crucified. geous robe, and fent ye therefore that I re- 

hira again to Pilate, leafe unto you the 

1 x And the fame king of the Jews ? 
day Pilate and Herod 40 Then cryed they 

of the four E vanzelifts. 4^9 

~~" Luke. John- 


Matthew. MarK ' 

Chap/ XXIII. Chap. XVIII. 

were made friends to- all again, faying, Not 
gethenforbeforethcy this man, batBwb- 
were at enmity be- bas. Now Baiabbas 
tween themfclves. was a jobber. 

i 3 And Pilate when 
he had called together Chap. XIX. 

the chief priefts, and 

therulersjndthepeo- hpHen Pilate there- 
lc X tore took Jeius, 

P h Saiduntothem, and fcourged htm 
■ Ye have brought tins * . And the ionldi- 
man unto me? as one ers platted a crown o 
that perverteth the thorns, and put it on 
people- and behold, I hishead, and they put 
having examined him on him a purple robe 
before you, have found . 3 And faid, Hail 
fault in this man king of the Jews: and 
uching thofc things they fmote hrm with 
hereof ye accufe their hams. 
™f U1 ' 4 Pilate therefore 

,; No, nor yet He- went forth again, an J 
rod : for I fentyou to [aith unto them , Be- 
him, and lo, nothing hold.I bring him forth 
worthy of death is to you that ye may 
done unto him. know that I find no 

1 6 I will therefore rault m him. 
chaftifehim, and re- f Then came rjcfns 

leafed. *° rth > wc u ann S *? 

17 ForofnecelTity crown of thorns, and 
he muft releafe one the purple rooe And 
unto them at thefeaft. Tilate faith unto them, 

18 And they cried Behold the man. 
out all at once, faying, 6 When the chief 
Away with this man, pnefts therefore and 
and releafe unto us officers faw him, tney 

i Q (Who for a cer- cifie htm, cnxcific him. 
tain fedition made in Pilate faith unto diem, 
the city, and formur- Take ye him, and cru- 
der was caft in pri- cifie him: for 1 nnd 
f on ) no fault in him. 

ao Pilate therefore 7 The Jews anfwer- 
willing to releafe Je- edhim/Wehavealaw, 

CLq q l ** 

4<>o The Harmony 

t, ^Matthew. Mark. Luke. John. 

Chap. XXIII. Chap. XIX. 

fu«, fpake again to and by our law he 
them. ought to die, becaufe 

a 1 But they cried, he made himfelf the 
faying , Crucifie him , Son of God. 
crucifie him. 8 When Pilate there- 

22 Andhefaidun- fore heard that fay- 
to them the third time, ing, he was the more 
Why, what evil hath afraid ; 
he done? I have found 9 And went again 
no caufe of death in into the judgment- 
him: I will therefore hall, and faith unto 
* chaftife him , and let Jefus , Whence art 

him go. thou? But Jefus gave 

him no anfwer. 

10 Then faith Pi- 
late unto him,Speakeft 
thou not Unto me ? 
knoweftthou not,that 
I have power to cru- 
cifie thee, and have 
power to releafe thee ? 

11 Jefus anfwered, 
Thou couldeft have 
110 power at all againft 
me, except it were gi- 
ven thee from above : 
therefore he that de- 
livered me unto thee 
hath the greater fin. 

1 2 And from thence- 
forth Pilate fought to 
releafe him: but the 
Jews cryed out, fay- 
ing, If thou let this 
man go, thou art not 
Cefars friend: who- 
foevermaketh himfelf 
a king.fpeakethagainfl: 

13 When Pilate 
therefore heard that 
laying, he brought Je- 
fus forth, and fat down 

of the four EvatigeUJls. 





Chap. XXVII. 

§ 10. 24 When Pi- 
late fawthat he could 
prevail nothing, but 
that rather a tumult 
was made, he took 
water, and wafhed his 
hands before the mul- 
titude, iaying, I am 
innocent of the blood 
of this jufl perfon: 
fee ye to it. 

if Then anfwered 
all the people.and faid, 
His blood be on jjs, 
and on our children. 

26 Then releafed he 
Barabbas unto them: 
and when he had 
fcourged Jefus, he de- 
livered him to be cru- 

Chap. XV. 

if And fo Pilate 
willing to content 
the people, releafed 
Barabbas unto them, 
and delivered Jefus, 
when he had fcourged 
him, to be crucified. 

16 And the fouldi- 
ers led him away into 
the hall, called Pretc- 
rium j and they call- 
ed together the whole 

17 And they clo- 
thed him with purple, 
and platted a crown 
of thorns, and put it 
about his head, 

18 And began to 
falute him , Hail king 
of the Jews. 

Chap. XXIII. 

23 And they were 
infiant with loud voi- 
ces, requiring that he 
might be crucified : 
and the voices of them, 
and of the chief priefts 

24 And Pilate gave 
fentencethat it frould 
be as they required. 

2f And he releafed 
unto them, him that 
for fedition and mur- 
der was cafr into pri- 
fon , whom they had 
defired ,- but he deli- 
vered Jefus to their 

26 And as they led 
him away , they laid 
hold upon one Simon 

CLq q 2 


Chap. XIX. 

in the judgment-feat , 
in a place that is called 
the Pavement, but in 

14 And it was the 
preparation of thepaf- 
fbver, and about the 
fixth hour : and h* 
faith unto the Jews, 
Behold your king. 

if But they cried 
out, Away with him, 
away with him, cruci- 
fie him. Pilate faith 
unto them,ShallIcru- 
cifie your king? The 
chiefpriefts anfwered, 
We have no king but 

16 Then delivered 
he him therefore unto 
them to be crucified. 
And they took Jefus, 
and led him away. 

1 7 And he bearing 
his crofs, went forth 
into a place called the 
place of a fcull, which 
is called in the He- 
brew, Golgotha. 

1 8 Where they cru- 
cified him, and two 
other with him, on 
either fide one, and 
Jefus in the midft. 

19 And Pilate wrote 
a title, and put it on 
the crofs. And the wri- 
ting was, JESUS OF 

27 Then 

49 1 

The Harmony 

M A T T H E W. 



27 Then the 
diersof thegov<rnour 
took Jefus into the 
corrirrfon lull, and ga- 
thered unto him the 
Whole ban J of fouldi- 

28 And they ftrip- 
pcd him , and put on 
him a leaflet robe. 

29 And when they 
had platted a crown 
of thorns, they put it 
upon his head, and a 
reed in his right hand: 
and they bowed the 
knee before him, and 
mocked him, laying, 
Hail king of the jews. 

30 And they fpit 
upon him , and took 
the reed, and fmote. 
him on the head. 

3 t And after that 
they had mocked him, 
they took the robe off 
from him, and put his 
own raiment on him, 
and led him away to 
crucifie him. 

3 2 And as they came 
out, they found a man 
of Gyrene, Simon by 
name : him they com- 
pelled to bear his crofs. 

33 And when they 
were Come unto a 
place called Golgotha, 
that is to fay, a place 
of a fcull. 

34 They gave him 
vineger to drink, min- 
gled with gall v and 

Mar k. 
Chap. XV. 

19 And they frtoote 

him on the head with 
a reed, and did fpit 
upon him , and bow- 
ing their knees, wor- 
lhipped him. 

20 And when they 
had mocked him, they 
took off the purple 
from him, and put his 
own clothes on him, 
and led him out to cru- 
cifie him. 

2 1 And they com- 
pel one Simon a Cy- 
renian, who paffed by, 
coming out of ths 
countrey, the father 
of Alexander and Ru- 
fus, to bear his crofs. 

22 And they bring 
him unto the place 
Golgotha, which is , 
being interpreted, the 
place of a fcull. 

23 And they gave 
him to drink, wine 
mingled with myrr he : 
but he received it not. 

24 And when they 
had crucified him,they 
parted his garments, 
calling lots uponthem, 
what everymaa fhould 

2 j- And it was the 
third hour, and they 
crucified him. 

26 And the fuper- 
fcription of his accu- 
fation was written 
over, THE KING 


Ch p. XXTIT. 

a Cyrcuim, coming 
out of the countrey, 
and on him they laid 
the crofSjfJiat he might 
bear it after jefus. 

27 And there fol- 
lowed him a great 
company of people , 
and of women, which 
alfo bewailed and la- 
mented him. 

28 But Jefus turn- 
ing unto them, faid, 
Daughters of Jerusa- 
lem, weep not for me, 
but weep for your 
fclves, and for your 

29 For behold, the 
days are coming, in 
the which they fhall 
fay, Bleffed are the 
barren.and the wombs 
that never bare, and 
the paps which never 
gave fuck. 

30 Then fhall they 
begin to fay to the 
mountains, Fall on us ; 
and to the hills, Cover 

3 1 For if they do 
thefe things in a green 
tree, what {hall be 
done in the dry? 

32 And there were 
alfo two other male- 
factors led with him 
to be put to death. 

33 And when they 
were come to the 
place which is -called' 
Calvary, there they 


Chap. XIX. 


20 This title then 
read many of the Jews: 
for the place where Je- 
fus was crucified was 
nigh to the city, and 
it was written in He- 
brew, and Greek, and 

21 Then faid the 
chief priefls of the 
Jews to Pilate, Write 
not, The king of the 
Jews ? but that he 
laid, I am king of the 

22 Pilate anfwered,. 
What I have writteu, 
I have written. 


of the four E<vangelij}s. 

4? 5 


Chap. XXVII. 

when he had tufted 
thereof, hewoul.f not 

35- And they cru- 
cified him, and parted 
his garments, caftiug 
lots : that it might be 
fulfilled which was 
ipoken by the prophet, 
They parted my gar- 
ments among them, 
and upon my vefture 
did they caft lots. 

3 6 And fitting down, 
they watched him 
there : 

3? Andfet up over 
his head his accufation 
written, THIS IS JE- 

3 8 Then were there 
two thieves crucified 
with him: one on the 
right hand , and ano- 
ther on the left. 

M.A R K. 

Chap. XV. 

27 And, with him 
they crucifie two 
thieves ; the one on 
his right hand, and 
the other on his left. 
• 28 And the fcrip- 
ture was fulfilled , 
which faith, And he 
was numbred with 
the tranigreflbrs. 


Chap. XXIII. 

crucified him, and the 
malefu&ors ; one on 
the right hand, and 
the orher on the 

34 Thenfaidjefus, 
Father, forgive them ; 
for they know not 
what they do. And 
they parted his rai- 
ment, and caft lots. 

35- And the people 
ftood beholding: and 
the rulers alfo with 
them derided him,hy- 
ing, He faved others ; 
let him favehimfelf,if 
he be Chrift the cho- 
fen of God. 

36 And thefouldi- 
ers alfo mocked him, 
coming to him, and 
offering him vine- 

37 And faying, If 
thou be the king of 
the Jews, fave thy 

38 And a fuper- 
fcription alfo was 
written over him in 
letters of Greek, and 
Latine , and Hebrew, 

J O H N, 


The Harmony 

Chap. XXVII. 

§11. 39 And they 
that patted by, reviled 
him , wagging their 
heads , 

40 And faying,Thou 
that deftroyeft the 
temple, and buildeft 
it in three days, fave 
thy iclf : if thou be the 
Son of God, come 
down from the crofs. 

4r Likewife alfo 
the chief pri efts mock- 
ing him , with the 
fcribes and elders, 

42Hefaved others, 
him felf he cannot 
lave: if he be the king 
of Ifrael, let him now 
come down from the 
crofs, and we will be- 
lieve him. 

43 He trufted in 
God ; let him deliver 
him now if he will 
have him : for he faid, 
I am the Son of God. 

44 The thieves alfo 
which were crucified 
with him, caft the 
fame in hi3 teeth. 

' 4j* Now from the 
fixth hour there was 
darknefs over all the 
land unto the ninth 

46 And about the 
ninth hour Jefus cried 
with a loud voice, fay- 
ing, Eli, Eli, lama fa- 
bachthani ? that is to 
fay, My God, my God, 

Chap. XV. 

29 And they that 
parted by, railed on 
him , wagging their 
heads, and laying, Ah, 
thou that deftroyeft 
rhc temple, and build- 
eft it in three days, 

30 Save thy felf, 
and come down from 
the crofs. 

3 1 Likewife alfo 
the chief priefts mock- 
ing, faid among them- 
felves with the fcribes, 
He faved others, him- 
felf he cannot fave. 

32 Let Chrift the 
king of Ifrael defcend 
now from rhe crofs, 
that we may fee and 
believe. And they that 
were crucified with 
him, reviled him. 

3 3 And when the 
fixth' hour was come, 
there was darknefs 
over the whole land, 
until the ninth hour. 

34 And at the ninth 
hour Jefus cried with 
a loud voice, faying, 
Eloi, Eloi, Lama fa- 
bachthani ? which is, 
being interpreted, My 
God, my God, why 
haft thou forfaken 
me ? 

3? And fbme of 
them that flood by, 
when they heard it, 
faid, Behold, he calleth 

36 And one ran, 

Chap. XXIII. 

39 And one of the 
malefactors , which 
were hanged, railed 
on him, faying, If thou 
be Chrift, fave thy felf 
and us. 

40 But the other 
anfwering , rebuked 
him, faying, Doft not 
thou fear God, feeing 
thou art in the fame 
condemnation ? 

41 And we indeed 
juftly,- for we receive 
the due reward of our 
deeds: but this man 
hath done nothing a- 

4 2 And he faid unto 
Jefus, Lord,remember 
me when thou corned; 
into thy kingdom. 

43 And Jefus faid 
unto him, Verily I fay 
unto thee, To day 
fhalt thou be with me 
in paradife. 

44 And it was a- 
bout the fixth hour, 
and there was a dark- 
nefs over all the earth, 
until the ninth hour. 

4f And the fun was 
darkned, and the vail 
of the temple was 
rent in the mids. 

46 And when Jefus 
had cried with a loud 
voice, he faid, Father, 
into thy hands I com- 
mend my fpirit : and 
having faid thus, he 
gave up the ghoft. 

Chap. XIX. 

23 Then the foul- 
diers, when they had 
crucified Jefus , took 
his garments ( and 
made four parts, to 
every fouldier a part ) 
and alfo his coat : now 
the coat was without 
feam, woven from the 
top throughout. 

24 They faid there- 
fore among them- 
felves, Let us not rent 
it, but caft lots for it, 
whofeitfhallbe: that 
the fcripture might be 
fulfilled, which faith, 
They parted my rai- 
ment among them, 
and for my vefture 
they did caft lots. 
Thefe things therefore 
the fbuldiers did. 

25- Now there flood 
by the crofs of Jefus, 
his mother, and his 
mothers fifter, Mary 
the wife of Cleophas, 
and Mary Magdalene. 

26 When Jefus 
therefore faw his mo- 
ther, and the difciple 
ftanding by, whom he 
loved, he faith unto 
his mother, Woman, 
behold thy fbn. 

27 Then faith he 
to the difciple, Behold 
thy mother. And from 
that hour that difciple 
took her unto his own 


of the four Evangelifts. 



Chap. XXVII, 

why haft thou forfa- 
ken me? 

47 Some of them 
that flood there, when 
they heard that, faid, 
This man calleth for 

48 And ftraightway 
one of them ran, and 
took a Ipunge, and fil- 
led it with vineger,and 
put it on a reed , and 
gave him to drink. 

49 The reft faid. 
Let be, let us fee whe- 
ther iEIias will come 
to fave him. 

yo Jefus, when he 
had cried again with 
a loud voice, yielded 
up the ghoft. 


Chap. XV. 

and filled a fpungefull 
of vineger, and put it 
on a reed , and gave 
him to drink, faying, 
let .alone ; let us fee 
whether Elias will 
come to take him 

37 And Jefus cried 
with a loud voice, and 
gave up the ghoft. 


Chip. XIX. 

28 After this, Je- 
fus knowing that all 
things were now ac- 
complished, that the 
fcripture might be ful- 
filled, faith, I thirft, 

29 Now there was 
fet a veffel full of vi- 
neger: and they filled 
a ipunge with vine- 
ger , and put it upon 
hyfibp, and put it to 
his mouth. 

30 When Jefus 
therefore had recei- 
ved the vineger, he 
faid, It is finifned : 
and he bowed his 
head, and gave up the 

C H A P, 


The Harmony 


From thcT>eath ofChrift till his Afienjion: containing the 
fpace of 42 Daysj from April '3. till May 14. - 

Matthe w. 

Chap. XXVlt. 

AND be 
vail of 

N D bchold,the 
f the tem- 
ple was rent in twain, 
Trom the top to the 
bottom, and the earth 
did quake, and the 
rocks ren-, 

j-z Arid the graves 
were opened, and ma- . 
ny bodies of faints 
which flept, arofe, 

5-3 And came out 
of the graves after his 
refurredlion.and went 
inro the holy city, and 
a ppeared unto many. 

5-4 Now when the 
centurion, and they 
that were with him, 
watching Jefus, faw 
the earthquake, and 
thofe things that were 
clone , they feared 
greatly, faying, Truly 
- this was the Son of 

5- j- And many wo- 
men were there (be- 
holding afar ofr)which 
followed Jefus from 
Galilee, miniftring un- 
to him. 

5-6 Among which 
was Mary Magdalene, 

Chap. XV. 

38 And the vail of 
the temple was rent 
in twain, trom the top 
to the bottom. 

39 And when the 
centurion which flood 
overagainft him, faw 
that he fo cried out, 
and gave up the ghoft, 
hefaid,T;uly this man 
was the Son of God. 

40 There were alfo 
women looking on a- 
far off: among whom 
was Mary Magdalene, 
and Mary the mother 
of James the lefs and 
of Jofes, and Salome : 

41 Who alfo when 
he was in Galilee, fol- 
lowed him, and mini- 
ftred unto him ; and 
many other women 
which came up with 
him unto Jerufalem. 

41 And now when 
the even was come, 
(becaufe it was the 
preparation, that is, 
the day before the fab- 

43 Jofeph of Ari- 
mathea,an honourable 
counfeller, which alfo 

Chap. XXIII. 

47 Now when the 
Centurion faw what 
was done, he glorified 
God, faying, Certainly 
this was a righteous 

48 And all the peo- 
ple that came together 
to that fight, behold- 
ing the things which 
were done,fmote their 
breads., and returned. 

49 And all his ac- 
quaintance, and the 
women that followed 
him fromGalilee,ftood 
afar off, beholding 
thefe things. 

yc And behold , 
there was a man named 
Jofeph, a counfeller, 
and be was a good 
man, and ajuft: 

5- 1 ("The fame had 
not confented to the 
counfel and deed of 
them ) he was of Ari- 
mathea , a city of the 
Jews (who alfo him- 
ielf waited for the 
kingdom of God) 

$•2 This man went 
unto Pilate, and beg- 
ged the body of Jefus. 

Chap. XIX. 

; 1 The Jews there- 
fore,becauieit was the 
preparation, that the 
bodies fhould not re- 
main upon the crofs 
on the fabbath-day, 
(for that fabbath-day 
was an high day) be- 
foughtPilatethat their 
legs might be broken, 
and that they might 
be taken away. 

3 % Then came the 
fouldiers, and brake 
the legs of the firfr, 
and of the other which 
was crucified with 

3 3 But when they 
came to Jefus, and faw 
that he was dead al- 
ready, they brake not 
his legs. 

34 But one of the 
fouldiers with a fpear 
pierced his fide, and 
forthwith came there 
out blood and water. 

3)- And he that faw 
it bare record, and his 
record is true : and he 
knoweth that he faith 
true, that ye might be- 


of the four Evangelijls. 


Chap. XXVII. 


Chap. XV. 

and Mary the Mother waited for the king- 
of James and Jofes , dom of God , came , 
and the mother of Ze- and went in boldly 
bedee's children. unto Pilate, and cra- 

$7 When the even ved the body of Je- 
was come, there came fus. 
a rich man of Arima- 44 And Pilate mar- 
thea , named Jofeph , veiled if he were al- 
who alfo himfelfwas ready dead: and cal- 
Jeius difciple : ling unto him the Cen- 

5-8 He went to Pi- turion, he asked him 
late and begged the whether he had been 
body of Jeiiis : then any while dead. 
Pilate commanded the 4^ And when he 
body to be delivered, knew it of the Cen- 

f 9 And when Jo- turion , he gave the 
feph had taken the bo- body to Jofeph. 
dy» he wrapped it in 46 And he bought 
a clean linen cloth, fine linen , and took 

60 And laid it in him down, and wrap- 
his own new tomb , ped him in the linen , 
which he had hewen and laid him in a fe- 
out in the rock; and pulchre which was 
he rolled a great ftone hewen out of a rock, 
to the door of the fe- and rolled a ftone un- 
pulchie, and departed, to the door of the fe- 

61 And there was pulchre. 

Mary Magdalene, and 47 And Mary Mag- 
the other Mary, fitting dalene, and Mary the 
over againfl the fe- mother of Jofes , be- 
pulchre. held where he was 

6z Now the next laid, 
day that followed the 
day of the preparati- 
on, the chief priefls 
and Pharifeus came 
together unto Pilate, 

63 Saying. Sir, we 
remember that that 
deceiver faid, while 
he was yet alive, Af- 
ter three days I will 
rife again. 

Chap. XXIII. 

f% And he took it 
down, and wrapped 
it in linen , and laid 
it in a fepulchre that 
was hewn in ftone,